Skip to main content

Full text of "The structure of man an index to his past history"

See other formats


m  1 


m 


DATE  DUE 


3  I822o3342209  I 


feM 


THE    STRUCTURE    OF   MAN 


THE 

STRUCTURE   OF  MAN 

AN  INDEX  TO  HIS  PAST  HISTORY 


BY 


DR.   R   WIEDERSHEIM 

PROFESSOR    IN   THE    UNIVERSITY    OF   FREIBURG    I.    BADEN 


TRANSLATED  BY 

H.  AND  M.  BERNARD 

THE  TRANSLATION  EDITED  AND  ANNOTATED  AND 
A  PREFACE  WRITTEN  BY 

G.   B.   HOWES,  F.L.S. 

PROFESSOR   OF  ZOOLOGY,    ROYAL   COLLEGE   OF   SCIENCE,   LONDON 


•<Jj>u.  - 

WITH  105  FIGURES  IN  THE  TEXT 


ILontion 
MACMILLAN    AND    CO. 

AND  NEW  YORK 

1895 

All  rights  reserved 


PEEFACE 

THE  circumstances  which  led  to  the  production  of  this  work  in 
the  original  German  are  sufficiently  set  forth  in  the  annexed 
"  Introduction,"  and  no  one  would  admit  more  readily  than  its 
author  that  it  is  largely  supplementary  to  the  classical  treatises 
of  Darwin  and  Huxley,  quoted  in  its  pages.  Experience  of  the 
practical  method  of  scientific  education  has  shown  that  it  is 
desirable  to  place  in  the  hands  of  the  student  engaged  upon  a 
first  investigation  of  individual  types  of  animal  structure,  some 
sound  treatise  of  a  general  character,  which  he  may  read  while 
continuing  his  more  systematic  studies.  Such  works  awaken  the 
mind  to  the  comparative  method  of  inquiry,  and  to  the  higher 
educational  and  philosophic  issues  to  which  it  leads.  It  was  this 
consideration  which  prompted  me  to  suggest  this  translation,  in 
the  hope  that  it  might  be  of  use,  in  the  manner  indicated,  to 
the  medical  student  while  engaged  in  the  study  of  anatomy.  I 
am  further  hopeful  that  an  educated  public  exists  to  whom  a 
knowledge  of  the  comparative  morphology  of  Man  and  the 
Anthropoid  Apes  as  set  forth  in  these  pages  may  be  acceptable. 

The  truth  of  Evolution  in  organic  nature  is  now  generally 
admitted,  but  its  application  to  man  is  not  perhaps  so  widely 
acknowledged.  This  book,  in  no  sense  an  exhaustive  treatise, 
is  an  endeavour  to  set  forth  the  more  salient  features  in  the 
anatomy  of  Man  which  link  him  with  lower  forms,  and  others 
in  that  of  the  lower  forms  which  shed  a  special  light  on  parts 
of  the  human  organism.  Such  comparisons  furnish  a  basis  upon 
which  to  exercise  judgment  concerning  Man's  position  in  the 
series  of  organised  beings. 

In  dealing  with  these  comparisons,  a  word  of  caution  is,  how- 


vi  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX  j 

ever,  needed.  Our  accepted  views  as  to  the  inter-relationships 
between  the  greater  groups  of  animals  are  largely  based  upon  the 
assumption  that  similarity  of  gross  structure  implies  community  of 
origin.  It  is  now  becoming  evident  that  an  essentially  similar 
definitive  condition  may  be  independently  reached,  under  advanc- 
ing modification  along  parallel  lines,  by  members  of  independent 
groups  of  animals ;  and  there  is  reason  to  suspect  that  some 
of  our  classificatory  systems  are  unnatural  and  erroneous  from 
want  of  appreciation  of  this  principle  of  "convergence."  We  must, 
therefore,  not  lose  sight  of  the  possibility  that  some  of  the 
characters  which  modern  Man  and  the  higher  Apes  have  in  common 
may  have  been  independently  acquired.  A  notable  instance  is  fur- 
nished by  the  ridges  which  connect  the  tubercles  of  the  upper 
molar  teeth,  described  by  Huxley  and  Topinard.  On  comparing 
the  little  worn  upper  molars  of,  say,  a  female  Chimpanzee  and 
Man,  one  might  at  first  sight  be  disposed  to  conclude  that  modern 
Man  has  descended  from  ancestors  hardly  differing  from  the 
modern  Apes.  On  comparing  the  entire  Man-Ape  series,  how- 
ever, it  is  found  that  these  ridges,  and  more  especially  that  of 
Topinard,  are  extremely  variable  and  not  infrequently  absent  in 
individuals  of  both  Men  and  Apes,  and  it  becomes  therefore 
evident  that  such  a  conclusion,  if  not  unwarranted,  is  premature. 
If  for  no  other  reason  than  this,  it  will  be  obvious  that  consider- 
able interest  attaches  to  the  more  precise  determination,  in  the 
future,  of  the  limits  of  detailed  structural  variation  in  Man 
and  the  Anthropoid  Apes.  With  regard  to  variation  in  Man 
some  very  useful  results  have  been  obtained,  during  the  last  five 
years,  under  the  auspices  of  a  "Collective  Investigation  Com- 
mittee "  of  the  Anatomical  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland, 
of  which  I  have  the  honour  to  be  a  member.  Subjects  chosen 
for  investigation  year  by  year  are  taken  in  hand  in  the  leading 
dissecting  rooms  throughout  the  kingdom.  The  work  of  the 
student,  becoming  thus  a  research  work,  is  ennobled;  and  the 
reports  embody  a  mine  of  accurate  information  which,  edited 
and  tabulated,  is  of  great  service  to  both  the  surgeon  and  scientific 
anatomist. 

Our  views  on  some  of  the  topics  dealt  with  in  this  volume 
may  become  very  much  modified  as  work  of  the  above-mentioned 


PREFACE  vii 

order  proceeds.  There  seems,  however,  no  escape  from  the  con- 
clusion that  Man  and  the  Apes  must  have  had  a  common  ancestor 
in  the  remote  past,  and  we  await  with  especial  interest  further 
discoveries  of  fossil  remains  which  may  throw  light  upon  their 
inter-relationships  and  upon  the  ancestors  of  Man. 

Kemains  of  Early  Quaternary  Man,  few  and  far  between, 
have  been  unearthed  during  the  last  fifty  years  in  England, 
on  the  European  Continent  with  Gibraltar,  and  in  North  America. 
The  valley  of  the  Meuse  is  now  famous  for  having  yielded  the 
"  Naulette "  and  "  Spy "  remains,  which  there  is  very  strong 
evidence  for  believing  to  belong  to  the  Palaeolithic  Age.  The 
salient  features  of  these  ancient  men  are  a  low  retreating  and 
contracted  forehead  and  an  inwardly  shelving  occiput  (indicative  of 
a  primitive  type  of  brain  and  of  powerful  neck  muscles),  a  high 
temporal  ridge  and  an  expanded  palate  (indicative  of  powerful 
jaws  and  jaw  muscles);  and  further,  the  presence  of  ape -like 
brow  ridges  (for  which  the  famous  Neanderthal  calvaria  is  so 
notorious)  appears  also  to  have  been  a  racial  character.  Dr. 
Eugene  Dubois  has  recently  described  some  remains  from  the 
banks  of  the  Bengawan  Eiver  in  Java,  which  he  believes  to  be 
those  of  a  creature  structurally  intermediate  between  the  types 
represented  by  modern  Man  and  the  modern  Anthropoids.  In 
this  he  has  been  proved  by  Pettit,  Cunningham,  Turner,  and 
others,  to  be  mistaken.  The  Bengawan  calvaria  and  the  bones 
associated  with  it  are  strictly  human.  The  calvaria  shows  a 
cephalic  breadth  index1  of  70,  as  compared  with  72  for  the 
Neanderthal,  and  its  smaller  capacity  and  other  characters  render 
it  perhaps  representative  of  a  race  more  primitive  than  any 
1  As  mentioned  in  the  body  of  this  work  (infra,  pp.  51,  52),  the  cranial  capacity 
of  the  Caucasian  may  average  1500  c.cm.,  and  that  of  the  Veddah  may  be  but  950 
c.cm.  Thirty  Australian  skulls  measured  by  Turner  gave  a  maximum  capacity  of 
1514  c.cm.  and  a  minimum  of  but  930  c.cm.,  and  100  modern  Parisian  skulls,  worked 
out  by  Topinard,  varied  between  1850  c.cm.  and  1150  c.cm.,  while  Testut  describes 
a  skull  of  Quaternary  Man  from  the  Dordogne  with  a  capacity  of  1730  c.cm. 
Individual  variation  being  thus  extensive,  it  is  clear  that  far  purposes  of  study 
of  the 'inter-relationships  between  races  of  mankind,  a  method  which  deals  with 
relative  measurements,  in  such  a  way  as  to  eliminate  differences  due  to  stature, 
is  desirable.  The  above-named  "cephalic  breadth  index "  method  has  been  found 
to  be  one  of  the  most  serviceable  under  existing  circumstances.  It  is  computed 
as  follows  :  multiply  the  maximum  transverse  diameter  by  100  and  divide  by  the 
maximum  long  diameter,  as  determined  by  a  lino  drawn  between  the  superciliary 
ridges  and  through  the  most  projecting  mid-occipital  point. 


Viii  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

hitherto  discovered.  During  the  passage  of  these  pages  through 
the  press,  my  friend  and  colleague,  Mr.  E.  T.  Newton,  has  de- 
scribed1 from  the  Thames  Terrace-Gravel,  at  Galley  Hill,  in 
Kent,  some  remains  of  a  human  skeleton  which  there  is  good 
reason  for  believing  to  belong  to  the  Palaeolithic  Age,  and  to  be 
perhaps  slightly  older  than  the  Spy  example.  The  Belgian 
remains  were  found  in  caves,  those  from  Galley  Hill  were  em- 
bedded in  a  Pleistocene  river  deposit ;  and  it  is  a  significant  fact 
that  the  skull  of  the  latter  gives  a  cephalic  breadth  index  of 
but  64. 

The  posterior  molars  or  "  wisdom  teeth  "  of  modern  Man  are 
exceedingly  variable .  structures  (cf.  text,  p.  159).  Even  when 
most  fully  developed,  their  crowns  are  as  a  rule  less  extensive 
than  those  of  the  teeth  in  front  of  them.  In  remains  from 
reputed  Palaeolithic  deposits  hitherto  described,  in  which  jaws 
and  teeth  have  been  preserved,  the  crowns  of  the  "  wisdom  teeth  " 
are  as  large  as,  if  not  a  trifle  larger  than  those  of  the  other 
molars  in  front  of  them.  This  greater  development  of  the  last 
molar  is  characteristic  of  the  oldest  known  human  jaws,  but  is 
only  very  rarely  met  with  in  those  of  recent  Man.  In  its  most 
expanded  condition  the  crown  of  the  wisdom  tooth  of  both 
recent  and  fossil  Man  may  be  beset  by  numerous  tubercles,  its 
posterior  and  external  cusps  being  subdivided  and  replaced  by 
a  series  of  smaller  ones.  The  same  variation  has  been  observed 
among  the  Anthropoid  Apes.  This  is  an  intensely  interesting 
fact,  as  it  approximates  the  molar  of  Man  and  the  higher  Apes 
with  that  of  the  multitubercular  type,  occurring  among  the 
oldest  fossil  and  in  the  young  of  one  of  the  two  lowest  living 
Mammals  (e.g.  Ornithorhynchus).  Concerning  the  general  question 
of  mammalian  tooth-genesis,  choice  to-day  lies  between  the  theory 
of  "  Trituberculism,"  originated  by  Kiitimeyer  and  Cope,  and 
staunchly  upheld  by  the  American  Palaeontologists,  and  that  of 
"Polybuny"  or  "  Multituberculism "  founded  and  recently  de- 
veloped by  Forsyth-Major.  The  advocates  of  the  former  would 
derive  the  various  types  of  mammalian  cheek-teeth  from  a 

1  Paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society,  London,  22nd  May  1895.  An 
admirable  critical  review  of  the  subject  of  Fossil  Man,  by  Dr.  A.  Keith,  giving  full 
references  to  original  treatises  up  to  the  time  of  Newton's  important  work,  will 
be  found  in  Science  Progress  for  July  ]  895. 


PREFACE  ix 

tricuspid  prototype,  by  extension,  subdivision,  and  superaddition 
of  parts,  and  those  of  the  latter  from  a  multicuspid,  by  reduction, 
confluence,  and  suppression.1  Osborne  has  endeavoured  to  show  2 
that  the  human  molars  may  have  been  evolved  out  of  a  tri- 
tubercular  type.  I  would  point  out,  on  the  other  hand,  that 
during  the  tooth  changes  of  the  human  subject  of  to-day,  there 
is  indicated,  on  the  part  of  the  cheek-teeth,  a  progressive  reduc- 
tion of  that  type  of  tooth  represented  by  the  first  molar.  The 
detailed  facts  concerning  this  process  (cf.  text,  p.  160)  appear  to 
me  to  be  more  in  accord  with  the  theory  of  multituberculism  ; 
and  on  this  basis  the  suggestion  arises  whether  the  first  molar  may 
not  stand  in  a  similar  relationship  to  the  wisdom  tooth  of  the 
multitubercular  order  as  the  deciduous  molars  do  to  it,  the 
entire  series  of  modifications  being  those  of  advancing  reduction 
of  a  multitubercular  type  of  tooth. 

No  opportunity  should  be  lost  of  excavating  the  Quaternary 
deposits  of  all  parts  of  the  world,  especially  where  mixed  with 
clays  likely  to  be  favourable  to  the  preservation  of  human  and 
other  remains.  Now  that  the  African  continent  is  being 
opened  up,  the  scientific  mind  waits  with  longing  for  the 
careful  investigation  of  its  Tertiary  Lacustrine  deposits.  Hugh 
Falconer  long  ago  predicted  that  human  remains  would  be 
forthcoming  in  the  Tertiary  deposits  of  India,  and  no  one  con- 
versant with  recent  work  in  Mammalian  Palaeontology  would 
doubt  that  the  remains  of  ancestral  Man  must  be  sought  thus 
far  back  in  time.  This  prediction  has  been  confirmed,  by  the 
discovery  in  1894,  by  Noetling,  in  the  Yenangyoung  Oil-field, 
Burma,  of  flint  flakes  of  early  Pliocene  date.  I  could  desire 
no  higher  reward  for  the  labour  expended  in  placing  this 
book  before  the  English-speaking  public  than  that  it  might 
help  to  awaken  the  interest  necessary  to  ensure  such  investiga- 
tion. It  may  be  added,  as  an  appropriate  comment,  that  the 
interest  in  Dwarf  Kaces,  recently  revived  through  African  ex- 
ploration and  the  fuller  study  of  the  natives  of  the  Andaman 

1  For  a  fuller  account  of  the  history  of  these  theories,  and  of  the  leading  facts 
upon  which  they  rest,  cf.  Osborne,  Americ.  Naturalist,  vol.  xxii.  p.  1067  ;  and 
Forsyth-Major,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  Lond.,  1893,  p.  196. 

-  Awit.  Anzeiger,  Bd.  vii.  p.  740.  Cf.,  however,  the  observations  of  Rose  cited  in 
this  volume  (infra,  pp.  158  and  159). 


x  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

Islands,  has  vastly  increased,  through  the  discovery  that  formerly 
dwarf  races  were  widely  distributed,  evidence  of  their  existence 
having  been  obtained  in  North  Africa,  Sicily,  Switzerland,  and 
the  Pyrenees  in  the  Old  World,  and  in  Central  America  in  the 
New. 

In  editing  this  work,  I  have  spared  no  pains  to  bring  it  up 
to  the  standard  of  English  requirements.  In  the  course  of  the 
revision  a  free  rendering,  rather  than  a  translation,  of  the  original 
German  has  been  deemed  in  many  places  desirable  ;  and  para- 
graphs dealing  with  incidental  and  controversial  topics  have 
been  for  the  most  part  put  into  small  type.  Important  altera- 
tions and  intercalations  are  enclosed  in  square  brackets,  and 
for  these  I  hold  myself  responsible.  My  friend  Professor 
Arthur  Thomson  of  Oxford  has  done  me  the  great  service  of 
looking  through  the  proof-sheets,  and  to  him  and  my  friends 
Dr.  Forsyth-Major  and  Mr.  Oldfield  Thomas,  I  tender  my  sincere 
thanks  for  advice  upon  special  topics. 

G.  B.  HOWES. 

ROYAL  COLLEGE  OF  SCIENCE,  LONDON, 
SOUTH  KENSINGTON,  S.W., 
May  1895. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND,  REVISED  AND 
ENLARGED,  GERMAN  EDITION 

THE  book  "  Der  Bau  der  Menschen  "  made  its  first  appearance  in 
the  year  1887  in  the  form  of  an  academic  treatise,  intended 
only  for  a  limited  circle  of  readers.  There  were  no  illustrations, 
and  the  method  of  treatment  of  the  material  was  very  brief, 
indeed,  in  many  parts  a  mere  sketch  of  the  subject  was  given. 
Notwithstanding  this,  I  received  letters  and  questions  which 
showed  me  that  my  treatise  had  awakened  interest  in  a  circle  of 
readers  wider  than  that  for  which  it  was  originally  intended,  and 
I  therefore  decided  to  reissue  it  in  a  more  complete  form. 

The  leading  ideas  are  the  same,  although  I  think  I  may 
claim  to  have  improved  upon  the  manner  and  form  in  which 
they  have  been  carried  out.  The  large  number  of  illustrations 
which  accompany  the  text,  as  well  as  the  wider  foundation  of 
comparative  anatomy  and  ontogeny  on  which  the  subject  rests, 
have,  I  hope,  both  made  it  more  intelligible  and  greatly  increased 
its  usefulness. 

An  index  has  been  added,  giving  a  review  of  the  material 
dealt  with,  and  also,  for  the  use  of  the  lay  reader,  a  glossary  of 
the  zoological  tetms  employed. 

I  must  express  my  hearty  thanks  to  my  publisher  for  the 
friendly  assistance  he  has  shown  me. 

It  is  my  earnest  hope  that  this  work  in  its  new  form  may 
once  more  win  recognition,  since  it  aims  at  assisting  man  to 
know  himself. 

THE  AUTHOR. 

FREIBURG,  I.  BADEN, 
May  1893. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

PREFACE      .....  .         .         .         .         .         \ 

PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND,  REVISED  AND  ENLARGED,  GERMAN  EDITION          xi 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS xiii 

LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS xvii 

INTRODUCTION      .         .         . 1 

THE  INTEGUMENT  AND  THE  TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS     .         .         .         .         3 

Hair 3 

Nails 11 

Cutaneous  Glands  (Mammary  Glands)         .          .          .          .          .12 
THE  SKELETON — 

The  Vertebral  Column 26 

The  Ribs  and  Sternum     .          • 36 

The  Skull 48 

Skeleton  of  the  Limbs .67 

The  Pectoral  (Shoulder)  and  Pelvic  (Hip)  Girdles          .          .          .08 

The  Skeleton  of  the  Free  Limbs 76 

The  Skeleton  of  the  Fore-Limb 77 

The  Skeleton  of  the  Hind-Limb 81 

Comparison  of  the  Fore-  and  Hind-Limbs  of  Man        .          .          .91 

Changes  of  Position  of  the  Limbs  in  relation  to  the  Trunk    .         .        94 

MUSCULAR  SYSTEM        .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .97 

Retrogressive  Muscles  of  the  Trunk 98 

The  Muscles  of  the  Cervical  and  Cephalic  Regions        .          .          .102 
Muscles  of  the  Limbs        .          .          .      •.'".'.•      '.          .      109 
Muscles  which  appear  occasionally,  and  may  be  considered  Atavistic      112 
Progressive  Muscles          .         .         .          .  .'         .          .114 

Retrospect      .         .  .         ...•;...,.          .120 

THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  .         •„.{.       .         .         ..     .   •.  ...     123 

The  Spinal  Cord     .         .         ,.        ,          .         .,        .  .123 

Brain     .  127 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

PAGE 

138 


Peripheral  Nervous  System • 

140 


The  Sympathetic  System 139 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS 

Integumental  Sense  Organ         .          .          .  •>       . 

The  Olfactory  Organ         .          .          . 

Jacobson's  Organ 

The  Projectile  Nose 

The  Eye         .    /    ..        ,         ._     •    ,          -          -  .  •          •      147 

The  Auditory  Organ 
THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES         .         .         .         .155 

Palatal  Ridges -      .          .  .  155 


Teeth 


156 


The  Sublingua 

Thyroid  and  Thymus •  •          •          .162 

Bursa  Pharyngea •          .          .      164 

(Esophagus  and  Stomach  .          .          •          •  •          •          .164 

The  Vermiform  Process   ....  ...      167 

The  Liver  and  Pancreas  .          .          .          •          •  •          •          .171 

THE  RESPIRATORY  SYSTEM  .  .  .  .  •  •  .171 

The  Larynx  ....  .172 

The  Lungs ...  175 

THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM  .  .  .  .  •  •  •  .180 

The  Heart  .......  180 

The  Arterial  System •  .181 

The  Venous  System          ....  .          .      184 

The  Spleen 186 

THE  URINOGENITAL  SYSTEM  .          .          .          .          .          •          •          .187 
The  Pronephros  and  the  Primitive  Kidney  .          .          •          .187 

Miillerian  Duct 189 

Hymen 194 

The  Cloaca 194 

External  Genital  Organs  of  the  Female 195 

Male  Genital  Glands  (Descensus  Testiculorum)     .          .          .          .196 
Suprarenal  Bodies  .          .          .          .          .          .'.-..         .199 

CONSPECTUS  OP  THE  ORGANS  MENTIONED  IN  THE  TEXT,  ARRANGED  ON 

THE  BASIS  OF  THEIR  PHYSIOLOGICAL  CONDITION       .        .         .  200 

Organs  showing  Retrogressive  Characters    .....  200 

Organs  showing  Progressive  Characters 204 


CONTENTS  xv 

PAGE 

LIST  OP  THE  ORGANS  AND  TOPICS  CONSIDERED  IN  THE  TEXT,  CLASSED 

ACCORDING  TO  THE  SYSTEMS  TO  WHICH  THEY  RELATE         .        .  206 

Integument  and  Integumental  Organs 206 

Skeletal  System 206 

Muscular  System 207 

Nervous  System      .........  208 

Sense  Organs 208 

Alimentary  System 208 

Respiratory  System 208 

Circulatory  System 209 

Urinogenital  Apparatus 209 

SOME  ORGANS  AND  VESTIGES  OF  ORGANS  WHICH  SHOW  REVERSION  TO 

THE  CONDITION  OF  VERY  PRIMITIVE  VERTEBRATE  TYPES   .         .  210 
CONCLUDING  REMARKS  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .212 

GLOSSARY  OF  TECHNICAL  ZOOLOGICAL  TERMS  OCCURRING  IN  THE  TEXT  219 

INDEX  223 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

KIG.  PACK 

1.  FACE  OF  AX  EMBRYO  FIVE  MONTHS  OLD,  with  the  embryonic 

covering  of  hair.     After  A.  Ecker  .....          4 

2.  THE  DISPOSITION  OF  THE  HAIR-TRACTS  ON  THE  HUMAN  BODY. 

After  Eschricht 6 

3.  THE  VERTEX  COCCYGEUS  OF  THE  HUMAN  EMBRYO.     After  A. 

Ecker 7 

4.  FOVEOLA  COCCYGEA  IN  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO.     After  A.  Ecker    .  7 

5.  AND.  JEFTICHJEFF,  the  "  Russian  Dog-man  "       ....  7 

6.  A,   JULIA   PASTRANA.       B,   HAIRY  AINO,   from   the  north-east 

coast  of  Yesso.     After  D.  Macritchie 8 

7.  YOUNG  ORANG-UTAN,  head  from  the  side 9 

8.  YOUNG  ORANG-UTAN,  head  from  the  front         .         .         .         .10 

9.  DIAGRAMMATIC    REPRESENTATIONS    OF    THE    EARLY    DEVELOP- 

MENT OF  THE  LEADING  TYPES  OF  MAMMARY  GLANDS.     Modi- 
fied from  Gegenbaur     .          .          .          .          .          .          .          .12 

10.  DISSECTIONS    OF    A    BROODING  -FEMALE    OF    Echidna    hystrix. 

A,  Ventral  aspect ;  B,  dorsal  inner  view         .          .          .          .13 

11.  THE  "MAMMARY  LINE"  IN  THE  PIG'S  EMBRYO,  AT  DIFFERENT 

STAGES.     After  O.  Schultze 15 

12.  THE  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  TEATS  IN  A  DOG         .         .         .16 

13.  EXAMPLE  OF  POLYMASTY.     After  D.  Hansemann        .         .         .19 

14.  CASE  OF  POLYMASTY  IN  A  YOUNG  JAPANESE   GIRL   NINETEEN 

YEARS  OLD          .        . 21 

15.  FRONT  VIEW  OF  THE  BODY  OF  A  HOSPITAL  ASSISTANT,  TWENTY- 

TWO  AND  A  HALF  YEARS  OLD,  showing  teats  and  hair  vortices. 
After  0.  Ammon 23 

16.  SCHREINER     VON     ScHONACH,    of    the     16th     Baden     Infantry 

Regiment,  showing  supernumerary  teats  and  teat  areas.     After 

O.  Ammon  .          .•  ,          .          .          .          .24 

17.  Two  YOUNG  HUMAN  EMBRYOS,  showing  freely  projecting  tail    .       27 

18.  TAILED  HUMAN  EMBRYO.     After  L.  Gerlach     ,  28 


xviii  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

FIO.  PAGE 

19.  "TAILED"  CHILD,  Moi,  AGED  TWELVE 29 

20.  DIAGRAMMATIC    RECONSTRUCTION    OF    THE    TAIL    END    OF    A 

HUMAN  EMBRYO,  length  of  trunk  8  mm.     After  F.  Keibel      .        30 
20A.  DIAGRAMMATIC    RECONSTRUCTION    OF    THE    TAIL    END   OF   A 

HUMAN  EMBRYO,  entire  length  4  mm.     After  F.  Keibel          .        30 

21.  THE   PELVIS,    showing  variations   in   sacrum,    promontory,   and 

associated  parts    .         .          .          ....          .          .35 

22.  A,  TRANSVERSE  SECTION  OF  THE  THORAX  OF  A  LOWER  MAMMAL 

(OR  OF  THE  HUMAN  EMBRYO)  ;  B,  THE  SAME  OF  A  MAN      .       36 

23.  DIAGRAMS   OF   THE   VERTEBRAL    AND    COSTAL    SKELETON.     A, 

IN  THE  QUADRUPED  ;  B,  IN  MAN 37 

24.  PART  OF   THE   THORACIC,  AND   THE  WHOLE   LUMBAR,  SACRAL, 

AND    COCCYGEAL    SECTIONS    OF    A    YOUNG    HUMAN    VERTEBRAL 

COLUMN,  dorsal  aspect ;         .       40 

25.  DIAGRAM   OF   A   TRANSVERSE   SECTION    OF   THE   HIP   GIRDLE 

AND  SACRUM  :  A,  OF  A  SALAMANDER  ;  B,  OF  MAN,  showing 
detailed  constituents  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .41 

26.  A,  FIRST  THORACIC  SKELETAL  SEGMENT,  FOR  COMPARISON  WITH 

B,  FIFTH  CERVICAL  VERTEBRA,  OF  MAN       .         .         .         .       41 

27.  A,  PORTION  OF  THE  THORACIC  SKELETON  OF  AN  ADULT  FEMALE 

POSSESSED  OF  A  PAIR  OF  FREE  CERVICAL  RlBS.  B,  EXAMPLE 
OF  THE  REDUCTION  OF  THE  FIRST  PAIR  OF  THORACIC  RlBS, 

IN  AN  ADULT  MALE   .         .         .         .         .  .         .       42 

28.  SHOULDER  GIRDLE  OF  ORNITHORHYNCHUS         .         .         .         .46 

29.  EPISTERNUM  OF  AN  EMBRYO  MOLE.     After  A.  Gdtte         .         .       47 

30.  EPISTERNAL  VESTIGES  IN  MAN        .         .         .         .         .         .48 

31.  A,   SLIGHTLY  DIAGRAMMATIC   MEDIAN   LONGITUDINAL  SECTION 

THROUGH  THE  HEAD  AND  ANTERIOR  PORTION  OF  THE  TRUNK 
OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO,  SEVENTEEN  TO  EIGHTEEN  WEEKS  OLD. 
After  W.  His.  B,  EMBRYO  TORPEDO,  as  seen  by  transmitted 
light.  After  H.  E.  and  F.  Ziegler  .  .  .  '  .  .49 

32.  SKULL  OF  IMMANUEL  KANT.     After  C.  von  Kupffer          .         .       50 

33.  SKULL  OF  A  CHILD  SEVEN  YEARS  OLD    ...  51 

34.  SKULL  OF  AN  AUSTRALIAN  FROM  THE  MURRAY  RIVER     .         .51 

35.  SKULL  OF  A  YOUNG  ORANG-UTAN   ....  52 

36.  SKULL  OF  AN  ADULT  ORANG-UTAN          .         .         .         .         .       52 

37.  MEDIAN  SECTIONS  THROUGH  THE  HEAD  OF  A  DEER,  A  'BABOON, 

AND  A  MAN        ......  54 

38.  A  to  C,  VARIOUS  FORMS  OF  THE  os  INCAE.     D,  E,  DIAGRAMS 

OF    THE    BONES    OF    THE    OCCIPITAL    REGION    IN    THE    EMBRYO. 

Partly  after  Ficalbi      ......  56 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  xix 


PAGE 


39.  SKULL  OF  A  GIKL  TWO  YEARS  OLD,  showing  broad  ala  magna  of 

sphenoid     .          .          .         .      -  .         .         .  •  •  '   .i    -    .    •      .        59 

40.  SKULL   OF   AN  ABORIGINAL   AUSTRALIAN,    showing   contracted 

ala  magna  of  the  sphenoid     .          .  .....        59 

41.  SKULL  OF  A  NEGRO  EUNUCH,  showing  epipteric  bone        .         .       61 

42.  SKULL  OF  A  TURCO,  with   the  temporal  bone  nearly  reaching 

the  frontal  ..........       62 

43.  SKULL  OF  A  TWO-YEAR-OLD  CHIMPANZEE,  from  the  side     .         .       62 

44.  HARD   PALATE  OF   A   CAUCASIAN,   A   NEGRO,  AND  AN  ADULT 

ORANG-UTAN       .........       63 

45.  HEAD  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  OF  THE  FOURTH  MONTH,  to  show 

the  auditory  ossicles,  tympanic  ring,  with  Meckel's  cartilage, 

and  the  hyoid  and  thyroid  apparatus     .          .          .          .          .65 

46.  SKULL  OF  A  TAILED  AMPHIBIAN  (Menopoma)   .         .         .         .       66 

47.  TRANSVERSE    SECTION    THROUGH    THE    EMBRYO    OF    A    SHARK 

(Pristiurus  melanost&mus),  showing  limb  buds  .          .          .67 

48.  DIAGRAM   ILLUSTRATING   THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  FINS  OF 

A  FISH        ..........       68 

49.  DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATION  OF  THREE  SUCCESSIVE  STAGES 

IN  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  PELVIC  FINS  OF  A  SHARK    .       69 

50.  AN  ATTEMPT  TO  DEPICT  DIAGRAMMATICALLY  THE  PROCESS  BY 

WHICH  THE  LIMBS  OF  TERRESTRIAL  VERTEBRATES  WOULD 
APPEAR  TO  HAVE  BEEN  PROBABLY  DERIVED  FROM  THE  FlNS 
OF  FISHES  ..........  70 

51.  PECTORAL  GIRDLE  OF  A  TAILED  AMPHIBIAN,  ventral  aspect      .       71 

52.  RIGHT  BLADE-BONE  OF  A  NEW-BORN  CHILD,  showing  ossifica- 

tion of  the  coracoid       .          .          .          .          .          .          .          .72 

53.  PELVIS  OF  A  FEMALE  CHIMPANZEE,  TWO  YEARS  OLD        .         .       75 

54.  RIGHT    HUMERUS    OF    A    NEGRO,    showing   perforation    of   the 

olecranon  fossa     .          .          .          .          .          .          .          .          .77 

55.  DISTAL    EXTREMITY    OF   THE    HUMERUS,    to    show    epicondylar 

foramina,  in  Hatteria,  Lacerta,  the  Cat,  and  in  Man         .          .        78 

56.  SKELETON    OF    THE    HIND-  LIMB    OF   A    TAILED    AMPHIBIAN 

(Spelerpes  fuscus)  ........        79 

57.  DIAGRAMS  OF  THE  HUMAN  CARPUS.     A,  EMBRYO  ;  B,  ADULT  .        80 

58.  PROXIMAL  HALF  OF  A  LEFT  HUMAN  FEMUR  POSSESSED  OF  THREE 

TROCHANTERS      .  ......       82 

59.  THE  ANKLE-JOINT,  in  a  Chimpanzee,  an  Australian  native,  and 

a  Caucasian          .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .84 

60.  SKELETON  OF  THE  LEFT  PES  OF  A  CHIMPANZEE,  dorsal  aspect        85 

61.  SKELETON  OF  THE  LEFT  HAND,  dorsal  aspect      .         .         .         .86 

62.  SKELETON  OF  THE  LEFT  FOOT,  dorsal  aspect       .         .         .         .87 


xx  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


no. 


63.  FORE-  AND  HIND-LIMBS   OF  A  TWO  MONTHS'  HUMAN   EMBRYO, 

to  show  the  position  of  the  thumb  and  great  toe     .          .          .89 

64.  POSTERIOR  END  OF  THE  BODY  OF  TWO  HUMAN  EMBRYOS,  with  left 

hind-limb  and  umbilical  cord 90 

65.  LARVAL  SALAMANDER.     After  Hatschek.     A,  with  limbs  turned 

down  ;  B,  with  limbs  turned  up   .          .          .          .          .          •        92 

66.  SKELETON  OF  A  YOUNG  BEAR,  illustrating  the  positions  of  the 

limbs.     After  Hatschek        .         .         .         .         .         .         .93 

67.  DIAGRAM  OF  THE  DISTRIBUTION   OF  THE  PLATYSMA  OVER  THE 

HEAD.     After  Gegenbaur     . 104 

68.  SUPERFICIAL  MUSCULATURE  OF  THE  FACE  IN  Lepilemur  muste- 

linus.     After  Ruge       .         .         .        '.          .          -       '•'.          .105 

69.  FACIAL  MUSCLES  AND  NERVES  OF  THE   LEMUROID  Propithecm. 

After  Ruge          .         ....         .         .      "  .          .106 

70.  MUSCLES  OF  THE  EPICRANIAL  REGION  IN  MAN,  WITH  CERTAIN  OF 

THE  FACIAL  MUSCLES.     After  Gegenbaur       .         .  _•    •   . '-,     .     107 

71.  THE    PINNA,  in   Man,  a  Baboon,  an   Ox,  Macacus   and    Cerco- 

pithecus.     After  Schwalbe  and  Henle     .         .         .         -.         .108 

72.  SUPERFICIAL  MUSCLES  AND  TENDONS  OF  THE  DORSUM  OF  THE 

FOOT.     After  Raubev  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .      Ill 

73.  DEEP  MUSCLES  OF  THE  FLEXOR  SIDE  OF  THE  FOREARM.     After 

Rauber       .          .         .         .         ...          .         .         *.          .116 

74.  MEDIAN    PLANTAR   MUSCLES    IN  THEIR   CONNECTION  WITH  THE 

FLEXOR  TENDONS.     After  Rauber.         .         .         .         .         .117 

75.  DEEP  DORSAL  MUSCLES  OF  THE  FOREARM.     After  Rauber  .         .118 

76.  LOWER  PORTION  OF  THE  SPINAL  CORD,  WITH  THE  GAUD  A  EQUINA 

AND  THE  DURA  MATER,  dorsal  aspect.     After  Schwalbe  .          .      1 24 

77.  BRAIN  OF  A  DOG-FISH  (Scyllum  canicula),  three  views          .         .126 

78.  CEREBRUM  OF  A  FEMALE  CHIMPANZEE  TWO  YEARS  OLD,  showing 

asymmetrical  development    .         .         .         .         .          .          .128 

79.  BRAIN  OF  A  FEMALE  CHIMPANZEE  TWO  YEARS  OLD,  lateral  aspect      1  28 

80.  CEREBRUM  OF  THE  GIBBON  (Hylobates),  lateral  aspect  .         .         .129 

81.  CEREBRUM   OF  A  SEVEN   TO  EIGHT   MONTHS'  HUMAN  EMBRYO, 

dorsal  aspect        .         .         .        '.    •     .         »     ,    .         .         .129 

82.  CEREBRUM  OF   A  SEVEN  TO  EIGHT  MONTHS'    HUMAN   EMBRYO, 

lateral  aspect       .        ,1         .         .'.','..         .         .      130 

83.  HYPOTHETICAL  MEDIAN-LONGITUDINAL    SECTION  THROUGH    THE 

SKULL  AND  BRAIN  OF  A  VERTEBRATE  EMBRYO.     Partly  after 
Huxley 131 

84.  BRAIN  OF  A  RABBIT,  three  views 132 

85.  LONGITUDINAL    SECTION  THROUGH    THE    PINEAL    ORGAN   OF    A 

REPTILE  (Hatteria  pundata).     After  Baldwin  Spencer      .          .133 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  xxi 

F10.  PAGE 

86.  MEDIAN    LONGITUDINAL   SECTION   THROUGH   THE   HEAD   OF   A 

NEWLY-HATCHED  LARVA  OP  THE  LAMPREY  (Petremyzon  plaiierf)     136 

87.  LATERAL  VIEW  OP  THE  NASAL  CHAMBER  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  .     141 

88.  SAGITTAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  NASAL  AND  BUCCAL  CAVITIES 

OF  THE  HUMAN  HEAD  . 142 

89.  A-D,  STAGES  IN  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OP  THE  SO-CALLED  JACOBSON'S 

ORGAN  OF  THE  URODELA.  E,  THE  SAME  ORGAN  IN  A  GYMNO- 
PHIONE.  F-H,  THE  NOSE  AND  JACOBSON'S  ORGAN  IN 
Lacerta,  A  PLACENTAL  MAMMAL,  AND  Ornithorhynchus.  H, 
after  Symington .  .......  144-145 

90.  HEADS  OF  TWO  HUMAN  EMBRYOS  AT  SECOND  AND  THIRD  MONTHS     147 

91.  HUMAN  EYE 148 

92.  DIAGRAM   TO   ILLUSTRATE   THE   SHIFTING  OF   THE  LACHRYMAL 

GLAND,  WHICH  HAS  TAKEN  PLACE  IN  THE  COURSE  OF 
PHYLOGENY 149 

93.  EYE  OF  A  MONGOLIAN,  WITH  THE  EPICANTHUS   .         .         .         .150 

94.  DIAGRAM  TO  ILLUSTRATE  THE  METAMORPHOSIS  DURING  DEVELOP- 

MENT OF  THE  VISCERAL  SKELETAL  ARCHES    .         .  .         .151 

95.  PALATE  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  AT  THE  EIGHTH  MONTH  .         .155 

96.  PALATAL  FOLDS  OP  THE  RACOON  (Procyon  lotor) .         .  .         .156 
.97.  HUMAN   MOUTH,  IN  WHICH  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  UPPER 

OUTER  INCISORS  HAS  BEEN  SUPPRESSED          .         .         .         .158 

98.  HUMAN  STOMACH 166 

99.  THE    C^CUM    AND    PROCESSOS   VERMIFORMIS    IN    A    HUMAN 

EMBRYO 167 

100.  THE  CAECUM  AND  VERMIFORM  PROCESS  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO     .     168 

101.  THE  CAECUM  AND  VERMIFORM  PROCESS  IN  A  KANGAROO      .         .169 

102.  HUMAN  LARYNX  IN  FRONTAL  SECTION 174 

103.  A   SERIES  OF  WHOLLY  DIAGRAMMATIC  FIGURES  TO  ILLUSTRATE 

THE  COMPARATIVE  MORPHOLOGY  OF  THE  URINOGENITAL 
ORGANS  OF  THE  VERTEBRATA 191 

104.  DIAGRAMMATIC    REPRESENTATIONS    op    THE    CHIEF    TYPES   OF 

UTERUS  OCCURRING  IN  THE  PLACENTAL  MAMMALS  .         .         .193 

105.  A,  PARTLY  DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATION  OF  THE  EMBRYONIC 

URINOGENITAL  APPARATUS  OF  A  MALE  MAMMAL,  showing  its 
relations  to  the  Ventral  abdominal  wall.  B,  THE  PENIS  AND 
SCROTUM  OP  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO,  15  cm.  long.  Both  figures 
founded  on  the  work  of  Klaatsch  .  197 


THE   STKUCTUKE   OF  MAN 


INTRODUCTION 

SOME  thirty-four  years  have  elapsed  since  the  publication  of 
Charles  Darwin's  work  On  the  Origin  of  Species  ly  Means  of 
Natural  Selection.  A  short  period  of  time,  and  yet  important 
enough  to  throw  into  the  shade  all  previous  centuries,  so  profound 
is  the  significance  of  the  results  obtained  in  it,  in  the  field  of 
Natural  Science. 

Darwin's  book  brought  about  a  reformation  not  only  of 
Zoology,  but  of  our  whole  knowledge  of  surrounding  Nature.  It 
marked,  in  fact,  the  commencement  of  a  new  epoch,  and  of  a  new 
cosmology.  This  has  been  said  so  often  and  demonstrated  so 
thoroughly,  that  the  topic  need  not  be  further  enlarged  upon 
here.  I  cannot,  however,  refrain  from  briefly  sketching  the 
condition  of  the  natural  sciences  during  the  last  two  centuries, 
since  it  is  only  on  such  a  background  that  a  correct  picture  of 
the  enormous  transformation  which  has  since  been  effected  in  the 
intellectual  life  of  all  cultured  nations  can  be  obtained. 

In  spite  of  the  great  discoveries  made,  in  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries,  by  such  men  as  Kepler,  Newton,  Harvey, 
Schwammerdam,  Malpighi,  and  Leeuwenhoeck,  the  Aristotelian 
philosophy,  which  had  been  stirred  to  new  life  at  the  period  of  the 
Reformation,  was  universally  accepted.  Its  exegetical  principle 
rested  on  the  assumption  of  the  existence  of  an  intelligent  design, 
to  which  the  phenomena  of  nature  were  subordinated.  The 
teleological  speculations  which  arose  out  of  it,  and  the  resulting 
anthropocentric  and  anthropomorphic  cosmology,  outlived  the 
centuries  named.  Indeed,  in  spite  of  all  progress  in  science,  they 
continued  to  count  many  of  their  most  brilliant  advocates  among 
distinguished  scientific  men,  even  into  the  fifties  of  the  present 
century.  This  philosophy  was  deeply  rooted  in  human  vanity, 
.v  B 

I 


2  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

receiving  immense  support  from  the  Mosaic  cosmogony,  which 
assigned  to  Man  a  sovereign  position  over  nature,  and  especially 
over  the  animal  kingdom.  Every  attempt  to  shake  this  sover- 
eignty was  regarded  as  heresy.  Even  the  laity  persistently 
refused  to  submit  Man  to  the  same  strict  scientific  analysis 
which,  with  increasing  clearness,  was  being  applied  to  the 
surrounding  forms  of  life  by  the  existing  schools  of  natural 
philosophy. 

In  spite  of  this  opposition,  however,  the  theory  of  descent 
steadily  gained  ground,  and  its  advance  was  especially  favoured 
by  new  and  surprising  results  attained  in  the  three  closely 
allied  branches  of  science — Palaeontology,  Comparative  Anatomy, 
and  Embryology.  The  proofs  of  the  great  changes  which  must  have 
taken  place  in  both  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms,  during 
the  immeasurable  periods  consumed  in  the  development  of  our 
planet,  became  more  and  more  convincing. 

The  earlier  assumption  of  repeated  separate  acts  of  creation 
gave  way  to  a  more  satisfactory  and  strictly  scientific  conception 
of  the  fundamental  unity  of  all  organic  nature.  "  Blood  relation- 
ship, and  not  some  unknown  plan  of  creation,  forms  the  invisible 
band  which  unites  organisms  in  various  degrees  of  similarity," 
and  in  this  great  family  Man  must  find  his  place.  He  forms 
but  a  link  in  the  chain,  and  has  no  right  to  consider  himself  an 
exception.  To  claim  for  himself  a  special  act  of  creation,  in  order 
to  account  for  his  appearance  in  the  series  of  living  creatures,  would 
be  nothing  less  than  a  denial  of  the  unity  of  physiological  science. 

It  may  be  that  we  have  not  as  yet  succeeded  in  tracing  back 
the  primitive  history  of  Man  beyond  diluvial  times  by  the  light 
of  palseontological  discoveries,  for  no  certain  proof  of  the  actual 
existence  of  tertiary  Man  has  been  obtained.  But  this  "  break 
in  the  record  "  cannot  in  the  least  impair  the  evidence  of  mor- 
phology as  to  the  real  ancestry  of  Man.  Comparative  morpho- 
logy points  not  only  to  the  essentially  similar  plan  of  organisa- 
tion of  the  bodies  of  all  Vertebrates,  and  to  the  agreement  in 
their  entrance  into  life,  individual  existence,  and  final  dissolution, 
but  also  to  the  occurrence  in  them  of  certain  organs,  or  parts  of 
organs,  now  known  as  "  vestigial." 

By  such  organs  are  meant  those  which  were  formerly  of  greater 
physiological  significance  than  at  present.  In  the  course  of 
generations,  in  consequence  of  the  adaptation  of  the  body  to  special 
conditions  of  life,  they  have  been,  so  to  speak,  put  out  of  the 
running,  subjected  to  reduction  or  degeneration,  and  now  persist  as 


INTRODUCTION  3 

mere  vestiges.  Such  organs,  which  remain  inexplicable  by  the 
doctrine  of  special  creation  or  upon  any  teleological  hypothesis,  can 
be  satisfactorily  explained  by  the  theory  of  selection.  They  are 
found  alike  in  the  lower  animals  and  in  Man ;  and  it  is  evident 
that  these  relics  of  a  long  vanished  epoch  are  of  peculiar  interest  in 
this  latter  case,  where  Palaeontology  offers  us  no  help.  Their  closer 
study,  therefore,  has  a  fascination  for  us  which  we  cannot  resist. 

In  the  attempt  to  track  the  primitive  Man,  i.e.  to  follow  up 
the  traces  of  Man's  ancestry,  we  shall  find  indications — here  of 
progression — there  of  retrogression.  These  will  help  to  throw 
light  on  Man's  position  among  the  Vertebrata. 

Thirty-one  years  have  passed  since  Huxley  published  his 
Evidence  as  to  Man's  Place  in  Nature.  When  we  remember 
how  much  work  has  been  done  since,  and  what  results  have  been 
attained  in  physical  Anthropology,  Anatomy,  and  Embryology, 
it  will,  I  think,  be  evident  that  the  time  has  come  once  more  to 
look  back,  to  gather  together  into  a  whole  the  new  material  which 
now  lies  scattered  far  and  wide,  and  from  it  to  attempt  once  more 
to  estimate  what  Man  is,  what  he  was,  and  what  he  may  become. 


THE  INTEGUMENT  AND  THE  TEGUMENTAL  OEGANS 

In  Man,  as  in  all  Vertebrata,  two  of  the  three  germinal 
layers  take  part  in  the  formation  of  the  integument,  the  outer 
(ectoderm)  and  the  middle  (mesoderm).  The  ectoderm  gives  rise 
to  the  epidermis  (cuticle  or  scarf-skin)  and  the  mesoderm  to  the 
corium  or  dermis. 

The  epidermis,  again,  consists  of  a  superficial  and  a  deep  layer, 
of  which  the  latter  is  of  the  greater  physiological  importance,  all 
the  so-called  cutaneous  or  tegumental  organs  owing  their  origin 
to  it.  To  these  belong  (1)  the  various  corneous  structures,  such 
as  hair  and  nails ;  (2)  many  different  kinds  of  glands ;  and  (3) 
the  terminal  apparatus  of  nearly  all  the  sensory  organs. 

HAIR 

Man  is  the  least  hairy  of  all  the  Primates ;  indeed,  his  skin 
may  be  called  almost  smooth.  Apart  from  the  head,  the  only 
parts  of  the  body  abundantly  supplied  with  hair  are,  as  a  rule, 
the  pubic,  perineal,  and  axillary  regions,  although  a  careful 
examination  of  the  skin  shows  that  hair  follicles  are  to  be  found 
over  its  whole  surface.  In  males,  in  addition  to  the  parts  already 


4  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

mentioned,  hair  is  frequently  strongly  developed  on  the  ventral 
and  dorsal  regions  of  the  trunk,  i.e.  on  the  breast  and  abdomen, 
and  on  the  buttocks  and  neck,  and  on  the  limbs. 

These  facts  alone  would  suffice  to  render  it  probable  that 
man  was  in  primitive  times  far  more  hairy  than  at  present,  but 
still  stronger  evidence  can  be  brought  forward. 


FIG.  1. — FACE  OF  AN  EMBRYO  FIVE  MONTHS  OLD,  with  the  embryonic  covering 
of  hair.     (After  Ecker.) 

The  first  traces  of  hair  appear,  in  the  human  embryo,  as  early 
as  the  twelfth  or  thirteenth  week,  the  earliest  being  found  about 
the  forehead,  the  mouth,  and  the  eyebrows,  i.e.  in  those  parts  of 
the  body  where,  in  the  lower  Mammals,  the  so-called  "  whiskers  " 
(vibrissse)  or  tactile  hairs  usually  appear.  It  is  evident  that, 
morphologically,  the  hairs  about  the  mouth  and  eyebrows  in  Men 
belong  to  this  same  category.  The  hairs  begin  to  break  through 
the  integument  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  month,  and  they  con- 
tinue to  do  so  till  the  seventh  month,  those  of  the  head  being  the 
earliest  and  those  of  the  limbs  the  latest  to  appear.1  In  the 

1  The  fact  of  the  appearance  of  hair  in  different  parts  of  the  body  in  regular 
order,  the  lower  limbs  being  the  last  to  become  thus  clothed,  has  apparently  attained 
popular  recognition  in  the  very  old  proverb  "he  has  hair  on  his  toes,"  which  may 
doubtless  be  referred  to  a  time  when  boots  and  shoes  did  not  play  the  part  they  now 
do.  From  what  I  have  gathered  in  conversation  with  inhabitants  of  Berne  (Ober- 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  5 

sixth  month,  the  whole  body  of  the  embryo,  except  the  surface 
of  the  hands  and  feet,  the  red  edges  of  the  lips,  the  glans  penis 
and  clitoridis,  and  the  inner  surface  of  the  foreskin,  is  covered 
with  abundant  soft  woolly  hair  (lanugo).1 

In  certain  parts  of  the  body  the  hairs  are  arranged  closely 
and  quite  regularly  in  tracts,  just  as  birds'  feathers  are  arranged 
in  the  so-called  "pteryloc."  These  hair- tracts  (Fig.  2)  are  vortex- 
like  in  arrangement,  diverging  over  some  areas,  converging  over 
others. 

In  the  former  (cf.  the  hair  of  the  head)  the  hairs  point  with 
their  free  ends  outwards,  from  the  vertex  as  a  centre  ;  in  the  latter, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  direction  of  the  hairs  is  the  reverse  of  this, 
their  free  ends  being  directed  inwards,  i.e.  towards  the  centre  of 
the  vortex.  This  latter,  converging,  disposition  is  only  found,  both 
in  the  lower  Mammals  and  in  Man,  at  parts  where  an  organ  either 
projects  during  life,  as  in  the  case  of  horns  and  antlers,  or  has  pro- 
jected at  some  period  in  ontogenetic  or  phylogenetic  development. 

An  excellent  example  of  this  is  afforded  by  the  radial 
arrangement  of  hairs  often  found  in  the  male  sex  in  the  region 
of  the  navel,  or  still  better  by  the  "vertex  coccygeus"  (Fig.  3) 
described  by  Ecker.  The  position  of  this  latter  exactly  corre- 
sponds in  the  embryo  with  the  point  at  which,  before  the  bending 
of  the  os  sacrum  took  place,  the  extremity  of  the  coccyx  pushed 
against  the  skin ;  i.e.  with  the  point  where  the  coccyx  formerly 
projected  as  a  free  tail,  the  cauda  humana  (cf,  pp.  2*7,  28). 

Just  before  birth  the  position  of  the  vertex  coccygeus  shifts, 
a  hairless  area  being  developed  (Glabella  coccygea)  which  may 
sink  in  to  form  a  pit  (Foveola  coccygea,  fv,  Fig.  4)  (Ecker).  On 
the  other  hand  it  frequently  attains  such  a  degree  of  development, 

deutsehen)  and  of  Holland  (Niederdeutschen),  I  am  convinced  that  "on  his  toes" 
(Zehen)  is  the  light  version  of  the  proverb,  and  not  "on  his  teeth"  (Zahnen). 

Many  similar  perversions  of  old  popular  sayings,  or  of  words  of  which  the  original 
meaning  has  gradually  been  lost  in  later  generations,  are  to  be  found  ;  for  instance, 
the  expression  "to  have  his  sheep  (Schaffchen)  in  the  dry  "  originated  on  the  coast, 
where  "to  have  his  ship  (Schiffchen)  in  the  dry"  is  still  heard.  Again,  the 
Schbnberg  near  Freiburg  was  originally  called  Schynberg,  from  Schyn,  which  means 
a  witch,  a  word  which  has  been  retained  in  the  "  Witch's  Valley  "  at  the  foot  of  this 
hill,  and  in  the  Swabian  term  of  contempt  "  Schyn- Aas"  (literally  witch  carcase). 

1  In  the  fourth  or  fifth  month  the  human  embryo  has  a  distinct  stratum  corneum 
with  an  epidermal  layer  outside  it,  which  corresponds  with  the  epitrichium  of  Rep- 
tiles and  of  many  Mammalian  embryos  (Edentata,  Dicotyles,  Sus,  and  others).  After 
the  sixth  month  of  embryonic  life  the  latter  disappears  from  most  parts  of  the  body. 
The  epitrichial  layer  covers  the  hairs  and  the  glands,  being  able  to  some  extent  to 
keep  back  the  secretions  of  the  latter.  In  this  way  it  provides  for  the  accumulation 
of  a  rich  secretory  deposit,  the  so-called  "vernix  caseosa." 


6  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

even  in  the  sixth  or  seventh  month,  that  the  hair  may  be  twirled 
between  the  fingers  like  a  moustache. 


FIG.  2.-THE  DISPOSITION  OF  THE  HAIR-TRACTS  ON  THE  HUMAN  BODY 

(After  Eschricht.) 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  7 

Hypertrichosis,  or   excessive   hairiness,  which   also   not   in- 


Fio.  3. — THE  VERTEX  COCCTGEUS  OF  THE      FIG.  4. — FOVEOLA  COCCYGEA  IN  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO. 
HUMAN  EMBRYO.     (After  Ecker.)  (After  Ecker.)     a,  anus  ;  fc,  foveola  coccygea. 


Fio.  5. — AND.  JEFTICHJEFF,  the  "Russian  Dog-man." 

frequently  occurs  in  adults  of  both  sexes,  is  a  very  interesting 
phenomenon.       By   far    the   greater   number  of   such    cases,  as 


FIG.  6. — A,  JULIA  PASTRANA.     B,  HAIRY  AINO,  from  the  north-east  coast  of  Yesso. 
( After  Macritchie.) 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  9 

Ecker  has  specially  pointed  out,  appear  to  be  due  to  a  temporary 
arrest  in  the  development  of  the  hairy  covering,  and  the  persistence 
and  subsequent  growth  in  post-embryonic  life  of  the  foetal  woolly 
covering  or  lanugo.  We  can  describe  this  as  Pseudohypertrichosis 
lanuginosa  (Bonnet),  since  normally  the  greater  part  of  the  lanugo 
is  said  to  be  shed,  and  to  be  replaced  by  stronger  medullated 
hairs. 


I   I 


FIG.  7.— YOUNG  ORANG-UTAN.     Zeitschri/t  far  Ethnologic  (Anthropolog. 
Gesellschqft),  Bd.  viii. 


To  this  category  belong  all  the  well-known  cases  of  "  Dog- 
men,"  or  hairy  men,1  e.g.  the  Ambraser  hairy  family,  Barbara 
Uslerin,  and  Mrs.  Lent  (commonly  known  as  Zennora  Pastrana 
II.)  ;  also  the  Kussian  Dog-rnan  Jeftichjeff  (Fig.  5),  his  son  Fedor, 
and  the  Burmese  Shwe-Maong  and  his  family.  In  the  cases  of 
Jeftichjeff  senior,  and  Shwe-Maong,  the  whole  face,  except  the 
red  edges  of  the  lips,  was  thickly  covered  with  delicate,  soft, 
and  partly  curly  hair,  such  as  also  projected  from  the  orifices 
of  the  ears  and  nose.  The  body  of  the  Russian  was  somewhat 

1  In  these  cases  defects  in  the  dentition  and  other  traces  of  arrested  development 
(e.g.  retarded  puberty)  not  infrequently  occur. 


10  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

less  hairy  than  that  of  the  Burmese,  the  whole  of  whose  trunk 
and  limbs  was  covered  with  hair  from  4-8  inches  long. 

The  extreme  hairiness  of  the  Ainos  (Fig.  6,  B)  may  probably 
also  be  referred  to  Pseudohypertrichosis ;  but  this  point  requires 
closer  investigation. 

In  all  the  cases  mentioned  above,  the  persistence  of  the 
vestigial  lanugo  must  undoubtedly  be  regarded  as  a  return  to  a 

.    - 


FIG.  8. — YOONQ  ORANG-UTAN.     Zeitschrift  fur  £thnologie  (Anthropolog. 
Gesellschaft),  Bd.  viii. 

primitive  hairy  condition  in  Man;  whereas  true  hairiness,  or 
"  hypertrichosis  vera,"  is  quite  a  different  thing.  This,  which 
was  well  exemplified  in  the  once  famous  dancer  Julia  Pastrana  I., 
is  due  to  an  excessive  development  of  the  secondary  covering  of 
hair.  In  her  case  (Fig.  6,  A)  the  greater  part  of  the  primary 
hairy  covering  (the  lanugo)  must  be  considered  to  have  been  shed 
during  embryonic  development. 

Bonnet  rightly  points  out  that  "  in  Man  and  the  domestic 
animals,  the  accessory  structures  of  the  epidermis  accurately 
register  the  balance  of  nutrition,"  and  that  various  circumstances, 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  11 

such  as  climate,  domestication,  natural  and  artificial  selection, 
influence  the  hairy  covering.  Further,  the  development  of  this 
may  be  in  inverse  ratio  to  the  thickness  of  the  integument,  and 
particularly  of  the  epidermis  (Leydig),  the  hair  and  the  epidermis 
supplementing  one  another  in  the  work  of  protecting  the  body. 
This  is  illustrated,  on  the  one  hand,  by  animals  which  have  a 
delicate  epidermis  and  thin  skin  and  a  thick  covering  of  wool  or 
fur;  and  on  the  other  by  animals'  like  the  Rhinoceroses,  Hippo- 
potami, some  Armadillos,  and  Scaly  Ant-Eaters,  in  which,  while 
the  epidermis  is  so  thickened  as  to  form  a  hard  carapace,  the 
hair  is  very  scanty. 

I  cannot  leave  this  subject  without  touching  upon  the  question  of  the 
origin  of  the  Mammalia,  especially  as  this  chapter  in  morphology  has  recently 
been  ably  dealt  with  by  Max  Weber,  who  deduces  reasons  for  taking  up  the 
following  position.  The  first  Mammals,  as  descendants  from  primitive  scaly 
Reptiles,  were  covered  with  scales,  differing  from  those  of  the  Reptiles  only  in 
minor  points.  Behind  the  scales  of  the  primitive  Mammals  there  first 
appeared  a  few  small  hairs,  the  origin  of  which  it  is  difficult  to  explain  with 
certainty.  By  degrees,  as  a  constant  temperature  was  maintained  by  the 
body,  the  covering  of  hair  attained  a  greater  development  and  the  scales 
degenerated.  Scales,  somewhat  specialised,  are  still  retained  as  a  covering 
for  the  mammalian  body  in  a  few  cases,  e.g.  Armadillos  and  Scaly  Ant-Eaters. 
Among  other  Mammals  they  are  found,  as  a  rule,  only  on  the  tail  and  limbs. 
The  recurrent  arrangement  of  the  hairs,  however,  due  to  their  original 
development  behind  scales,  has  very  generally  persisted,  and  on  this  basis 
hairs  may  be  considered  to  imply  the  earlier  presence  of  scales. 

NAILS 

The  nails  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  fingers  (and  especially  the 
latter)  most  nearly  suggest  the  claws  of  the  lower  animals,  in  being 
decidedly  arched  from  side  to  side.  As  the  thumb  is  approached 
the  nails  become  more  and  more  flat,  and  the  like  is  true  of  the 
great  toe  as  compared  with  the  four  lesser  toes.  This  condition 
commences  with  the  Lemuroidea  [although  among  the  lower 
Mammalia  the  Squirrels,  for  example,  bear  a  flattened  nail  upon 
the  pollex]. 

On  the  under  edge  of  the  nail,  between  it  and  the  ball  of  the 
finger,  is  found  the  last  vestige  of  a  structure  which  in  the  Apes 
is  covered  with  a  thickened  layer  of  epidermis.1  This  structure 
undergoes  considerable  degeneration,  even  during  intra- uterine 
life,  through  the  advancing  development  of  the  ball  of  the  finger 
(Gegenbaur). 

1  This  structure  is  most  conspicuous  in  the  Ungulata,  and  it  is  there  known  as  the 
"frog." 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 


CUTANEOUS  GLANDS  (MAMMARY  GLANDS) 

The  cutaneous  glands  of  Man  fall  into  two  classes :  sweat- 
glands  and  sebaceous  glands,  with  their  modifications. 

Certain  of  these  glands  play  an  important  part  in  Mammals 
on  account  of  their  odoriferous  secretions.  In  Man  the  secretion 
of  the  axillary  and  anal  glands  is  well  known  to  have  a  penetrating 
odour,  but  the  significance  of  this  we  have  so  far  failed  to  discover. 


FIG.  9. — DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  THE  EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE 

LEADING  TYPES  OF  MAMMARY  GLANDS.     (Modified  from  Gegenbaur.) 
A,  First  or  undifferentiated  (mammary  pit)  stage  ;  B,  stage  of  the  false  teat ;  C,  stage 
of  the  true  teat ;  v.  v. ,  rim  (or  rampart)  of  the  glandular  area  ;  f.g. ,  glandular  area  ; 
gl.,  mammary  glands;  d.,  mammary  canal. 

The  mammary  glands,  in  all  Mammals  higher  than  the  Mono- 
tremata,1  must  be  regarded  as  aggregates  of  much  modified  sebace- 
ous glands.  This  is  attested  not  only  by  their  whole  structure, 
and  by  the  nature  of  their  secretion,  but  also  by  the  fact  that  the 
sebaceous  glands  lying  immediately  around  the  teat  in  the  female, 
the  so-called  Montgomery's  glands,  grow  larger  when  lactation 
begins,  many  of  them  yielding  milk.  This  functional  transition 
from  sebaceous  to  mammary  glands  furnishes  the  best  evidence  for 
their  homology  (Gegenbaur).  In  rare  cases  sebaceous  glands  still 
farther  from  the  teat  may  also  take  part  in  lactation,  instances  being 
known  in  which  such  glands  extended  as  far  as  the  axillary  region. 

These  facts  lead  us  to  believe,  &  priori,  that  all  parts  of  the 
skin  may  be  capable  of  producing  mammary  glands. 

I1  The  mammary  organ  of  the  Monotremata  is  derived  from  sweat-glands,  so  that  we 
have  a  diphyletic  origin  for  the  mammary  glands  collectively  considered  (Gegenbaur). 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS 


The  development  of  mammary  glands  and  teats  is  always 
initiated  by  a  shallow  degression  of  the  integument  (f.g.,  Fig.  9,  A), 
the  mammary  pit ;  the  base  of  this  pit  is  the  glandular  area, 
and  the  surrounding  border  (•»)  the  rampart  of  the  gland.  The 
Malpighian  stratum  of  the  epidermis  at  the  base  of  the  glandular 
area,  by  inward  proliferation,  gives  rise  to  the  glandular  tissue. 

The  mode  of  development  of  the  teats  is  not  the  same  for  all 


FIG.  10. — DISSECTIONS  OF  A  BROODING  FEMALE  OF  Echidna  hystrix. 
A,  Ventral  aspect ;  B,  dorsal  inner  view,    f  t.  The  two  tufts  of  hair,  in  the  lateral  folds  of 
the  mammary  pouch  from  which  the  secretion  flows.     On  each  side  of  the  pouch 
(b.m.),  which  is  surrounded  by  strong  muscles,  a  group  of  mammary  glands  (ff.m.) 
opens  ;  cl.  denotes  the  cloaca  in  each  figure.     (After  W.  Haacke.) 

Mammals.  Either  (Fig.  9,  B)  the  rampart  which  borders  the 
depression  rises  and  forms  a  tube  (the  lumen  of  which  is  known 
as  the  mammary  canal),  into  the  base  of  which  the  true  ducts 
open,  or  (Fig.  9,  C)  the  glandular  area  rises  in  the  shape  of  a 
papilla,  while  the  rampart  degenerates.  The  latter,  in  which  the 
nipple  must  be  considered  as  a  secondary  formation,  is  exemplified 
in  the  Marsupials,  the  Lemuroidea,  Apes,  and  Man  ;  in  the  former, 
which  obtains  in  the  Caruivora,  Pigs,  Horses,  and  Ruminants,  it 
is  a  primary  formation.  The  first  indications  of  the  primary 


14  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

formation  are  found  in  certain  Marsupials  (Plialangista  vulpina) 
and  among  placental  Mammals  as  high  as  Carnivora  (Gegenbaur). 

The  question  now  arises,  whether  the  developmental  stages 
of  the  mammary  glands  point  to  primitive  conditions  which  in 
any  degree  persist  in  the  lower  Mammals  ?  An  examination  of 
the  Monotremata  shows  that  this  may  be  the  case ;  and  to  make 
this  clear  we  must  enter  somewhat  further  into  detail. 

In  the  Monotremata,  in  which  as  yet  there  are  no  teats,  the 
ducts  of  the  mammary  organ  open  in  a  group  on  the  ventral 
integument.  As  the  reproductive  period  approaches,  if  fertilisation 
has  taken  place,  a  temporary  depression  of  the  ventral  integument 
occurs,  which  gives  rise  to  a  pouch  (b.m.,  Fig.  10).  The  egg  is 
deposited  in  this  pouch,  and  the  mammary  fluid  is  probably 
carried  to  the  young  animal  to  which  the  egg  gives  rise,  by 
means  of  the  pointed  tufts  of  hair  which  project  around  the 
apertures  of  the  glands.  Closer  examination  shows  that  the  ducts 
open  into  two  cutaneous  depressions,  which  lie  near  the  tufts  just 
mentioned,  in  the  lateral  folds  of  the  mammary  pouch.  These 
may  be  called  mammary  pits,  and  are  of  considerable  importance, 
because  they  are  repeated  in  the  development  of  the  various 
forms  of  nipples  and  mammary  organs  occurring  in  the  higher 
orders  of  Mammals.  "We  have  here  a  glandular  area  which,  like 
that  already  described  (Fig  9,  A),  is  nothing  more  than  a  de- 
pressed portion  of  the  external  integument,  with  all  its  character- 
istic derivatives,  such  as  hairs,  glands,  and  pigment. 

Before  passing  to  the  question  of  the  disposition  of  the 
mammary  glands  on  the  body,  an  important  discovery,  for  which 
we  have  to  thank  Oskar  Schultze,  must  be  mentioned. 

In  young  embryos  of  Mammals,  e.g.  the  Pig,  a  ridge-like 
prominence  (l.m.,  Fig.  11)  is  found  on  each  side,  running  from  the 
base  of  the  anterior  limb,  which  is  at  this  period  a  mere  stump, 
towards  that  of  the  posterior  limb  and  into  the  inguinal  furrow. 
This  is  due  to  a  linear  thickening  of  the  developing  epidermis, 
and  especially  of  the  stratum  Malpighi.  This  lateral  epidermal 
ridge  represents  the  common  epithelial  rudiment  of  the  mammary 
glands,  and  may  be  called  the  "  Mammary  Line."  Along  this  line 
a  row  of  fusiform  thickenings  develop  (Fig.  11,  B  and  C),  the  whole 
presenting  the  appearance  of  a  regularly  varicose  fibre.  These 
protruding  "  primitive  teats "  flatten  out  again  at  a  later  stage, 
and  in  no  way  represent  the  teats  which  form  later,  although  they 
generally  correspond  in  number  with  the  centres  of  origin  of  the 
future  glands. 


FIG.  11.— THE  "MAMMARY  LINE"  (l.m.)  IN  THE  PIG'S  EMBRYO  AT  DIFFERENT 

STAGES.     (After  0.  Schultze.) 

A,  embryo  I,  5  cm.  (from  head  to  coccyx) ;  B,  embryo  I,  7  cm.  long  ; 
C,  embryo  I,  9  cm.  long. 


16 


THE  STRUCTUEE  OF  MAX 


Eesorption  of  those  portions  of  the  mammary  line  which  lie 
between  the  primitive  teats  soon  begins  to  take  place,  and  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  originally  elongated  and  fusiform  eminences 
become  rounded.  At  a  later  stage,  as  above  stated,  these  flatten 
out,  and  extend  at  the  same  time  into  the  subjacent  tissues. 
In  'this  way  they  form  the  well-known  button -like  epidermal 
proliferations,  which  have  generally  been  considered  to  mark  the 

first  stage  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  mammary 
glands,  a  stage  which  is 
immediately  followed  by 
the  formation  of  the  so- 
called  mammary  pits. 

Later  on  we  shall  have 
to  refer  to  the  conclusions, 
with  respect  to  Man,  to 
be  drawn  from  Schultze's 
observation,  but  we  may 
now  turn  to  the  ques- 
tion of  the  disposition  of 
the  mammary  glands  on 
the  body. 

Although  the  position 
of  these  organs  may  vary 
greatly,  the  ventral  side  of 

the  body  has  the  prefer- 
FIG.   12. — SHOWING  THE  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  „      , 

TEATS  IN  A  DOG,  in  two  longitudinal  rows  con-     ence     Oil     account    of     the 
verging  towards  the  pelvic  region.  greater  facility  with  which 

the  young  can  reach  the  teats.  The  position  in  the  postero- 
ventral  region,  i.e.  in  the  region  of  the  groin,  may  be  considered 
the  most  primitive.  The  udder  of  some  Ungulates,  as  is  well 
known,  is  found  in  this  position,  and  the  same  is  also  the  case 
in  the  Cetacea.  In  the  great  group  of  the  Carnivora,  and  in 
the  Pigs,  the  teats  are  found  on  the  thoracic  and  abdominal 
regions  (Fig.  12),  arranged  in  two  rows  converging  towards  the 
pelvic  region.  In  other  groups,  again,  they  are  confined  to  the 
pectoral  region  (e.g.  Elephants,  Sirenia,  many  Lemuroidea,  Chirop- 
tera,  Apes,  and  Man). 

The  great  range  of  variation  in  the  position  of  the  teats  and 
mammary  glands  deserves  careful  attention,  since  it  enables  us  to 
satisfactorily  explain  the  existence  of  so-called  supernumerary 
mammary  glands  and  teats,  which  often  occur  in  human  beings 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  17 

of  both  sexes.  The  term  polymasty  is  used  to  denote  the  former 
condition,  and  polythely x  the  latter. 

During  the  last  three  decades  an  immense  number  of  cases 
of  this  kind  have  been  recorded ;  and  as  it  is  quite  impossible  to 
consider  them  all  here,  we  must  limit  ourselves  to  a  few  of  the 
more  characteristic.  We  may  remark  at  the  outset  that  the 
increase  in  number  of  the  mammary  glands  or  teats,  in  both  men 
and  women,  may  be  regarded  as  a  return  to  a  primitive  condition 
in  which  many  glands  were  developed  and  many  young  were 
produced  at  a  birth.  The  change  from  polymasty  to  bimasty 
can  be  observed  at  the  present  day  in  the  Lemuroidea.  In  these 
animals  the  teats  of  the  groin  and  abdomen  are  functionless  and 
clearly  degenerating,  whereas  the  pair  which  occur  in  the  pectoral 
region  are  well  developed.  In  accordance  with  this  most 
Lemuroids  give  birth  to  only  two  young,  which  they  carry  about 
at  the  breast.  This  habit  permits  of  the  greatest  freedom  of 
movement  (for  example  in  climbing),  and  renders  explicable  the 
gradual  degeneration  of  the  other  teats. 

But  how  are  we  to  explain  the  presence  of  such  pronounced 
vestigial  organs  as  the  teats  of  the  male  human  being  ? 

It  is  usually  considered  that  they  are  inherited  from  the 
female,  and  it  is  possible  that  this  explanation  is  correct.  But 
when  we  find  that  in  the  Monotremata  the  mammary  glands  are 
almost  equally  well  developed  in  both  the  male  and  the  female, 
it  seems  not  improbable  that  originally  both  sexes  may  have 
taken  an  equal  share  in  the  bringing  up  of  the  young. 

It  is  certain  that  a  functional  condition  of  the  mammary 
glands  (gynaekomasty)  may  occur  in  men.2  [Humboldt  records 
a  case,  to  which  he  bore  ocular  testimony,  of  a  man  who,  at  the 
age  of  thirty-two,  was  left  in  charge  of  a  sucking  child  by  the 
death  of  his  wife.  Not  knowing  how  to  rear  it,  he  in  despair 
pressed  it  to  his  own  bosom ;  and  it  is  alleged  that  hypertrophy 
of  his  breast,  with  milk  secretion  sufficient  for  the  rearing  of  the 
infant,  was  thereby  induced.]3  It  is  also  known  that  boys,  both 

1  Either  well-developed  or  rudimentary  supernumerary  teats  are  not  infrequently 
found  in  various  Mammalian  orders,  for  instance  two  rudimentary  teats  often  occur 
behind  the  four  normal  teats  of  the  cow. 

2  [I  can  testify  to  this  in  person,  for,  while  bathing  with  friends  on  the  Welsh 
coast  at  the  age  of  thirty-six  years,  milk,  sufficient  to  cover  a  threepennypiece,  issued 
from  my  left  breast  on  contact  with  the  towel.     This  state  of  affairs  continued  for 
three  days,  the  right  breast  remaining  inactive. — G.  B.  H.] 

3  [During  the  passage  of  these  pages  through  the  press  this  subject  has  been 
comprehensively  dealt  with  by  Schaumann  (Verhandlg.  d.  physik. -medic.  Gesellsch., 
Wiirzburg,  Bd.  xxviii.  p.  1)]. 

C 


18  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

soon  after  birth  and  at  the  time  of  puberty,  may  produce  milk 
(so-called  "  witch's  milk ")  from  more  or  less  swollen  breasts.1 
Milk  has  also  certainly  been  obtained  from  male  goats  and  from 
castrated  rams,  and  this  has  been  found  on  chemical  analysis  to 
be  even  richer  in  caseine  than  ordinary  milk. 

[In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  Dobson  has 
called  attention  (British  Museum  Catalogue  of  the  Chiroptera, 
Lond.,  1878,  pp.  79  and  83)  to  the  great  development  of  the 
teats  in  the  males  of  certain  frugivorous  Bats.  He  points  out 
that  while  many  Bats  are  known  to  bring  forth  two  young  at  a 
birth,  he  has  never  found  a  mother  with  more  than  one  clinging 
to  her  body ;  and  he  inclines  to  the  belief  that  in  such  cases  the 
male  may  relieve  the  female  of  the  charge  of  one  of  the  young 
ones  (as  the  weight  of  two  might  render  flight  difficult  or 
impossible).  He  suggests  that  "  instances  of  the  male  performing 
the  office  of  nurse  are  probably  not  uncommon  among  Bats."] 

The  following  results  on  the  subject  of  supernumerary  breasts 
and  teats  were  obtained  by  Leichtenstern,  from  the  study  of 
extensive  data : — 

Cases  of  polythely,  with  or  without  polymasty,  were  observed 
with  almost  equal  frequency  in  the  two  sexes.  On  an  average, 
one  case  may  be  expected  in  every  500  individuals. 

In  9 1  per  cent  the  accessory  glands  and  teats  were  developed 
on  the  anterior  side  of  the  thorax,  and  in  by  far  the  greater 
number  (94  per  cent  of  these)  they  were  found  below  (caudad  of) 
the  normal  teats,  in  a  convergent  disposition. 

The  following  is  a  table  showing  the  position  occupied  by 
the  accessory  mammillae  in  the  105  cases  recorded  by  Leichten- 
stern : — 

On  the  anterior  side  of  the  thorax  .              .  96  cases 

In  the  axilla               .              .  .      .               5 

On  the  back                .              .  .              2 

Above  the  acromion  .              .  .              .               1  case 

On  the  outer  side  of  the  hip  .  .              *               1     „ 

Eudimentary  breasts  occurring  above  (cephalad  of)  the  normal 
ones  are  of  rare  occurrence  (3  per  cent),  and  these  (Fig.  13,  m") 
always  lie  outside  the  normal  mammary  line  in  the  direction 
of  the  axilla.  Want  of  symmetry,  especially  on  the  left  side,  is 
common  in  all  cases  of  rudimentary  teats  or  mammary  areas,  in 
whatever  part  of  the  body  they  occur.  The  rarest  condition 

1  Decided  swelling  of  the  breasts  is  sometimes  found  in  youths  of  from  twenty  to 
twenty-one  years  of  age,  in  cases  of  retarded  puberty  (Ammon). 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  19 

(only  one  case  being  known)  is  that  in  which  a  supernumerary 
teat  occurs  in  the  same  horizontal  plane  with  the  normal  teats, 
either  at  or  near  the  median  line. 

Hyrtl  put  forward  the  view  that  the  greater  development  of 
the  left  breast  is  due  to  the  habit  of  feeding  the  child  from  that, 
in  order  to  leave  the  right  arm  free.  Leichtenstern  opposes  this, 
but  does  not  furnish  any  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  fact.1 


FIG.  13.— EXAMPLE  OF  POLYMASTY.     (After  Hansemann.) 

The  position  of  the  supernumerary  breast  (m")  is  superior  and  lateral  to  that  of 

the  normal  (?»')•     The  left  accessory  gland  has  a  second  teat  (mf"). 

Kudimentary  mammary  organs  were  never  found  by  Leichten- 
stern below  the  costal  ridge  or  in  the  inguinal  region. 

In  the  Dog  the  normal  number  of  teats  varies  from  seven  to 
ten,  and  Cuvier's  dictum  that  the  numerical  variation  in  breasts 
is  greatest  where  they  are  most  numerous  is  thus  confirmed. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  last  century,  Professor  Socin  of  Basel, 
and  subsequently  the  Medical  Faculty  of  the  University  of 
Tubingen,  were  consulted  by  a  lady  with  four  breasts,  as  to 
whether  she  could  marry  without  incurring  the  danger  of  having 
twins  at  every  birth.  The  authorities  decided  that  polymasty 
did  not  imply  predisposition  to  bear  twins,  and  the  result  proved 
the  correctness  of  this  opinion.  Among  seventy  women  with 
polymasty,  twins  are  known  to  have  been  born  in  only  three  cases. 

1  [It  may  be  remarked  here  that  the  young  "  vervet "  (Cercopiihecus  lalandii)  has 
been  recently  observed  to  suck  both  teats  at  once  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  Loud.  1893, 
p.  615).] 


20  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

If  the  supernumerary  teat  is  sufficiently  large,  it  can  be  used 
for  suckling;  but  it  is  generally  too  small  for  this  purpose,  and 
is  merely  an  encumbrance,  since  when  the  child  is  being  fed 
from  the  normal  breast,  milk  may  dribble  from  the  accessory  one. 

Hansemann  has  recorded  the  case  of  a  married  sempstress, 
forty-five  years  old  (Fig.  13),  who  had,  above  and  laterally  to 
the  normal  breasts,  two  accessory  ones,  which  possessed  teats,  but 
hardly  any  areolse.  Above  the  supernumerary  teat  of  the  left 
side  there  was  another  one  showing  distinct  orifices.  Glandular 
tissue  could  be  discerned  below  all  five  teats,  and  many  accessory 
apertures  were  found  in  the  areolae  of  the  normal  breasts.  In 
the  twenty-one  years  of  her  married  life  this  woman  had  given 
birth  to  twelve  children,  twins  being  born  twice,  and  had  had 
seven  advanced  miscarriages ;  she  had  thus  passed  through 
seventeen  pregnancies.  All  the  breasts  yielded  milk,  but  a 
child  could  only  be  fed  from  the  normal  ones,  since  these  alone 
were  furnished  with  teats  which  could  be  seized  by  it. 

Hansemann  records  in  his  treatise  262  cases  in  all :  81  males, 
104  females,  and  77  in  whom  the  sex  is  not  stated.  The  author 
refers  to  the  goddesses  Isis  and  Diana,  who  were  represented 
with  many  breasts  as  a  symbol  of  fruitfulness ;  but  he  rightly 
adds  that,  judging  from  data  of  the  present  day,  the  myth  can 
have  had  no  foundation  in  fact. 

I  have  to  thank  my  pupil  Kenkitzi  Horiuchi  for  the  record 
of  a  case  of  polymasty,  published  in  the  Weekly  Medical  Journal 
of  Tokio,  of  4th  July  1891  (No.  692),  which  may  be  added  to 
Hansemann's  series.  It  is  that  of  a  Japanese  girl,  aged  nineteen, 
who  was  examined  in  the  hospital  of  Fukui.  Above  the  normal 
well-developed  teats,  at  a  distance  of  4  cm.,  there  was  on  each 
side  (Fig.  14  m")  an  accessory  teat  of  the  size  of  a  pea,  dark  in 
colour,  and  in  all  respects  like  a  true  nipple.  Above,  and  at 
some  distance  laterally  from  the  normal  breast  on  each  side, 
a  second  smaller  breast  (m'"}  was  found,  with  a  teat.  Fig.  14  is 
taken  from  a  photograph  of  this  case.  The  girl  was  in  all  other 
respects  normal,  and  menstruation  began  at  the  age  of  fifteen. 

In  conclusion,  I  append  some  observations  for  which  I  am 
indebted  to  Otto  Ammon,  of  Karlsruhe,  distinguished  for  his  re- 
searches into  the  anthropology  of  Baden.  The  data  were  obtained 
in  connection  with  the  recruiting  for  military  service  in  the 
year  1890  ;  and  the  manuscript  bears  the  title,  "  Some  Observa- 
tions on  the  Occurrence  of  Supernumerary  Teats,  and  on  the 
Direction  of  the  Hair  on  the  Breasts."  Out  of  2189  men  (of 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS 


•21 


the  Donaueschingen  military  district)  supernumerary  teats  were 
found  in  sixty-six  cases,  one  extra  teat  in  sixty-two,  and  two  in 
four,  giving  a  proportion  of  one  case  in  every  thirty -three. 
Besides  these  sixty-six  cases,  forty-eight  others  showed  traces  of 
supernumerary  teats,  in  the  form  of  circumscribed  patches  of 
pigment  (small  areoke).  The  nature  of  these  patches  was  indi- 
cated by  the  fact  that  while  on  one  side  of  the  body  there  was 
'the  pigment  patch  and  the  teat,  on  the  other,  symmetrically 


YIG.  14.— CASE  OF  POLTMASTY  IN  A  YOUNG  JAPANESE  GIRL  NINKTEEN  YEARS  OLD. 

m',  normal  teats  ;  m",  supernumerary  teats  on  the  normal  breasts  ;  m'",  supernumerary 

teats  on  accessory  breasts. 

placed,  there  was  merely  the  patch.  This  condition  was  so  often 
repeated,  that  there  could  be  no  doubt  that  these  patches,  situated 
as  they  were  along  converging  lines,  were  the  homologues  of 
teats  in  an  advanced  stage  of  degeneration. 

The  above-named  sixty-six  cases,  together  with  the  forty- 
eight  others  in  which  only  traces  were  found,  testify  to  the 
occurrence  of  rudimentary  mammary  organs  in  various  degrees 
of  development  in  114  of  the  2189  men  examined,  i.e.  in  the 


22  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

proportion  of  1  in  19.     In  every  nineteenth  man,  then,  we  find 
the  atavistic  reappearance  of  supernumerary  mammse. 
The  following  is  an  analysis  of  these  cases : — 

On  the  right.  On  the  left. 

One  teat           .          .          .          .          24  cases.  36  cases. 

Two  teats        .         ...            3     „  3     „ 

Other  combinations .          .          .            2      ,,  2     ,, 


One  trace         ....  8      „  35     „ 

Two  traces      ....'.  3     „  7     „ 

Other  combinations .          .          .  2      ,,  2     „ 

The  preponderance  of  teats  on  the  left  side  is  as  1'4  to  1, 
and  in  the  case  of  traces  of  these  organs  it  is  still  more  striking, 
viz.  as  3 '3  8  to  1.  This  is  no  doubt  to  be  associated  with 
the  well-known  fact  that  the  normal  left  breast  in  women  is 
often  (always?)  more  developed  than  the  right  (cf.  ante,  p.  19), 
and  it  may  be  that  the  right,  therefore,  degenerates  more  rapidly 
than  the  left. 

In  those  cases  recorded  in  the  literature  of  the  subject  in 
which  one  of  the  normal  teats  is  entirely  absent  (amasty),  the 
right  nipple  is  more  frequently  wanting  than  the  left. 

In  the  cases  recorded  by  Ammon  (if  we  reckon  together  the 
number  of  teats  and  teat  traces  occurring  singly)  the  proportion 
of  those  on  the  left  to  those  on  the  right  is  71  to  32.  These 
results  agree  pretty  closely  with  those  of  Leichtenstern. 

In  one  of  the  cases  with  a  pair  of  supernumerary  teats, 
Ammon  found  these  considerably  to  the  side,  quite  near  the 
anterior  axillary  fold  formed  by  the  edge  of  the  pectoral  muscle ; 
and  in  a  case  described  by  Leichtenstern  they  had  even  entered 
the  axillary  area. 

This  shifting  apart  is  explained  by  Ammon  as  connected 
with  the  upright  gait  of  Man,  i.e.  with  the  position  of  the  upper 
extremities,  which  is  secondarily  acquired  as  a  result  of  it. 

The  following  case,  observed  by  Ammon,  is  particularly 
interesting,  as  a  striking  example  of  the  extraordinary  persistence 
of  certain  organs  which,  after  becoming  as  a  rule  extinct, 
occasionally  reappear. 

On  the  upper  part  of  the  breast  of  a  very  hairy  soldier,  two 
diverging  hair  vortices  occurred  a  few  centimetres  above  the  teats, 
but  farther  apart  than  these,  and  nearer  the  axillary  folds  (*  Fig. 
15).  At  the  focal  point  of  each  of  these  vortices  there  was  a 
light  spot  from  which  the  hair  grew  upwards  and  outwards  as 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS 


23 


from  the  crown  of  the  head.  These  were  evidently  the  sites  of 
former  teats — that  is,  of  former  orifices ;  for,  as  Ammon  rightly 
remarks,  the  hair  vortices  agree  with  the  diverging  vortex 
found  at  the  point  where  the  canalis  sacralis  finally  becomes 
closed — the  glabella  coccygea,  or  "  sacral  dimple,"  which  lies  above 
the  coccygeal  vortex.  This  latter,  however,  is  a  converging  vortex, 

A 


Fio.  15. — FRONT  VIEW  OF  THE  BODY  OF  A  HOSPITAL  ASSISTANT,  TWENTY-TWO  AND  A 

HALF  YEARS  OLD.     (After  0.  Ammon.) 

m,  normal  teats  ;  *,  hair  vortices  above  these,  pointing  to  the  former  presence  of 
supernumerary  teats. 

such  as  always  occurs  where  a  protuberance  formerly  existed  (cf. 
ante,  p.  5)  ;  but  the  glandular  area  of  the  breast,  as  Ammon  further 
rightly  argues,  originally  developed  not  as  an  elevation,  but  as  a 
depression,  out  of  which  the  teat  rose  up  secondarily.  According 
to  Ammon  there  are,  on  the  normal  teats  also,  smaller  diverging 
vortices,  in  which  "the  hairs  course  round  and  round  the  areolae  .  .  . 
but  these  are  soon  lost  in  the  general  course  of  the  hair  tracts."  l 

1  I  here  reprint  by  permission  a  letter  received  from  Herr  Otto  Ammon,  on  the 
10th  February  1892.  1  have  refrained  from  commenting  upon  it,  as  I  have  not  yet 
been  able  to  confirm  the  observation  recorded  : — 

"  Allow  me  to  draw  your  attention  to  another  case  which  I  have  not  yet  recorded. 


24 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


The  most   interesting  case  yet  recorded   by  any  author,  a 
case  which    is    in    fact    unique,  is    that    of   a    Triberg   recruit 


FIG.  16. — SCHREINERVON  ScHONACH,  aged  twenty-two  and  a  half,  serving  in  16th  Baden 

Infantry  Regiment,  K.  F.  HI.  No.  114.     (After  Ammon.) 

m',  normal  teats  ;  m",  supernumerary  teats  ;  ma! ,  supernumerary  teat  areas  above 
the  normal  breasts  ;  ma",  the  same  below  the  normal  breasts. 

examined  by  Ammon.  In  this  man  (Fig.  16)  there  were  four 
pairs  of  teats  and  teat  traces.  Above  the  normal  teats  (m') 
there  were  two  teat  areas  (bilaterally  symmetrical  pigment  spots, 

As  I  am  not  sure  of  its  significance,  I  simply  give  the  facts,  leaving  you  to  decide 
whether  it  is  anything  more  than  a  chance  occurrence.  In  very  hairy  men  there 
are  often  found  all  over  the  ventral  surface  small  hairs  (O'5-l'O  cm.  long),  disposed 
in  the  middle  line  lengthwise  and  at  the  sides  horizontally,  which  gradually  bend 
round  and  converge  towards  the  navel.  Above  the  navel  they  point  downwards, 
below  it  upwards.  The  ordinary  course  of  these  hairs  is  broken  at  points  where 
longer  and  stronger  hairs  grow,  and  these  points  occur  where  in  other  individuals 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS  25 

ma'}  lying  in  shallow  depressions  of  the  axillary  folds,  and  thus 
still  more  lateral  in  position  than  in  the  case  above  described 
(Fig.  15).  In  descending  order,  below  the  normal  teats,  came  a 
pair  of  tolerably  distinct  though  small  teats  with  areolse  (m") ; 
and  lowest  of  all  two  small  rudiments  (bilaterally  symmetrical 
pigment  spots,  ma")  lying  below  tJM  ribs. 

This  case  suggests  that  the  demonstration  in  the  human 
embryo  of  a  mammary  line  or  ridge  like  that  above  described  in 
the  quadruped  may  be  only  a  matter  of  time.1 

supernumerary  teats  appear  ;  they  lie,  however,  below  the  normal  teats,  while  in 
the  man  in  your  large  photograph  (Fig.  15)  they  lie  above  these. 

"The  greater  development  of  hair  at  those  parts  of  the  body  which  correspond 
with  the  position  of  supernumerary  teats  below  the  normal  ones,  i.e.  on  the  con- 
verging lines,  has  twice  been  observed  by  me,  and  in  each  case  on  both  sides  of 
the  body.  The  stronger  hairs  do  not  form  tufts,  but  lie  parallel  and  close 
together,  and  follow  the  general  course  of  hair,  i.e.  have  the  same  direction  as  the 
rest ;  they  are  merely  longer,  thicker,  and  perhaps  also  darker.  The  fact  that  they 
do  not  form  vortices  deterred  me  from  connecting  them  with  rudimentary  teats. 
The  facts,  however,  are  worth  recording. " 

1  Further  information  on  the  subject  of  supernumerary  teats  and  mammary 
gland,  can  be  obtained  from  the  works  of  Mitchell  Bruce  (Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys., 
vol.  xiii.  p.  425)  and  Karl  von  Bardeleben  (Verhandl.  d.  Anatom.  Gesellsch.,  Miinchen, 
1891  ;  and  Wien,  1892).  I  would,  however,  warn  inquirers  against  the  danger  of 
seeing  a  teat  in  every  wart-like  prominence  ! 


THE  SKELETON 
THE  VERTEBRAL  COLUMN 

THE  vertebral  column  of  an  adult  human  being  consists  normally 
of  thirty-three  to  thirty-four  vertebrae,  numerical  variation  being 
due  to  the  inconstancy  of  those  of  the  coccygeal  or  caudal  series. 
As  might  be  expected  from  the  study  of  other  related  organs  (e.g. 
the  vertex  coccygeus,  the  filiurn  terminate,  the  arteria  sacralis 
media,  certain  muscles  and  nerves,  and  the  coccygeal  gland), 
we  here  meet  with  evidence  of  degeneration  and  variation.  This 
is  specially  the  case  during  development.  It  is,  above  all,  the 
caudal  region  which,  in  this  respect,  has  claimed  the  greatest 
attention  of  morphologists  :  and  incidentally  to  the  study  of  this 
there  arises  the  old  controversy  as  to  whether  Man  or  his 
ancestors  possessed  a  tail. 

.At  an  early  stage  of  development  the  human  embryo 
possesses  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  body,  clearly  in  direct 
continuity  with  its  developing  axial  skeleton,  a  free  projecting 
pointed  appendage,  bearing  an  undeniable  resemblance  to  the  tail 
of  a  lower  animal.  This  is  delineated  in  Fig.  17,  cd.,  and  will 
be  further  discussed  as  we  proceed.  At  later  stages  of  develop- 
ment this  organ  is  less  conspicuous ;  it  gradually  becomes  shorter 
and  blunter,  and  is  slowly,  as  it  were,  taken  into  the  trunk. 
For  some  time,  however,  a  caudal  prominence  remains ;  but 
this  at  last  either  disappears  altogether,  or  leaves,  at  the  point 
where  its  tip  abutted  against  the  integument,  more  or  less 
distinct  traces  known  as  the  "vertex  coccygeus"  (cf.  ante, 
pp.  5  and  7).  This  is  the  normal  course  of  development,  but 
occasionally  a  tail-like  appendage  is  found  in  extra-uterine  life. 
An  extensive  literature  exists  on  this  subject,1  and  to  it  I 

1  Some  of  the  alleged  observations  on  this  subject  are  not  such  as  to  awaken 
confidence,  and  others  refer  to  pathological  cases  or  abortions,  in  which,  among 
other  malformations,  more  or  less  developed  caudal  appendages  occurred.  Other 


TEGUMENTAL  ORGANS 


27 


must  refer  the  reader,  as  I  can  here  only  call  attention  to  a  few 
cases. 


Fio.  17. — Two  YOUNG  HUMAN  EMBRYOS. 

A,  ventral ;  B,  lateral  view.  (After  Ecker.)  Both  figures  are  intended  to  show  the 
freely  projecting  tail  (cd.).  cp.,  head;  vs.,  eye;  ap'.,  fore-limb;  ap".,  hind-limb; 
C.M.,  umbilical  cord. 

Gerlach  records  a  very  remarkable  case  of  tail  formation 
in  an  otherwise  normal  human  embryo,  in  the  fourth  month 
of  intra-uterine  life,  an  age  at  which,  as  a  rule,  the  tail-Uke 
appendage  has  disappeared.  The  length  of  the  trunk  was  7'6 
cm.,  the  total  length  10*8  cm.;  and  as  the  tail  (Fig.  18),  which 
projected  freely  from  the  buttocks,  measured  from  root  to  tip  17 
mm.,  it  was  almost  a  sixth  of  the  total  length  of  the  whole 
embryo.  At  its  thickest  part,  where  it  left  the  body,  it  was  2 
mm.  broad,  and  it  thence  gradually  narrowed  towards  its  middle. 
Closer  examination  revealed  the  following  facts: — The  caudal 
appendage  was  not  only  connected  with  the  last  (fourth,  and  still 
cartilaginous)  coccygeal  vertebra,  but  the  chorda  dorsalis  could 
be  distinctly  traced  within  it.  Muscle  bundles  were  also  found, 
which  from  their  whole  position  could  be  compared  with  nothing 
else  than  the  M.  curvator  caudse  of  the  lower  animals,  i.e.  with 
a  true  tail  muscle.  The  existence  of  muscles  further  justifies 

more  recent  observations,  again,  have  been  made  on  living  subjects,  where 
naturally  no  precise  anatomical  data  could  be  obtained.  One  point  can  be  main- 
tained with  certainty,  viz.  that  in  some  of  the  observed  cases,  e.g.  in  those  of  de 
Maillet,  a  hereditary  tendency  was  evident. 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


the  assumption  of  the  former  presence  of  "proto- vertebrae" 
[or  mesoblastic  somites]  in  this  region,  and  these,  in  turn,  might 
indicate  the  prolongation  of  the  spinal 
cord  into  the  caudal  region  in  earlier 
embryonic  stages  (cf.  Fig.  20). 

We  must  not,  however,  assume,  as 
Gerlach  justly  observes,  that  a  true 
tail,  supported  by  skeletal  tissues, 
would  have  developed  in  this  embryo 
had  it  lived  longer ;  because  the 
tissues  lying  in  the  region  of  the 
caudal  filament  showed  no  traces  of 
conversion  into  permanent  cartila- 
ginous or  osseous  vertebrae.  It  was 
further  observed,  that  at  the  point  of 
junction  between  the  posterior  coccy- 
geal  vertebra  and  the  proximal  end 
of  the  caudal  filament,  the  chorda  dor- 
salis  had  already  disappeared.  These 
FIG.  IS.-TAILED^HUMAN  EMBRYO.  factg  indicate  an  attempt  to  return 

to  the  normal.  The  tail  showed  every 

sign  of  degeneration ;  but  this  does  not  detract  from  the  great 
morphological  interest  of  the  case,  which  has  led  me  to  describe 
it  at  some  length. 

Three  other  certified  cases  of  tail  formation  in  human  beings 
may  be  cited. 

The  first  is  that  of  an  Esthonian  recruit,  described  by  Max 
Braun  in  vol.  iv.  of  the  Zoologischer  Anzeiger.  The  coccyx,  in 
this  case,  did  not  recede  into  the  groove  of  the  buttocks  under 
cover  of  the  nates,  but  ended  in  an  eminence,  which,  though  not 
long,  could  be  laid  hold  of  and  felt  by  the  fingers.  Thus  exa- 
mined, it  was  found  to  lie  in  a  direct  line  with  the  vertebral 
column  and  to  contain  distinct  vertebras,  the  last  of  which  was 
about  the  size  of  a  pea.  It  could  not  be  certainly  ascertained 
in  the  living  subject  whether  this  tail  was  due  to  numerical 
increase  in  the  number  of  vertebras,  or  simply  to  a  retention  of 
the  embryonic  straight  condition  of  the  coccyx  itself.  It  is  a 
noteworthy  fact,  however,  that  Ecker's  glabella  and  foveola 
coccygea,  or  sacral  dimple,  had  persisted. 

The  second  case  is  that  of  a  newly-born  female  child,  recorded 
by  Lissner  in  1872.  Here  also  hard,  irregular  bodies,  somewhat 
like  the  phalanges  of  a  finger,  could  be  distinctly  felt  in  direct 


THE  SKELETON 


axial  continuation  of  the  vertebral  column.  Twelve  years  later, 
when  the  caudal  appendage  had  reached  the  length  of  12'5  cm., 
these  could  still  be  detected.1 

I  have  to  thank  my  friend  and  colleague,  Professor  G.  B. 
Howes,  for  the  knowledge  of  the 
third  case.2  It  is  described  in  the 
Scientific  American  of  May  llth, 
1889,  p.  296,  where  an  engraving 
taken  from  a  photograph  is  also 
given.  Fig.  19  is  a  copy  of  this, 
and  represents  a  young  Moi,  twelve 
years  old,  who  possessed  a  tail- 
like  appendage  1  foot  in  length, 
and  soft  and  smooth  to  the  touch. 
As  no  skeletal  elements  could  be 
felt,  a  prolongation  of  the  vertebral 
column  was  certainly  not  present. ' 
It  cannot  therefore  be  considered 
a  true  tail,  and  this  conclusion  ap- 
plies to  a  large  number  of  similar 
formations  which  have  erroneously 
been  regarded  as  tails  [some  of 
which  are  purely  pathological  and 
due  to  spina  bifida]. 

With  regard  to  the  number 
of  caudal  vertebrae  definitively 
formed  in  Man,  Steinbach  has  ar- 
rived at  the  following  conclusions, 
after  working  upon  a  great  ac- 
cumulation of  material. 

The  male  embryo,  from  the  end  of  the  second  month  of  intra- 
uterine  life,  has  five  post-sacral  vertebrae;  and  indications  of  com- 

1  It  is  important  also  to  note  that  similar  reversionary  formations  have  occasion- 
ally been  observed  in  the  Anthropoid  Apes  (Gorilla  and  the  Orang),  and  this  is  the 
more  remarkable,  as  in  the  latter  the  degeneration  of  the  os  coccygis,  which  consists 
as  a  rule  of  only  three  vertebra,  has  gone  still  further  than  in  Man.     [It  is  worthy 
of  remark  here  that  this  same  maximum  reduction  of  the  caudal  vertebrae  to  three 
occurs  also  in  some  Bats,  and  that  the  opposite  extreme  for  the  mammalian  series  is 
reached  by  a  small  insectivore  from  Madagascar  (Microgale  longicaudala)  and  the 
long- tailed  Pangolin  (Manis  macrura)  of  the  old  world,  in  which  the  caudal  vertebrae 
may  be  close  upon  fifty  in  number.  ] 

2  [And  I,  in  turn,  have  to  thank  my  friend  Professor  Johnson  Symington,  of 
Queen's  College,  Belfast,  in  conversation  with  whom  my  attention  was  first  drawn 
to  this  case.— G.  B.  H.] 


'Fio.  19. — "TAILED"  CHILD,  Moi, 

AGED  TWELVE. 


30 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


mencing  fusion  between  the  last  two  of  these  sometimes  occur. 
Six  vertebras  were  once  observed  in  a  boy  four  weeks  old ;  and 


a  I" 


FIG.  20A. — DIAGRAMMATIC  KECONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  TAIL  END  OF  A 

HUMAN  EMBRYO  (length  of  trunk,  8  mm. ) 

ch.,  notochord  ;  n.,  Wolffian  tubule  ;  «.,  duct  of  primitive  kidney  ;  al',  intestine  ;  U' , 
_^  urinary  bladder  ;  m.a.,  anal  membrane  ;  md,  medullary  tube  ;  al",  post-anal  gut ; 
bl",  neck  of  allantois  ;  c.u.,  umbilical  cord.     (After  Keibel.) 


FIG.  20s. — DIAGRAMMATIC  RECONSTRUCTION  OP  THE  TAIL  END  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO 
YOUNGER  THAN  FIG.  20A  (entire  length,  4  mm.).  (After  Keibel.) 

Lettering  as  above  ;  in  addition  c.c.,  caudal  limit  of  the  ccelom  ;  a.c.,  caudal  limit  of  the 
hind-limb  ;  i-ii,  line  drawn  through  the  anterior  limit  of  the  tail. 

Leboucq    has    recorded   the    same    number    in   an    embryo    25 
mm.  long.     The  opposite  extreme  is  reached  where  only  three 


THE  SKELETON  31 

vertebrae  occur.  In  the  adult  man  the  regular  number  of  caudal 
vertebrae  is  five,  whereas  the  number  may  be  either  four  or  five 
in  the  adult  woman.1 

In  the  female  embryo  four  such  vertebras  are  found  as  early 
as  the  end  of  the  third  month,  and  the  end  of  the  caudal  portion 
of  the  vertebral  column  is  in  the  female  at  all  times  more  liable 
to  variation  than  in  the  male.  On  the  other  hand,  the  whole 
vertebral  column  of  the  female  is  much  more  constant,  with 
regard  to  the  limits  and  detailed  characters  of  its  separate 
sections,  than  that  of  the  male. 

The  complete  development  of  the  caudal  vertebrae  is  not 
concluded  at  birth,  for  their  ossification  has  not  then  commenced ; 
they  are  in  this  condition  subject  to  the  most  varied  influences, 
which  may  cause  further  fusion,  reduction,  or  deviation  from  the 
sagittal  plane  (lateral  curvature  of  the  terminal  vertebrae)  (cf. 
Fig.  24). 

But  what  defines  the  human  tail  ?  In  answering  this  ques- 
tion we  cannot  do  better  than  follow  Keibel,  who  rightly  points 
out  that  the  definition  of  the  tail  in  human  anatomy  must  be 
in  strict  harmony  with  that  of  Comparative  Anatomy,  and  that 
therefore  so  much  of  the  vertebral  column  as  is  posterior  to  that 
(sacrum)  which  attaches  the  pelvic  girdle  is  caudal.  Since, 
however,  the  relation  of  the  limbs  to  the  axial  skeleton  is  of  a 
secondary  nature,  Comparative  Anatomy  cannot  help  us  in  the 
important  early  stages.  We  can  only  deal  with  this  difficulty 
by  dividing  up  the  body  of  the  embryo  into  regions,  each  con- 
taining a  certain  number  of  segments,  and  in  so  doing  we  cannot 
avoid  ascribing  to  the  regions  the  number  of  segments  which 
are  found  in  the  adult.  In  Man,  therefore,  whom  we  are  now 
considering,  we  refer  the  first  seven  vertebras  to  the  cervical 
region,  and  the  twelve  which  follow  to  the  thoracic ;  the  lumbar 
and  "  sacral "  regions  each  have  five,  and  the  remainder  belong  to 
the  caudal. 

In  all  Vertebrates,  however,  a  shifting  of  the  pelvic  girdle 
which  occurs  during  embryonic  development  has  to  be  taken 
into  account ;  and  in  this  case  the  definitions  borrowed  from 
the  adult  are  not  altogether  applicable.  His,  Fol,  and  Keibel, 

1  The  most  reduced  vertebral  columns  are  always  those  of  females.  Sexual 
requirements  probably  account  for  this,  and  for  the  fact  that  synostotic  union  of  the 
first  coccygeal  with  the  last  sacral  vertebra  is  less  frequent  in  females  than  in  males. 
In  the  latter,  the  connection  between  the  cornua  sacralia  and  coccygea  may  even 
give  rise  to  a  fifth  pair  of  sacral  foramina,  and  in  such  cases  the  sacrum  appears  to 
consist  of  six  vertebrae. 


32  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

agree  in  attributing  to  human  embryos  of  4  to  6  mm.  an  externally 
visible  and  segmented  tail,  with  a  nervous  axis  and  a  post-anal 
gut  (cf.  Fig.  2 OB),  in  comparison  with  which  the  peculiar  perma- 
nent internal  tail  of  the  adult  is  a  very  degenerate  organ.  In 
this  early  embryonic  stage  the  tail  consists  of  only  two  or  three 
segments,  but  at  a  later  period  there  are  six  caudal  segments,  the 
terminal  mesoderrnal  mass  being  reckoned  merely  as  one.  At 
this  stage  the  tail  consists  of  a  number  of  segments,  which  are 
but  very  rarely  retained  permanently  or  even  for  a  long  time. 

The  post-anal  gut  seems  to  be  constricted  off  from  the  cloaca 
at  this  stage,  but  it  is  continued  for  the  greater  part  of  its  course 
along  the  whole  length  of  the  embryonic  tail.  It  apparently 
reaches  its  maximum  length  at  this  period  (cf.  Fig.  20,  oT). 

At  a  later  stage  of  development  also,  when  thirty-six 
somites  or  body  segments  are  formed,  the  post-anal  gut  can  still 
be  traced,  but  is  no  longer  tubular.  The  caudal  region  at  this 
stage  possesses  four  spinal  ganglia  with  three  related  nerves.  At 
a  later  stage  the  post-anal  gut  degenerates  altogether. 

To  sum  up,  we  have  the  following  purely  anatomical  facts 
which  indicate  that  Man's  ancestors  possessed  a  tail : — 

(1)  The  coccyx  of  the  adult  consisting  of  three  to  six  caudal 
vertebrae. 

(2)  The  two  caudal  spinal  nerves. 

(3)  The  caudal  musculature,  the  existence  of  which,  further, 

is  a  direct  proof  that  the  tail  was  external  and  func- 
tional (cf.  p.  27). 

(4)  The    vortex    coccygeus    and    the    foveola    and    glabella 

coccygea  (cf.  p.  5). 

(5)  The  variability  of  the  caudal  region  in  general. 

The  other  divisions  of  the  human  vertebral  column  also 
furnish  many  interesting  points.  One  of  the  most  characteristic 
peculiarities  of  the  human  backbone  is  its  typical  mode  of  curva- 
ture. The  lumbar  portion  (cf.  Fig.  23,  B),  which  extends  to  the 
promontory  of  the  sacrum  and  is  convex  anteriorly,  deserves 
special  attention.  This  lumbar  curvature  might  appear  to  owe 
its  origin  to  statical  and  mechanical  causes  connected  with  the 
upright  gait,  but  while  it  is  less  markedly  developed  in  the 
anthropoid  Apes,  [it  has  been  shown  by  Cunningham  and  Charpy 
to  be  at  least  anticipated  in  certain  quadrupedal  Mammals].1 

1  [Huxley  was  the  first  to  appreciate  the  existence  of  the  lumbar  curvature  in  the 
anthropoid  apes,  and  Cunningham,  Turner,  and  Symington  have  more  recently  drawn 


THE  SKELETON  33 

Of  special  interest,  however,  are  the  variations  of  the  separate 
divisions  of  the  vertebral  column,  in  relation  to  other  parts  of 
the  skeleton  which  have  become  secondarily  attached  to  it,  such 
as  the  ribs  and  the  pelvic  girdle.  These  variations,  though 
effected  ontogenetically,  have  a  phylogenetic  significance,  and 
may  therefore  be  described  in  further  detail. 

Although  the  pre-sacral  portion  of  the  column  consists  normally 
of  twenty-four  vertebrae,  Embryology  and  Comparative  Anatomy 
show  that  this  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  primitive  condition,  and 
that  the  pelvis  formerly  lay  much  farther  back  than  at  present, 
that  is,  that  the  trunk  was  originally  longer  than  now.  (We 
shall  see  later  that  a  more  extensive  body-cavity  or  coelom  was 
connected  with  this  greater  length  of  the  vertebral  column.) 

Eosenberg  has  demonstrated  that  in  the  course  of  human 
development  the  first  sacral  vertebra  becomes  incorporated  in 
the  sacrum  later  than  the  second,  and  that  later  than  the  third, 
and  so  on.  And  further,  since  a  primary  relationship  between 
the  vertebrae  which  become  the  two  anterior  coccygeal  of  the 
adult  and  the  developing  sacrum  is  discoverable,  it  is  evident 
that  while  new  sacral  articulations  are  formed  anteriorly,  detach- 
ment of  vertebrae  which  were  formerly  sacral  takes  place 
posteriorly,  the  latter  being  transformed  into  coccygeal  vertebrae.1 
A  forward  shifting  of  the  sacrum  and  pelvic  girdle  is  thus  onto- 
'  genetically  proved. 

attention  to  the  detailed  differences  in  the  condition  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  of  the 
European  and  certain  dark-skinned  races,  and  the  anthropoid  Apes.] 

[Cunningham  has  shown  (Mem.  B.  Irish  Acad.,  No.  II.  1886)  that  Aeby's  denial 
of  the  existence  of  a  lumbar  curvature  in  the  Gorilla  is  untenable.  His  own  test  for 
a  lumbar  curvature  is  a  line  drawn  from  the  centre  of  the  anterior  border  of  the 
upper  surface  of  the  first  lumbar  vertebra  to  the  centre  of  the  anterior  border  of  the 
lower  surface  of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra.  The  distance  of  the  most  prominent 
point  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  lumbar  section  of  the  column  from  this  line, 
multiplied  by  one  hundred  and  divided  by  the  length  of  the  line,  gives  the  index 
of  curvature.]  Little  is  known  concerning  the  lumbar  curvature  of  the  savage 
races  of  mankind  ;  but  the  cousins  Sarasiu,  on  the  examination  of  dried"  skeletons 
of  the  Veddahs  of  Ceylon,  report  the  lumbar  vertebrae  to  be  distinctly  concave 
anteriorly.  [From  what  has  been  said  above,  it  would  appear  more  than  probable 
that  the  application  of  the  Cunningham  method  to  the  study  of  the  Veddah  back- 
bone, in  the  fresh  or  specially  prepared  state,  would  reveal  a  lumbar  curvature  accord- 
ing to  the  above,  its  most  recent  and"  rigid,  definition.  And,  from  what  is  known  of 
the  backbones  of  other  races  (ex.  the  Australian),  it  would  appear  probable  that 
the  observation  of  the  Sarasins  is  rather  indicative  of  a  greater  suppleness  of  the 
column  during  life,  induced  by  habitual  resort  to  certain  postures,  such  as  squatting, 
which  lead  to  a  greater  compression  of  the  vertebrae,  and  a  corresponding  greater 
tendency  towards  obliteration  of  the  curvature  after  death.] 

1  Distinct  indications  of  a  shifting  of  the  pelvic  girdle  are  traceable  in  the  lower 
animals  also,  such  shifting  being  in  some  cases  in  a  proximal  and  in  others  in  a  distal 

D 


34  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

These  changes  come  to  an  end  when  the  twenty -fifth 
vertebra,  by  virtue  of  its  apposition  with  the  hip-girdle,  becomes 
the  first  sacral,  and  the  promontory  attains  its  full  differentiation 
between  it  and  the  last  lumbar  vertebra,  i.e.  between  the  twenty- 
fourth  and  twenty-fifth  vertebrae  of  the  whole  column.  This 
later  assimilation  anteriorly  of  sacral  vertebrae  is  further  evident 
in  the  fact  that  synostosis  between  the  separate  parts  of  the 
sacrum  always  takes  place  from  behind  forwards. 

The  tendency  of  the  human  pelvic  girdle  to  extend  even 
farther  forwards  is  revealed,  in  cases  in  which  the  last  or  fifth 
lumbar  vertebra  enters  into  the  constitution  of  the  sacrum.  The 
number  of  pre-sacral  vertebrae  is  in  such  a  backbone  reduced  to 
twenty-three,  and  this  is  the  normal  condition  in  the  Orang  and 
Chimpanzee,  and  the  general,  though  not  the  invariable,  condition 
in  the  Gorilla.1  This  change  is  accompanied  in  Man  by  the 
depression  of  the  promontory,  which  becomes  duplicated  (Fig.  21, 
C'  C").  The  sacrum  appears  deeply  sunk  into  the  pelvis ; 
although  such  sinking  may  also  occur,  as  is  shown  in  Fig.  21, 
A!  A"  without  any  incorporation  of  the  fifth  lumbar  vertebra  in 
the  sacrum.  In  both  cases  the  iliac  crests  rise  almost  to  a  level 
with  the  upper  edge  of  the  penultimate  lumbar  vertebra  (l.iv. 
of  Figs.). 

In  contrast  to  this  reduction  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  to  four, 
the  shifting  of  the  pelvic  girdle  during  development  may  be 
arrested  one  vertebra  behind  the  normal ;  in  such  cases,  which 
are  rare,  we  have  twenty-five  pre-sacral  vertebrae.  This  has 
become  the  normal  condition  in  the  Gibbon  (Hylolates}. 

Similar  variations  are  found  in  individual  Orangs,  Gorillas, 
and  Chimpanzees.  In  the  Orang  and  Gorilla,  for  instance,  the 

direction.  Credner,  by  comparing  young  with  old  specimens,  has  proved  that 
in  a  fossil  Amphibian  (Branchiosaurus)  a  distal  shifting  of  the  pelvic  arch  along  six 
to  seven  vertebrae  took  place  ontogenetically. 

1  [In  this  animal,  the  last  lumbar  vertebra,  although  it  may  take  on  the  relation- 
ships and  detailed  structure  of  a  sacral  vertebra,  always  retains  its  independence 
(i.e.  it  does  not  become  co-ossified  with  the  other  vertebrae  of  the  sacral  series  as  in 
the  Orang  and  Chimpanzee).  The  presence  of  a  highly  differentiated  articulation 
between  the  last  lumbar  vertebra  and  the  anterior  border  of  the  ilium  is  an  invariable 
characteristic  of  certain  Armadillos.  The  joint  thus  formed  is  a  transverse  one,  which 
comes  into  especial  use  when  the  animal  rolls  itself  up,  and  is  therefore  of  a  purely 
adaptive  nature.  It  is  well  to  guard  against  confusion  between  this  condition  and 
that  of  incorporation  of  lumbar  with  sacral  vertebrae  under  extension  or  forward 
translocation  of  the  hip-girdle,  in  which  the  extra  articulation  is  a  longitudinal 
one  lying  on  the  inner  border  of  the  iliac  head.  (Cf.  Symington,  Jour.  Anat. 
and  Phys.  vol.  xxiv.  p.  42.  ;  and  Paterson.  Trans.  It.  Dublin  Soc.,  vol.  v.,  Ser.  2. 
p.  123.] 


J.iv. 


FIG.  21. — THE  PELVIS. 

A'  A",  with  depressed ;  B,  with  high  standing  promontory  (A'  ventral  view  ;  A"  and  B, 
median  longitudinal  sections).  In  A"  the  highest  point  of  the  iliac  crest  almost  reaches 
the  level  of  the  upper  edge  of  the  penultimate  lumbar  vertebra  (l.iv.).  In  B,  on  the 
contrary  (which  is  the  original  condition,  and  that  still  found  in  children),  the  upper 
edge  of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra  (l.r.)  is  hardly  reached.  C'  C",  pelvis  with  double 
promontory,  caused  by  assimilation  of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra  with  the  sacrum  (C', 
median  longitudinal  section  ;  C",  ventral  view).  In  the  latter  the  appearances  are  as 
if  the  pelvis  had  shifted  forward  along  the  vertebral  column.  (After  Froriep.) 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


lumbo-sacral  boundary  may  be  shifted  back  a  vertebra,  and  in 
the  Chimpanzee  even  two  vertebrae.  In  the  former  case  the 
position  normal  to  Man  is  attained. 

It  is  evident  that  shifting  of  the  pelvic  girdle  (and,  as  will 
be  seen  later,  of  the  pectoral  girdle  also)  cannot  take  place 
without  concomitant  variations  in  other  organs.  To  this  question 
we  shall  return. 


THE  EIBS  AND  STERNUM 


Two  types  of  variation  of  .the  thorax  are  to  be  distinguished 
in  Mammals,  a  primary  and  a  secondary  type.      The  former  is 


A  B 

FIG.  22. — A,  TRANSVERSE  SECTION  OF  THE  THORAX  OF  A  LOWER  MAMMAL  (OR  OF 

THE  HUMAN  EMBYRO)  ;  B,  THE  SAME  OF  A  MAN. 

In  the  former  it  is  the  vertical  diameter  which  is  the  greater,  in  the  latter 
it  is  the  transverse,  as  indicated  by  arrows. 

far  more  common  than  the  latter,  and  is  found  in  most  Mammals, 
including  the  lower  Apes.  The  thorax  of  this  primary  type  (Fig. 
22,  A)  is  elongated,  its  dorso-ventral  greatly  exceeding  its  trans- 
verse diameter  (carinate  or  keeled  type). 

The  secondary  type  (Fig.  22,  B)  is  found  in  Anthropoid 
Apes  and  in  Man.  The  dorso-ventral  diameter  is  here  greatly 
diminished  and  the  transverse  is  increased  in  proportion ;  the 
broad  thorax  is  somewhat  barrel-shaped,  and  often  compressed 
antero-posteriorly.  This  secondary  type  is  preceded,  both  onto- 
genetically  and  phylogenetically,  by  the  primary. 

It   is    evident   that    the   associated    modifications,  viz.    the 


THE  SKELETON 


shortening  of  the  thoracic  wall,  the  shifting  of  the  thoraco- 
abdominal  boundary,  the  changes  in  the  axial  skeleton,  and  the 
numerical  reduction  of  the  thoracic  metameres,  must  have  a  far- 
reaching  influence  on  the  whole  anatomy  of  the  trunk,  e.g.  on  the 
position  of  the  thoracic  viscera  (lungs,  heart),  and  on  the  relation- 
ships of  the  pleural  cavities.  Thus  Ruge  has  shown,  in  a  series 
of  excellent  papers,  that  as  the  secondary  type  of  thorax  begins 
to  develop,  the  pleural  boundary  gradually  recedes  along  the 
anterior  and  inner  wall  of  the  thorax,  so  that  the  heart,  which  in 
the  primitive  thorax  almost  always  lies  remote  from  the  sternum, 
approaches  nearer  the  anterior  thoracic  wall.  As  a  consequence 
of  this,  the  anterior  edges  of  the  pleural  sacs,  which  are  primarily 
apposed  behind  the  sternum,  are  forced  apart,  so  that  in  Man,  for 
example,  they  are  often  separate  as  high  as  the  fourth  rib. 


A  B 

FIG.  23,  A  AND  B. — DIAGRAMS  OF  THE  VERTEBRAL  AND  COSTAL  SKELETON. 

A,  IN  THE  QUADRUPED  ;  B,  IN  MAN  ;  the  arrows  indicate  the  line  of  direct  pressure 

of  the  thoracic  viscera  upon  the  wall  of  the  thorax. 

Among  the  various  factors  recognisable  as  having  played  a 
continuous  role  in  the  evolution  of  the  Primates,  not  the 
least  weighty  is  the  assumption  of  the  upright  position.  The 
alteration  in  the  shape  of  the  thorax  above  described,  by  shifting 
back  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  body,  favours  the  upright 
position ;  and  the  inter -dependence  of  these  two  modifications 
is  evident. 

To  the  same  category,  it  appears  to  me,  belongs  the  gradual 
diminution  in  number  and  size  of  the  sternal  ribs.  It  is  easy 
to  see  how,  with  the  shifting  of  the  centre  of  gravity  towards 
the  dorsal  side  of  the  body,  and  a  consequent  diminution  of 


38  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

pressure  on  the  ventral,  the  ribs  which  in  the  quadrupeds  are 
the  more  necessary  for  enclosing  and  supporting  the  viscera, 
might  degenerate  in  the  abdominal  or  lumbar  region.  The 
pressure  of  the  viscera  is  no  longer  in  the  ventral,  but  in  the 
caudal  direction  (cf.  Fig.  23).  We  find,  in  consequence,  a 
compensating  expansion  of  the  iliac  fossse  of  the  bones  of  the 
pelvic  girdle.  The  fact  that  this  change  is  specially  pronounced 
in  women  is  easily  explained  by  functional  (sexual)  adaptation, 
and  it  thus  tends  to  confirm  the  above  theory. 

The  shifting  of.  the  centre  of  gravity  towards  the  dorsal 
side  explains  why  the  vertebral  ends  of  the  lowest  ribs  are  so 
firmly  attached,  and  also  why  the  dorsal  portion  of  the  thoracic 
bony  skeleton  is  much  longer  than  the  ventral.  In  this  con- 
nection we  have  naturally  to  take  into  account  the  great  muscles 
which  are  statically  and  mechanically  required  by  the  axial 
skeleton,  and  for  which  these  ribs  furnish  points  of  origin  and 
insertion.  But  even  supposing  that  the  ribs  were  not  required 
for  this  purpose,  there  are  other  related  structures  which,  to  a 
certain  extent,  favour  their  persistence.  The  chief  of  these  is 
the  serratus  posticus  inferior  muscle,  which  is  inserted  into  the 
four  lower  ribs,  and  the  latissimus  dorsi  which  partly  arises  from 
the  last  three. 

It  may  be  remarked,  however,  that  the  mere  presence  of 
these  two  muscles,  as  will  be  seen  later  on,  is  insufficient  to 
account  for  the  persistence  of  the  lower  ribs.  Indeed,  the  latter 
might  well  be  degenerating  so  far  as  the  former  are  concerned, 
for  not  only  is  the  serratus  posticus  inferior  distinctly  rudi- 
mentary, but  the  parts  of  the  latissimus  dorsi  attached  to 
these  ribs  are  quite  insignificant  in  comparison  with  the  rest 
of  the  muscle.  But,  notwithstanding  this,  the  action  of  the 
serratus  to  a  certain  degree  favours  the  retention  of  these  ribs 
(cf.  p.  45). 

Eeturning  now  to  the  more  important  factors  which  deter- 
mine the  transformation  of  the  thorax,  we  must,  as  Huge  rightly 
points  out,  take  into  account  the  influence  of  the  fore-limbs.  As 
the  latter  developed  into  seizing  organs,  their  muscles  became 
more  powerful  and  more  specialised,  and  reacted,  in  turn,  on  the 
form  of  the  ribs  and  the  arch  of  the  thorax.  Further  conse- 
quences of  this  are  seen  in  the  greater  compactness  of  the  internal 
organs,  in  the  gradual  fusion  of  certain  lobes  of  the  liver  and 
lungs,  and  in  the  approximation  and  final  union  of  the  peri- 
cardium and  diaphragm,  which  may  also  imply  the  gradual 


THE  SKELETON  39 

depression  of  the  heart.  It  is,  moreover,  evident  that  the 
change  undergone  by  the  heart  and  diaphragm,  due  to  the 
forcing  of  the  former  out  of  the  median  plane  and  the  shifting 
of  its  longitudinal  axis  towards  the  ventral  and  left  side  of  the 
body,  must  again  react  upon  the  form  and  limitations  of  the 
pleural  cavities. 

Slight  changes  in  the  limitation  of  the  pleural  cavities  occur 
also  in  the  lower  Mammals ;  but  how  far  these  may  be  related 
to  each  other,  or  in  any  way  to  those  occurring  in  the  Primates, 
is  not  very  clear.  The  original  causes  of  the  changes  are 
very  various,  but  their  close  dependence  upon  the  skeleton  is 
evident. 

The  tendency  towards  a  gradual  diminution  in  the  number 
of  ribs,  previously  referred  to,  requires  further  consideration. 

The  presence  of  free  ribs,  as  is  well  known,  distinguishes  the 
thoracic  vertebrae  of  the  adult  from  those  of  the  cervical  and 
lumbar  regions.  The  limits  of  the  thoracic  region,  however,  are 
liable  to  variation,  akin  to  that  already  described  as  occurring  in  the 
lumbar  and  sacral  regions.  Twelve  pairs  of  free  ribs  are  present 
normally  in  Man,  as  in  the  Orang,  but  a  comparison  with  other 
(and  chiefly  lower)  Vertebrates  points  to  the  earlier  existence  of 
a  larger  number.  This  view  is  supported  by  Ontogeny,  as  well 
as  by  the  occasional  occurrence  of  so-called  supernumerary  ribs. 
These  are  less  frequently  found  at  the  upper  than  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  thorax ;  and  in  either  case,  the  thirteenth  rib  is 
subject  to  great  variation  both  in  form  and  size.  For  example, 
a  thirteenth  rib  at  the  lower  end  of  the  human  thorax  may  vary 
'in  length  from  2  to  14  cm. ;  but  thirteen  is  the  normal  number 
of  ribs  in  the  Gorilla  and  the  Chimpanzee,  and  Hylobates  has 
thirteen  or  fourteen.  Where  a  free  rib  is  borne  by  the  seventh 
cervical  vertebra,  the  number  of  these  vertebrae  naturally  appears 
to  be  reduced  to  six.  Where  a  thirteenth  rib  occurs  in  the 
thorax,  the  lumbar  vertebrae  similarly  appear  to  be  reduced  to 
four — unless  the  embryonic  forward  shifting  of  the  pelvis  has 
been  arrested  at  the  twenty-sixth  pre-sacral  vertebra,  as  is  not 
unfrequent  under  these  circumstances,  for  it  has  been  observed 
•that  the  thirteenth  rib,  which  always  appears  in  the  embryo,  i 
jbegins  to  degenerate  as  soon  as  the  twenty-fifth  pre-sacral  vertebra  | 
jis  incorporated  in  the  sacrum. 

We  have  further  evidence  that  Man  has  inherited  more  than 
twelve  pairs  of  free  ribs,  in  the  fact  that  reduced  ribs  are  found 
in  the  embryo,  not  only  in  connection  with  the  first  but  with  all 


40 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


the  lumbar  vertebrae  (Fig.  24,  rl),  and  in  the  sacral  region  also 
(Fig.  25,  B  r.s.).1     From  this  it  is  clear  that  the  pelvis  in  Man, 


r.th.  I 


FIG.  24. — PART  OF  THE  THORACIC,  AND  THE  WHOLE  LUMBAR,  SACRAL,  AND 
COCCYGEAL  SECTIONS  OF  A  YOUNG  HUMAN  VERTEBRAL  COLUMN.     (Dorsal  aspect.) 
The  lateral  processes  of  the  first  to  the  fifth  lumbar  vertebra  are  on  one  side  prolonged 
(by  dotted  lines)  for  diagrammatic  delineation  of  the  formerly  existing  lumbar  ribs 
(r.l.),  which  are  present  in  the  embryo.     The  sacrum  is  still  subdivided  into  its  five 
component  parts,  i.e.  consists  of  five  distinct  vertebrae  (v.s.).    v.c.,  caudal  (coccygeal) 
vertebrae  ;  r.th.,  the  three  lower  thoracic  ribs. 

like  that  of  all  terrestrial  Vertebrates,  is  carried  by  ribs,  which, 
however,  become  early  united  with  the  sacral  transverse  processes. 

1  In  the  twenty-first  and  twenty-second  pre-sacral  vertebras  of  the  embryo,  the 
ribs  are  still  separated  from  the  vertebral  arches  by  membranous  tissue,  but  in 
the  succeeding  vertebrae  they  are  more  and  more  completely  united  with  them.  It 
would  thus  appear  that  the  reduced  ribs  are  early  incorporated  in  the  so-called  trans- 
verse processes  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae. 


THE  SKELETON 


41 


As  already  stated,  the  presence  of  a  free  rib  in  connection 
with  the  last  cervical  vertebra  (Fig.  27,  A)  is  somewhat  rare  in 


Fio.  25. — DIAGRAM  OF  A  TRANSVERSE  SECTION  OF  THE  HIP  GIRDLE  AND  SACRUM  :  A.,  OF 
A  SALAMANDER  ;  B.,  OF  MAN  (young  stage  in  which  the  separate  parts  of  the  sacral 
vertebrae  are  still  distinct). 

b.v.,  body  of  sacral  vertebrae  ;  a.n.,  arch  of  same  ;  r.s.,  sacral  rib  ;  il.,  ilium  ; 
p.,  pubis  ;  c.h.,  coelom  ;  ac. ,  acetabulum. 

adults,  but  the  vestige  of  such  a  rib,  and  even  of  a  second  (some- 
what less  attached)  near  the  sixth  cervical  vertebra,  is  almost  always 


Fia.  26.— A,  FIRST  THORACIC  SKELETAL  SEGMENT  FOR  COMPARISON  WITH  B,  FIFTH 
CERVICAL  VERTEBRA  (MAN). 

c.,  first  sternal  rib  ;  c',  cervical  (rib  which  has  become  united  with  the  transverse  process 
(tr.))  the  two  enclosing  the  costo-transverse  foramen  (f.c.t.) ;  zy.,  articular  process 
of  the  arch  (zygapophysis) ;  b.v.,  body  of  vertebra  ;  st.,  sternum. 

found  in  the  embryo.     The  five  anterior  cervical  vertebrae  show 
no  such  distinct  vestiges,  although  their  former  presence  is  clearly 


42  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

indicated  by  the  detailed  characters  of  the  transverse  processes 
(Fig.  26,  6).  [In  the  Platypus  (Ornithorkynchus')  reduced 
cervical  ribs  remain  for  life  distinct  on  six  of  the  seven  neck 
vertebrae,  being  absent  from  the  atlas  only,  and  one  or  more 
cervical  ribs  may  occasionally  retain  their  independence  among 
the  quadrupedal  Mammals  generally.1] 


r.th.l'. 


FIG.  27. — A,  PORTION  OF  THE  THORACIC  SKELETON  OF  AN  ADULT  FEMALE 

POSSESSED    OF    A    FAIR    OF    FREE    CERVICAL    RlBS. 

The  twelve  normal  pairs  of  thoracic  ribs  were  present.  Length  of  the  right  cervical  rib 
3-5  cm.,  of  the  left  6-7  cm.  r.c.vii.',  vertebral  end  of  the  cervical  rib  ;  r.c.vii." , 
sternal  end  of  the  same,  fused  with  the  manubrium  sterni  (the  vertebral  and  sternal 
ends  being  in  life  connected  by  a  ligamentous  band,  not  indicated  in  the  figure), 
r.th.,  first  and  second  sternal  ribs. 

B,  EXAMPLE  OF  THE  REDUCTION  OF  THE  FIRST  PAIR  OF  THORACIC 

RIBS  (AN  ADULT  MALE). 

There  were  twelve  pairs  of  free  ribs  present,  the  first  pair  being  reduced  both  in 
length  and  calibre.  The  left  of  these  was  9,  the  right  8,  cm.  long,  r.th.i.' ',  vertebral 
end  of  the  first  rib ;  r.th.i.",  its  sternal  end,  synostotically  imited  with  the 
manubrium  sterni  (st.)  ;  r.L,  fibrous  band,  formed  by  retrogression  of  the  missing 
portion  of  the  rib. 

In  both  figures,  I,  II  denote  the  first  and  second  thoracic  vertebrae,  VI,  VII  the  two  last 
cervical  vertebrae.  (Adapted  from  Leboucq.) 

The  greatest  development  of  the  seventh  cervical  rib  would 
naturally  be  that  of  uninterrupted  extension  round  the  neck. 
Such  an  extraordinary  condition  has  only  apparently  been  once 
observed  (by  P.  Albrecht).  Cases  in  which  the  rib  in  question 
unites  with  the  first  thoracic  rib  by  its  cartilaginous  extremity, 
before  reaching  the  manubrium,  are  far  more  frequent.  Some- 
times only  the  sternal  and  vertebral  ends  are  found  (in  either 
a  bony  or  cartilaginous  state),  the  intermediate  part  being 
represented  by  a  fibrous  band.  In  spite  of  the  reduced  con- 

1  [Mivart  has  figured  and  described  (for  example)  what  appear  to  be  practically 
stages  in  the  redevelopment  of  the  last  cervical  rib  on  opposite  sides  of  the  same 
vertebra  of  a  Binturong  (Arctictis],  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  Lond.,  1882,  p.  461.] 


THE  SKELETON  43 

dition,  however,  the  internal  and  external  intercostal  muscles 
between  this  cervical  and  the  first  thoracic  rib  are  well  developed 
in  cases  like  that  above  figured ;  indeed  this  is  so  even  when 
(as  occasionally  happens)  the  fibrous  connecting  band  is  wanting 
(Leboucq).  The  sternal  portion  of  the  rib  is  as  a  rule  very 
weakly  developed,  sometimes  free,  sometimes  partly  fused  with 
the  first  thoracic  rib.  The  vertebral  end  varies  much  in  form, 
size,  and  articulation  upon  the  vertebral  column  ;  and  further,  its 
relations  to  the  first  thoracic  rib  may,  as  Leboucq  has  shown,  vary 
greatly.  It  may  either  be  altogether  fused  with  the  latter,  merely 
loosely  attached  to  it  by  connective  tissue,  or  actually  articulated 
with  it.  In  the  first  case,  the  first  thoracic  rib  appears  forked 
at  its  vertebral  end,  and  this  (according  to  P.  J.  van  Beneden) 
is  the  rule  in  many  Cetaceans. 

Apart,  however,  from  such  cases  as  these,  a  further  proof  of 
the  former  existence  of  cervical  ribs  in  Mammals  is  derived  from 
the  study  of  the  adult  Edentata.  Among  these,  Cholcepus  has 
normally  only  six  cervical  vertebrae  [defined  as  those  destitute  of 
free  ribs].1  Bradypus  infuscatus  and  B.  tridactylus  illustrate 
the  other  extreme,  possessing  normally  nine  such  vertebra? ; 
while  B.  cuculliger  has  either  eight  or  nine.  In  the  latter 
cases  the  upper  end  of  the  thorax  has  undergone  greater  reduction 
than  in  any  other  Mammal. 

The  fact  that  in  Man  the  first  thoracic  rib  is  probably 
beginning  to  degenerate,2  and  is  at  the  present  time  in  process 
of  atrophy,  is  established  by  the  not  infrequent  recurrence  of 
undoubted  cases  of  its  abortive  development.  Such  have  been 
recorded  by  Struthers,  Grosse,  Hunauld,  Gruber,  Turner,  Leboucq, 
and  others  (cf.  Fig.  27,  B).  The  description  given  above  of 
the  seventh  cervical  rib  might,  in  these  cases,  be  applied  to  the  first 
thoracic.  Nevertheless,  I  believe,  for  reasons  to  be  given  later, 
that  should  reduction  at  the  upper  end  of  the  thorax  advance, 
it  will  do  so  far  more  slowly  than  at  the  lower,  or  indeed  that 
it  may  even  be  arrested  for  an  indefinite  period  (cf.  p.  45).3 

1  A  similar  numerical   reduction  of  the  cervical   vertebra  occurs  also  in   the 
Manatee  [but  there  is  reason  for  believing  that  it  is  in  that  animal  due  to  the 
excalation  of  at  least  the  body  of  one  of  these,  and  not  to  the  assumption  of  thoracic 
characters  by  the  last  of  the  series.] 

2  I  should  like  here  to  raise  the  question  whether  this  tendency  to  reduction  at 
the  upper  end  of  the  thorax  may  not  be  a  determining  factor  in  the  degeneration  so 
frequently  found  to  be  commencing  at  the  top  of  the  lungs  ?  (cf.  infra). 

3  It  is  interesting  here  to  note  that  ventrally  to  the  transverse  process  of  the  sixth 
cervical  vertebra,  there  often  arises,  on  either  side,  a  projection,  which  might  be 
claimed  as  a  vestigial  structure,  since  in  most  Mammals  it  stands  out  prominently 


44  THE  STKUCTUKE  OF  MAN 

From  the  above  facts  it  is  sufficiently  evident  that  the 
vertebral  column  was  ancestrally  furnished  with  a  far  greater 
number  of  ribs  than  at  present,  and  that  the  pleuro-peritoneal 
cavity  or  coelom  was  once  more  capacious  both  at  its  cephalic 
and  caudal  ends.  Even  at  the  present  time,  as  already  shown, 
its  modifications  are  not  permanent.  This  is  manifest,  not  only 
from  the  reappearance  of  (so-called  "  supernumerary .")  ribs,  but 
also  from  the  decidedly  rudimentary  character  of  the  eleventh  and 
twelfth  ribs,  which  is  rendered  evident  in  several  ways,  more 
especially  in  connection  with  variation  in  their  size.  The  twelfth 
rib,  as  might  be  expected,  has  a  much  wider  range  of  variation 
(2  to  27  cm.)  than  the  eleventh  (15  to  28  cm.);  neither  pair  of 
these  reaches  the  sternum,  and  both  show  degeneration  in  their 
detailed  relationship  to  the  vertebral  column.  These  ribs  have 
no  tubercle,  and,  consequently,  no  costo-transverse  articulation ; 
and  the  articulation  of  the  head  (capitulum)  of  each  of  them  is 
vertebral,  instead  of  inter-vertebral,  as  in  the  case  of  those  in 
front  of  them.  Occasionally  a  tendency  to  similar  conditions 
appears  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  pairs.  Ontogeny  shows  that  the 
reduction  of  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  ribs  is  comparatively: 
recent,  since  the  rudiment  of  the  costo-transverse  articulation; 
(tubercle)  of  the  eleventh  rib  is  still  developed  in  the  embryo. 

Turning  now  to  the  ensiform  (or  xiphoid)  process  of  the 
sternum,  the  variations  in  its  shape,  and  more  especially  the 
presence  of  occasional  median  fissures  or  foramina  in  it,  show  that 
it  arose  from  paired  cartilages.  It  is,  in  fact,  constricted  off  from 
the  eighth,  and  possibly  also  from  the  ninth  pair  of  ribs.  The 
cartilages  named,  undoubtedly,  at  one  time  took  part  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  "  sternal  bands  "  to  be  described  later,  and  thus  the 
number  of  ribs  reaching  the  sternum  may  once  have  been  greater 

as  a  strong  process  (Gegenbaur).  These  lower  lateral  spinous  processes  [anapophyses] 
which  are  found  only  in  Hylobates,  among  Anthropoids,  arising  from  the  bases  of 
the  arches  of  the  last  two  thoracic  and  sometimes  from  the  first  lumbar  vertebrae, 
according  to  Broca,  occasionally  occur  in  Negroes.  It  has  been  observed,  further, 
that  the  spinous  processes  of  the  cervical  vertebra,  which  are,  as  a  rule,  forked  in 
Man,  are  simply  pointed  in  the  Hottentots  ;  and  we  here  encounter  a  persistence  of 
the  original  simple  condition  which  is  normal  among  Anthropoids  (R.  Blanchard). 

Finally,  it  should  be  mentioned,  that  the  groove  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  arch 
of  the  human  atlas  for  the  reception  of  the  vertebral  artery  is  sometimes  overarched 
with  bone,  and  converted  into  a  foramen,  such  as  is  always  found  in  most  Primates, 
Carnivora,  and  various  other  Mammals  (Sappey).  [And  it  is  here  worthy  of  remark 
that  the  costo-transverse  foramen,  and  its  homologue  the  vertebarterial  canal,  may 
in  a  similar  way  become  completely  surrounded  by  the  transverse  process 
(Hippopotamus,  Man?}.  Cf.  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxvii.  p.  545.] 


THE  SKELETON  45 

than  at  present.  This  conclusion  is  strengthened  by  the  fact 
that  the  eighth  rib  not  infrequently  reaches  the  sternum  even  in 
adults.1 

Eight  sternal  ribs  are  found  in  the  lower  Apes  (which  may 
have  as  many  as  ten),  and  may  occur  in  the  higher  Apes,  with 
the  exception  of  the  Orang.  It  is  certain  that  in  all  Mammals 
those  ribs  which  have  their  ventral  ends  in  any  way  attached  to 
one  another  were  once  connected  with  the  sternum. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  union  of  only  six  ribs  with  the 
sternum  is  not  rare  in  Man ;  and  the  existence  of  this  condition 
is  a  clear  indication  of  the  gradual  degeneration  (shortening)  of 
the  thoracic  skeleton  and  sternum.  In  such  cases  the  distal 
end  of  the  xiphisternum  may  bear  two  lateral  prongs,  which 
correspond  with  the  sternal  ends  of  the  seventh  pair  of  ribs. 

There  are  certain  considerations  which  confirm  the  statement 
above  made  that  the  process  of  degeneration  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  thorax  is  slower  than  that  at  the  lower  end,  to  which  latter, 
indeed,  no  limits  of  variation  can  be  foreseen.  We  have  first 
the  rhythmic  respiratory  mechanism,  which  is  so  closely  connected 
anatomically  and  topographically  with  the  complete  ribs ;  and, 
second,  the  attachment  to  this  part  of  the  thorax  of  the 
musculature  of  the  shoulder  girdle  (I  refer  especially  to  the 
serratus  magnus  and  the  pectoralis  major).  [These  muscles 
under  certain  conditions  play  an  important  part  in  effecting  the 
movements  of  respiration],  and  in  order  to  secure  a  sufficient 
range  of  activity  they  must  necessarily  be  inserted  into  a  certain 
number  of  fixed  points.  Such  points  are  supplied  by  the  bony 
framework  formed  by  the  seven  upper  pairs  of  ribs,  the  sternum, 
and  the  clavicles ;  and  as  long  as  these  muscles  remain  indis- 
pensable, the  bones  named  cannot  well  degenerate  further. 
We  have  here  a  striking  example  of  the  important  reciprocal 
relation  and  close  interdependence  existing  between  the  various 
organs  and  systems  which,  so  to  speak,  hold  each  other  in 
check. 

We  learn  both  from  Ontogeny  and  Comparative  Anatomy 
that  the  sternum  (which  is  first  formed  by  the  fusion  of  a  couple 
of  sternal  bands)  consisted,  in  the  ancestors  of  Man,  of  a  row  of 

1  [Cunningham  and  Robinson  have  recorded  the  existence  of  an  eighth  sternal 
rib  on  one  or  both  sides  in  20  per  cent  of  (seventy)  subjects  examined  (Nature,  vol. 
xxxix.  p.  248,  and  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxiv.  p.  127).  In  the  unilateral 
condition  it  was  found  to  be  dextral  in  eight  out  of  nine  examples  ;  and  Cunningham 
suggests  that  this  may  be  a  reversionary  feature,  associated  with  the  greater  use  of 
the  right  fore-limb.] 


46  THE  STRUCTUEE  OF  MAN 

successive  pieces.  Its  early  condition  is  now  most  nearly  retained 
for  Mammals  among  the  Edentata  [i.e.  in  the  Pangolin  (Mams)], 
and  even  in  the  lower  Apes  extensive  remnants  of  cartilage  are 
occasionally  present  between  the  bony  parts.  In  most  other 
Mammals,  the  ossific  nuclei  which  appear  in  the  course  of  develop- 
ment of  the  sternum  are  the  only  indications  of  its  former 
segmentation.1  The  fully-developed  sternum  of  the  Primates  is 
practically  a  single  broad  and  firm  plate,  the  solidity  of  which 
compensates  for  its  decrease  in  length. 


St. 

FIG.  28. — SHOULDER  GIRDLE  OF  ORNITHORHTXCHUS. 

m.s.,  manubrium  sterni ;  £.,<?.,<?.,  first,  second,  third  ribs  ;  st.,  sternebra  ;  sc.,  scapula  : 
m.c.,  metacoracoid  ;2  e.c.,  epicoracoid ;  d,  clavicle  ;  es'.  and  es".,  interclavicle  (episternum). 

The  origin  of  the  Mammalian  interclavicle  (so-called  epi- 
sternum) is  still  somewhat  undetermined ;  [but  in  its  position 
beneath  (ventrad  of)  the  sternum  proper  in  the  young  of  the 
Mole  (ed.,  Fig.  29),  in  which  its  development  has  been  most 
fully  worked  out,  and  in  its  relationships  to  the  clavicles,  it  agrees 
with  the  interclavicle  of  Eeptiles.] 

In  Monotremes  (Fig.  28)  the  episternal  apparatus  (esf.  es".')  is 
triradiate,  and  disposed  altogether  cephalad  of  the  sternum  proper. 

1  [Approximation  of  more  than  one  pair  of  ribs  to  the  posterior  end  of  the 
sternum  is  the  rule  in  many  of  the  lower  Mammalia  ;  in  the  Rabbit,  where  two  pairs 
of  ribs  always  have  this  relationship,  it  may  or  may  not  happen  that   a  corre- 
sponding extra  sternal  segment  is  present  in  the  adult.     A  careful  study  of  the 
development  of  that  animal's  sternum  has  shown  that  this  segment  disappears  by 
absorption  where  not  retained — i.e.  that  a  sternal  segment  may  generally,  though 
not  invariably,  be  lost  during  ontogeny.     This  fact  is  of  considerable  interest  in 
relation  to  the  belief  in  a  tendency  towards  abbreviation  of  the  mammalian  thorax 
postero-anteriorly  (cf.  Burne,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  159).] 

2  [Until  recently  known  as  the  "coracoid"  ;  cf.,  however,  infra,  p.  72.] 


THE  SKELETON  47 

In  the  adults  of  the  higher  quadrupedal  Mammals,  the  episteruum 
is  possibly  for  the  most  part  represented  by  a  couple  of  cartilaginous 
tracts,  approximated  to  the  sternal  ends 
of  the  clavicles  (es.,  Fig.  30);  and  its 
body  (es!,  Fig.  29),  so  far  as  is  known, 
appears  to  become  reduced,  and  either 
closely  apposed  to  or  fused  with  the 
anterior  end  of  the  sternum. 

The  following  information  concern- 
ing the  human  episternum  is  largely 
drawn  from  the  admirable  work  of  Euge. 

In  an  early  embryonic  stage,  when 
the  cartilaginous  "  sternal  bands  "  have, 
not  yet  united  along  their  whole  length, 
two  independent  masses,  which  soon  be-  FIG.  29.— EPISTERXUM  OF  AN 
come  cartilaginous,  appear  at  the  upper      G^tte.™ 
end  of  the  still  forked  manubrium  sterni.  *<•>  sternum;  es'.,  central  portion 

,  \ce  of  the  episteruum ;  es.  ,  lateral 

At  a  later  stage   they  fuse  to  form  a      portion  of  the  same ;  d,  cia- 
single  cartilaginous  tract,  which  gradu-      vicle  ;  r-c->  costal  ribs-    (The 

„       .    ,  --IPI.  .LIP!  ti§ure  was   constructed  from 

ally  interposes  itself  between  the  forks  two  consecutive  horizontal 
of  the  manubrium,  until  finally  only  sections.) 
the  proximal  surface  of  the  cartilage  projects  from  that  struc- 
ture. As  the  two  sternal  ridges  fuse  completely,  the  boundary 
lines  between  the  episternal  cartilages  and  the  manubrium 
become  more  and  more  indistinct,  and  finally  altogether 
disappear,  the  former  structure  becoming  incorporated  in  the 
latter.  The  manubrium  of  Man  is  thus  a  compound  of  two 
separate  structures,  one  of  which  is  certainly  costal  and 
derivative  of  the  first  pair  of  ribs.  The  homology  of  the  other, 
i.e.  of  the  suprasternal  portion,  cannot  yet  be  decided  with  any 
certainty.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  we  have  in  it  the  last 
vestiges  of  a  skeletal  structure,  but  whether  they  are  those  of  a 
seventh  pair  of  cervical  ribs  which  once  reached  the  manubrium, 
or  of  the  central  portion  of  the  episternum  of  the  Monotremes 
and  lower  Mammalia,  must  for  the  present  remain  undecided.  If 
the  latter  supposition  should  prove  correct,  it  would  point  to 
the  originally  paired  nature  of  the  Mammalian  episternum,  and 
support  Gotte's  view  of  its  origin  from  the  median  ends  of 
the  clavicles. 

Brechet's  cartilages,  or  bones,  which  occasionally  appear  at 
the  antero-internal  border  of  the  sterno-clavicular  articulation, 
and  either  become  closely  applied  to  the  sternum  or  united  with 


48  THE  STRUCTUEE  OF  MAN 

it,  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  above-described  skeletal 
structures,  which  are  entirely  incorporated  into  the  manubrium. 
These  "ossa  suprasternalia "  (o.s.,  Fig.  30)  may  be  derivatives  of 
the  episternal  apparatus,  as  Gegenbaur  has  for  years  insisted,  and 
probably  of  the  central  portion  of  the  episternum.  The  lateral 
portions  of  this  structure  are  usually  homologised  with  the  inter- 
articular  cartilages  that  lie  between  the  sternum  and  the  ventral 
extremities  of  the  clavicles  (e.s.,  Fig.  30).  [There  is,  however, 


r. l". 


FIG.  30.— EPISTERNAL  VESTIGES  IN  MAN. 

e.s,,  "  episternum  "  (sterno-clavicular  cartilage);  o.s.,  ossa  suprasternalia  ;  cL,  clavicle, 
sawn  through;  I'.,  inter-clavicular  ligament;  I".,  costo-clavicular  ligament;  m.s., 
manubrium  sterni ;  st.,  sternum  ;  r.c.,  first  rib. 

still  considerable  uncertainty  about  this  ;  especially  as  Carwardine 
has  recently  shown x  that  the  ligaments  in  which  the  "  ossa  supra- 
sternalia "  lie  embedded  when  free,  may  or  may  not  be  continuous 
with  an  "  inter  -clavicular  ligament"  which,  by  its  T-shaped 
character  and  detailed  relationships,  may  suggest  the  inter-clavicle 
(episternum)  of  Monotremes  and  Eeptiles.] 

THE  SKULL 

In  all  Vertebrates  the  skull  may  be  divided  into  two 
principal  portions,  the  cranial  and  the  facial.  The  cranial 
portion,  or  brain  case,  encloses  the  anterior  part  of  the  central 
nervous  system,  and  is  intimately  associated  with  the  higher 

1  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxvii.  p.  232. 


THE  SKELETON 


49 


sense  organs  and  their  investing  capsules.  In  the  embryo  it 
is  penetrated  for  some  distance  at  its  base  by  the  forerunner  of 
the  backbone — the  chorda  dorsalis.  For  this  reason  it  appears 
to  be  in  a  certain  sense  a  prolongation  of  the  axial  skeleton  of 
the  trunk.  The  visceral  or  facial  portion  of  the  skull  lies  postero- 
ventrally  to  the  cranial.  It  is  closely  connected  with  the  pharyn- 
geal  section  of  the  alimentary  canal,  the  lateral  walls  of  which 


cp.  - 


md.* 


IX 


FIG.  31.— A,  SLIGHTLY  DIAGRAMMATIC  MEDIAN  LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE 
HEAD  AND  ANTERIOR  PORTION  OF  THE  TRUNK  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO,  SEVENTEEN 

TO  EIGHTEEN  WEEKS  OLD.       (After  W.  His.) 

cp.,  brain ;  op.,  optic  vesicle  ;  md. ,  mandibular  arch  ;  pc.,  pericardium  ;  cd.,  heart ;  au. , 

auditory  vesicle  ;  I-IV,  branchial  clefts. 

B,  EMBRYO  TORPEDO,  as  seen  by  transmitted  light.     (After  H.  E.  and  F.  Ziegler.) 
ol.,   olfactory   pit ;   hy.,   hyoid    arch  ;     V.,   trigeminal   nerve  ;    cd.,    ventricle  ;     VII, 
VIII,  facial  and  auditory  nerves ;  IX,  glosso-pharyngeal  nerve.     Other  references 
as  for  A. 

are,  in  the  embryo,  perforated  by  "gill-clefts"  (I-IV,  Fig.  31, 
A),  so  called  because  their  presence  points  back  to  a  time  in  which 
this  part  of  the  alimentary  canal  served  not  only  for  taking  in 
food,  but  for  respiration,  as  is  still  the  case  in  the  lower  Verte- 
brates. That  the  system  of  skeletal  arches,  which  alternate  with 
these  clefts  has,  in  man,  undergone  considerable  modification  and 
reduction  (cf.  Fig.  105)  will  not  appear  strange,  when  the 
biological  conditions  are  taken  into  account.  The  only  point  of 

E 


50  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

essential  importance  for  us  here  is  the  fact  that  the  skull  of  Man 
and  all  Vertebrates  is  constructed  on  a  common  plan  (cf.  A  and 
B,  Fig.  31). 

The  fact  that  this  ground  plan  is  not  so  evident  in  the  skull 
of  the  higher  Vertebrata  and  Man  as  in  that  of  the  lower  Verte- 
brates, is  due  to  the  progressive  modification  which  the  former  have 


FIG.  32. — SKULL  OF  IMMANUEL  KANT.     (After  C.  von  Kupffer.) 
(The  great  size  of  the  cranium  is  a  noteworthy  feature. ) 

undergone ;  and  the  final  result  has  been  that  the  human  skull 
differs  markedly  not  only  from  that  of  the  lower  Vertebrata,  but 
also  from  that  of  the  Anthropoid  Apes,  which  in  the  rest  of  their 
skeleton  agree  so  closely  with  Man.  It  will,  therefore,  be  interest- 
ing to  examine  the  two  latter  types  of  skull,  in  order  to  determine 
and,  when  possible,  explain  the  differences  between  them. 

On  mere  superficial  examination,  the  proportionate  difference 
in  size  between  the  cranium  and  the  face  of  the  two  is  most 
striking.  In  Man  (Fig.  32)  the  cranium  is  a  smooth  and  imposing 


THE  SKELETON 


51 


FIG.  33. — SKULL  OF  A  CHILD  SEVEN  YEARS  OLD. 
(One-third  natural  size.) 


rounded  or  oval  bony  case,  which  contrasts  strongly  with  the 
incomparably  smaller  one  of  the  Orang  (Fig.  36)  and  Gorilla,  with 
their  enormous  external 
ridges  and  protuberances. 
These  latter  animals,  like 
all  the  Anthropoids,  differ 
from  Man  in  the  great 
development  of  the  face, 
and  especially  of  the  jaws, 
which  in  Man  are  sub- 
ordinate to  the  cranium. 
If,  however,  young  stages 
of  the  Anthropoid  are  com- 
pared (Fig.  35),  this  dis- 
tinction becomes  less  strik- 
ing; for,  as  is  well  known, 
not  only  the  whole  head 
but  the  features  of  the  young  Ape  bear  a  decided  resemblance  to 
those  of  the  human  foetus.  Indeed,  it  is  certain  that  the  diverg- 
ence begins  after  birth,  the  characteristics  of  each  type  becoming 
more  and  more  marked  as  age  advances  (cf.  Figs.  35  and  36). 

The  chief  cause 
of  the  distinction 
clearly  lies  in  the 
greater_  development 
of  the  human  brain. 
In  the  higher  Verte- 
brates the  brain  must 
be  regarded  as  the 
dominant  organ  of 
the  head;  and  in 
Man  it  continues  to 
grow  even  into  the 
prime  of  life,  the 
cranial  capacity  at- 
tained reaching  in 
the  male  Caucasian 
an  average  of  1500  cubic  cm.,  and  the  brain  a  weight  of  from 
1375  to  1400  gr. 

With  regard  to  the  cranial  capacity  of  the  lower  races  of  man- 
kind, observations  made  by  the  cousins  Sarasin  on  the  Veddahs 
of  Ceylon  are  of  special  interest.  In  them,  not  merely  the  skull 


FIG.  34. — SKULL  OF  AN  AUSTRALIAN  FROM  THE  MURRAY 
RIVER.     (One-third  natural  size.) 


52 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


but  the  whole  skeleton  is  remarkable  for  its  delicacy,  a  character 
which,  according  to  Virchow,  distinguishes  a  number  of  the  wild 
races  inhabiting  the  islands  of  the  East.  The  skull  is  on  the 
average  200  gr.  lighter  than  that  of  the  European;  it  is  very 
small,  and  the  cranial  capacity  in  the  pure  (unmixed)  Yeddah 
male  is  at  most  1250  cubic  cm.,  and  in  the  female  some  140 
cubic  cm.  less  than  that. 


FIG.  35. — SKULL  OF  A  YOUNG 

ORANG-UTAN. 
(One-third  natural  size.) 


FIG.  36. — SKULL  OF  AN  ADULT  ORANG-UTAN. 
(One-third  natural  size.) 


In  cranial  capacity  the  Veddahs  are  undoubtedly  among  the 
lowest  of  human  beings,  and  this  is  quite  in  keeping  with  their 
low  level  of  civilisation.  The  woolly-haired  inhabitants  of  the 
Andaman  islands  are  on  approximately  the  same  level,  whereas 
the  Bushmen  and  Australians  rank  somewhat  higher.1 

In  shape  the  Veddah's  skull  is  very  long  and  narrow,  i.e. 
strongly  dolicocephalic.  The  cranium  of  the  female  is  more 
rounded  than  that  of  the  male — indeed,  all  the  peculiarities 
which  in  the  European  distinguish  the  skull  of  the  woman  from 
that  of  the  man  are  present  in  the  Veddahs. 

But  while  there  is  a  difference  of  from  250  to  more  than 
500  cubic  cm.  in  the  cranial  capacity  of  the  Veddah  and 
the  European,  a  far  greater  disparity  occurs  between  the  cranial 

1  [In  the  Akkas  (the  pygmy  race  of  Central  Africa),  the  cranial  capacity  of  the 
skull  of  a  male  recently  described  by  Sir  "W.  Flower  is  1102  cubic  cm.,  and  that  of  a 
female  1072  cubic  cm.  The  same  writer  has,-however,  described  the  skull  of  a  female 
Veddah,  having  a  capacity  of  but  950  cubic  cm.,  that  being  one  of  the  smallest  normal 
adult  human  skulls  on  record  (cf.  Jour,  of  the  Anthropological  Instil.,  vol.  xviii.  p.  6).] 


THE  SKELETON  53 

capacity  of  Man  and  that  of  the  Anthropoid  Apes,  the  latter 
ranging  from  about  427  cubic  cm.  (Chimpanzee)  to  557  (Gorilla), 
i.e.  averaging  less  than  half  that  of  the  human  races  mentioned 
above.  As  yet  no  human  skull  has  been  discovered  which  bridges 
over  this  gap. 

The  cause  of  this  great  difference  lies  largely  in  the  fact  that 
the  brain  of  the  Ape  makes  no  marked  progress  after  birth,  and 
this  no  doubt  applies  not  only  to  its  size,  but  also  to  its  micro- 
scopic anatomy,  e.g.  to  the  differentiation  of  its  gray  cortex. 

The  Anthropoid  skull  is  furnished  with  massive  jaws  con- 
trolled by  powerful  muscles  and  armed  with  formidable  teeth. 
This  extraordinary  development  of  the  facial  portion  of  the  skull 
which  supports  the  entrance  to  the  alimentary  canal,  is  no  doubt 
of  compensatory  value  in  the  struggle  for  existence.  We  shall 
return  to  this  subject  in  considering  the  dentition  as  a  determin- 
ing factor  in  the  modification  of  the  jaws. 

The  foregoing  account  of  the  changes  undergone  by  the 
cranial  skeleton  has,  I  hope,  shown  that  the  human  skull  is 
subject  to  the  same  influences  as  that  of  the  beasts,  and  that  the 
two  differ  as  divergent  adaptive  modifications  of  one  and  the 
same  fundamental  plan.  This  is  not,  however,  an  altogether 
satisfactory  explanation,  since  the  primary  cause  of  this  difference 
of  modification  (in  Man  in  the  psychic  and  brain-forming  direc- 
tion, in  the  Anthropoids  in  the  vegetative  direction)  remains 
unknown. 

That  these  divergent  lines  of  modification  from  a  common 
starting-point  were  entered  upon  very  long  ago  is  proved,  not  only 
by  the  sharply  differentiated  types  of  skull  found  both  among 
Anthropoids  and  Men,  but  also  by  the  fact  that  great  and  un- 
doubtedly atavistic  deviations  from  the  general  normal  type  of 
human  skull  are  comparatively  rare.  The  type  appears  complete, 
well  established,  and  sharply  individualised. 

Exception  must  be  made  in  the  case  of  the  dentition,  to 
which  the  above  is  not  applicable,  and  also  in  that  of  micro- 
cephalous  and  teratological  conditions,  although  these  are  often 
enough  utilised  in  building  up  the  primitive  history  of  the 
human  skull.  It  is,  however,  possible,  inasmuch  as  some  of  these 
cases  certainly  exhibit  phenomena  due  to  arrest  of  development, 
that  an  occasional  indication  of  a  former  primitive  condition  may 
be  revealed  in  them  ;  but  the  pathological  element  is,  as  a  rule,  so 
strong  that  no  certain  morphological  conclusions  can  be  drawn — 
indeed,  deceptive  appearances  may  be  expected  at  every  step. 


54  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

Gratiolet  has  established  the  fact  that  the  higher  races   of 

A 


FIG.  37. — MEDIAN  SECTIONS  THROUGH  THE  HEAD  OF  A  DEER  (A),  BABOON  (B), 

AND  MAN  (C). 

The  relation  of  the  cranium  to  the  nasal  cavity  should  be  noted.  The  former,  with  gradual 
enlargement,  comes  to  overlie  the  latter,  thereby  altering  the  facial  angle  (cf. 
with  these  Figs.  32-36). 

men  differ  from  the  lower  in  the  order  of  obliteration  of  the 


THE  SKELETON  55 

cranial  sutures.  In  the  lower  races,  as  in  the  Apes,  the  process 
always  begins  anteriorly  in  the  frontal  region  of  the  skull,  i.e.  at 
the  fronto-parietal  boundaries,  and  proceeds  backwards.  This 
naturally  causes  an  earlier  limitation  in  growth  of  the  anterior 
lobes  of  the  brain ;  whereas,  in  the  higher  (white)  races,  where 
the  fronto-parietal  suture  disappears  only  after  the  obliteration 
of  the  parieto-occipital  one,  these  lobes  are  capable  of  further 
development.  This  fact  may  well  be  closely  connected  with 
the  intellectual  difference  between  the  races.  It  not  infre- 
quently happens  that  the  frontal  suture  remains  open ; l  but 
whether,  as  might  suggest  itself,  this  is  to  be  regarded  as 
indicative  of  a  further  development  or,  on  the  other  hand,  as 
a  reversional  feature,  cannot  yet  be  decided.  On  the  latter 
assumption,  the  fact  that  fusion  of  the  frontal  bones  occurs  in 
many  Mammals  (Apes,  Insectivora,  Chiroptera,  Monotremata,  and 
others)  is  of  interest,  especially -as  reversion  to  the  condition  of 
the  lower  Vertebrates  is  a  phenomenon,  which,  as  we  have  already 
seen,  is  by  no  means  unknown  in  Man.  It  appears  to  me  that 
the  two  views  may  to  a  certain  extent  be  harmonised,  by  con- 
sidering that  the  original  independence  of  the  ossific  centres 
inherited  from  lower  ancestors  may  be  sometimes  retained  and 
utilised  in  the  interest  of  a  progressive  development  of  the 
anterior  lobes  of  the  brain. 

Gegenbaur,  in  his  Lelirbuch  der  Anatomic  des  Menschen,  calls 
special  attention  to  the  independent  ossification  of  that  which 
becomes  the  postero-inferior  angle  of  the  frontal  bone,  i.e.  that 
part  of  it  which  borders  on  the  alisphenoid.  Since,  at  birth,  and 
even  for  some  time  after  birth,  traces  of  this  division  are  evident, 
we  are  reminded  of  the  post-frontal  bone  of  the  lower  Vertebrates.2 

On  turning  to  that  part  of  the  skull  where  the  parietals 
meet  the  occipital  (the  lambdoidal  suture),  an  independent  mem- 
brane bone  is  sometimes  found,  the  so-called  "  interparietal," 3 

1  According  to  Welcker,  the  frontal  suture  often   persists  in  Caucasians,  less 
often  in  Malays,  and  very  rarely  in  Americans,  whereas  the  exact  reverse  is  the  case 
with  the  transverse  occipital  suture  which  divides  the  interparietal  from  the  occipital 
bone  proper.     It  often  happens  that  the  latter  is  found  together  with  the  frontal 
suture  in  one  and  the  same  skull.    In  the  child  the  fusion  of  the  frontal  bones  begins 
normally  as  early  as  the  ninth  month,  and  ends  towards  the  close  of  the  second  year. 

2  This  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  epipteric  bone,  which  sometimes  occupies 
approximately  the  same  position  (cf.  infra,  pp.  59  and  61). 

3  This  is  also  known  as  the  os  transversum,  triquetum,  epactale,  Goetheanum, 
and  most  commonly  as  the  os  Incae,  because  of  its  frequent  occurrence  in  the  skulls  of 
the  ancient  Peruvians  (i.e.  5  to  6  per  cent,  as  compared  with  but  1  to  2  per  cent  in 
European  skulls).     A  somewhat  similar  "  prseinterparietal "  lying  in  front  of  this, 
and  which  will  be  described  later,  occurs  in  about  1  per  cent  of  all  cases. 


56 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


between  the  parietals,  assuming  a  markedly  angular  form  (i.p. 
Fig.  38,  A).  Although  this  bone  persists  differently  in  different 
races,  it  is  formed  in  the  embryo  from  two  distinct  ossific  centres, 


FIG.  38. — A  to  C,  VARIOUS  FORMS  OF  THE  os  INCAE  (interparietal  bone). 
D,  E,  DIAGRAM  OF  THE  BONES  OF  THE  OCCIPITAL  REGION  IN  THE  EMBRYO. 

(Partly  after  Ficalbi.) 

i.p.,  interparietal ;  t.j».^>.,praemterparietal ;  e.o.,  exoccipital ;   s.o.,  supra-occipital ;  b.o., 
basioccipital  ;  f.m.,  foramen  magnum. 

which,  at  a  later  stage,  normally  unite  to  form  one  mass  with  the 
supra-occipital.  This  fact  testifies  to  its  paired  nature,  and,  as 
in  the  new-born  child  it  is  still  separated  by  a  cleft  on  each 


THE  SKELETON  57 

side  of  the  median  line  from  the  adjacent  and  originally  cartila- 
ginous supra-occipital,  it  may  perhaps  have  existed  in  the  ancestors 
of  man  as  an  independent  bone.1 

The  interparietals  first  appear  in  Mammals,  but  among  the 
higher  forms  they  are  seen  in  a  state  of  apparent  degeneration,  as 
would  appear  from  their  great  variability  in  occurrence,  form,  and 
detailed  relationships.  They  may,  for  example,  remain  either 
partly  or  wholly  isolated ;  they  may  be  either  single,  bilaterally 
symmetrical,  or  asymmetrical,  or  may  be  represented  by  but  one 
lateral  bone. 

Other  inconstant  ossific  nuclei  of  this  region  are  the  prsein- 
terparietalia.  These  may  remain  partly  or  wholly  isolated,  and 
show  in  form  and  position  variations  similar  to  those  above 
described  for  the  interparietals.  The  possible  combinations  'of 
these  anomalous  bones  cannot  be  discussed  here  (cf.  Fig.  38). 

The  morphology  of  the  prseinterparietals  is  not  clear,  and  it 
is  by  no  means  unlikely  that,  like  the  ossa  Wormiana  (o.  suturaria), 
they  fall  under  the  category  of  accessory  ossicles.  The  problem  is 
rendered  still  more  difficult  by  the  fact  that,  so  far  as  is  known, 
they  are  constantly  present  only  in  the  Horses,  while  in  other 
Mammals  they  are  of  mere  sporadic  occurrence.  In  Man,  as 
compared  with  the  latter,  they  appear  comparatively  frequently 
(i.e.  1  per  cent).  Equally  uncertain  is  the  morphology  of  the 
os  fronto-parietale  [os  antiepilepticum  of  the  ancients],  a  bone 
which  occurs  very  rarely  in  Man,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
fronto-parietal  suture.  This  bone,  which  is  more  often  found  in 
the  Cebidse  among  Monkeys,  and  less  frequently  in  Eodents,  may 
be  sometimes  paired. 

An  atavistic  significance  may  be  probably  attached  to  a 
bony  process  which  occasionally  appears  in  Man,  behind  and 
externally  to  the  jugular  foramen,  and  into  which  the  rectus 
capitis  lateralis  muscle  is  inserted.  This  corresponds  with  the 
par-occipital  or  paramastoid  processus  of  many  Mammals,  which 
attains  its  strongest  development  in  Ungulates  and  Eodents. 

There  is  one  more  point  worth  consideration  in  the  occipital 
region,  i.e.  the  median  portion  of  the  linea  nuchse  superior.2 
A  bony  ridge  (torus  occipitalis),  stretching  at  times  as  far  as  the 
linea  nuchae  suprema,  occasionally  develops  here.  According  to 

1  "Welcker  regards  all   the  larger  bones  which  are  occasionally  intercalated  in 
the  lambdoidal  suture  as  fragments  of  the  os  Incae. 

2  It    is  difficult    to    decide    whether  the    furrow  or  pit  (fossette   verraienne, 
Albrecht),  sometimes  formed  for  the  reception  of  the  vermis  cerebelli,  has  any 
phylogenetic  significance. 


58  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

Ecker,  this  ridge  is  common  in  certain  races,  and  it  is  said  to  be 
homologous  with  the  massive  occipital  crest  of  the  Apes.1 

In  the  normal  adult  skull  the  sphenoid  appears  as  a 
single  mass,  and  at  a  certain  age  this  fuses  still  further  with 
the  basioccipital  bone.  A  comparative  study  of  the  Mam- 
malian skull,  as  also  an  examination  of  the  skull  of  the 
human  embryo,  however,  shows  that  the  apparently  single 
sphenoid  represents  a  series  of  fused  bones.  The  basal  elements 
of  the  skull  are  segmentally  arranged;  but  comparison 
with  the  lower  vertebrata  shows  that  this  is  a  secondary 
feature  in  no  way  indicative  of  original  metamerism.  The 
cranial  "segments"  are  no  part  of  a  primordial  segmentation 
corresponding  with  the  embryonic  somites,  as  has  been  clearly 
shown  by  Van  Wijhe  and  Froriep  from  the  study  of  develop- 
ment (cf.  infra). 

Comparative  Anatomy  shows  us  that  the  orbital  and  temporal 
fossse  were  originally  one  (as  they  still  are  even  among  Lemurs). 
In  the  human  embryo,  and  even  in  the  new-born  child,  this  fact  is 
still  indicated  by  the  greater  width  of  the  spheno-maxillary  fissure, 
the  ultimate  limitation  of  which,  by  extension  and  the  final  meet- 
ing of  the  alisphenoid  and  the  zygoma  (malar),  is  not  then 
effected.  Before  this  occurs  the  frontal  and  the  malar  have 
already  come  into  close  apposition,  and  in  the  double  relation  of 
the  latter  to  the  frontal  bone  on  the  one  hand  and  the  sphenoid 
on  the  other,  we  have  a  distinctive  character  of  the  Primates  as 
opposed  to  all  other  Mammals.  We  find,  accordingly,  that  these 
connections  are  formed  very  late  in  the  development  of  Man,  as 
compared  with  the  relations  of  the  malar  to  the  maxillary  and 
temporal  bones,  which  are  established  much  earlier  ontogenetically, 
as  they  were  phylogenetically. 

Under  ordinary  circumstances,  the  upper  edge  of  the  ala 
magna  of  the  sphenoid  (alisphenoid)  reaches  the  anterior  lower 
angle  of  the  parietal,  but  in  rare  cases  (about  1  per  cent  of 
European  skulls)  this  junction  is  prevented  by  the  anterior  edge 
of  the  temporal  bone  sending  out  a  process  to  meet  the  frontal. 

1  [In  the  Gorilla  the  sagittal  and  lambdoidal  crests  attain  so  great  a  develop- 
ment in  the  male  as  to  give  the  skull  a  carnivorous  aspect.  This  feature  is  an 
accompaniment  of  the  greater  development  of  the  temporal  jaw-muscles  ;  and  it 
is  not  acquired  by  the  female.  So  marked  is  this  sexual  difference  between  the  skulls 
of  these  animals  that  had  they  been  first  found  in  the  fossil  state,  they  would  in  the 
highest  degree  of  probability  have  been  regarded  as  at  least  specifically  distinct.  We 
have  here  a  most  instructive  example  of  an  adaptive  and  secondarily  acquired 
character.] 


THE  SKELETON  59 

This  so-called  processus  frontalis  is  remarkable  on  account  of  its 
more  frequent  occurrence  in  the  lower  races,  such  as  Negroes, 
Australians,  and  Veddahs  (according  to  the  Sarasins  it  occurs  in 


FIG.  39.  — SKULL  OF  A  GIRL  TWO  TEARS  OLD,  in  which  the  temporal  bone  (tp.)  is 
separated  from  the  frontal  (fr.)  by  the  broad  ala  magna  of  the  sphenoid  (alisphenoid 
bone,  a.s.) ;  pa.,  parietal. 


FIG.  40. — SKULL  OF  AN  ABORIGINAL  AUSTRALIAN,  in  which  the  temporal  bone  is 
separated  from  the  frontal  merely  by  a  long  process  of  the  alisphenoid  (a.s.). 

10  per  cent  of  the  last  named).  This  process  is  also  often  found 
in  the  lower  Mammals.  [The  upper  edge  of  the  alisphenoid,  above 
alluded  to,  may  be  not  infrequently  replaced  by  a  distinct  bone 
(the  epipteric  of  Flower  before  mentioned — cf.  p.  55,  footnote,  and 


60  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

Fig.  41,  f)-  Thomson,  from  the  study  of  a  large  series  of 
skulls,  has  shown  good  reason  for  regarding  this  as  one  of  the 
series  of  Wormian  bones  which  so  often  occur  in  this  region, 
and  for  believing  it  to  arise  by  dismemberment  from  either  the 
alisphenoid  or  parietal.]  l 

The  nasal  bones  which,  as  a  rule,  remain  distinct,  sometimes 
fuse  to  form  one  bone.  This  occurs  far  more  frequently  in  the 
lower  races  (Patagonians  and  tribes  of  South  Africa)  than  in  the 
higher ;  and  it  is  the  more  probably  an  atavism,  since  this  fusion 
is  normal  in  Apes.  In  the  Chimpanzee  it  takes  place  as  early  as 
the  second  year. 

The  lachrymals  are  susceptible  to  not  a  few  variations,  and 
very  rarely  an  abnormal  enlargement  of  the  hamular  process 
causes  these  bones  to  appear  at  the  surface  of  the  face,  as  in 
many  lower  Mammals  (Gegenbaur). 

Many  variations  are  to  be  found  in  the  bones  of  the  inner 
orbital  wall.  For  example,  the  lachrymal  bone  may  be  altogether 
wanting,  or  only  present  in  a  vestigial  form,  so  that  the  os  planum 
(lamina  papyracea)  comes  into  direct  contact  with  the  ascending 
or  nasal  process  of  the  upper  jaw  (premaxilla).  In  other  cases 
the  lachrymal  bone  may  be  divided  into  an  upper  and  a  lower 
portion  by  a  suture,  and  there  are  other  variations  to  which  it 
and  the  development  of  the  hamular  process  are  susceptible ;  it 
may  be  occasionally  replaced  by  a  radially  disposed  series  of 
small  bones. 

A  similar  division  of  the  os  planum  of  the  ethmo-turbinal 
into  several  pieces  has  been  observed  (Turner,  Macalister,  Arthur 
Thomson);  but  it  is  questionable  if  any  morphological  signi- 
ficance is  to  be  attached  to  these  variations. 

According  to  the  cousins  Sarasin,  a  lower  stage  of  develop- 
ment is  shown  in  the  skulls  of  the  Veddahs  and  others,  in  the 
downward  prolongacion  of  the  nasal  portion  of  the  frontal  bones 
into  the  orbits,  which  lie  very  close  together  and  are  spacious, 

1  [(Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxiv.  p.  356).  I  have  elsewhere  pointed  out  (ibid., 
vol.  xxiv.  p.  xviii.)  that  the  ossa  prseinterparietalia  lie  within  the  area  normal  to  the 
parietals,  and  that  therefore  these,  at  least,  among  the  intercalary  elements  of  the 
cranium,  may  be  similarly  referred  to  an  origin  from  those  bones,  by  dismemberment, 
under  the  expansion  of  the  brain  case.  The  phenomenon  appears  to  me  akin  to  that 
of  the  well-known  double  ossification  of  the  supra-occipital  in  its  most  expanded 
form  (ex.  Cetacea  and  some  Insectivora),  and  of  the  occasional  duplication  of  the 
lachrymal,  and  of  the  os  planum,  itself  already  intercalated  in  the  orbital  wall  in 
the  Primates.  (My  friend  Dr.  Forsyth  Major  has  lately  shown  me  that  the  Lemurs 
do  not  differ  from  the  higher  Primates  in  the  absence  of  the  latter  character,  as  is 
generally  believed).— G.  B.  H.] 


THE  SKELETON  61 

with  strong,  over-arching,  superciliary  ridges.  This  may  be 
carried  so  far  that  the  fronto-nasal  suture  may  lie  almost  on 
a  level  with  the  centre  of  the  orbit,  whereas,  as  a  rule,  it  lies 
much  higher.  The  arrangement  manifestly  involves  the  frontal 
in  a  far  greater  share  of  the  orbital  wall  than  is  the  case  with 
Europeans  ;  and,  correlatively,  the  os  planum  is  in  this  race  some- 
what more  than  2  mm.  narrower  than  that  of  the  European. 

The  bridge  of  the  nose  in  the  Yeddahs  is  not  nearly  so  high 
as  in  Europeans,  i.e.  it  remains  sunk  between  the  orbits.  In 
other  words,  the  two  nasal  bones  do  not  slope  outwards  against 
one  another  as  they  do  in  Europeans  (in  profile,  they  together 


FIG.  41. — THE  SKULL  OF  A  NEGRO  EUNUCH,  in  which  the  process  of  the  alisphenoid 
(cf.  Figv  40)  is  represented  by  a  distinct  bone — the  epipteric  (f). 

describe  a  curve  slightly  concave  anteriorly),  and  this,  in  life, 
results  in  a  flat  nose.  This  condition  is  palingenetically  repro- 
duced in  the  European  child,  and  finds  its  expression  in  the 
flatness  of  the  nose,  the  bridge  developing  only  in  later  years. 
The  choanae  of  the  Veddah's  skull  are,  on  an  average,  half  a 
centimetre  lower  than  in  the  European. 

Turning  now  to  the  facial  portion  of  the  skull  the  upper 
jaw  first  claims  attention.  That  portion  of  it  which  carries  the 
incisors  is  particularly  interesting,  because  Ontogeny  teaches  that 
it  was  originally  a  sejmrate^  bone,  homologous  with  the  gre^  or 
intermaxillary  of  the  lower  Vertebrata.  This  bone  is  an  inherit- 
ance which  reappears  with  the  greatest  constancy  from  the  bony 
Fishes  upwards  throughout  the  Vertebrata  ;  but  whereas  in  by  far 
the  greater  number  of  these  the  premaxillary  remains  an 
independent  bone,  in  Primates  it  early  fuses  with  the  adjacent 
elements  of  the  upper  jaw  to  form  one  mass.  In  Man  this  fusion 


62  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

usually  occurs  soon  after  birth ;  in  most  Apes,  on  the  contrary, 
much  later.      In  Man  the  fusion  first  involves  the  facial  portion 


FIG.  42. — SKULL  OF  A  TORCO,  in  which  the  temporal  bone  nearly  reaches  the 
frontal.     Between  the  two  a  narrow  process  of  the  parietal  is  intercalcated. 


FIG.  43.  — SKULL  OF  A  TWO-YEAR-OLD  CHIMPANZEE,  in  which  the  temporal  bone 
is  to  a  considerable  extent  in  apposition  with  the  frontal  ( fr. ). 

of  the  bone,  its  palatal  part  remaining  for  a  long  time,  or  even 
permanently,  marked  off  from  that  of  the  maxillary  by  a  suture 
or  trace  of  a  suture.  The  same  is  the  case  with  the  Anthropoids. 


THE  SKELETON 


68 


Only  very  rarely — and  then,  as  a  rule,  in  the  lower  races  of 
mankind  (Negroes  and  Australian  aborigines) — does  it  remain 
distinct  throughout  its  whole  extent  in  later  years,  in  otherwise 
normal  skulls.  The  striking  manner  in  which  the  original 
independence  of  the  premaxillary  bones  is  shown  in  people 
affected  with  the  deformity  known  as  hare-lip  is  well  known. 

The  number  of  incisors  connected  with  the  premaxillary  will  be  con- 
sidered later  in  dealing  with  the  buccal  cavity.  It  may  here,  however, 
be  remarked  that  Comparative  Anatomy  affords  no  explanation  of  the  double 
nature  ascribed  by  Albrecht  to  each  half  of  the  human  intermaxillary  bone. 

Quite   recently   Waldeyer   has   drawn   attention    to    certain 
peculiarities  of  the  hard  palate,  i.e.  variations  in  the  posterior 


FIG.  44.— THE  HARD  PALATE,  A,  OF  A  CAUCASIAN  ;  B,  OF  THE  NEGRO  ;  C,  OF  AN  ADULT 
ORANG-UTAN.  Showing  the  differences  in  shape  of  the  bones.  The  palate  of  the 
Negro  represents  a  type  transitional  between  that  of  the  Caucasian  and  that  of  the 
Orang. 

nasal  spine,  which  had  previously  escaped  recognition,  and  I 
have  confirmed  his  observations.  This  spine  (Fig.  44)  is  deriva- 
tive of  the  horizontal  plates  of  the  palatine  bones  (pl.\  and  is  thus 
morph  ologically  paired.  Not  infrequently  a  more  or  less  marked 
double  spine  is  found,  and  where  this  is  most  evident  the  hori- 
zontal plates  of  the  palatines  may  sometimes  not  even  meet  in 
the  middle  line.  In  the  latter  case  the  palatine  processes  of  the 
maxillae  may  run  back  along  opposite  sides  of  the  middle  line,  so 
as  to  take  part  in  the  formation  of  the  posterior  edge  of  the  hard 
palate.  These  deviations  from  the  normal  arrangement  have 
been  observed  in  the  skulls  of  Men  and  Gorillas. 

There    are    further    interesting    variations    in    the    relative 
positions  of  the  palatine  bone  and  the  palatine  process  of  .-the 


64  THE  STRUCTUEE  OF  MAN 

maxillary,  and  also  in  the  relation  of  the  former  to  the  posterior 
edge  of  the  hard  palate. 

As  a  rule,  the  transverse  palatine  suture  runs  right  across 
the  palate,  i.e.  the  two  horizontal  plates  of  the  palatine  bones 
have  a  more  or  less  straight  anterior  edge  (Fig.  44,  A).  Not 
infrequently,  however,  the  median  portions  of  these  plates  are 
more  prolonged  anteriorly,  the  course  of  the  transverse  palatine 
suture  being  correspondingly  irregularly  oblique  on  either  side,  as 
depicted  in  Fig.  44,  B. 

I  find  the  latter  condition  to  be  still  more  marked  in  the 
Orang-Utan  (Fig.  44,  C),  and  the  same  may  be  true,  as  Waldeyer 
has  already  shown,  of  other  Mammals.  [By  analogy  to  the  lower 
vertebrata]  we  have  here  an  index  of  a  low  grade  of  organisation. 

The  proximal  end  of  the  first  visceral  skeletal  arch  (Meckel's 
cartilage)  (I,  mk.,  Fig.  45),  which  developmentally  precedes  the 
bony  lower  jaw  (md.~),1  is  continued  into  the  middle  auditory 
chamber  of  the  embryo  as  a  cartilaginous  enlargement.  This 
becomes  twice  constricted  to  form  the  incus  (in.}  and  the  malleus 
(ml.}  Some  authorities  homologise  these  with  the  quadrate 
and  articular  elements  of  the  mandible  of  the  lower  Yertebrata, 
[but  according  to  others  they  are  structures  sui  generis  distinct 
in  origin  from  the  embryonic  lower  jaw.  The  value  of  these 
elements  is  one  of  the  most  vexed  problems  in  comparative 
morphology.  All  investigators  are,  however,  agreed  that  they 
are  the  representatives  of  an  apparatus,  at  least  in  part  functional 
in  lower  Vertebrates,  in  effecting  the  indirect  articulation  of  the 
jaw  apparatus  upon  the  skull,  and  that  in  Man  and  the  Mammals, 
in  which  this  articulation  has  become  direct,  this  apparatus,  under 
associated  change  of  function,  has  entered  secondarily  into  con- 
nection with  the  organ  of  hearing]  (cf.  Figs.  45  and  46). 

A  trace  of  the  embryonic  connection  between  the  malleus 
and  Meckel's  cartilage  is  long  retained,  in  the  so-called  prpcessus 
gracilis  of  the  malleus,  which  passes  towards  the  lower  jaw 

1  The  prognathous  type  of  skull  has  been  assumed  to  be  reversionary  to  a  pithe- 
coid condition  ;  but  this  consideration  is  by  no  means  a  simple  one.  The  cousins 
Sarasin  have  pointed  out  that  the  lowest  forms  of  human  skulls,  e.g.  those  of 
Veddahs,  Andaman  Islanders,  and  Bushmen,  are  of  the  orthognathous  or  (Andaman 
Islanders)  mesognathotis  type.  The  orthoguathous  type  may  thus  have  been 
attained  by  human  beings  at  a  very  early  period,  and  subsequently  lost.  If  this  be 
the  case  (but  it  is  doubtful)  the  prognathous  condition  of  Negroes  and  Melanesians, 
and  the  great  projection  of  the  jaw  in  some  woolly  and  straight-haired  races,  must 
be  a  secondary  condition,  which  has  been  preceded  by  orthognathy.  In  this  case 
the  orthognathy  once  more  attained  by  Europeans  must  be  regarded  as  a  third 
phylogenetic  phase  in  the  evolution  of  the  skull  (Sarasin). 


THE  SKELETON  65 

through    [an   interspace  between  the  elements  of  the   auditory 
region  of  the  skull,  known  as]  the  Glaserian  fissure. 

The  second  visceral  or  primitive  skeletal  arch  (II,  Fig.  45) 
becomes,  in  Man,  proximally  connected  with  the  auditory  capsule  ; 
distally  it  becomes  related  to  the  next  arch  behind  (III  of  Fig.). 
Its  intervening  portion,  which  at  first  is  cartilaginous,  may 
become  partly  or  altogether  ossified,  but  it  is  usuall}7-  transformed 


FIG.  45. — HEAD  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  OF  THE  FOURTH  MONTH.  Dissected  to  show  the 
auditory  ossicles,  tympanic  ring,  and  Meckel's  cartilage,  with  the  hyoid  and  thyroid 
apparatus.  All  these  parts  are  delineated  on  a  larger  scale  than  the  rest  of  the  skull. 

ml.,  malleus;  in.,  incus;  st. ,  stapes  ;  an.,  tympanic  ring  ;  tp.,  tympanum  ;  I  (mk. ),  first 
skeletal  (mandibular)  arch  (Meckel's  cartilage)  ;  II,  second  skeletal  (hyoid)  arch  ; 
III,  third  (first  branchial)  arch;  IV,  V,  fourth  and  fifth  arches  (thyroid  cartilage); 
b.  hy.,  basihyal  element ;  tr.,  trachea  ;  md.,  bony  mandible. 

along    the    greater    part    of    its    length    into    a    fibrous band. 

In  other  cases  it  is  replaced  by  a  series  of  small  cartilaginous 
or  osseous  bodies  which  form  a  chain,  recalling  the  arrangement 
existing  in  many  lower  Mammals.  The  proximal  end  of 
this  arch  becomes,  in  Man,  the  very  variable  styloid  process  of 
the  temporal  bone ;  the  distal  end,  on  the  other  hand,  forms  the 
lesser  cornu  of  the  hyoid.  This  latter  bone  (the  hyoid)  also  con- 
sists of  a  central  portion  or  body  (&.%.),  and  a  larger  or  posterior 


GG 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


cornu  (III),  which  is  paired  and  projects  therefrom  backwards. 
The  body  may  be  regarded  as  the  basal  element  of  the  second  and 
third  embryonic  skeletal  arches,1  while  the  posterior  cornua  repre- 
sent the  lateral  elements  of  the  third  (or  first  branchial)  arch 
alone  (cf.  Figs.  45,  46,  and  107). 

In  the  earliest  stages  of  the  embryo,  the  ridge  which  will 
afterwards  develop  into  the  second  o»  hyoid  visceral  arch,  sends 
a  process  backwards,  which  covers  a  deep  groove  (the  cervical 
groove)  on  the  postero-lateral  edge  of  the  cephalic  region.  The 
third  and  fourth  branchial  arches  lie  in  the  hollow  thus 
formed,  and  they  gradually  cease  to  be  externally  evident. 
The  entrance  to  this  cervical  groove  is  bounded  by  the  hyoid 


HI 


PT      V       VI, 


FIG.  46. — SKULL  OF  A  TAILED  AMPHIBIAN  (Menopoma).     The  skeletal  arches  are 

lettered  serially  with  those  of  Man,  in  Figs.  45  and  105. 

qu.,  quadrate  cartilage  ;  ar.,  articular  end  of  ink.,  Meckel's  cartilage  ;  I,  maudibular 
arch  ;  II,  hyoid  arch  ;  III,  IV,  V,  VI,  branchial  skeletal  arches. 

arch ;  and  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  we  have  in  the  above- 
mentioned  ridge  a  feeble  homologue  of  the  gill-cover  of  fishes 
and  metamorphosing  Amphibia.  It  at  a  later  stage  fuses  with 
the  adjacent  body  wall,  the  cervical  groove  (branchial  chamber 
of  the  Anamnia)  becoming  thus  closed. 

The  hyoid  apparatus,  which  is  intimately  connected  with  the 
cervical,  lingual,  and  mandibular  musculature,  is  in  fibrous  con- 
nection (thyro- hyoid  ligament)  with  the  upper  edge  of  the 
laryngeal  skeleton ;  and  of  this  skeleton  the  thyroid  cartilage  at 
least  (IV,  V,  Fig.  45)  arises  from  the  fourth  and  fifth  bran- 
chial arches  (cf.  Fig.  107  and  p.  151). 

1  [It  is  usually  stated  to  be  ossified  from  a  single  centre  in  Mammals,  but  the 
fact,  to  which  my  friend  Mr.  M.  F.  Woodward  has  drawn  my  attention,  that  it  may 
be  occasionally  subdivided  by  a  transverse  suture  into  two  portions  (ex.  Lepus) 
indicative  of  its  ossification  from  two  recurrent  centres,  is  of  much  interest  in  this 
connection.— G.  B.  H.] 


THE  SKELETON  67 

SKELETON  OF  THE  LIMBS 

So  far  as  their  skeleton  is  concerned,  the  fore  and  hind  limbs 
of  Men  and  other  Vertebrates,  notwithstanding  their  various 
adaptive  modifications,  are  unmistakably  built  on  the  same  plan. 
This  fact  not  only  finds  its  expression  in  the  strictly  homologous 
segmentation  of  their  free  portions,  but  is  confirmed  by  Compara- 
tive Anatomy  and  Ontogeny. 

Without  entering  at  length  into  the  old  controversy  as  to 
the  phylogeny  of  the  limbs,  I  would  briefly  define  my  own  posi- 
my. 


FIG.    47. — TRANSVERSE  SECTION  THROUGH  THE    EMBRYO  OF   A  SHARK  (Pristiurus 

mdanostomus),  9  mm.  long,  showing  the  mode  of  origin  of  the  Pectoral  Limb  Bud  (ap. ) 

ch.,  notochord  ;  co.,  ccelom  ;  ?«.,  myomeres,  seen  to  be  growing 

ventrally  ;  my. ,  spinal  cord. 

tion  with  regard  to  this  question.  I  agree  with  Balfour  and 
Dohrn  in  regarding  the  limbs  of  the  Vertebrates  as  outgrowths 
of  the  primitive  body  segments,  and  thus  believe  in  their  originally 
segmental  nature ;  and  I  see  in  this  an  argument  for  the  origin 
of  existing  Vertebrates  from  segmented  Invertebrate  ancestors. 
In  other  words,  these  limbs,  which  in  origin  are  polymerous, 
involve  phylogenetically  a  certain  number  of  body  segments  with 
their  muscles  and  nerves  ;  and  these,  in  consequence  of  functional 
adaptation,  must  necessarily  undergo  different  modifications  in 
the  different  groups  of  Vertebrates.  Although  this  subject 
cannot  be  further  discussed  here,  it  may  be  remarked,  in  passing, 
that  the  differences  between  the  anterior  and  posterior  limbs, 
resulting  from  adaptive  modification,  become  less  marked  the 
lower  we  descend  in  the  vertebrate  series  ;  indeed,  a  starting-point 


68  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

of  approximate  structural  uniformity  is  finally  reached  among 
the  Fishes.  In  the  higher  types,  and  especially  in  Birds  and 
Mammals,  the  limbs  have  greatly  diverged.  In  the  former,  the 
whole  weight  of  the  body  is  thrown  on  to  the  posterior  limbs, 
which  are  thus  purely  supporting  organs;  and  the  anterior 
limbs,  relieved  of  their  original  supporting  functions,  have 
become  transformed  into  organs  of  night. 
f.d. 


FIG.  48.— DIAGRAM  ILLUSTRATING  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  FINS  OP  A  FISH. 
A,  To  show  the  first  formed  and  originally  continuous  lateral  (/.£.)  and  dorsal  (f.d.) 

fin-folds  ;  f.v.  indicates  the  point  where  the  lateral  folds  are  continued  ventrally 

behind  the  anus  (a.). 
B    To  show  the  definitive  fins  [which  owe  their  independence  to  the  absorption  of  the 

primarily  continuous  folds  throughout  the  areas  indicated  by  the  dotted  lines],  d'.,  d"., 

dorsal  fins  ;  pc.,  pectoral ;  pi.,  ventral  or  pelvic  tins  ;  v.,  anal  ;  and  c.,  caudal  fin. 

An  almost  equally  advanced  modification  is  found  in  many 
Mammals,  e.g.  Man,  in  whom  the  anterior  limbs  have  been  trans- 
formed from  ambulatory  into  prehensile  organs,  the  "  fore-feet " 
becoming  hands. 

A  detailed  comparison  between  the  upper  and  lower  limbs  of 
Man  will  be  instituted  at  the  close  of  this  section  (infra,  p.  91). 

THE  PECTORAL  (SHOULDER)  AND  PELVIC  (Hip)  GIRDLES 
That  the  limb-girdles  were  of  later  origin  than  the  skeleton 

of  the  free  limbs  is  rendered  probable  by  the  Ontogeny  of  all 

Vertebrates. 

The  following  is  the  course  of  development  in  the  embryo  Shark : — 
A  number  of  originally  separate  skeletogenous  rays  (rd.,  Fig.  49,  A),  de- 
velop in  the  dermal  fin-folds l  ;  and,  by  fusion  at  their  proximal  ends,  even 
before  they  are  at  all  chondrified,  they  give  origin  to  a  basaljalate  (bs).  The 
anterior  ends  of  the  basal  plates  of  opposite  sides  next  approximate  (*Fig.  49, 
B),  and  finally  fuse  in  the  middle  line,  leaving  passages  for  their  related 

1  [Great  interest  attaches  to  the  recent  discovery,  that  in  the  Palaeozoic  Selachian 
Cladoselache,  these  rays  retained  their  primary  independence  in  the  adult  pelvic 
fin.  Cf.  Dean,  Jour.  Morph.,  vol.  ix.  p.  87.] 


THE  SKELETON  69 

nerves.  Of  the  cartilaginous  arch  thus  formed,  the  middle  portion  becomes 
in  the  fore-limb  the  pectoral,  and  in  the  hind  the  pelvic  girdle,  and  both  of 
these  must  therefore  be  regarded  as  products  of  the  skeletogenous  blastema 
of  the  free  limbs.  The  segmentation  into  a  central  girdle  and  lateral 
limb  supports  is  effected  by  a  process  of  resorption  (cf.  fFig.  49,  C),  the 
points  at  which  this  is  effected  becoming  the  shoulder  and  hip-joints. 


FIG.  49.— A,  B,  C,  DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATION  OF  THREE  SUCCESSIVE  STAGES 

IN  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  PELVIC  FINS  OF  A  SHARK. 

rd.,  primitive  skeletogenous  rays  ;  in  A  these  are  already  commencing  to  grow  together  to 
form  a  basal  plate  (bs.)  ;  in  B  this  fusion  has  taken  place  on  both  sides,  and  at  * 
the  proximal  ends  of  the  basal  plates  are  approximating  to  form  the  limb  girdle  ; 
in  C  the  process  is  completed,  and  at  t  the  free  limb  skeleton  is  being  constricted 
off.  The  formation  of  secondary  rays  at  the  periphery  is  delineated  to  the  left  of 
C  ;  figure  fo.,  foramen  obturatorium  ;  c/.,  cloaca!  aperture. 


It  would  appear  from  the  foregoing  that  not  only  the  girdles,  but  also 
the  basal  limb  supports  which  articulate  with  them  (the  later  femur  or 
humerus),  were  primarily  the  products  of  fusion  of  parallel .rays.  Inasmuch 
as  this  consideration,  as  will  appear  later,  is  of  profound  importance  in 
dealing  with  the  morphological  significance  of  the  limbs,  this  brief  digression 
into  Embryology  has  been  unavoidable.  Fig.  50  farther  illustrates  the  same 
subject,  showing  the  probable  manner  in  which  the  number  of  skeletal  rays 
which  unite  to  form  the  limbs  of  terrestrial  Vertebrates  is  reduced. 


70 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


r.p. 


FIG.  50. — AN  ATTEMPT  TO  DEPICT  DIAGRAMMATICALLY  THE  PROCESS  BY  WHICH,  FROM 
THE  STUDY  OF  COMPARATIVE  MORPHOLOGY,  THE  LIMBS  OF  TERRESTRIAL  VERTE- 
BRATA  WOULD  APPEAR  TO  HAVE  BEEN  PROBABLY  DERIVED,  BY  MODIFICATION, 

FROM   THE    FlXS    OF    FlSHES. 

The  shaded  parts  indicate  rays  which  atrophy ;  A,  pelvic  fin  of  a  Sturgeon ;  B, 
diagram  of  the  posterior  limb  of  a  larval  Salamander ;  C,  the  hind  limb  of 
an  adult  Urodele  Amphibian  (Ranodori) ;  p.,  pelvis;  bs.,  basale  (femur);  rd'., 
proximal  rays  (tibia,  fibula)  ;  r.p.,  peripheral  ray  segments  (tarsal  and  other 
elements  of  the  pedal  skeleton)  ;  rd". ,  rays  which  atrophy  and  ultimately 
disappear. 


THE  SKELETON  71 

Phylogenetically,  the  oldest  elements  of  the  pectoral  girdle 
are  the  scapula  and  coracoid,  and  of  the  pelvic  girdle  the 
ischium  and  pubis ;  for  though  in  certain  Fishes  the  clavicle  and 
the  ilium  are  indicated,  they  are  only  fully  developed  from 
the  Amphibia  upwards. 

Fig.  51  is  the  ventral  view  of  the  pectoral  girdle  of  a 
tailed  Amphibian.  It  shows  that  the  clavicles  (cl.}  are  directed 
forwards  (i.e.  towards  the  head),  and  that  the  coracoids  (co.) 
overlap  each  other  ventrally.  The  edges  of  the  latter,  which 
are  connected  by  fibrous  tissue,  only  loosely  overlie  the  small 
so-called  "  sternum  "  (s£).  The  connection  between  the  coracoids 


FIG.  51. — PECTORAL  GIRDLE  OF  A  TAILED  AMPHIBIAN,  FROM  THE 

VENTRAL  SIDE. 
cl.,  clavicle  ;  co.,  coracoid  ;  ar.,  shoulder-joint ;  st.,  so-called  "sternum." 

and  the  sternum  becomes  much  closer  in  Eeptiles  and  Birds,  and 
persists  in  the  lowest  Mammals.  The  withdrawal  from  this 
connection  seen  in  the  higher  Mammalia  is  proportionate  to  the 
greater  development  of  the  antero-ventral  element  of  the  pectoral 
girdle,  the  clavicle.  Through  the  mediation  of  this  bone  the 
scapula  finds  a  new  support  upon  the  sternum,  and  thus  the  limb, 
being  the  farther  removed  from  the  trunk,  attains  far  greater 
freedom  of  movement. 

The  expanded  coracoid  of  the  lower  Vertebrata  is,  in  Man, 
represented  by  an  apparent  process  of  the  upper  edge  of  the 
scapula,  called  the  processus  coracoideus  (co.,  Fig.  52).  This  serves 
as  a  point  of  origin  and  attachment  for  certain  ligaments  and 


72  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

muscles,  but  its  original  independence  and  greater  significance  is 
seen  in  the   fact  that  it  ossifies  from  two  distinct  centres,  which 
in    Man  only  completely  fuse   with   one  another  and  with   the 
bony  scapula  after  the  sixteenth  to  the  eighteenth  year.      [This 
double   ossification    of   the    coracoid    occurs    only  in    Mammals 
among    living    Vertebrates^     The    overhanging    portion    of    the 
coracoidal    region   of   the    human    blade  -bone,  which   (co.,  Fig. 
52)  from  its  suggestiveness  of  a   bird's  head  has  been  termed 
the  "  coracoid   process,"   answers  in 
every  detail  of   relationship  to  the 
epicoracoid  of  the  lowest  Mammals 
(ex.,  Fig.  28).      The  basal  portion,  or 
second     coracoidal    element    (which 
does  not  appear  in  the  human  sub^ 
ject  until  the  fourteenth  or  fifteenth 
year),  represents,  in  a  highly  reduced 
and   vestigial    condition,    the    more 
robust  element  of  the  Ornithorhyn- 
chus  coracoid  (m.c.,  Fig.  28).     It  was 
FIG.  52,-RiGHT  BLADE-BONE  OP  A  until  recently  known  as  the  "  cora- 
NEW-BORN  CHILD,  SEEN  FROM  THE  coid";  but,  as  it  and  the  epicoracoid 
INNER  OR  COSTAL  SURFACE.  ,-,  ,,,  ,  .  .  n 

co.,  coracoid  process  ;  the  dark  spot  together  *>pre«mt  the  entire  coracoid 
at  os.  represents  the  first  of  its  two  of  the  lower  Vertebrata,  the  term 
metacoracoid  is  now  applied  to  it.]  1 
The  scapula  is  in  Man  a  broad 
bone,  its  form  being  doubtless  attained  in  functional  adaptation  to 
a  very  strongly  developed  shoulder  musculature.  In  those  lower 
animals,  in  which  the  anterior  limbs  are  simple  ambulatory  organs 
performing  less  complicated  movements,  the  scapula  is  not  so  broad, 
especially  at  its  median  and  hinder  border  —  the  so-called  base.  It 
is  therefore  very  interesting  to  be  able  to  prove,  both  by  the 
Anatomy  of  the  lower  races  (Negroes  and  aborigines  of  Australia) 
and  by  .human  Ontogeny,  that  the  great  breadth  of  the  median 
part  of  the  human  scapula,  and  the  sharper  differentiation  of  its 
spine,  may  both  be  considered  as  secondarily  acquired  features, 
which  stand  in  direct  relation  to  the  gradually  increasing  func- 
tional activity  of  the  fore-limb.2 

1  [Cf.  Lyndekker  and  Howes,  Proc.  Zool.  Soe.,  Lond.  1893,  pp.  172  and  585.] 

2  [The  scapula  of  the  higher  Mammalia  differs  most  conspicuously  from  that  of 


the  lowest  Mammals  and  all  lower  Vertebrates,  in  its  expansion,  cephalad  of  its  spine, 
to  form  the  so-called  prescapular  lamina.     This  is  but  feebly  formed  in  Man.     It 

with  marked  specialisation  of  the 
purpose.     This  is  readily  seen,  for 


.  n 

attains  its  highest  development  in  association  with  marked  specialisation  of  the 
fore-limb—  not,  however,  always   for  the   same  purpose.     This  is  readil 


THE  SKELETON  73 

The  close  connection  between  the  increased  efficiency  of 
the  fore-limbs  and  the  stronger  development  of  the  clavicle 
has  already  been  pointed  out ;  and  the  great  physiological 
significance  of  the  clavicle  is  further  shown  by  the  fact,  that 
at  a  certain  stage  in  development  it  is  the  strongest  por- 
tion of  the  whole  human  skeleton  and  the  first  to  become 
ossified.1 

One  distinction  between  the  shoulder  and  the  pelvic 
girdle,  evident  even  on  superficial  comparison,  lies  in  the  more 
limited  capacity  of  movement  of  the  latter,  which  is  in  turn 
associated  with  the  more  limited  movements  of  the  hind-limbs. 
But  although  mechanical  causes,  connected  with  the  upright 
mode  of  progression,  certainly  play  a  great  part  in  determining 
the  condition  of  the  latter,  they  do  not  furnish  the  complete 
explanation,  as  a  similar  immobility  of  the  pelvis  is  found 
in  the  lowest  terrestrial  Vertebrates,  Eeptiles,  and  Amphibians. 
And  further,  as  in  both  of  these,  and  especially  in  the  tailed 
Amphibians,  no  great  distinction  is  found  between  the  mobility 
of  the  anterior  and  the  posterior  limbs,  the  first  cause  of  the 
distinction  so  marked  in  Man  must  therefore  be  sought  elsewhere. 
It  seems  to  me  to  lie,  on  the  one  hand,  in  functional  adaptation 
of  the  pelvis  to  the  requirements  of  reproduction,  and  on  the 
other,  in  the  fact  that  the  distal  part  of  the  pelvis  forms  the 
functional  posterior  end  of  the  trunk.  At  this  part  of  the  body, 
where  the  posterior  apertures  of  the  urinogenital  and  alimentary 
systems  occur,  a  firm  framework  is  needed  for  the  related  con- 
vergent viscera.  Such  a  framework  would  be  a  predisposing 
factor  in  the  development  of  the  powerful  sphincter  and  limb 
muscles,  furnishing  the  latter  with  a  more  extensive  and  firmer 
surface  of  attachment,  which  could  further  be  turned  to  account 
by  the  free  posterior  limbs. 

The  relationships  of  the  pectoral  and  pelvic  girdles  to  the 
vertebral  column  are  essentially  alike  in  principle.  In  neither 
case,  among  terrestrial  Vertebrates,  is  the  connection  attained 
directly,  but  always  through  the  intervention  of  ribs.  The 

example,  on  comparison  of  the  Sea  Lion  (Otaria)  and  Great  Ant-Eater  (Myrmcco- 
phaga),  in  the  former  of  which  the  prcscapular  lamina  far  exceeds  in  area  the  rest  of 
the  blade-bone.  The  Sea  Lion  uses  its  fore-limb  as  a  swimming  organ,  the  Ant-Eater 
for  tearing  up  Termites'  nests  and  digging.] 

1  In  the  scapula  of  the  Veddahs,  the  greater  slant  of  the  spine  towards  the 
posterior  edge,  and  the  consequent  greater  development  of  the  supiaspinous  fossa 
(prescapular  lamina)  as  compared  with  that  of  Europeans,  may  be  indicated  as 
primitive  features  (Sarasins). 


74  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

shoulder  girdle  is  loosely  attached  to  its  ribs  by  muscles,  the 
pelvic  by  firm  ligaments  and  a  definite  articulation.1 

In  the  human  embryo,  as  in  all  living  Eeptiles,  Birds,  and 
Mammals,  the  embryonic  pelvis  is  triradiate,  its  cellular  blastema 
at  first  forming  one  mass  with  that  of  the  developing  femur  :  this 
condition  I  have  traced  through  the  whole  series  of  Vertebrates.2 
After  the  pelvic  blastema  has,  at  a  later  stage,  become  differ- 
entiated from  that  of  the  femur,  which  is  the  first  to  become 
cartilaginous,  the  ilium,  ischium,  and  pubis  are  laid  down  as 
distinct  chondrifications.  The  fusion  of  the  acetabular  portion 
of  these  three  pelvic  cartilages  takes  place  in  the  following 
order :  first,  the  ischium  alone  unites  with  the  ilium,  and  later, 
the  ilium  with  the  pubis.  The  ischium  and  the  pubis  do  not 
send  out  acetabular  processes  towards  one  another,  and  for  this 
reason  a  space  is  left  at  their  point  of  apposition. 

[The  bone  to  which  in  the  adult  human  subject  the  term 
pubis  was  first  applied,  is  formed  by  the  union  of  two  distinct  ele- 
ments— a  main  one  arising  in  utero,  and  a  lesser,  arising  during 
the  thirteenth  year 3  within  the  acetabular  region,  and  completely 
excluding  its  neighbour  from  that  cavity.  The  latter  element 
is  of  regular  occurrence  among  the  lower  Mammalia,  and  being 
in  them  of  considerable  proportions  has  received  the  name 
"  cotyloid  bone  "  or  "  os  acetabuli."  In  accordance,  however,  with 
its  ultimate  fate,  it  may  be  more  appropriately  termed  the 
dorso-pubic  element,  and  its  neighbour  the  ventro-pubic.4  Thus 
considered,  comparison  of  the  pubis  with  the  coracoid  (ante, 
p.  72)  shows  that  in  Mammals,  and  in  them  alone  among  living 
Vertebrates,  each  consists  of  two  elements,  of  which  one 
(epicoracoid  and  pre  -  pubic  element)  is  excluded  from  the 
articular  facet  (glenoid  cavity  and  acetabulum).] 

In  no  other  Mammals  do  the  iliac  bones  diverge  so  greatly 

1  This  difference  appears  less  marked,  and  may  altogether  vanish,  when  we 
compare  the  [lower  vertebrata.  Among  Chelonians  the  shoulder  girdle  very  generally 
articulates  upon  the  anterior  thoracic  vertebrae ;  and  in]  Fishes  a  firm  connection 
is  established  between  the  shoulder  girdle  and  the  skull  (Osteichthyes),  or  even 
between  the  former  and  the  vertebral  column  (Rays),  [such  as  is  seen  also  in  many 
Frogs  and  Toads,  and  may,  under  rare  conditions,  occur  in  Man  himself.]  In 
certain  Salamanders  we  find,  on  the  rib  approximate  to  the  inner  border  of  the 
suprascapular,  a  plate-like  cartilaginous  expansion,  which  is  fastened  to  the  shoulder 
girdle  by  means  of  ligaments  ;  [this,  however,  has  probably  to  do  with  protection  of 
an  adjacent  pulsatile  "lymph-heart."] 

a  The  author  here  refers  in  the  original  German  to  his  "  Gliedmassen  Skelet  der 
WirbeWiicrc,"  Jena,  1892. 

3  [Cf.  Krause,  Month.  Internat.  Jour.  Anat.  and  Hist.,  vol.  ii.  p.  150.] 

4  [Cf.  Howes,  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxvii.  p.  550.] 


THE  SKELETON 


75 


as  in  the  higher  races  of  Men.  This  feature  is  not,  however, 
marked  during  foetal  life,  when  the  form  of  the  pelvis  recalls 
that  found  in  the  adults  of  the  lower  races  of  Men  and  in  the 
Apes.1  The  whole  embryonic  pelvis  is  comparatively  long  and 
narrow ;  its  angle  of  inclination  is  much  greater  than  in  the 


*//• 


FIG.  53. — PELVIS  OF  A  FEMALE  CHIMPANZEE,  TWO  YEARS  OLD. 

r.s,  sacral  ribs  ;  ac.,  acetabulum  ;  f.o.,  obturator  foramen  ;  is.,  ischium  ;  sy.,  symphysis 
pubis  ;  pb.,  pubis  ;  il.,  ilium. 

adult,  and  the  long  axis  of  the  symphysis  pubis  forms  anteriorly 
with  the  axial  line  of  the  body  a  very  acute  angle.  We  herein 
meet  with  a  form  of  sacrum  resembling  that  of  lower  Mammals, 
and  a  promontory  which  only  slightly  projects  (cf.  Fig.  53). 
As  a  consequence,  the  entrance  to  the  pelvis  is  also  like  that  of 
the  lower  Mammals,  and  differs  greatly  from  that  of  the  later 
adult  form. 

1  The  pelvis  of  the  Veddah,  according  to  the  Sarasins,  differs  from  that  of  the 
European  in  its  relative  length  and  narrowness. 


76  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

The  close  connection  between  the  great  expansion  of  the 
iliac  bones  and  the  upright  gait  of  Man  has  already  been  pointed 
out  (ante,  p.  38). 

The  sexual  dimorphism  of  the  pelvis  is  more  marked  in  Man- 
kind than  in  any  other  Vertebrate ;  indeed,  it  may  be  considered 
as  a  characteristic  of  the  human  species,  the  rationale  of  which 
has  still  to  be  discussed. 

If  we  consider  the  marked  lateral  projection  of  the  iliac  bones 
which  is  met  with  in  both  sexes,  and  has  already  been  described 
and  accounted  for,  it  seems  natural  enough  to  regard  their  in- 
creased expansion  in  the  female  as  an  adaptation  to  sexual  re- 
quirements. This  increase  of  breadth  is  the  more  necessary, 
since  the  human  embryo  attains  a  higher  development  before 
birth  than  do  the  embryos  of  most  Mammals,  the  skull  and  brain 
being  incomparably  larger  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  mother. 
So  highly  differentiated  an  embryo,  again,  must  influence  the  pelvic 
aperture,  and,  indeed,  the  whole  form  of  the  lower  parts,  includ- 
ing the  promontory,  since  the  pressure  of  the  pregnant  uterus  is 
not  exerted  ventrally  as  in  Quadrupeds,  but,  on  account  of  the 
upright  gait,  sagittally.  The  iliac  wings  thus  play  the  chief  part 
in  carrying  this  weight,  and  naturally  undergo  a  corresponding 
lateral  plate-like  expansion.  Further  investigation  concerning  the 
pelvis  in  relation  to  "  labour  "  in  the  different  races  of  Mankind 
would  be  of  great  interest.  All  that  can  now  be  stated  with 
certainty  is,  that  sexual  differentiation  of  the  pelvis,  at  least  so 
far  as  the  expansion  of  the  iliac  bones  is  concerned,  is  much 
less  marked  in  the  lower  than  in  the  higher  races. 

THE  SKELETON  OF  THE  FREE  LIMBS 

As  already  indicated,  the  fore-  and  hind-limbs  of  Man  con- 
form to  a  single  type  ;  and  any  doubt  which  might  exist  as  to  the 
differences  between  the  two  having  been  secondarily  acquired  by 
functional  adaptation,  is  dispelled  by  Comparative  Anatomy  and 
Ontogeny.  As  already  pointed  out  (pp.  68,  69),  a  review  of  the 
various  groups  of  Vertebrata  shows  that  the  farther  we  go  back 
in  the  series  the  less  marked  are  the  differences  between  the  fore- 
and  hind-limbs  ;  until  at  length,  in  the  Fishes,  we  have  an  undif- 
ferentiated  starting-point  for  the  two.  At  the  top  of  the  scale 
we  have  the  Birds  with  their  fore-limbs  metamorphosed  into  wings 
(under  conditions  by  which  the  pelvis  and  vertebral  column 
become  correlatively  modified  with  the  hind-limbs,  to  support  the 


THE  SKELETON 


77 


weight  of  the  body) ;  and  Man,  with  what  was  originally  a  fore- 
foot turned  into  a  hand. 

Before  trying  to  answer  the  question  as  to  the  mode  of 
origin  and  progress  of  these  important  differentiations,  let  us 
consider  the  structural  variations  to  which  the  free  limbs  are 
susceptible. 

The  free  limbs  undergo  greater  and  more  numerous  modifications  than 
their  related  girdles  ;  and  the  probability  that  thjs  may  be  perhaps  connected 
with  their  exposed  position  and  intimate  contact  with  the  environment,  may 
be  worth  consideration. 


THE  SKELETON  OF  THE  FORE- LIMB 

The  fore-limb  of  the  Anthropoids  is  relatively  longer  than 
that  of  Man,  and  it  is  therefore  specially  interesting  to  note  that 
in  some  of  the  lower  races  of  Men  the  arms  are  relatively  much 
longer  than  in  Europeans.  In  the  Veddahs  this  difference  is 
even  externally  obvious,  and  when  the  skeleton  is  examined,  is 
seen  to  be,  as  in  the  Anthropoids,  chiefly  due  to  the  great 
length  of  the  forearm  (radius  and  ulna).  If 
the  length  of  the  humerus  be  taken  at  100, 
that  of  the  radius  is  73  in  the  male  European, 
nearly  80  in  the  male  Veddah,  and  90  to  94 
in  the  Chimpanzee  (Sarasins).  This  great 
development  of  the  forearm  is  distinctly  a 
mark  of  low  organisation,  and  it  is  a  signifi- 
cant fact  that  it  obtains  in  the  European  foetus 
and  child,  only  giving  place  to  the  definitive 
proportion  with  advancing  age.  (Similar 
variation  with  age  is  found  in  the  fore-leg,  cf. 
infra.} 

The  occasional  perforation  of  the  olecranon 
fossa  of  the  humerus,  to  form  what  is  known 
as  the  ent-epicondylar  (supra-trochlear)  foramen 
(Fig.  55),  is  undoubtedly  to  be  regarded  as 
atavistic.  It  is  often  found  in  the  lower_races 

of  mankind,  e.g.  natives  of  South  Africa,  and  FIG.  54.— RIGHT  HUM- 
,         ,  ,  -,   .      ,,       iT    -.j   ,  ERUS  OF    A   NEC;RO, 

has  been  observed  in  the  Veddahs  in  as  many      SHOWING    PERFORA- 

as  58  per  cent,  in  skeletons  belonging  to  the      TION  OF  THE  °LE- 

.,  .  ,  °      .„  CRANOX  FOSSA.    (All- 

stone-age,   in    the    Anthropoids    (Gorilla    and      terior  aspect.) 
Orang),  and  in  the  lower  Apes. 

On  the  ulnar  side  of  the  lower  end  of  the  humerus,  a  few 


78  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

centimetres  above  the  internal  condyle,  a  bony  process  (processus 
supra-condyloideus)  (pr.,  Fig.  55,  D)  sometimes  projects  in  a  hook- 
like  manner,  a  fibrous  band  passing  from  it  to  the  ent-epicondylar 
region.  The  Median  Nerve  runs  through  the  foramen  thus 
enclosed.  This  foramen  is  very  common  among  the  lower  animals, 


FIG.  55. — DISTAL  EXTREMITY  OP  THE  HUMERUS  TO  SHOW  EPICONDYLAR  FORAMINA. 
A,  in  Hatteria;  B,  in  a  Lizard  (Lacerta  ocellata)  ;  C,  in  the  domestic  Cat ;  D,  in  Man  ; 
c.e.,  external  condyle  ;  c.i.,  internal  condyle.  In  A  the  two  foramina  are  developed 
(at  i,  the  ent-epicondylar  ;  at  ii,  the  ect-epicondylar).  The  only  canal  (t)  present 
in  the  Lizard  (B)  is  on  the  external  volar  side,  in  the  cartilaginous  distal  extremity. 
In  Man  (D)  an  ent-epirondylar  process  (pr.)  is  developed  and  continued  as  a  fibrous 
band. 

and  is  of  very  great  antiquity.  It  is  found  not  only  in  very  many 
quadrupedal  Mammals,  but  in  Eeptiles  (Fig.  55,  A  and  B),  in 
fossil  forms  which  skeletally  combine  Amphibian  with  Eeptilian 
characters  (Palceohatteria,  Homwosaurus),  and  in  fossil  Amphibians 
(Stegocephala)  of  the  Permian  period  (Stereorhachis  and  Bofh- 


1  [Struthers  has  recorded  an  interesting  case  of  hereditary  development  of  this 
supra-condyloid  process  (Lancet,  15th  February  1873),  and  has  specially  advocated 
the  view  that  the  completion  of  the  process  in  Man  has  a  reversionary  significance, 
and  not  that  of  mere  overgrowth  for  protection,  frequently  occurrent  in  all  parts 


THE  SKELETON  79 

In  the  great  majority  of  Eeptiles  a  similar  aperture  (ect- 
epicondylar  foramen)  is  found  on  the  outer  side  of  the  humerus, 
(Fig.  55,  A  ii),  and  in  some  both  foramina  are  present.  These 
are  in  both  cases  nerve  canals,  which  fact  suggests  that  they  may 
not  have  arisen  either  among  Amphibians  or  Eeptiles,  but  rather 
among  animal  forms  phylogenetically  still  older. 

[In  consideration  of  the  facts  already  recapitulated  (pp.  68-70)  con- 
cerning the  comparative  anatomy  and  development  of  the  vertebrate  limb- 
skeleton,  the  probability  that  these  condylar  foramina  may  be  indicative  of 
a]  polymeric  origin  of  the  basal  segments  of  the  limb-skeleton  must  not  be 
overlooked,  for,  in  the  Ontogeny  of  the  Sharks  and  Sturgeons,  these  latter  can 
be  traced  to  an  origin  by  concrescence  from  parallel  cartilaginous  rays.  If  this 
be  the  meaning  of  the  foramina,  the  fact  that  among  living  Reptiles  they  are 
most  marked  in  the  most  primitive  genus  (Hatteria)  is  the  more  interesting. 

I  have  elsewhere  l  raised  the  question  whether  the  foramina  nutritia, 
occurring  in  the  long  bones  of  the  limbs,  may  not  have  had  a  similar  origin. 
A  wide  field  is  here  open  for  research,  in  which  palaeontology  should  play  an 
important  part. 

Special  interest  attaches  to  the  skeleton  of  the  human  hand, 
and  there  is  still  abundant  room  for 
further  investigation  concerning  it. 

Taking   first    the    carpus,  the   re-          \\  o        j3 

semblance    of    that    of    Man    to    the   \       V        U      JS         / 
carpus  and  tarsus  of  the   tailed  Am-     \       A      jj    S      fif 
phibians    is     most    striking.      In    its        V^    CV  ^    I?    /> 
proximal  row  there  are  the  three  wTell-  A    y^  U  CJ  // 

known  bones,  the  radiale  (scaphoid  =  ^<^\^^ 

tibiale   in   the  pes),  the  intermedium  /-^  Q 

(lunar),  and  the  ulnare   (cuneiform  =  V^T 

fibulare  in  the  pes),  cf.  Figs.  56,  57, 
59,  60.  In  the  distal  row,  counting 
from  the  inner  or  radial  face,  lie  the 

first  carpale  (trapezium  =  1st  tarsal  or 

.„          .     ,,            N     ,,      0     ,  FIG.  56.— SKELETON  OF  THE  HIND- 

ento-cuneiform  in  the  pes);  the  2nd  car-  LlMB  OF  A  TAILED  AMPHIBIAN 

pale  (trapezoid  =  2nd  tarsale  or  meso-  (Spderpesfuscus) 

>„       ^   .  <//.,  tibia  ;/&.,  fibula;  (.,  tibiale; 

cuneiform  in  the  pes)  ;  the  3rd  carpale  /,  intermedium  ;  f,  fibulare ; 
(magnum  =  3rd  tarsale  or  ecto-cunei-  c,_ceutraie  ;  1-5,  tarsalia;  itov, 
form  in  the  pes) ;  and  the  4th  carpale 

of  the  skeleton  (cf.  Rep.  Internal.  Medic.  Congress,  Loud.  1881).  A  remarkable 
outcome  of  the  latter  tendency  has  been  recently  described  by  Griinbaum,  in  the 
discovery  of  a  ligament  which,  bridging  over  the  posterior  condylar  foramen,  forms  a 
tunnel  for  a  branch  of  the  occipital  artery,  and,  by  ossification,  may  form  "a  ring  of 
bone  projecting  downwards  from  the  lower  surface  of  the  occiput "  (Jour.  Anat.  and 
Phys.,  vol.  xxv.  p.  428,  and  Macalister,  ibid.  p.  Hi.).] 
1  Das  Gliedmassen  Skelet  (see  ante,  p.  74,  footnote). 


80 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


(  =  cuboid  in  the  pes).  The  last-named  bone  (4  and  5,  Fig.  57) 
gives  articulation  to  two  metacarpals,  viz.  the  4th  and  5th,  and 
its  originally  double  nature  is  thus  indicated.  This  is  shown 
(apart  from  comparison  with  the  carpal  skeleton  of  the  lower 
Vertebrata)  by  the  occasional  division  of  this  bone  into  two,  not 
only  in  Man,  but  in  the  most  varied  Mammals  (Marsupials, 
Eodents,  Cetacea). 

All  who  are  in  any  degree  acquainted  with  Comparative 
Osteology,  know  what  a  great  part  is  played  by  the  os^centrale  as 
a  component  of  the  carpus  and  tarsus.  To  Gegenbaur  belongs 
the  honour  of  having  first  recognised  and  appreciated  this. 
All  investigations  made  after  the  year  1864  had  to  start  from 


4+0 


FIG.  57. — DIAGRAM  OF  THE  HUMAN  CARPUS.     A,  EMBRYO  ;  B,  ADULT. 
rd.,  radius ;  ul.,  ulna  ;  u,  ulnare  (cuneiform) ;  i,  intermedium  (lunar);  r,  radiale  (scaphoid); 
p,  pisiforme  ;  1,  2,  3,  carpalia  (trapezium,  trapezoid,  and  magmim)  ;  4 +  5  =  united 
4th  and  5th  carpalia  (represented  in  the  adult  by  a  single  bone,  the  uueiform)  ;  c, 
centrale,  which  fuses  later  with  the  radiale  (scaphoid)  ;  i  to  v,  digits. 

the  broad  basis  laid  down  in  his  extensive  researches  into  the 
limb-skeleton  of  representatives  of  the  chief  types  of  terrestrial 
Vertebrata.  In  only  one  of  these  was  Gegenbaur  unable  to  reach 
a  perfectly  satisfactory  conclusion,  and  that  was  in  Man  himself. 
It  was  reserved  for  Eosenberg,  ten  years  later,  to  establish  the 
fact,  that  the  centrale  in  an  early  stage  of  development  (i.e.  at  the 
beginning  of  the  second  month  of  intra-uterine  life)  is  a  distinct 
carpal  element.  By  this  discovery  the  chain  was  completed, 
Man  forming  the  last  link. 

Eosenberg's  discoveries  were  soon  confirmed  and  extended  by 
other  anatomists,  among  whom  may  be  mentioned  Leboucq  and 
von  Bardeleben.  The  former  proved  that  the  centrale  did  not 
vanish,  as  Eosenberg  believed,  i.e.  it  was  not  resorbed,  but  incor- 
porated into  the  radiale  (scaphoid)  in  the  second  half  of  the  third 


THE  SKELETON  81 

month  of  fcetal  life,  giving  rise  to  a  prominence  which  can  be 
recognised  in  the  adult.  This  prominence  is  present  also  in  the 
Chimpanzee,  the  Gorilla,  and  Hylobcdes ;  and  as  the  centrale  is 
most  probably  distinct  in  the  embryo  of  these,  it  may  well  be 
that  in  them,  as  in  Man,  its  independent  existence  has  not  long 
been  suppressed.  Further  confirmation  of  this  is  afforded  by  the 
fact  that  it  is  still  an  independent  bone  in  0'4  per  cent  of  even 
adult  human  beings,  and  that,  normally,  it  retains  its  independence 
in  the  Orang  and  in  most  Monkeys. 

In  many  Mammals  (especially  Marsupials,  Rodents,  and  Insectivores) 
cartilaginous  or  bony  skeletal  elements  occur  on  the  outer  and  inner  borders 
of  both  fore-  and  hind-limbs,  which  not  only  bear  a  superficial  resemblance 
to  the  digital  skeleton,  but  may  in  some  cases  be  clad,  like  the  true  digits,  in 
either  a  claw  or  a  callous  horny  integument.  Similar  structures  occur  in 
many  of  the  lower  Vertebrates  (Reptiles  and  Amphibians).  These  organs 
were  formerly  considered  by  both  von  Bardeleben  and  myself  to  be  vestiges 
of  now  vanished  digits,  and  were  named  by  us  "  praepollex,"  "  prrehallux," 
and  "  postminimus." 

I  have,  however,  entirely  changed  my  opinion  as  to  the  supposed  atavistic 
nature  of  these  structures,  and  now  agree  with  others  that  these  "super- 
numerary rays,"  whether  they  occur  in  the  lower  or  the  higher  Vertebra ta, 
are  to  be  regarded  rather  as  progressive  structures  of  convergent  and  second- 
arily adaptive  significance.  Baur  has  contended,  before  all  others,  that  the 
facts  of  palaeontology  favour  the  view  that  the  terrestrial  Vertebrata  never 
possessed  more  than  five  rays  in  the  skeleton  of  either  fore-  or  hind-limb ; 1 
and  my  own  recent  investigations  into  the  development  of  the  limb-skeleton 
entirely  confirm  this  conclusion. 

From  this  point  of  view,  the  condition  of  "  hyperdactyly,"  which  not       ~*j 
infrequently  appears  in  Man  and  is  often  inherited  for  many  generations, 
loses  its  supposed  atavistic  significance. 

THE  SKELETON  OF  THE  HIND-LIMB 

The  human  femur  usually  bears  at  its  head  two  processes  for 
muscular  attachment,  known  as  the  trochanters,  inasmuch  as 
they  give  insertion  to  the  rotator  muscles  of  the  limb.  Special 
interest  centres  in  the  not  infrequent  presence  of  a,  third  trochanter 
(&'".,  Fig.  58),  a  development  of  the  roughened  area  (tuberositas 
glutealis)  which  occurs  on  the  external  border  of  the  bone 

1  [It  is  an  interesting  corollary  to  this,  that  the  only  fossilised  limb  in  which  any- 
thing comparable  to  a  sixth  digit  has  been  found,  is  a  fore-limb  which,  if  not  actually 
Mammalian,  is  that  of  a  Reptile  with  Mammalian  characters  (Tlicriodesmus,  from  the 
Mesozoic  beds  of  South  Africa,  cf.  von  Bardeleben,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  Lond.,  1889,  p. 
259  ;  and  Seeley,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.,  Lond.,  vol.  Iv.  p.  227).  Nor  must  it  be  forgotten 
that  the  "  prahallux  "  in  its  most  highly  differentiated  and  digit-like  form  (Frogs 
and  Toads)  is  cartilaginous,  i.e.  so  constituted  that  it  would  not  be  preserved  in  the 
fossil  state.] 

G 


S-2 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


in  question.  This  third,  or  gluteal  trochanter,  may  be  ac- 
companied by  a  more  or  less  extended  ridge  (cr.,  Fig.  58)  or  by  a 
pitlike  depression.  It  is  found  in  about  30  per  cent  of  European 
skeletons ; 1  in  Negroes  its  occurrence  is  less  frequent,  and  in  the 
Anthropoids  it  is  still  rarer. 

In  the  Lemuroidea,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  third  trochanter  is  almost 
always  developed.  Dollo  attributes 
its  gradual  disappearance  in  Man  to  / 
certain  modifications  which,  in  the 
course  of  time,  have  taken  place  in 
the  glutens  maximus  muscle.  In  the 
Lemuroids  this  muscle  passes  direct 
to  the  femur,  and  the  development  of 
a  third  trochanter  is  unquestionably 
an  outcome  of  this  association;  but 
in  Man,  the  gluteus  maximus  is 
partially  inserted  into  the  fascia  lata 
investing  the  superficial  parts  of  the 
limb ;  and  this  shifting  of  its  attach- 
ment would  appear  to  have  led  to  an 

FIG.  58.— PROXIMAL  HALF  OF  A  accompanying     degeneration     of     the 
LEFT  HUMAN  FEMUR  POSSESSED     ,  .    ,  . 

OF  THREE  TROCHANTERS,   Pos-   third  trochanter. 
TERIOR  ASPECT.  In     the    Anthropoid    Apes     the 


ur, 


into   the  fascia   lata   has  gone   much , 
farther   than   in    Man,   i.e.    this  muscle  has   in   them    deviated  I 
farther  from  its  original  condition  [in  which  we  find  it  in  many  ) 
quadrupedal  types],  and  the  occurrence  of  the  third  trochanter 
is  therefore  much  less  frequent. 

The  lower  part  of  the  leg  (fore-leg)  has,  like  the  lower  part 
of  the  arm  (forearm),  but  to  a  far  higher  degree,  undergone 
great  modifications  in  length  in  the  races  of  mankind.  The 
variations  of  the  human  tibia,  indeed,  are  greater  than  those  of 
any  other  bone  in  the  skeleton.  Apart  altogether  from  variation 
in  length,  the  term  platyknemia  is  applied  to  a  peculiar  condition 
associated  with  great  compression  of  the  tibia.  This  is  found 
in  the  lower  races,  accompanied  by  a  strong  development  of  the 
tibialis  posticus  muscle,  and  in  skeletons  belonging  to  prehistoric 
times. 


1  [Treves  has  recently  called  attention  to  a  case  in  which  it  could  be  readily 
detected  in  the  livin  gperson  (Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxi.  p.  325).] 


THE  SKELETON  83 

In  the  lower  Mammals  both  tibia  and  fibula  articulate  with 
the  femur,  and  contribute  to  the  formation  of  the  knee-joint. 
In  Man,  under  advancing  phylogenetic  development,  the  weight 
of  the  body  has  come  to  rest  on  the  tibia  alone,  and  the  proximal 
end  of  the  fibula  has  become  disconnected  from  the  femur,1 
and  has  shortened  and  shifted  downwards  along  the  postero- 
external  surface  of  the  tibia. 

The  human  fibula-  is  now  an  appendage  of  the  tibia,  and  the 
fact  that  its  degeneration  has  not  gone  farther2  is  accounted 
for  partly  by  its  important  connection  with  the  heads  of  certain 
muscles  of  the  leg  (especially  the  peronei),  and  by  the  part  which    • 
it  plays  in  the  formation  of  the  ankle  (external  malleolus). 

The  external  condyle  of  the  tibia  varies  very  much  in  different 
races.  In  the  lower  races  it  is  much  more  convex  than  in  the 
higher,  and  this  is  probably  also  the  case  in  the  oldest  prehistoric 
men.  This  convexity  is  evidently  connected  with  the  frequent 
strong  flexure  of  the  knee-joint,  such  as  occurs  in  squatting. 

On  the  inner  border  of  the  distal  extremity  of  the   tibia 
|  (malleolus  internus)  there  is,  in  the  lower  races,  a  special  facet 
'  which  articulates  with  the  neck  of  the  astragalus  ;  and  the  presence 
I  of  this  may  be  also  connected  with  the  strong  "  dorsal  flexion  " 
consequent  on  the  squatting  posture.    The  astragalo-tibial  articula- 
tion thus  formed  rarely  occurs  in  the  higher  races ;  but  parallel 
modifications  of  both  the  upper  and  lower  ends  of  the  tibia  occur 
in    the    Anthropoids     and    among    the    lower    Apes    (Arthur 
Thomson). 

Until  approximately  the  seventh  month  of  fcetal  life,  the 
tibial  malleolus  is  larger  than  the  fibular,  projecting  downwards 
farther  than  the  latter.  In  the  seventh  month  the  two  appear 
about  equal,  and  then  the  fibular  malleolus  begins  to  take  the  lead. 
These  phases  of  development  are  accompanied  by  corresponding 
modifications  of  the  astragalus  (Gegenbaur). 

That  the  earlier  condition  of  these  bones  is  the  inherited  one 
seems  probable  from  comparison  of  those  of  the  Lemuroidea,  Apes, 
and  lower  human  races.  Fig.  59  illustrates  the  manner  in 
which  the  external  or  fibular  malleolus  (c/.)  gradually,  in  adaptation 

1  [The  human  fibula  has  been  stated  by  Leboucq,  Bernays,  and  others,  to  be 
during  early  development  in  contact  with  the  femur,  from  which  it  would  appear  that 
the  loss  of  connection  between  the  two  takes  place  ontogenetically.     Griinbaum, 
examining  the  parts  with  extreme  care,  has  lately  shown  (Jour.  Anal,  and  Phys., 
vol.  xxvi.  p.  xx.)  that  this  is  not  the  case  from  the  period  of  primary  differentia- 
tion of  the  parts  in  cartilage  onwards.] 

2  In  many  lower  Mammals  it  has  still  further  degenerated. 


84  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

to  the  upright  gait,  becomes  longer  than  the  internal  or  tibial 
(c.*.) ;  and  also  how  the  astragalus  (as.}  and  calcaneum  (cZ.)  which 
originally  slope  laterally  outwards,  shift  inwards,  i.e.  towards  the 
pre-axial  side,  so  that  they  come  more  into  a  line  with  the  long 
axis  of  the  tibia. 

The  above-described  modifications  find  a  parallel  in  certain 
most  important  changes  which  the  foot  itself  is  even  now  under- 
going. To  understand  these  rightly  we  must  enter  somewhat  into 
detail,  in  order  to  gain  an  insight  into  the  primitive  history  of 
the  human  foot. 

Thanks  to  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Development,  we  have 


FIG.  59. — THE  UPPER  ANKLE-JOINT,  POSTERIOR  ASPECT. 

A,  adult  Chimpanzee  ;  B,  Australian  native  ;  C,  Caucasian,  to  show  the  increasing  length 
of  the  malleolus  fibularis  (c.f. ),  and  the  difference  in  the  position  of  the  astragalus 
(as.)  and  calcaneum  (cl. )  in  relation  to  the  long  axis  of  the  tibia,  in  passing  from 
the  lower  to  the  higher  type. 

obtained  a  sufficiently  correct  estimate  of  the  skeleton  of  the 
limbs  in  general,  to  grasp  the  essential  points  in  the  plan  of 
structure  common  to  the  hand  and  foot.  The  fact  that  there  are 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  obtaining  a  perfectly  clear  insight  into 
this  matter  need  not  surprise  us,  when  we  take  into  account  the 
long  series  of  adaptations  which  have  resulted  in  the  human 
limbs  ;  indeed,  we  can  no  longer  expect  to  find  the  primitive  condi- 
tion retained  in  either  the  fore-  or  the  hind-limb.  If  the  fore-limb 
has  been  transformed  from  an  ambulatory  to  a  prehensile  organ, 
the  hind-limb  has  already  reached  a  third  stage  in  progressive 
modification — as,  having  first  served  for  support  and  locomotion, 
it  next  became  transformed  into  a  grasping  organ  (as  is  proved 
by  the  musculature  of  the  sole  of  the  foot,  and  by  the  Ape-like 
apposable  condition  of  the  great  toe  during  foetal  life),  and 


THE  SKELETON 


85 


finally,  on  the  assumption   of  the  upright  gait,  it  has  changed 
back  into  an  ambulatory  appendage. 

This  ultimate  modification  has  been  accompanied  by  the  greater 
development  of  the  tarsus,  and 
by  the  concomitant  degeneration 
and  decreasing  mobility  of  the 
phalanges  ;  and,  correlatively,  the 
foot  has  acquired  a  disposition  at 
a  wider  angle  to  the  fore-leg,  and 
has  become  arched  in  adaptation 
to  its  supporting  function. 

These  repeated  changes  of 
function  may  well  have  resulted 
in  great  structural  changes, 
which  we  may  now  consider  in 
some  detail. 

First,  comparing  the  skeleton 
of  the  human  foot  with  that  of 
the  Anthropoid  Apes,  we  find  the 
former  distinguished  by  the  fol- 
lowing three  points  (cf.  Figs.  60 
and  62):— 

(1)  Stronger  development  of 
the  great  toe.1 

(2)  Greater    development    of 
the  tarsal  elements. 

(3)  Displacement  of  the  great 

toe  into  a  position  of  parallelism  Fl°-  ^.-SKELETON  OF  THE  LEFT  PES 

x  OF  A  CHIMPANZEE,  DORSAL  ASPECT. 

With  the  Other  toes.  ec>>  ecto-cuneiform  ;  en.,  ento-cuneiform  ; 

If  the  foot  of  a  second 
month's  human  foetus  be  ex- 
amined, with  special  regard  to 
the  last  point,  it  will  be  seen  (Fig.  63,  B)  that  the  position  of 
the  great  toe  almost  entirely  agrees  with  that  of  the  thumb 
(63,  A).  When  the  limbs  are  laid  against  the  trunk,  both  point 
towards  the  head  in  the  position  of  abduction. 

Whereas  this  is  the  normal  lifelong  position  of  the  great  toe 
of  the  Apes,  and  of  the  human  thumb  (cf.  Figs.  60  and  61)  in 
the  human  foot  it  is  merely  transitional,  and  is  abandoned 

1  We  have  herein  a  noteworthy  contrast  to  most  of  those  lower  Mammals  in 
which  the  great  toe  is  reduced,  or  has  altogether  disappeared.  A  claw  may  in  the 
former  case  be  found  at  its  distal  end  (e.g.  in  the  Dog),  but  even  that  may  disappear. 


ms.,  meso-cuneiform  ;  cb.,  cuboid  ;  m\, 
navicular ;  as.,  astragalus ;  cl.t  cal- 
caneum  ;  I-V,  digits. 


86  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

as  early  as  the  eighth  week  of  foetal  life.  The  definitive 
position  (Fig  62)  is,  however,  very  gradually  reached;  for  it  is 
a  well-known  fact  that  the  mobility  of  the  great  toe  is  far  more 
marked  in  children  at  birth  and  in  the  earliest  years  of  life  than 
in  adult  Europeans.1  In  certain  races  (e.g.  the 


FIG.  61. — SKELETON  OF  THE  LEFT  HAND,  DORSAL  ASPECT. 

c/.,  cuneiform  ;  lu.,  lunar  ;  mg.,  magnum  ;  pc.,  pisiform  ;  sc.,  scaphoid ;  tp., 

trapezium  ;  tpz. ,  trapezoid  ;  un. ,  uneiform.     I- V,  digits. 

a  considerable  mobility  is  often  retained  throughout  life ;  and 
the  uses  to  which  the  great  toe  can  be  put  fill  a  European  with 
astonishment. 

Balz,  in  his  work  on  The  Bodily  Characteristics  of  the 
Japanese,  says :  "  The  use  made  by  the  Japanese  of  the  great 
toe  as  a  kind  of  thumb  is  very  remarkable ;  it  can  be  independ-- 

1  The  foot  of  a  child  which  has  not  yet  learnt  to  stand  or  walk  is  a  particularly 
interesting  study.  Not  only  are  the  toes  capable  of  performing  complex  movements 
(the  great  toe  being  even  utilisable  for  grasping  purposes),  but  the  sole  or  plantar 
surface  of  the  foot,  in  its  form  and  in  certain  of  its  furrows,  resembles  the  palm  of 
the  hand  far  more  than  later,  when  socks  and  shoes  have  exercised  an  influence 
upon  it. 


THE  SKELETON 


87 


ently  moved,  and  so  strongly  pressed  against  the  second  toe  that 
even  small  objects  can  be  firmly  held  between  them.  A  woman, 
when  sewing,  may  hold  the  stuff  with  her  toes,  stretching  it  as 
she  pleases;  and  it  is  asserted  that  Japanese  women  can  pinch 
effectively  with  their  toes.  In  general,  the  foot  of  the  Japanese 
has  retained  much  of  its  natural  mobility.  These  people  seem 


FIG.  62. — SKELETON  OK  LEFT  FOOT,  DORSAL  ASPECT,  FOR  COMPARISON 

WITH  FIGS.  60  AND  61. 

as.  (tb.  +  in.),  astragalus  (regarded  as  a  product  of  fusion  of  the  tibiale  and  intermedium  of 
the  lower  vertebrata) ;  cb.,  cuboid  ;  cl.  (fb.),  calcaneum  (tibulare)  ;  ec.,  ecto-cuneiform  ; 
en.,  endo-cuneiform  ;  ms.,  meso-cuneiform  ;  nv.  (C),  navicular  (centrale) ;  I-V,  digits  ; 
1-5,  tarsalia. 

to  be  able  to  hold  on  to  the  ground  with  the  sole  of  the  foot ; 
and  therefore  when  they  need  to  stand  firmly,  as  in  fighting  and 
wrestling,  they  are  always  barefooted.  The  first  time  one  sees 
a  Japanese  man  walking  about  with  ease  on  a  steep  house-top  as 
if  on  level  ground,  it  makes  one  feel  quite  uncomfortable,  but 


88  THE  STKUCTUEE  OF  MAN 

no  fear  of  his  falling  need  be  entertained,  for  his  foot  accurately 
adapts  itself  to  the  surface  of  the  roof !  " 

[Although  the  great  toe  of  the  adult  human  subject  may  be 
thus  thumb-like  in  function,  an  important  difference  between 
the  hallux  and  pollex  exists,  in  the  inconstancy  in  relation 
to  the  former  of  an  opponens  muscle,  such  as  is  present  in  the 
manus,  and  more  generally  in  both  manus  and  pes  of  the 
anthropoid  Apes.  The  act  of  grasping  by  the  human  hallux 
differs  from  that  by  the  pollex  in  being  one  of  mere  adduction 
and  closer  apposition  of  the  first  and  second  digits.] 

The  cousins  Sarasin  have  pointed  out,  that  in  the  Veddah's 
foot  the  great  toe  stands  apart  from  the  other  toes,  and  that  the 
last  four  metatarsals  are  turned  towards  the  first  one  more  than 
in  a  European  foot.  The  whole  foot  is  also  flatter,  as  can  be 
observed  in  the  living  state.  [In  dealing  with  this  comparison 
allowance  must  be  probably  made  for  the  use  of  the  boot.]  A  more 
important  distinction,  from  the  comparative  anatomical  point  of 
view,  is  that  the  tarsus  is  markedly  shorter  and  narrower  than  that 
of  the  European.  If  100  be  taken  as  the  length  of  the  second 
metatarsal  in  a  European,  then  163  would  represent  the  length 
of  the  tarsus;  in  the  Veddah  it  is  152,  in  the  Gorilla  145,  and 
in  the  Chimpanzee  113,  so  that  the  tarsus  is  found  to  decrease 
in  length  as  we  descend  in  the  series.  A  similar  diminution  in 
breadth  is  also  recognisable. 

According  to  Pfitzner,  whose  accurate  observations  on  the 
variations  in  the  human  pedal  skeleton  are  of  special  interest,  the 
variations  in  the  proportions  of  the  foot,  e.g.  in  the  length  of  the 
metatarsals  and  phalanges,  are  far  greater  than  those  of  the 
hand.  This  applies  especially  to  the  great  toe  and  its 
metatarsal ;  and  correlatively,  the  ento-cuneiform  is  much  more 
liable  to  variation  than  are  the  meso-  and  ecto-cuneiform.  The 
so-called  Lisfranc's  line  is  also  liable  to  variation  in  its  course, 
and  this  especially  applies  to  the  third  tarso-metatarsal  articula- 
tion. The  latter  does  not  as  a  rule  continue  the  line  of  the 
fourth  tarso-metatarsal  articulation,  but  makes  an  angle  with  it, 
consequent  upon  the  mode  of  articulation  between  the  ecto- 
cuneiform  and  the  fourth  metatarsal,  which  is  prolonged  back- 
wards. Here,  as  well  as  in  the  hallux,  we  have  to  deal  with 
recent  variation  (Pfitzner).  The  great  toe  is  in  men  not  only 
absolutely  but  relatively  longer  than  in  women,  and  this  is 
true  of  the  thumb  also, — a  slight  confirmation  of  the  well-known 
saying  that  women  represent  the  conservative  and  men  the 


THE  SKELETON 


89 


progressive  element  in  human  development  —  in  other  words, 
the  greater  development  of  the  thumb  and  the  great  toe  of  the 
male  must  be  considered  as  a  recent  acquirement.  Accom- 
panying this  difference  in  the  first  toe,  we  note  also  the 
slighter  reduction  of  the  length  of  the  other  toes,  and  especially 
of  the  middle  phalanges,  in  Man,  as  compared  with  woman.  Man 
has,  as  a  rule,  the  original  elongated  type  of  toe  A 

—  woman  the  shortened  and  compressed  type. 
Further  interesting  results  might  be 
obtained  by  a  careful  comparison  of  the  tarso- 
metatarsal  joint  of  the  first  toe  in  the  various 
human  races  and  in  the  Apes. 

While,  thus,  progressive  development  takes 
place  on  the  inner  or  tibial  side  of  the  foot 
as  the  result  of  functional  adaptation,  the 
following  retrogressive  processes  take  place 
on  the  outer  or  fibular  side  :  —  • 

The  little  toe  is  not  infrequently  two- 
jointed,  the  middle  and  terminal  phalanges 
being  synostotically  confluent.  Pfitzner  found 
this  to  be  the  case  in  thirteen  out  of  forty- 
seven  examples.  This  fusion,  which  is,  as  a 
rule,  found  on  both  feet,  is  not  due  to  the 
pressure  of  shoes  or  to  any  other  mechanical 
causes,1  but  to  the  fact  that  the  little  toe 
and  its  metatarsus2  are  in  process  of  degene- 
ration.  This  process  of  reduction,  which 
may  end  in  the  little  toe  becoming  in  a  measure  like  the  thumb 
and  great  toe,  two-jointed,  is  particularly  interesting,  as  it  is 
taking  place,  so  to  speak,  under  our  eyes.  All  stages  from 
incomplete  to  complete  fusion  can  be  observed.  Further,  this 
degeneration  of  the  little  toe  apparent  in  these  facts  can  also 
be  gathered  from  the  condition  of  its  muscles;  [of  these  the 
flexor  brevis  often  sends  either  but  a  very  weak  offshoot  to  the 
little  toe,  or,  like  the  extensor  brevis,  none  at  all.] 

1  I  find  this  synostosis  also  present  in  the  skeletons  of  Egyptian  mummies  of 
various  ages,  not  excluding  children.     It  may  here  be  remarked  that,  according  to 
Balz,  among  the  Japanese,  who  do  not  wear  shoes,  the  little  toe  appears  quite  as 
reduced  as  in  the  European  foot. 

2  We  are  at  present  unable  to  deal  with  the  question  of  the  significance  of  the 
independent  origin  of  the  fifth  metatarsal  tuberosity,  which  is  the  more  surprising 
in  consideration  of  the  frequency  of  retrogressive  processes  on  the  fibular  side  of 
the  foot. 


right  hind  -limb,  of  a 


uterine  life,  to  show 


thumb  and  the  great  toe 


90 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


It  should,  in  passing,  be  noted  that  the  mutual  relationships  between  the 
muscles  and  bones  are  not  absolutely  similar  in  every  single  case,  although  a 
general  agreement  exists.  The  undeniably  close  connection  between  the 
modifications  of  two  must  not  be  regarded  as  that  of  cause  and  effect,  but 
rather  as  the  joint  effect  of  a  common  cause. 

Clear  signs  of  degeneration  are  also  to  be  found  in  the  other 
toes,  and  especially  their  middle  phalanges,  while  the  terminal  and 


FIG.  64. — POSTERIOR  END  OF  THE  BODY  OP  TWO  HUMAN  EMBRYOS,  WITH  THE 

LEFT  HIND-LIMB  AND  UMBILICAL  CORD. 

A,  at  the  end  of  the  seventh  week  ;  B,  in  the  middle  of  the  eighth  week.     The  position 
of  the  great  toe  (I)  is  noteworthy,     c.u.,  umbilical  cord  ;  cc.,  coccygeal  eminence. 

basal  phalanges  may  be  also  affected.  The  second  toe  is  mostly  free 
from  signs  of  degeneration:  its  middle  phalanx  shows  a  disposition 
to  shorten,  but  it  at  the  same  time  tends  to  become  stronger 
rather  than  weaker.  It  might,  therefore,  be  predicted  of  the 
human  foot  that  it  may  end  by  possessing  only  two  two-jointed 
toes,  the  great  toe  and  its  neighbour ; l  but  the  possibility  of 

1  [It  may  be  questioned  whether  it  would  not  be  more  correct  to  predict,  provided 
there  is  anything  in  this  argument  at  all,  that  all  the  toes  with  the  exception  of  the 
second  may  ultimately  become  two-jointed.] 


THE  SKELETON  91 

development  in  other  directions  such  as  might  counteract  the 
present  tendency  must,  however,  be  allowed  for  (Pfitzner).1 

COMPARISON  OF  THE  FORE-  AND  HIND-LIMBS  OF  MAN 

In  comparing  the  opposite  extremities  of  the  adult  two 
difficulties  have  to  be  met,  the  first  being  that  the  knee  and  elbow- 
joint  bend  in  exactly  opposite  directions,  and  the  second  that, 
owing  to  the  inward  rotation  of  the  fore-limb,  the  homologous 
bones  of  the  fore-arm  and  fore-leg  (radius  and  tibia,  ulna  and 
fibula)  are  differently  disposed. 

Martins  and  Gegenbaur  have  endeavoured  to  explain  these 
difficulties  by  spiraljrotation  of  the  humerus  during  development 
— said  to  be  effected  by  alteration  in  growth  of  the  epiphysial 
cartilage,  with  the  addition  of  bony  tissue  at  some  points  and  its 
resorption  at  others.  The  distal  end  of  this  bone  has  its 
original  ventral  surface  turned  dorsally  and  vice  versd.  By 
comparing  the  position  of  the  hiunerus  in  embryos  and  adults  it 
is  found  to  rotate  through  an  angle  of  about  35°  (Gegenbaur). 

Spiral  rotation  of  the  humerus  actually  takes  place,  not  only 
in  Man,  but  very  commonly  in  other  Vertebrates.  It  can  further 
be  proved  that  it  progressively  increases  as  we  pass  from 
the  lower  to  the  Caucasian  races ;  and  Broca  affirms  that  an 
increase  is  to  be  found  at  different  epochs  within  the  same  race. 

But  although  the  torsio  humeri  is  an  undoubted  ontogenetic 
fact,  according  to  more  recent  authors,  it  is  questionable  whether 
it  affords  any  explanation  of  the  difference  between  the  fore-  and 
hind-limbs.  This  subject  is  so  important  that  we  must  enter 
into  it  at  some  length,  referring  especially  to  the  works  of  Hatschek 
and  Holl.  The  first  of  these  investigators  has  rightly  taken  for 
comparison  the  lowest  terrestrial  Vertebrata,  the  tailed  Amphibia, 
and  he  lays  emphasis  upon  the  fact  that  in  these  animals  the 
position  of  the  fore-  and  hind-limbs  in  relation  to  the  trunk  is 
almost  identical.  Both  stand  out  at  right  angles  to  the  long  axis 

1  [It  appears  to  me  that  the  occasional  longitudinal  subdivision  of  the  human 
hallux-tarsal  (ento-cuneiform)  into  two  distinct  bones  may  be  not  improbably  a 
phenomenon  akin  to  that  of  the  double  ossification  of  the  supra  -  occipital  under 
expansion  (cf.  ante,  p.  60),  if  not  an  actual  index  of  progressive  development 
now  at  work.  My  friend  Professor  Arthur  Thomson  informs  me  that,  from  a  study 
of  the  articular  surfaces  of  this  bone,  he  believes  the  tendency  towards  duplication 
to  be  more  general  than  is  customarily  assumed  ;  and  it  would  be  most  interesting 
to  inquire  whether  among  the  Seals  and  Wall-uses,  in  which  the  inner  and  outer 
digits  are  one  or  both  similarly  dominant  over  the  rest,  indications  of  a  correspond- 
ing variation  might  not  be  forthcoming  in  the  foetal  state. — G.  B.  H.] 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


of  the  body.  The  elbow  and  knee  joints  are  turned  slightly 
outwards,  the  convexity  of  the  former  facing  slightly  backwards, 
that  of  the  latter  slightly  forwards.  The  supporting  portion  of 
the  limb  looks  in  both  cases  outwards,  and  in  each  the  anterior 
digit  is  rightly  considered  as  the  first  of  the  series. 


FIG.  65. — LARVAL  SALAMANDEB.     (After  Hatschek.) 
A,  with  the  limbs  turned  down  ;    B,  with  the  limbs  turned  up. 

In  the  higher  Quadrupeds  the  anterior  and  posterior  limbs 
undergo  characteristic  changes  of  position.  First,  the  supporting 
segments  of  the  two  limbs  (i.e.  the  manus  and  pes)  are  rotated 
inwards,  so  that  their  long  axes,  which  were  originally  transverse 
to  that  of  the  body,  come  to  be  parallel  with  it  [and  their 
originally  anterior  borders  become  internal]  ;  as  a  natural  result  of 
this,  the  first  digit  (pollex  or  hallux)  becomes  the  innermost  and 
the  fifth  the  outermost.  The  rest  of  the  limb,  however,  differs  in 
its  behaviour  in  the  two  members.  In  the  fore-limb  the  humeral 
and  radio-ulnar  segments  become  flexed  in  such  a  way  that  the 
elbow  is  no  longer  directed  outwards  but  backwards  (cf.  Fig.  65). 
In  the  hind -limb,  on  the  contrary,  the  basal  (femoral  and 
tibio-fibular)  segments  are  turned  inwards,  and  so  flexed  that 
the  knee  is  directed  forwards.  According  to  Hatschek  the 
differences  in  position  of  the  fore-  and  hind-limbs  involve  only 
their  basal  segments,  their  terminal  segments  (manus  and  pes) 
being  displaced  identically.  It  would  follow  from  this  that  the 
changed  position  of  the  fore-limb  has  little  if  anything  to  do  with 
the  torsion  of  the  humerus,  which  is  very  marked  even  in  the 
Salamander,  and  must  therefore  be  referred  back  to  an  early 
process  antecedent  to  the  changes  under  discussion. 


THE  SKELETON 


93 


Holl  also  repudiates  the  torsio  humeri  as  the  most  important 
factor  in  effecting  the  torsion  of  the  fore-limb.  He,  unlike 
others,  considers  that  there  is  no  very  great  difference  between 
the  position  of  the  bones  of  the 
forearm  and  the  fore-leg  in  Man. 
He  rightly  points  out  that  the 
tibia  and  fibula  do  not  lie  parallel, 
but  that  the  fibula  lies  external  to 
and  behind  the  tibia,  and  insists 
that  it  thus  occupies,  in  relation 
to  the  tibia,  a  position  similar  to 
that  of  the  ulna  in  relation  to  the 
radius.1  In  instituting  these  com- 
parisons we  ought  to  start  with  *&%  ^jj&jd.  YJ/tl-'"}[\\ -f1- 
the  hind-limb,  which  is  simply 
so  rotated  at  its  base  that  the 
whole  of  its  morphologically  ven- 
tral surface  becomes  posterior  in 
position,  and  not  with  the  fore-  FlG-  GG.-SKELETON  OF  A  YOUNG  BEAR 

f.  ILLUSTRATING  THE   POSITIONS    OF    THE 

limb,  the  torsion  of  which  involves 
the  independent  segments  individ- 
ually, and  should  therefore  be 
excluded  in  endeavouring  to  settle  the  question  of  homology. 
This  consideration  excepted,  Holl  agrees  in  the  main  with 
Hatschek  as  to  the  Quadrupeds ;  but  he  extends  his  observations 
to  Man,  and  declares  that  if  he  be  regarded  as  a  Quadruped,  the 
changes  of  position  in  the  limbs  are  such  that  the  homologising 
of  them  with  those  of  Quadrupeds  is  not  difficult,  i.e.  if  a  man 
goes  on  all  fours  the  position  of  the  shoulder  girdle  and  with  it 
that  of  the  humerus  is  slightly  altered.  The  head  of  the  latter 
no  longer  points  forwards,  but  backwards,  and  its  great  tuberosity 
comes  to  point  forwards,  just  as  in  the  quadrupedal  Mammals, 
the  distinction  formerly  established  between  them  and  Man  in 
this  particular  thus  disappearing. 

1  [Holl  appears  to  have  insufficiently  appreciated  the  primary  disposition  of  the 
limb-buds.  The  postero-internal  displacement  of  the  fibula  upon  which  he  lays  such 
stress  is  well  marked  in  the  Marsupials,  which,  with  the  exception  of  the  Dasyuridse, 
have  an  opposable  hallux.  Detailed  examination  of  the  bones  of  the  fore-leg  of 
some  of  these  animals  and  of  the  muscles  which  control  their  rotatory  (so-called 
"  pronator  ")  movements,  proves  that  the  adaptive  modification  which  the  hind-limb 
has  at  any  rate  here  undergone  is  of  a  distinct  order  from  that  of  the  fore-limb  above 
described  (cf.  Young,  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xv.  p.  392).  And  it  may  be 
incidentally  remarked  that  an  opposable  hallux  appears  independently  among 
Rodents,  in  the  common  Dormouse.] 


LIMBS.     (After  Hatschek.) 
1-5,  digits  ;  rd.,  radius  ;  ul.,  ulna  ; 
tb.,  tibia  ;  fb.,  fibula. 


94  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

For  the  further  study  of  the  processes  by  which  the  limbs 
'are  displaced  during  development,  I  must  refer  the  reader  to  the 
works  of  von  Kolliker,  Holl,  and  others.  It  should,  however,  be 
remarked  once  more  that  the  twisting  of  the  hind-limb  occurs 
at  the  hip-joint  merely,  [and  affects  the  limb  as  a  whole,  its 
originally  ventral  surface  becoming  posterior  and  its  dorsal 
anterior  in  position,  and  that  in  the  fore-limb  the  twisting  most 
conspicuously  affects  the  manus  and  the  forearm,  the  radius  under- 
going a  marked  inward  rotation  upon  the  ulna.  The  humeral 
segment  more  nearly  retains  in  the  adult  its  original  position],  and 
the  rotation  and  retroflexion  which  it  ultimately  exhibits  chiefly 
result  from  a  twisting  of  the  shoulder  girdle,  with  accompanying 
modifications  of  its  articular  head. 

These  changes  in  position  of  the  shoulder  girdle  are  connected 
with  the  development  of  the  thorax.  As  long  as  the  latter  retains 
the  laterally  compressed  form  characteristic  of  most  Mammals, 
and  is  not  expanded  dorsally,  the  scapula  lies  at  its  side.  Later, 
when  transverse  enlargement  and  consequent  dorsal  expansion  of 
the  thorax  are  effected  (cf.  ante,  p.  36),  the  scapula  comes  to  lie 
upon  (i.e.  dorsad  of)  it.  This  change  in  the  thorax  plays  a  leading 
part  in  altering  the  position  of  the  shoulder  girdle  as  a  whole, 
and  of  the  limb  attached  to  it. 

If  we  wish  to  homologise  the  two  pairs  of  limbs  scientifically, 
we  can  only  do  so  by  tracing  their  displacements  back  towards 
their  embryonic  positions. 


CHANGES  OF  POSITION  OF  THE  LIMBS  IN  RELATION 
TO  THE  TRUNK 

A  comparison  of  the  fore-limb  of  Man  with  that  of  the  lower 
Vertebrates,  and  especially  of  the  Fishes  and  Amphibians,  and  a 
careful  analysis  of  the  courses  and  relationships  of  its  muscles  and 
nerves  with  respect  to  the  trunk  and  the  spinal  cord,  lead  us  to 
the  conclusion  that  the  shoulder  girdle  and  its  associated  limb 
originally  lay  farther  forwards,  i.e.  nearei^the  head.  The  dis- 
placement backwards  most  probably  took  place,  as  has  already 
been  shown  (ante,  p.  44),  simultaneously  with  the  disappearance  of 
the  cervical  ribs — indeed  the  loss  of  the  latter  certainly  helped 
to  bring  this  about,  by  compelling  the  scapula  and  clavicle  to 
find  points  of  attachment  farther  back  on  the  thorax. 

Whereas  this  shifting  of  the  fore-limb  takes  place  from  before 
backwards,  that  undergone  by  the  hind -limb  is  from  behind 


THE  SKELETON  95 

forwards,  i.e.  towards  the  head.  Both  these  alterations  in  position 
are  most  clearly  reflected  in  the  variations  of  the  nerve  plexuses 
of  the  limbs,  the  origin  of  which  will  be  discussed  later.  We 
must,  however,  first  ascertain  what  these  variations  are. 

The  lumbo- sacral  plexus,  as  compared  with  the  brachial, 
is  the  more  subject  to  variation,  and  the  less  definitive.  Even 
if  the  brachial  plexus  does  show  slight  inconstancy,  no  such 
marked  differences  in  the  origin  of  its  component  nerve  trunks 
occur  as  in  the  lumbo -sacral.  In  most  cases,  these  varia- 
tions in  the  limb  plexuses  are  accompanied  by  variations  in  the 
vertebral  column.  For  example,  when  the  lumbo-sacral  plexus  has 
a  markedly  caudal  origin,  a  supernumerary  prsesacral  vertebra 
usually  occurs ;  here  we  have  an  atavism,  i.e.  an  indication  of  the 
primitive  arrangement  under  which,  as  above  described  (ante, 
p.  33),  the  pelvis  lay  farther  back.  But  we  know  that,  during 
ontogeny,  the  pelvis  undergoes  a  forward  translocation.  Cor- 
relatively,  the  lumbar  plexus  assimilates  nerves  lying  farther 
forward  than  those  which  primarily  formed  it  (the  ileo-hypo- 
gastric,  ileo-inguinal,  and  the  genito-crural),  while  the  posterior 
sacral  nerves  of  the  adult  show  signs  of  instability  and  degenera- 
tion, and  may  gradually  altogether  disappear. 

The  forward  gathering  of  the  nerves  for  the  hind-limb  is 
naturally  accompanied  by  modification  in  the  innervation  of 
those  parts  of  the  urino-genital  and  alimentary  systems  which 
lie  in  the  pelvis.  These  are  obviously  dependent  on  the  pelvic 
girdle,  and  compelled  to  follow  when  it  shifts  along  the  verte- 
bral column.  The  ischiadic  and  the  pudendal  plexuses  are  so 
closely  connected  that  they  could  not  in  any  case  be  separated ; 
but  the  relationship  between  the  pudendal  and  caudal  plexuses  is 
less  intimate,  and  if  the  former  shifts  forwards  with  the  crural 
plexus,  its  distal  elements  separate  from  it.  These  retrogressive 
nerves  of  the  caudal  region  would  necessarily  increase  in  number 
in  proportion  to  the  forward  translocation  of  the  hind-limb,  if 
the  caudal  region  itself  did  not  at  the  same  time  shorten 
(Eisler). 

We  thus  have  transition  zones ;  and  this  becomes  the  more 
clear  the  farther  the  lumbo-sacral  plexus  shifts  in  a  proximal 
direction.  In  extreme  cases  variation  may  extend  as  far 
forwards  as  the  eleventh  thoracic  nerve,  which  then  sends  a 
loop  to  the  twelfth. 

Similar  phenomena  accompany  the  backward  displacement  of 
the  fore-limb,  but  this,  as  already  mentioned,  appears  to  have 


96  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

nearly  attained  its  definitive  position.1  The  brachial  transition 
zone  is  consequently  more  restricted  and  stable  than  the  lumbo- 
sacral,  rarely  extending  backwards  beyond  the  second  thoracic 
nerve.  If,  however,  the  upper  limb  preserves  its  original  position 
(the  seventh  cervical  rib  persisting),  the  brachial  plexus  receives 
(either  no  contribution  or  at  best  an  insignificant  one  from  the 
I  first  thoracic  nerve  (Eisler). 

Even  if  this  conception  of  the  "  metameric  transformation 
of  nerves,"  deduced  by  Fiirbringer,  affords  a  partial  explanation 
of  the  existence  and  present  condition  of  the  nerve  plexuses,  the 
actual  causa  movens  lies  deeper,  i.e.  in  the  original  polymeric 
origin  of  the  limbs.  In  the  region  from  which  they  develop  we 
meet  with  traces  of  a  gradual  fusion  of  originally  distinct  segments 
(somites),  with  further  clear  traces  of  the  shifting  which  they 
have  undergone  during  phylogeny.  An  excellent  illustration  of 
the  commencement  of  fusion  among  the  body  segments  is  yielded 
by  the  transitional  zones  just  defined.  Quite  apart  from  the 
already-mentioned  variations  of  the  nerves,  the  primitive  segmenta- 
tion of  the  ventro-lateral  body  muscles  is  gradually  being  obliter- 
ated, and  the  myocomniata  with  the  ribs  are  becoming  vestigial — 
in  fact  the  whole  ventral  body-wall  is  affected  by  this  process 
of  fusion  (Eisler). 

1  That  a  further  shifting  of  the  human  fore-limb  in  an  antero-posterior  direction 
may  be  expected  is  evident,  firstly,  from  the  varying  relation  of  the  brachial  plexus  to 
the  anterior  thoracic  nerves  ;  and,  secondly,  from  the  very  rare,  yet  occasional,  retro- 
gressive condition  of  the  first  thoracic  rib  before  mentioned  (ante,  p.  43). 


MUSCULAR    SYSTEM 

As  might  be  expected,  we  find,  in  the  200  to  250  muscles 
which  form  the  active  motor  apparatus  of  the  human  body, 
variations  far  greater  and  more  numerous  than  any  already 
described  in  the  different  parts  of  the  skeleton. 

It  may  confidently  be  asserted  that  hardly  a  single  human 
subject  has  been  examined  which  has  not  shown  some  variation 
or  other  in  the  muscular  system ;  and  in  a  great  number  of 
bodies  new  muscles  are  discovered  which  have  not  before  been 
observed,  and  of  which  no  mention  can  be  found  in  text-books. 

Considering  this  "  embarras  de  richesse,"  we  may  be  excused 
for  entering  in  the  following  pages  somewhat  into  detail ;  it  is,  in 
fact,  absolutely  necessary  to  do  so  in  order  to  get  a  general  idea 
of  the  immense  mass  of  material  available.  Of  the  extent  of  this 
variation  an  approximate  idea  may  be  obtained  from  the  fact 
that  my  French  colleague  Testut,  in  his  work  of  900  pages  on 
the  muscular  anomalies  in  Man,  has  by  no  means  exhausted  the 
subject. 

Examples  will  be  considered  in  the  following  order : — 

(1)  Retrogressive  or  vestigial  muscles. 

(2)  Muscles  which,  appearing  only  occasionally,  are  considered 

to  be  atavistic. 

(3)  Progressive  muscles. 

This  order  cannot  be  rigidly  adhered  to,  inasmuch  as  both 
progressive  and  retrogressive  development  have  been  observed  to 
take  place,  side  by  side,  in  one  and  the  same  muscular  region. 
It  is  further  to  be  noted  that  those  muscles  which  are  actually 
progressive  as  far  as  the  genus  Homo  is  concerned,  are  not  recog- 
nisable as  such  in  mere  individuals ;  their  anomalous  conditions 
can  only  be  considered  as  individual  variations  until  traced 
through  successive  generations,  i.e.  until  it  is  proved  that  they 
are  inherited. 

An  accurate  knowledge  of  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Ontogeny 


98  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

is  necessary,  to  facilitate  judgment  and  sharpen  observation,  in 
dealing  with  both  progressive  and  retrogressive  variations,  which 
latter  are  the  preliminary  stages  in  degeneration.  In  the  critical 
examination  of  the  muscles,  as  pointed  out  by  Fiirbringer  and 
Eucre,  it  is  primarily  important  to  ascertain  their  innervation. 
The  nerve-supply  is  the  safest  criterion  as  to  the  morphological 
value  of  a  muscle. 


RETROGRESSIVE  MUSCLES 

OF  THE  TKUNK 

The  dorsal  upper  and  lower  serratus  are,  as  is  well  known, 
connected  together  by  a  strong  silvery  aponeurosis.  This  is 
occasionally  replaced  by  muscular  tissue,  which,  in  connection 
with  the  upper  serratus — less  frequently  with  the  lower — 
may  extend  down  as  far  as  the  sixth  rib.  This  clearly  points 
back  to  a  primitive  condition  in  which  the  two  muscles  were 
continuous.  In  contrast  to  this  variation  there  occur  others  in 
which  the  two  serrati  are  much  less  developed  than  usual,  so  much 
so  that  one  or  both  of  them  may  be  entirely  wanting.  This  is 
very  important,  as  it  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the  serrati,  like 
many  other  muscles,  are  being  gradually  transformed  into  tendinous 
tissue.  The  cause  of  this  must  be  sought  in  the  modification  of 
the  respiratory  mechanism  of  the  thorax,  and  the  same  would 
appear  to  be  the  rationale  of  the  many  variations  of  these  same 
muscles  observed  in  the  Anthropoids  (cf.  ante,  p.  45). 

The  degeneration  of  the  caudal  region  in  the  human  body 
has  naturally  been  accompanied  by  a  corresponding  reduction  of 
the  related  muscles,  i.e.  especially  of  those  the  homologues  of 
which,  in  caudate  Mammals,  are  strongly  developed  for  moving 
the  tail.  These  are  serial  with  the  musculature  of  the  trunk, 
and  can  be  divided  into  a  ventral  and  a  dorsal  group.  'To  the 
latter  belong  the  extensor  and  levator  coccygis,  which  lie  along 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  coccygeal  vertebrae.  This  extra- 
ordinarily thin  muscle  bundle  arises  either  from  the  great  sacro- 
sciatic  ligament  or  from  the  lowest  end  of  the  sacrum,  and  sends 
out  tendinous  rays  towards  the  apex  of  the  coccyx. 

To  the  ventral  series  belongs  the  coccygeus  muscle,  which 
arises  from  the  spine  of  the  ischium,  runs  along  the  lesser  sacro- 
sciatic  ligament,  and  is  inserted  into  the  lateral  edge  of  the  coccyx. 
This  muscle  brings  about  the  lateral  movement  (abduction)  of 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  99 

the  tail  in  the  lower  Mammals,  and  is  therefore  termed  in  them 
the  abductor  caudalis. 

The  curvator  coccygis,  which  is  met  with  on  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  lower  sacral  and  sometimes  of  the  upper  caudal 
vertebrae,  belongs  to  this  same  category.  It  corresponds  with 
the  depressor  caudae  of  the  lower  Mammals. 

The  vestigial  character  of  all  these  muscles  is  in  several  ways 
evident.  They  vary  in  form  and  size,  and  may  be  partly  or 
wholly  replaced  by  fibrous  tissue,  or,  finally,  one  or  other  of 
them  may  be  altogether  wanting.  This  is  also  the  case  in  the 
Anthropoids,  where  (e.g.  in  the  Orang)  their  vestigial  character  is 
in  some  ways  more  pronounced  than  in  Man. 

Another  caudal  muscle  may  here  be  referred  to,  although 
morphologically  it  does  not  belong  to  the  above-mentioned  series. 
This  is  the  caudo-femoralis  (agitator  caudae)  which,  in  a  large 
number  of  Mammals  (Monotremata,  Marsupialia,  most  Carnivora, 
Lemuroidea,  and  tailed  Monkeys)  plays  a  great  part,  as  flexor 
and  abductor  of  the  tail  when  the  thigh  is  fixed,  and  which,  in 
exceptional  cases,  appears  in  Man  also.  It  lies  at  the  lower  edge 
of  the  gluteus  maximus,  being  separated  from  it  by  only  a  small 
space.  It  arises  from  the  lateral  edge  of  the  coccyx  or  of  the  last 
sacral  vertebra,  and  is  inserted  into  the  femur  below  the  point  of 
attachment  of  the  lowest  bundle  of  the  gluteus. 

Normally,  this  muscle  is  wanting  in  Anthropoids,  but  it  is 
not  improbable  that  it  may  occasionally  reappear  in  them  as  in 
Man. 

In  both  the  dorsal  and  ventral  trunk  muscles  we  find  indica- 
tions of  original  segmentation.  In  the  intercostal  muscles  the 
segmentation  is  completely  retained,  and  not  infrequently  tendons 
pass  from  the  ends  of  the  lower  ribs  into  the  broad  abdominal 
muscles.  Cartilaginous  tracts  are  sometimes  found  persisting  in 
a  line  with  these  tendons,  but  nearer  the  median  plane,  and 
they  may  be  either  free  or  connected  with  the  tendons.  Even 
in  cases  where  all  such  indications  are  wanting,  the  innervation 
of  these  muscles  points  to  a  primitive  metamerism. 

In  the  same  way,  the  rectus  abdominis,  by  its  "  inscrip- 
tiones  tendineae,"  shows  a  more  or  less  distinct  segmentation. 

This  muscle  in  the  lower  Vertebrates  (e.g.  tailed  Amphibians) 
extends  from  the  pelvis  to  the  head  region ;  but  in  the  higher 
Vertebrates,  and  particularly  in  Mammals,  in  accordance  with 
advancing  modification,  and  especially  with  the  intervention  of 
the  sternal  apparatus,  it  has  become  divided  into  a  posterior  and 


100  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

an  anterior  tract.  The  former  arises  from  the  pelvis,  and  is 
inserted  anteriorly,  as  a  rule,  on  a  level  with  the  fifth  rib ;  the 
latter  is  represented  by  the  ventral  cervical  muscles,  viz.  the 
sterno-hyoid  and  sterno- thyroid,  which  here  and  there  bear 
inscriptiones  tendineae  indicative  of  their  former  segmentation. 
To  these  must  be  added  the  almost  constant  omo-hyoid,  which 
is  provided  with  an  inscriptio,  and  the  thyro-hyoid.  Farther 
forward  these  are  joined  by  the  hyo-glossus,  genio-hyoid  and 
genio-glossus,  which  belong  to  the  same  metameric  series.1 

In  the  lower  Primates  the  rectus  abdominis  muscle  still 
reaches  to  near  the  first  rib,  and  thus  recalls  the  connection 
with  the  cervical  musculature  mentioned  above,  which  was  first 
lost  in  the  Reptiles.  Even  in  Man  it  may  sometimes  run  beyond 
the  fifth  rib  and,  under  cover  of  the  pectoralis  major,  pass  as  far 
up  as  the  second.  This  is  a  striking  case  of  atavism. 

In  the  higher  Primates  the  thoracic  head  of  this  muscle 
shifts  back  to  the  lower  ribs,  and  this  shifting  towards  the 
abdominal  region  is  accompanied  by  an  advancing  loss  of 
segmentation  in  both  the  Anthropoids  and  Man.2  But  even 
where  this  is  most  marked  the  muscle  has  not  quite  lost  its 
thoracic  character. 

This  retreat  of  the  rectus  muscle  is  intimately  connected 
with  the  development  of  the  great  adductor  of  the  fore-limb  (the 
pectoralis  major),  since  it  is  only  when  the  upper  parts  of  the 
rectus  disappear  that  the  muscular  bundle  forming  the  pectoralis 
major — and,  indeed,  that  forming  the  pectoralis  minor  as  well — 
is  able  to  take  possession  of  the  firm  anterior  thoracic  surface 
furnished  by  the  ribs.  Where,  as  in  the  lower  Apes,  the  anterior 
end  of  the  rectus  muscle  covers  the  thorax  as  far  as  the  lateral 
edges  of  the  sternum,  a  primitive  condition  being  thus  retained, 
those  fasciculi  of  the  pectoral  muscles  which  arise  from  the 
skeleton  come  simply  from  the  sternum.  "  We  here  have  a  con- 
flict at  close  quarters  between  different  parts  of  the  organism  " 
(Huge).3 

In  connection  with  his  studies  of  the  abdominal  musculature, 

1  [Cf.  Albrecht.     Beitrag  z.  Morphologic  des  M.  omo-hyoides  u.  d.  ventr.  inneren 
Interbranchialmusculatur  i.  d.  Reihe  d.   IVirbelthiere. — Inaug.  Diss.,  Kiel.,  1876.] 

2  In  many  cases  the  muscle  withdraws  in  a  distal  direction  even  farther  than 
the  fifth  rib,  and  derives  its  anterior  (uppermost)  slip  from  the  sixth.     A  primitive 
slip  from  th«  eighth  rib  may  also  be  retained  (Ruge). 

3  Where,  as  a  rare  anomaly,  the  rectus  abdominis  is  double  on  one  or  on  both 
sides,  a  very  low  condition  is  indicated,  this  arrangement  being  typical  in  Amphibia 
and  Saurians. 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  101 

Kuge  has  called  attention  to  a  phylogenetic  shifting  of  the  navel. 
This  occurs  during  the  shortening  of  the  thoraco-lumbar  portion 
of  the  trunk  (in  relation  to  the  segments  of  the  rectus  abdominis), 
and  is  accompanied  by  a  gradual  elimination  of  the  posterior 
segments  of  the  rectus.  This  process  may  not  be  yet  finished ; 
if,  as  has  already  been  argued  in  dealing  with  the  vertebral  column 
(ante,  p.  43),  a  progressive  abbreviation  of  the  thoracic  region  of 
the  trunk  is  still  taking  place. 

In  front  (ventrad)  of  the  point  of  origin  of  the  rectus 
abdominis,  at  the  upper  edge  of  the  pelvis,  there  lies,  in  Man, 
the  inconstant  pyramidalis  abdominis  muscle.  This  is  sometimes 
developed  only  on  one  side,  and  sometimes  unrepresented,  in 
which  case  it  may  be  replaced  by  a  tract  of  fibrous  tissue.  On 
the  other  hand,  either  one  or  both  halves  of  this  muscle  may  be 
double  ;  and  there  are  variations  no  less  remarkable  in  its  form 
and  size.  The  pyramidalis  usually  runs  either  about  half-way  from 
the  symphysis  pubis  to  the  navel,  or  only  a  third  of  that  distance  ; 
it  may  sometimes,  however,  reach  as  far  as  the  navel.  In  young 
children  it  is  relatively  larger  than  in  adults.  These  facts  rnay 
all  be  taken  as  evidence  that  the  pyramidalis  in  Man  (and  the 
same  applies  to  many  Mammals,  e.g.  the  Anthropoids)  possesses 
all  the  peculiarities  of  an  organ  which  has  long  been  in  a  state 
of  degeneration.  It  claims  our  attention  principally  as  a  striking 
example  of  the  tenacity  with  which  certain  structures  remain 
in  the  organism  and  are  handed  on,  through  inheritance,  long 
after  they  have  lost  their  specific  significance.  The  reason  for 
such  continuance  can  only  be  that,  in  the  course  of  phylo- 
genetic development,  the  muscle  has  undergone  a  change  of 
function,  and  has  become  associated  with  or  subordinated  to 
other  muscles  or  groups  of  muscles.  In  this  case  the  pyramidalis 
has  been  overmastered  by  the  rectus  abdominis. 

In  the  non-placental  Mammals  (Monotremata  andMarsupialia) 
the  pyramidalis  is  powerfully  developed  in  connection  with 
the  epipubes  (so-called  marsupial  bones) ;  and  even  in  some 
Placentalia,  such  as  the  Insectivora  (e.g.  Myogale  pyrenaica),  it  may 
almost  reach  the  ensiform  process  of  the  sternum,  thus  playing 
an  important  part  in  strengthening  the  abdominal  wall.  The 
pyramidalis  is  undoubtedly  an  old  muscle  dating  far  back  to 
pre-Mammalian  times. 

Both  the  abdominal  oblique  muscles  may  be  considered  as 
continuations  of  the  intercostal  muscles  into  the  abdominal  region, 
and,  anteriorly,  the  scaleni  muscles  of  the  neck  may  be  looked 


102  THE  STRUCTUKE  OF  MAN 

upon  as  forward  extensions  of  the  same.  The  neck,  as  has  been 
seen  from  the  study  of  the  skeletal  system  (ante,  p.  43),  was 
formerly  provided  with  free  ribs ;  and  hence  this  serial  relation- 
ship of  the  cervical  to  the  segmental  thoracic  muscles  is  easily 
understood.  The  degeneration  of  the  cervical  ribs  has  had 
(among  other  results)  the  effect  of  causing  the  short-fibred  scaleni 
muscles,  which  once  only  stretched  across  the  intercostal  spaces, 
to  unite  and  grow  longer,  so  as  finally  to  reach  ribs  which  lie 
farther  back.  Further  related  modifications  may  be  exemplified 
in  the  occurrence  of  supernumerary  scaleni,  such  as  the  scalenus 
minimus  (scalene  intermediaire,  Testut),  which  is  typically  present 
in  all  Anthropoids,  and  by  the  numerous  variations  in  origin  and 
attachment  of  the  three  ordinary  scaleni. 

The  transversus  thoracis  muscle  (triangularis  sterni)  is  clearly 
degenerating.  This  muscle,  which  lies  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
anterior  wall  of  the  thorax,  arises  from  a  variable  number  of  slips. 
It  arises,  as  a  rule,  from  the  cartilages  of  the  third  to  the  sixth 
ribs,  and  occasionally  receives  a  slip  from  the  seventh  rib  also. 
This  fact  helps  us  in  homologising  it  as  a  continuation  of  the 
transversalis  abdorninis.  These  two  muscles  are  separated  by  one 
of  the  bundles  which  give  rise  to  the  diaphragm. 

THE  MUSCLES  OF  THE  CERVICAL  AND  CEPHALIC  EEGIONS 

In  addition  to  the  structural  changes  going  011  in  the  scaleni, 
which  have  been  already  mentioned,  the  following  facts  are  worth 
recording : — 

The  original  community  of  the  trapezius  and  the  sterno- 
cleido-mastoid  muscles  is  indicated  by  their  common  innervation, 
and  further  by  the  fact  that  the  interval  between  them  is  still 
not  infrequently  occupied  by  the  cleido-occipitalis  which  runs 
from  the  clavicle  to  the  occipital  bone.  This  muscle  thus  forms 
a  link  between  the  trapezius  and  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid, 
and  when  strongly  developed  brings  about  a  more  or  less 
complete  fusion  of  these  two  muscles,  i.e.  reinstates  the  original 
condition. 

These  facts  might  have  been  included  in  the  remarks  on 
muscles  which  occasionally  appear  and  may  be  considered  atavistic, 
but  they  are  here  dealt  with  as  they  indicate  a  gradual  dis- 
appearance of  certain  fibrous  areas  in  the  region  of  these  muscles, 
i.e.  they  point  to  a  retrogressive  condition. 

A  similar  relationship  exists  between  the  anterior  belly  of 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  103 

the  biventer  maxillae  (digastricus)  and  the  mylohyoid  (as  may  be 
gathered  from  their  innervation),  while  the  posterior  belly  of  the 
former  may  sometimes  fuse  with  the  stylohyoid. 

Undoubtedly  the  most   interesting  of  all     the  retrogressive 

•    muscles  of  the  cervical  region  is  the  so-called  platysma  myoides 

(subcutaneus    colli).      This    muscle   is   also  related,   as   will    be 

shown   later,  to  certain  cephalic  muscles,  and   requires  a  more 

detailed  description  (cf.  infra,  pp.  104  and  114). 

Whereas  most  muscles  are  closely  connected  with  the  skeleton, 
there  are,  in  the  Vertebrates,  certain  muscles  which  both  arise 
from  and  are  inserted  into  the  integument  or  the  subcutaneous 
tissues.  These  are  the  cutaneous  muscles  (panniculus  carnosus 
of  the  lower  Mammalia). 

These  cutaneous  muscles  are  [with  rare  exceptions]  only 
feebly  developed  among  Fishes  and  Amphibia,  but  in  Eeptiles 
and  Birds  they  play  a  great  part  in  connection  with  the  scutes, 
scales,  and  feathers.  They  are,  however,  most  developed  in 
Mammals,  in  which  they  may  spread  like  a  mantle  over  the  back, 
head,  neck,  and  flanks  (e.g.  Echidna,Dasypus,  Pinnipedia,  Erinaceus, 
and  others). 

In  Man  and  the  Anthropoids  only  feeble  traces  of  this 
musculature  are  found,  such  as  the  platysma-myoides  already 
mentioned,  which  spreads  over  the  upper  part  of  the  thorax  and 
the  neck  and  partly  over  the  face  (cf.  Fig.  67).  Other  slight 
traces  are  found  in  the  shoulders,  back,  abdomen,  axilla,  forearm, 
hand,  and  buttocks. 

Among  the  lower  Mammalia  the  panniculus  carnosus  functions 
as  a  protective  against  injury  to  the  skin.  The  reaction  of  the 
skin  of  horses  when  stung  by  insects  may  be  given  as  an  example 
of  this. 

The  mimetic  musculature  is  very  closely  connected  with  the 
cutaneous,  and  is  at  least  partly  to  be  derived  from  it  phylo- 
genetically.  In  a  general  sense,  the  differentiation  of  the 
mimetic  musculature  may  be  said  to  advance  with  advancing 
intelligence ;  and  we  may  therefore  expect  to  find  it  most  highly 
developed  in  the  Primates. 

The  phylogenetic  development  of  this  system  has  been 
studied  by  Gegenbaur  and  Ruge.  According  to  Gegenbaur,  the 
human  platysma  appears  to  be  the  remnant  of  a  musculature 
which  was  continued  on  to  the  head,  but  which  has  only  retained 
its  primitive  undifferentiated  condition  on  the  neck.  The  chief 
reason  of  this  is  that  the  platysma,  even  in  Man,  is  sometimes 


104 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 


directly  connected  with  the  zygomaticus  minor,  the  orbicularis 
palpebrarum,  the  auricularis  anterior,  and  the  transversus  nuchse. 
On  the  other  hand,  however,  the  fact  that  the  mimetic  musculature 
is  innervated  by  the  facialis  (n.fc.,  Fig.  69),  a  nerve  which,  by 
location  and  distribution,  is  connected  with  certain  muscles  of  the 
visceral  skeleton,  compels  us  to  conclude  that  this  (the  mimetic) 
musculature  has  to  some  extent  wandered  from  its  original 


FIG.  67.—  DIAGRAM  OF  THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  PLATTSMA  OVER  THE  HEAD.  (After 
Gegenbanr.)  The  larger  areas  are  marked  with  Roman  figures,  the  smaller  with 
letters  (cf.  with  Fig.  70). 

position.  It  would  appear  to  have  moved  up  from  the  region  of 
the  lower  jaw,1  and  to  have  entered  into  close  connection  with  the 
soft  parts  surrounding  the  auditory  and  buccal  apertures,  i.e.  with 
the  lips  and  with  the  pinna,  which  are  themselves  of  secondary 

1  According  to  Killian,  it  is  more  than  doubtful  whether  Huge  is  right  in 
assuming  a  post-auricular  upward  wandering  of  the  platysma.  Killian  holds  that 
the  pars  occipitalis  of  the  platysma  had  from  the  beginning  a  dorsal  position,  and 
that  it  is  nothing  more  than  the  posterior  superficial  layer  of  the  dorsal  portion  of 
the  musculature  of  the  hyoid  arch,  as  it  appears  not  only  in  most  Mammalian 
groups,  but  also  in  many  species  of  Birds,  e.g.  Owls,  in  which  even  external  auditory 


MUSCULAE  SYSTEM 


105 


origin.     In  time  the  eyes,  forehead,  temples,  and  the  parietal 
region  were  reached. 

In  the  Lemuroidea  the  mimetic  muscles,  instead  of  being 
sharply  individualised  as  in  Man,  are  not  anatomically  distinct, 
i.e.  they  are  merely  parts  of  a  great  muscular  tract,  in  which  a 
superficial  and  a  deeper  layer  can  be  distinguished  (cf.  Figs.  68 


m.  orbito-auric. 


m.  levator  labii 


m.  orb.  oculi 


m.  helicis 


i.  auriculo  \  sup 
labial.      J  it\ 


FIG.  68. — SUPERFICIAL  MCJSCULATURE  OF  THE  FACE  IN  Lepilemur  mustelinus. 
(After  Euge.)     The  deeper  layer  (m.  sphincter  colli)  is  visible  in  the  neck. 

and  69).  The  superficial  layer  is  the  platysma,  the  deeper  the 
so-called  sphincter  colli. 

In  those  exceptional  cases  in  Man,  in  which  the  cervical 
portion  of  the  platysma  is  developed,  it  is  called  the  transversus 
nuchse.  Schultze  found  this  in  eighteen  out  of  twenty-five 
1  todies,  Macalister  in  35  per  cent;  others,  however,  have  been 
less  fortunate.  It  was  always  found  to  be  symmetrical,  i.e. 
developed  on  both  sides.  This  muscle,  which  is  almost  always 
present  in  the  human  embryo,  corresponds  in  position  with  the 
protuberantia  occipitalis ;  from  this  it  radiates  outwards  along 
the  linea  semicircularis,  towards  the  tendon  of  the  sterno-cleido- 

muscles  split  off  from  it.  It  is  also  found  in  Reptiles  (Saurians  and  Chelonia).  In 
Crocodiles  a  vestige  of  it  is  found  in  the  powerful  levator  auriculae.  Even  in 
Amphibians  and  Sharks  this  muscular  tract  is  already  developed,  and  from  it  can  be 
derived  those  human  muscles  which  are  innervated  by  the  ramus  auricularis  posterior 
nervi  facialis. 


106 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


mastoid,  or  even  as  far  as  the  posterior  edge  of  the  auricularis 
posticus.  It  may  even  completely  fuse  with  the  latter,  which 
thus  appears  to  arise  from  the  protuherantia  occipitalis,  as  seems 
to  be  the  case  with  many  lower  Mammals. 

The  second  and  deeper  layer  of   this  cervical    muscle,  the 


m.  orbit,  aur. 


i.  orb.  oculi 


m.  auric,  sup.     m-  auric,  occipit. 


m.  helic. 


FIG.  69. — FACIAL  MUSCLES  AXD  NERVES  OF  THE  Lemuroid  propithecus.    (After  Huge.) 
Superficial  muscles  with  the  branchings  of  the  facial  nerve  (n.fc. ). 

sphincter  colli,  runs  from  the  occipital  region  over  the  edge 
of  the  jaw  to  the  regio  parotideo-masseterica,  the  lip  and 
adjacent  parts.  We  shall  consider  later  which  of  the  human 
facial  muscles  are  derived  from  this,  and  which  from  the 
platysma ;  at  present  we  need  only  deal  with  the  vestiges,  often 
very  slight,  of  this  musculature  which  was  probably  incom- 
parably more  developed  in  the  ancestors  of  Man.  Those 
mimetic  muscles  which  are  found  partly  near  the  ear  and  partly 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM 


107 


on  the  cranium,  show  great  individual  variation,  those  on  the 
right  sometimes  differing  from  those  on  the  left  in  one  and  the 
same  person.  By  taking  their  physiological  activities  into 
account  we  can  establish  three  or  four  stages  in  their 
degeneration. 

These  muscles  may  be  dealt  with  in  four  series,  as  under : — 
1.  Muscles    of    the    cranium,    known     collectively    as    the 
epicranius.      Of  this  the  frontal  portion  (frontalis)  is  still  under 


Fid.  70. — MUSCLES  OF  THE  EHICRANIAL  REGION  IN  MAN,  WITH  CERTAIN  OF  THE 

FACIAL  MUSCLES.     (After  Gegenbaur.) 

op.,  epicranial  aponeurosis  ;  a.p. ,  posterior  auricular  muscle  ;  at.,  attollens  auriculam  ; 
fr.,  frontalis  muscle  ;  g.p.,  parotid  gland  ;  ms.,  masseter  ;  oc.,  in.  occipitalis. 

control  of  the  will,  as  is  seen  in  frowning ;  but  the  power  of 
throwing  the  entire  epicranius  into  contraction,  as  in  moving  the 
scalp,  is  possessed  by  but  few  individuals. 

2.  Muscles    round    the    pinna  :     attrahens,    retrahens,    and 
attollens  auriculam  (cf.   Figs.   70  and   71).     The   capacity    for 
moving  these  muscles  varies  greatly  in  individuals.    In  most  people 
it  is  entirely  wanting ;  and  the  retrogressive  character  of  these 
muscles  is  due  to  the  degeneration  of  the  pinna  (cf.  infra}. 

3.  Intrinsic  muscles  of  the  pinna  (derivatives  of  the  muscles 
mentioned  under  2,  which  have  become  exclusively  related  to  the 


108 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


pinna,  and    there    again  further    differentiated).     Among  these 
may  be  mentioned  certain  bundles  which   separate  off  from  the 


FIG.  71.— A,  PINNA  OF  A  PRIMATE  DIVIDED  INTO  ZONES,  THE  SHADED  PORTION  BEING 

THAT  OF    THE  AUDITORY  EMINENCES  OF    THE    EMBRYO,   THE  UNSHADED  THAT  OF  THE 
LATER  FORMED  AUDITORY  FOLD  ;    b,  ITS  BASE. 

B,  pinna  of  Man,  of  a  Baboon  and  of  an  Ox,  drawn  to  the  same  scale  and  superposed, 
s'.,  spiua  or  tip  of  the  ear  in  Man  ;  s".,  the  same  of  the  Baboon  ;  and  s"'.,  the  same 
of  the  Ox  (homologous  points)  ;  C,  pinna  of  Macacus  rhesus,  with  the  tip  (s.) 
pointing  upwards  ;  D,  pinna  of  Cercopithecus,  with  the  tip  pointing  backwards  ; 
E,  pinna  of  Man,  with  its  muscles  ;  m.a.,  attollens  auriculam  ;  m.a'.,  antitragicus  ; 
m.t.,  tragicus  ;  m.t'.,  inconstant  muscle  bundle,  stretching  from  the  tragicus  to 
the  edge  of  the  helix  ;  m.h'.,  helicis  major  ;  m.h".,  helicis  minor  ;  s.,  tip  of  the  ear 
(spina)  rolled  over  ;  A-D,  after  Schwalbe  ;  E,  after  Henle. 

retrahens  auriculam,  chief  of  which  are  the  transversus  and 
obliquus  auriculam  (auricularis  proprius,  Euge)  which,  belonging 
to  the  most  folded  part  of  the  pinna,  are  very  small. 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  109 

The  helicis  major  (Fig.  71,  m.h'.*)  and  the  tragicus  (m.t.} 
(the  second  of  which  is  often  wanting),  are  to  be  derived  from 
the  scutulo-auriculare  (a  portion  of  the  depressor  helicis,  Euge), 
found  in  those  Mammals  which  still  possess  a  free  and  movable 
scutulum.  The  helicis  minor  (m.h".\  antitragicus  (m.a'.\  and  the 
incisurse  Santorini,  which  belong  to  the  cartilaginous  wall  of  the 
external  auditory  ineatus,  are  the  proper  ear  muscles  (auriculares 
proprii),  and  related  to  the  principal  cartilages  and  the  pinna 
alone. 

Taking  all  the  facts  into  consideration,  this  intrinsic  muscu- 
lature of  the  pinna,  which  is  no  longer  under  the  control  of  the 
will,  must  be  considered  as  the  vestige  of  a  primitive  apparatus 
functional  either  for  the  opening  and  closing,  or  for  the  widening 
and  narrowing  of  the  auditory  funnel  and  the  external  auditory 
passage  (cf.  chapter  on  the  auditory  organ,  infra). 

4.  To  the  fourth  class  belong  those  mimetic  muscles  which 
have  undergone  the  greatest  degeneration,  i.e.  those  which  have 
become  transformed  into  tendinous  or  membranous  structures 
(fasciae).  For  example,  the  auriculo-  (temporo-)  labialis  muscle  of 
the  Lemuroids  (cf.  Figs.  68  and  69)  has,  in  Man,  been  replaced 
by  the  fascia  temporalis  superficialis,  and  the  sphincter  colli 
muscle  by  the  fascia  parotideo-masseterica.  A  great  part  of  the 
human  epicranial  aponeurosis  (galea  aponeurotica),  further, 
consists  of  muscle  bundles  of  the  occipitalis  transformed  into 
tendons. 

[It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  power  of  contracting  the  platysma,  the 
ear  muscles,  and  others  not  normally  under  the  control  of  the  will,  has  been 
observed  in  a  few  cases  to  go  hand  in  hand  with  that  of  a  voluntary  con- 
trol of  the  heart's  action.]  * 

MUSCLES  OF  THE  LIMBS 

The  palmaris  ( =  p.  longus)  and  its  homologue  in  the  hind- 
limb,  the  plantaris,  are  time  honoured  (and  certainly  among  the 
best)  examples  of  the  gradual  degeneration  of  a  muscle.  The 
degeneration  of  the  former  has  not  yet  proceeded  as  far  as  that  of 
the  latter,  as  is  most  evident  in  the  fact  that  while  the  palmaris 
still  reaches  the  palmar  fascia  of  the  hand,  the  plantaris  only  in 
exceptional  cases  becomes  connected  with  the  homologous  plantar 
fascia  of  the  foot,  and  in  doing  so  regains  its  former  significance 
as  a  flexor  of  that  organ. 

The  plantaris   must    therefore,  as    an  original    flexor,  have 

1  [Cf.  E.  A.  Pease,  Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  30th  May  1889.] 


110  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

begun  to  degenerate  from  the  time  that  the  plantar  fascia  became 
secondarily  attached  to  the  calcaneum,  and  helped  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  arch  of  the  foot,  as  the  latter  became  transformed 
into  a  supporting  organ. 

But  why  are  the  palmaris  and  plantaris  of  Anthropoids, 
in  which  such  transformations  do  not  take  place,  also  in  a 
degenerate  condition?  It  does  not  appear  difficult  to  answer 
this  question  if  we  consider  that  these  muscles  originally 
extended,  as  do  their  homologues  in  the  lower  Mammals,1 
through  the  mediation  of  the  palmar  or  plantar  fascia  to  the 
phalanges,  and  acted  as  common  flexors  of  the  fingers  and  toes. 
If  so,  in  the  course  of  time — to  confine  our  attention  to  the 
hand — as  the  flexores  digitorum  communis  superficialis  and  pro- 
fundus  became  more  extensively  and  more  subtly  differentiated 
from  the  primitive  "  pronato-flexor  mass  "  (Humphry),  the  fibrous 
terminal  expansions  of  the  palmaris  withdrew  more  and  more 
from  the  fingers,  and  found  points  of  attachment  in  the  palm  of 
the  hand  and  in  the  ligamentum  carpi  transversum.  Thus 
would  the  finger  flexor  appear  to  have  become  a  hand  flexor. 
As  such,  however,  it  could  not,  on  account  of  its  attachments, 
develop  the  same  strength  as  the  proper  hand  flexors,2  which  are 
directly  attached  to  the  skeleton,  and  which,  as  we  see  where 
the  palmaris  is  wanting,  are  competent  alone  to  bend  the  hand. 
The  palmaris  becoming  thus  superfluous,  is  variable  and  occasion- 
ally absent. 

A  further  consequence  of  the  transformation  of  the  hind-limb 
into  a  supporting  and  ambulatory  organ,  is  that  some  of  the 
flexor  muscles  which  originally  ran  down  without  interruption  to 
the  sole  of  the  foot  have  become  interrupted  at  the  protuberantia 
calcanei  by  the  dorsal  flexion  entailed.  Another  muscle  of  this 
flexor  series,  e.g.  the  short  flexor,  which  corresponds  with  the 
flexor  digitorum  communis  superficialis  of  the  hand,  has  shifted 
its  point  of  origin  farther  and  farther  down,  till  at  last,  on  the 
acquisition  of  the  upright  gait,  it  has  reached  the  calcaneal 
tuberosity.  In  doing  so  this  muscle  has  become  more  and  more 
closely  connected  with  the  plantar  fascia ;  and  at  present  it 
shows  in  many  ways,  e.g.  in  the  variation  of  its  terminal  tendons 

1  It  is  said  that  in  Negroes  the  palmaris  is  still  not  infrequently  inserted  into 
the  metacarpals. 

2  That  it  is  still  functional  in  the  hand  is  shown  by  its  occurrence,  which  must 
still  be  considered  normal.     It  is  absent  on  one  or  both  sides  in  about  one  in  every 
ten  bodies. 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM 


111 


and  the  frequent  absence  of  that  to  the  fifth  toe,  evidences  of  a 
retrogressive  tendency. 

The  special  extensors  of  the  fingers  undergo  similar  variations, 
being  now  as  a  rule  restricted  to 
the  thumb,  the  index,  and  the 
little  fingers.  Occasionally,  how- 
ever, the  third  and  fourth  fingers 
also  receive  tendons  from  the  ex- 
tensor minimi  digiti,andthe  middle 
finger  may  receive  a  tendon  from 
the  extensor  indicis  proprius. 

The  changes  brought  about  in 
the  sole  of  the  foot  naturally  affect 
the  dorsum  as  well.  There  can 
indeed  be  no  doubt  that  changes 
have  taken  place  in  the  extensor 
brevis  digitorum  of  the  foot  (e.br., 
Fig.  72)  complementary  to  those 
above  described  in  the  flexor  digi- 
torum communis  brevis.  The 
extensor  brevis  digitorum  must 
formerly  have  arisen  higher  up 
the  fore-leg,  and  have  secondarily 
shifted  downwards  to  the  dorsum 
pedis.  The  connection  demon- 
strated by  Euge  between  the  short 
common  flexor  of  the  toes  and  the 
interossei  pedis  undoubtedly  in- 
dicates the  "  extreme  limit  of  the 
distal  wandering  of  the  extensor 
brevis." 

Euge  has  further  proved  the 
interesting  fact  that  all  the  seven 
interossei  pedis  at  a  certain  stage 
in  the  human  embryo  have  a 
plantar  disposition,  and  that  they 
shift  at  a  later  stage  to  a  position 
between  the  metatarsals,  there  to 
divide  into  the  plantar  and  dorsal 

series.  An  exact  parallel  to  this  is  found  in  certain  Apes  (Cebus, 
Cercopithecus)  and  in  most  of  the  lower  Mammals,  in  which 
the  interossei  have  a  plantar  position  throughout  life.  In  the 


2. — SUPERFICIAL  MUSCLES  AND 
TENDONS  OF  THE  DORSUM  OF  THE 
RIGHT  FOOT.  One -third  natural 
size'.  (After  Rauber.) 
tibia  ;  b,  fibula  ;  c,  navicular  ;  t.a'., 
tibialis  anticus  muscle ;  t.a".,  its 
tendon  of  insertion ;  e.l'.,  M.  extensor 
hallucis  (e.hall.  long.) i ;  e.d'., 
extensor  communis  digitorum 
(e.  digit,  longus)  ;  e.d".,  its  expan- 
sion and  insertion  on  the  second  toe  ; 
p.f.,  peroneus  tertius ;  p.t".,  its 
insertion  on  the  fifth  metatarsal 
bone;  *.,  M.  soleus  ;  p.b.,  M. 
peroneus  brevis ;  e.b.,  M.  extensor 
hallucis  brevis  ;  e.br.,  extensor  brevis 
digitorum ;  Ig.  anterior  annular 
ligament ;  fc.,  transverse  band  of 
the  dorsal  fascial  of  the  foot. 


112  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

Chimpanzee  and  Gorilla  they  are  not  so  markedly  dorsal  in 
position  as  in  Aides,  Inuus,  and  the  Orang ;  the  latter  therefore 
are,  in  this  respect,  the  nearest  to  Man. 

The  adductor  hallucis  with  its  caput  obliquurn  and  trans- 
versum  [usually  described  as  a  distinct  muscle,  the  transversus 
pedis]  originally  forms  one  mass ;  this  points  back  to  the  time 
when  it  was  more  strongly  developed,  and  when  the  great  toe  was 
capable  of  more  extensive  movement  (cf.  ante,  p.  85).  The  fifth 
toe  also  once  moved  more  freely,  as  is  indicated  by  the  opponens 
minimi  digiti,  which  is  only  secondarily  differentiated  during 
embryonic  life  from  the  mass  of  the  flexor  brevis  minimi  digiti. 
The  former  muscle  is,  comparatively  speaking,  much  stronger  in 
embryonic  life  than  later,  when  it  may  entirely  disappear.1 


MUSCLES  WHICH  APPEAR  OCCASIONALLY,  AND  MAY  BE 
CONSIDERED  ATAVISTIC 

In  dealing  with  this  group  of  muscles,  we  may  confine  our- 
selves to  those  which  point  back  to  lower  grades  of  organisation, 
through  which  the  ancestors  of  Man  may  have  passed  phylogene- 
tically.  I  wish  to  insist  on  this,  since  nothing  is  gained  by 
simply  labelling  muscles  "  theromorphic,"  and  since,  in  my 
opinion,  in  dealing  with  such  muscles,  Testut  and  certain  other 
authors  have  exceeded  the  bounds  of  moderation. 

One  of  these  apparently  atavistic  muscles,  the  cleido-occipitalis, 
which  forms  a  connecting  tract  between  the  trapezius  and  the 
sterno-cleido-mastoid,  has  already  been  mentioned  (ante,  p.  102). 
To  the  same  category  belong  certain  muscle  bundles  which  here 
and  there  partly  fill  up  the  interval  between  the  pectoralis 
major  and  the  latissimus  dorsi.  A  typical  example  of  these  has 
been  lately  described  by  my  pupil  Endres  (Anat.  Anzeiger,  Bd. 
viii.  p.  387),  the  morphological  significance  of  the  so-called 
Langer's  arch  being  incidentally  discussed. 

A  muscle  which  very  rarely  occurs  in   Man  is  the  latis- 

(Isimo-condyloideus  (dorso-epitrochlearis  of  French  authors),  an 
appendage  of  the  latissimus  dorsi,  branching  off  from  the 
latter  shortly  before  it  is  inserted  into  the  humerus.  From 

1  The  opponens  minimi  digiti  seems  to  attain  development  only  in  the  Chim- 
panzee among  Anthropoids.  [Incidentally  to  this  topic  and  to  that  of  the  reduc- 
tion and  co  -  ossification  of  the  penultimate  and  terminal  phalanges  of  the  little 
toe  (cf.  ante,  p.  89),  it  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  muscles  of  the  little  toe 
are  more  reduced  in  the  higher  Apes  than  in  Man.] 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  113 

this  point  the  muscle  runs  perpendicularly  along  the  triceps 
(radiating  out  into  the  surrounding  fasciae)  .to  the  condylus 
internus  humeri,  into  which  it  is  inserted.  This  muscle  is 
present  in  all  Anthropoids,  and  is  either  directly  inserted  into 
the  olecranon  or  contributes  to  the  triceps. 

Near  the  sternal  line  the  so-called  "  sternalis "  muscle  is 
sometimes  found.  This  is  a  small  bundle,  which  varies  in 
form  and  in  the  direction  of  its  fibres,  lying  ventrad  of  the 
pectoralis  major.  It  may  either  be  bilaterally  symmetrical  or 
present  only  on  one  side.  In  the  former  case,  the  two  muscles 
I  may  cross  one  another  and  be  continued  direct  into  the  sterno- 
'cleido-mastoid. 

[Considerable  controversy  has  from  time  to  time  arisen  con- 
cerning this  sternalis.  It  occurs  in  some  3  to  5  per  cent  of 
subjects,  and  is  invariably  innervated  by  the  anterior  thoracic 
or  intercostal  nerves.  While  it  has  by  some  been  referred  to 
a  possible  origin  from  the  pectoralis  major,  the  rectus  abdominis, 
and  other  muscles,  it  has  by  others  been  regarded  as  a  vestige  of 
the  panniculus.  One  interesting  variation  to  which  it  is  liable 
is  that  of  forming  a  connection  between  the  external  oblique  of  the 
abdominal  region  and  the  sterno-mastoid.  Parsons  has  recently 
shown  that  in  Eodents  the  abdominal  panniculus,  on  reaching 
the  axillary  border  of  the  pectoralis,  divides  into  a  superficial  and 
a  deep  stratum ;  and  from  a  very  careful  analysis  of  the  detailed 
relationships  of  the  panniculus  in  these  animals,  he  has  adduced 
strong  reason  for  regarding  the  fascial  sheath  of  the  human 
external  oblique  as  its  modified  deep  abdominal  portion.  He 
further  gives  reasons  for  believing  that  the  deep  part  of  the 
cervical  panniculus  has  become  incorporated  in  the  sterno-mastoid, 
and  ultimately  regards  the  sternalis  as  a  vestige  of  that  portion 
of  the  panniculus  which  originally  connected  its  deep  cervical 
and  deep  abdominal  sections.]  l 

Between  the  internal  condyle  of  the  humerus  and  the 
olecranon,  in  Man,  a  fibrous  band  always  runs,  transversely, 
below  the  superficial  fascia  which  bounds  posteriorly  the  deep 
indentation  in  which  the  ulnar  nerve  lies.  This  band  corre- 
sponds with  the  epitrochleo-anconreus  muscle,  which  is  constant 
in  many  Mammals ;  it  is  only  occasionally  muscular  in  Man  and 
the  Anthropoids,  and  then  varies  greatly  in  form  and  size.  It 

1  [Parsons  has  farther  simplified  matters  by  suggesting  that  the  pectoralis  major 
may  be  itself  a  derivation  of  the  panniculus.  Cf.  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol. 
xxvii.  p.  505.] 

I 


114  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

is  always  innervated  by  the  ulnar  nerve.  According  to  W.  Gruber 
(St.  Petersburg),  it  was  found  in  about  34  per  cent,  but,  accord- 
ing to  Wood  (London),  in  only  8  per  cent,  of  bodies  examined — 
a  want  of  agreement  which  may  perhaps  be  indicative  of  a  racial 
difference.  This  muscle  must  be  referred  back  to  a  time  when 
a  transverse  shifting  of  the  ulna  was  possible  in  the  ancestors  of 
Man,  as  it  now  is,  to  some  extent,  in  many  lower  animals  ;  and  it 
would  appear  that  after  the  movements  of  this  bone  had  become 
limited  almost  entirely  to  flexion  and  extension,  the  muscle 
gradually  degenerated  and  disappeared. 

Finally  must  be  mentioned  the  levator  claviculse  and  the 
ischio-femoralis  or  glutseus  quartus,  which  occasionally  occur  in 
Man.  The  latter  muscle  is  constantly  present  in  Anthropoids 
[as  the  so-called  scansorius]. 

3.  PROGRESSIVE  MUSCLES 

Attention  has  already  been  drawn  to  the  fact  (ante,  p.  97) 
that  in  certain  regions  progressive  and  retrogressive  variations 
may  occur  simultaneously ;  and  this  is  nowhere  so  conspicuous 
as  with  the  facial  muscles.  Some  of  these  which  are  in  various 
stages  of  degeneration  have  already  been  referred  to  (ante,  p. 
109).  All  the  other  mimetic  muscles  (i.e.  by  far  the  greater 
number)  appear  to  be  progressively  developing,  in  correlation  with 
the  increase  of  the  intellect  and  the  correspondingly  advanced 
functional  activity  of  their  associated  nerves.  This  advancing 
specialisation  is  indicated  in  the  aberration  of  certain  parts,  and 
the  formation  of  new  layers  of  muscle.  These  changes  have 
brought  about  striking  differences  between  these  muscles  in  Man 
and  the  homologous  tracts  in  the  Lemuroidea,  where  they  are 
simple  and  comparatively  easy  to  understand.  We  are  thus  able 
to  demonstrate  for  the  mimetic  musculature  very  great  variations 
of  form  and  size  in  both  a  progressive  and  retrogressive  direction, 
as  indeed  is  the  case  in  all  organs  which  are  in  the  act  either  of 
suppression  or  of  differentiation,  i.e.  are  not  in  a  definitive 
state. 

Progressive  development  is  especially  shown  in  the  muscles 
round  the  eyes,  the  mouth,  and  the  nose,  and  also  in  those  of  the 
sub-zygomatic  region. 

Euge  expresses  himself  upon  the  tendency  to  further  develop- 
ment and  completion  of  the  human  facial  muscles,  very  aptly, 
as  follows : — 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  115 

"  A  free  subcutaneous  position,  slight  relations  to  the  skele- 
ton, and  the  absence  of  definite  fasciae,  offer  most  favourable 
conditions  for  the  initiation  of  new  combinations.  The  muscular 
elements  can  naturally  only  enter  upon  new  departures  in  various 
directions  for  the  attainment  of  a  greater  functional  activity,  as 
the  result  of  very  definite  causes.  These  causes  are  undoubtedly 
present  in  Man,  and  lie  in  his  mental  qualities  and  in  the  faculty 
of  speech.  The  latter  calls  the  muscles  around  the  mouth  into 
activity,  and  the  former  seek  expression  in  the  play  of  the 
features.  These  causes  of  the  differentiation  of  new  facial  muscles 
hardly  exist  in  the  lower  animals,  which  fact  accounts,  it  appears 
to  me,  for  the  absence  among  them  of  those  signs  of  progressive 
variation  with  which  we  shall  become  acquainted  in  the  muscula- 
ture of  the  human  face.  It  may  be  different,  however,  in  the 
case  of  variations  due  to  quite  other  causes.  The  possibility  of 
great  variability  in  the  facial  musculature  of  the  lower  animals 
cannot  be  denied  d  priori  ;  nor  can  we  dismiss  the  objection  that 
the  few  observations  which  have  been  made  on  animals  have  by 
no  means  settled  what  must  be  considered  as  the  normal  condi- 
tion for  them.  In  answer  to  this,  I  would,  however,  emphasise 
(1)  the  fact  that  variation  in  the  muscles  of  animals  is  rarer 
in  the  wild  state  than  under  domestication ;  and  (2)  the  con- 
sideration (to  which  Dobson  has  rightly  called  attention)  that 
variation  in  that  most  domesticated  of  all  animals,  Man,  ought 
to  be  far  greater  than  in  animals,  which,  being  subject  to  natural 
selection,  in  which  the  fittest  survives,  have,  in  some  respects, 
a  narrower  field  allotted  to  them  for  modification." 

"  The  chief  factor  in  the  transformation  and  diversity  of  form 
of  the  facial  muscles  in  Man,  as  opposed  to  the  other  Primates, 
is  the  extensive  development  of  the  brain-case.  This  transforma- 
tion alone  is  enough  to  account  for  changes  in  those  muscles 
which  lie  upon  it.  But  the  development  of  the  brain  is  closely 
connected  with  the  acquisition  of  mental  powers  in  Man.  The 
development  of  language  has  necessarily  determined  a  correspond- 
ing development  of  the  muscles  round  the  mouth  and  nose.  If 
we  can  only  demonstrate  some  slight  progressive  development  in 
these  parts  something  will  be  gained,  for  we  shall  be  able  to  say 
that  where  the  higher  development  of  Man  leads  us  to  expect 
more  complicated  anatomical  arrangements,  these  are  actually 
found.  Vivacity  and  diversity  of  expression  of  the  mouth  and 
eye  are  a  peculiarity  of  Man ;  they  mirror  forth  the  higher 
psychical  activity,  and  can  only  be  acquired  by  the  perfecting  of 


116 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


FIG.  73. — DEEP  MDSCLES  ON  THE  FLEXOR 
SIDE  OF  THE  FOREARM.  One-fifth  natural 
size.  (After  Rauber. ) 

The  muscles  of  the  upper  arm,  and  the 
superficial  muscles  of  the  forearm  and 
hand,  with  the  lumbricales,  are  removed. 
The  position  of  the  anterior  annular 
ligament  is  indicated  by  two  dotted  lines. 

hu.,  humerus ;  p.c.,  processus  coronoideus 
ulnae ;  l.o.,  the  orbicular  ligament ;  p.s'., 
proc.  styloideus  radii ;  p.s".,  proc.  sty- 
loideus  ulnae  ;  e.c.,  eminentia  carpi  ul- 
naris ;  I.e.,  lig.  accessorium  cubiti  mediale; 
s.,  M.  supinator  ;  /./.,  M.  flexor  longus 
pollicis  ;  f.p.,  M.  flexor  profundus 
digitorum  ;  p.q.,  M.  pronator  quadratus  ; 
f.b.,  deep  head  of  the  flexor  brevis 
pollicis  ;  a.p.,  M.  adductor  pollicis;  i.p., 
M.  interosseus  dorsalis  primus  ;  i.d.,  Mm. 
interossei  dorsales  et  volares ;  be., 
bicipital  tendon. 


the  muscles  round  these  organs. 
It  is,  therefore,  a  fact  of  the 
greatest  importance  that,  while 
many  variations  are  found  in 
the  muscles  near  the  mouth 
and  the  eyelids  of  Man,  in- 
dicative of  new  possibilities  of 
development,  in  the  other  Pri- 
mates these  muscles  show  a 
monotonous  constancy.  May 
it  not  also  be  possible  that  still 
more  subtle  differences  occur 
between  the  various  human 
races  in  the  detailed  arrange- 
ment of  the  facial  muscles  ? 
In  such  a  question,  however,  a 
trustworthy  decision  can  of 
course  only  be  arrived  at  after 
extended  comparative  inquiry." 
In  addition  to  the  facial 
region,  there  are  three  others 
in  which  progressive  muscular 
variations  are  to  be  found. 
Taking  first  the  hand,  we  may 
select  for  special  consideration 
the  thujmb.  We  are  immedi- 
ately struck  by  its  apparent 
superfluity  of  muscles.1  Our 
attention  is  specially  arrested 
by  the  long  flexor  of  the  thumb 

1  For  instance,  the  abductor  pollicis 
has  often  a  double  or  even  triple 
tendon,  and  supernumerary  tendons  of 
the  most  various  muscles,  as  if  attracted 
by  a  magnet,  often  become  inserted  into 
the  thumb  (e.g.  tendons  from  the 
brachio  radialis,  extensor  pollicis  longus 
and  brevis,  extensor  longus  radialis  and 
extensor  digitorum  communis).  In  all 
these  we  probably  have  to  do  with  the 
beginnings  of  secondary  processes  of 
differentiation,  which  have  already  been 
indicated  in  connection  with  the  skeleton 
of  the  hand  (ante,  p.  77). 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM 


117 


(fl.  longus  pollicis)  (/./.,  Fig.  73),  the  differentiation  of  which  out 
of  the  common  mass  of  the  flexor  profundus  digitorum  (f.p.} 
commences  in  Anthropoids,  but  is  first  carried  out  in  Man. 
Not  infrequently,  however,  more  often  in  the  lower  than  in  the 
higher  races,  we  find  reversions  to  the  primitive  condition,  i.e. 
a  more  or  less  extensive  inter-com- 
munication of  fibres  of,  or  even  a 
fusion  between,  the  flexor  pollicis  and 
the  flexor  profundus. 

This  differentiation  of  the  flexor 
longus  pollicis,  which  finds  its 
highest  expression  in  the  attain- 
ment of  independent  movement  and 
in  the  greatest  possible  play  of  the 
thumb,  has  its  parallel  in  that  of 
the  flexor  longus  hallucis  (/.&.,  Fig. 
74),  which  is  derived  from  the  flexor 
digitorum  communis  pedis.1  The  in- 
terchange between  the  fibres  of  these 
two  muscles  is  so  very  frequent  that 
it  is  hardly  ever  wanting.  Further, 
all  the  variations  observed  in  them 
are  normally  met  with  in  Apes,  even 
to  the  different  radiations  from  the 
tendinous  anastomosis  to  the  toes.2 


lb 


1  In  the  Gorilla  the  flexor  digitorum  com- 
munis profundus  is  subdivided  into  two  portions. 


FIG.  74.  — MEDIAN  SERIES  OF  THE 
PLANTAR  MUSCLES,  IN  THEIR 
CONNECTION  WITH  THK  FLEXOR 
TENDONS.  One  -  third  natural 
(After  Rauber.) 


The  ulnar  portion  is  inserted  into  the  fifth,  the    cl.,  tuber   calcanei ;    Iff.,  ligam.  cal- 


fourth,  and  the  middle  fingers,  the  radial  one 
into  the  index  finger  and  the  pollex.  Testut 
has  proved  that  this  condition  may  rarely 
occur  in  Man,  and  that  it  sometimes  occurs 
on  both  sides  in  the  same  individual.  In  the 
Orang  there  is  only  a  simple  undivided  flexor 
digitorum  communis  profundus  without  any 
tendon  for  the  thumb.  This  arrangement  also 
has  been  four  times  observed  in  Man — in  one 
case  in  a  microcephalous  individual. 

2  The  frequent  variations  in  the  development  of  the  caro  quadrate  Sylvii,  and  its 
occasional  entire  absence,  find  a  parallel  in  Anthropoids.  In  the  Chimpanzee,  for 
example,  the  muscle  is  often  reduced  to  a  single  little  fleshy  bundle,  or  may  be 
altogether  wanting,  as  appears  to  be  the  case  in  the  Orang,  Gibbon,  and  Gorilla. 
In  all  cases,  however,  the  numerous  variations  indicate  that  the  caro  quadrata 
attained  its  present  position  secondarily,  i.e.  that  it  must  formerly  have  lain  higher 
up  on  the  calcaneus  and  the  fore-leg  ;  and,  indeed,  an  extension  of  the  muscle  in  this 
direction  has  been  observed. 


caneo-cuboideum  plantare  ;  f.l., 
tendon  of  flexor  longus  digitorum  ; 
f.h.,  tendon  of  flexor  longus  hal- 
lucis ;  td.,  tendinous  connection 
between  flexor  longus  and  adjacent 
tendons ;  q.p'.,  lateral  head  of 
the  M.  quadrati  plantae  flexor 
accessorius ;  q.p".,  its  median 
head ;  lb.,  Mm.  lumbricales ; 
f.V.  M.  flexor  brevis  hallucis ; 
f.b".,  M.  flexor  brevis  minimi  digiti. 


118 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


Fio.  75.— DEEP  DORSAL  MUSCLES  OP  THE 
FOREARM.  One-fifth  natural  size.  (After 
Ranber. ) 

hu,  huraerus ;  ul.,  olecranon  process  of  ulna  ; 
rd.,  radius;  pr.,  processus  styloideus 
ulnse  ;  inc.,  os  metacarpeum  secundum. 
«.,  M.  anconaeus  ;  f.p.,  M.  flexor  pro- 
fundus  digitorum ;  f.c.,  flexor  carpi 
ulnaris,  separated  from  the  fascia  of  the 
forearm  ;  e.b.,  extensor  carpi  radialis 
brevior  ;  e.L,  the  tendon  of  the  extensor 
carpi  radialis  longior ;  e.p'.,  M.  ext. 
metacarpi  pollicis  ossis  ;  e.p".  M.  ext. 
primi  internodii  pollicis ;  e.p"'. ,  M.  ext. 
secundi  interuodii  pollicis  ;  e.L,  M.  ext. 
indicis  ;  e.m.,  insertion  of  the  extensor 
tendon  into  the  middle  finger,  and  its 
connection  with  the  second  and  third 
dorsal  interossei. 

of  the  lower  Vertebrates  these 


We  saw  above  that  a  num- 
ber of  muscles  and  tendons 
meet  in  the  thumb;  and  the 
same  applies,  though  to  a  lesser 
degree,  to  the  great  toe.  To  it 
offshoots  of  the  extensor  hallucis 
longior  and  the  tibialis  anticus 
or  their  tendons  pass;  these, 
however,  do  not  indicate  the 
commencement  of  a  new  de- 
velopment, but  rather  a  rever- 
sion to  a  former  condition,  in 
which  the  great  toe  was  capable 
of  freer  movement. 

It  would  be  difficult  to 
decide  to  what  extent  the 
variations  which  occur  on  the 
ulnar  border  of  the  forearm 
and  hand,  in  the  region  of  the 
extensor  and  flexor  carpi  ulnaris 
and  the  extensor  digiti  quinti 
proprius,  may  be  the  beginnings 
of  a  progressive  development. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  can 
be  no  doubt  that  the  changes 
at  the  fibular  border  of  the 
foot,  which  have  already  been 
mentioned  (ante,  p.  112),  are 
degenerations. 

The  already  described  dif- 
ferentiation of  a  flexor  longus 
pollicis  and  a  flexor  longus 
hallucis  out  of  the  original 
simple  flexor  masses,  finds  a 
parallel  in  the  Ontogeny  and 
Phylogeuy  of  the  superficial 
and  deep  common  flexors  of  the 
fingers.  The  two  latter  are 
connected  by  an  interchange  of 
fibres  which  may  amount  to 
complete  fusion ;  and  in  many 
muscles  may  not  only  be  con- 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  119 

nected  with  one  another,  but  also  with  neighbouring  muscles, 
such  as  the  pronator  teres,  palmaris  longus,  flexor  carpi  radialis 
and  ulnaris.  The  two  flexors  originally  formed  (as  in  the 
lower  Mammals)  one  mass ;  and  in  the  human  embryo  they 
still  arise  as  a  single  blastema,  which  is  only  at  a  later  stage 
of  development  split  up  by  ingrowing  partition  walls  of  con- 
nective tissue. 

In  Anthropoids  these  muscles  are  throughout  life  connected 
by  anastomosing  strands,  which  clearly  indicate  their  former 
union,  and  to  this  cause,  and  the  lack  of  a  distinct  flexor 
pollicis  proprius,  is  due  the  less  marked  specialisation  of  the 
Anthropoid  hand  as  compared  with  that  of  Man.  In  Man,  the 
flexores  digitorum  communes,  superficial  and  deep,  are,  as  a  rule, 
distinct ;  but  the  more  or  less  complete  fusion  often  found 
between  them  points  to  the  fact  that  their  separation  is  (geo- 
logically speaking)  not  of  long  standing,  and  has  not  yet  become 
stereotyped. 

The  same  is  the  case  with  the  not  infrequent  fusions 
involving  the  two  radial  extensors  of  the  hand,  which  must  also 
be  regarded  as  reversionary.  Indeed,  these  two  muscles  may  fuse 
completely,  and,  in  such  a  case,  we  have  a  realisation  of  that 
lower  condition  in  which  only  one  single  extensor  carpi  radialis 
externus  is  present. 

A  further  instance  of  progressive  development  in  muscles  is 
exemplified  by  the  glutei.  These,  including  the  adductors  of  the 
thigh,  show  their  original  unity  by  frequent  blending ;  and 
very  often  a  more  or  less  complete  fusion  takes  place  between 
them  and  the  pyriformis,  or  between  the  latter  and  the  gemellus 
superior.  Further,  the  frequent  absence  of  the  gemellus  superior 
in  Man  deserves  mention,  because  this  muscle  is  also  often 
wanting  in  the  Anthropoids. 

The  special  development  of  the  gluteus  maximus  is  a  charac- 
teristic peculiarity  of  Man.  This  muscle  has  a  humble  origin 
among  the  lower  Vertebrates,  and  even  in  the  Anthropoids  there 
is  nothing  comparable  in  size  and  strength  with  its  excessive 
development  in  Man,  which  is  a  direct  accompaniment  of  the 
upright  gait.  The  muscle  fixes  and  steadies  the  pelvis,  or  rather, 
the  whole  trunk,  on  the  heads  of  the  femora,  and  through  them 
on  the  lower  limbs,  as  on  a  support  or  stand. 

Closely  connected  with  the  assumption  of  the  upright  gait 
by  Man,  which  involves  the  transformation  of  the  former  pre- 
hensile feet  into  ambulatory  and  supporting  organs,  is  the 


120  THE  STKUCTUEE  OF  MAX 

development  of  the  superficial  muscles  of  the  posterior  surface 
of  the  fore-leg,  i.e.  of  the  calf.  The  gastrocnemius  and  soleus 
were  formerly  as  directly  connected  with  the  sole  of  the  foot  or 
with  its  fascia  as  was  the  plantaris.  The  terminal  tendons  of 
these  muscles  have  alike  shifted  back  to  the  calcaneal  tuberosity ; 
but  while  the  plantaris  very  soon  began  to  degenerate,  the  soleus 
and  gastrocnemius  l  have  attained  an  excessive  development  speci- 
fically characteristic  of  Man.  We  have  here  another  instance  of 
retrogressive  and  progressive  changes  taking  place  side  by  side 
in  one  and  the  same  region.2 

EETROSPECT 

Gathering  together  the  conclusions  which  follow  from  the 
above  review  of  the  musculature,  we  find  first  that  age  seems  to 
have  no  influence  on  the  frequency  of  variation  and  reversionary 
phenomena.  We  must,  however,  except  fcetal  life,  since,  during 
that  period,  certain  muscles  may  appear  which  afterwards  suffer 
more  or  less  complete  degeneration. 

No  definite  laws  can  be  framed  either  as  to  the  disposition 
or  division,  the  symmetry  or  asymmetry,  of  the  muscles,  or  as 
to  the  general  condition  of  the  body  to  which  they  belong,  e.g. 
the  strength  or  weakness  of  the  individual.  Correlative  changes 
counteracting  those  due  to  variation  are  not  observed.  It  is  the 
exception  to  find  that  anomalies  extend  to  the  homologous 
muscles  of  the  fore-  and  hind-limbs  of  the  same  side. 

Examination  of  eighteen  male  and  eighteen  female  bodies  by 
Professor  Wood  at  King's  College,  London  (in  1867-68),  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  anomalies  are  more  frequent  in  the  musculature  of 
the  limbs  than  in  that  of  the  rest  of  the  body,  and  that  the  fore- 
limb  is  in  particular  distinguished  by  their  occurrence  (292  varia- 
tions were  found  in  the  fore  as  against  119  in  the  hind-limb). 
It  has  further  been  ascertained  that  variations  become  more 
frequent  as  examination  proceeds  in  a  distal  direction,  i.e.  as  those 
peripheral  parts  of  the  body  are  reached  which  are  more  directly 
exposed  to  the  modifying  influences  of  the  environment. 

1  A  sesamoid  bone  sometimes  occurs  near  the  lateral  point   of  origin  of  the 
gastrocnemius.      In   Anthropoids   and  many   other  Mammals   several   such   bones 
(fabellfe)  are  found,  one,  for  instance,  at  the  median  point  of  origin  of  the  muscle. 

2  Various  circumstances  point  to  the  fact  that  the  biceps  femoris,  semitendinosus 
and  semimembranosus,  originally  arose  higher  up  than   at  present,  viz.  from  the 
ilium,  and  the  sacral,  or  caudal  vertebrae.     The  fact  that  they  have  wandered  on  to 
the  ischial  tuberosity  would  appear  to  be  connected  with  the  forward  tianslocation 
of  the  pelvic  girdle  already  discussed  (ante,  p.  33). 


MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  121 

In  general,  the  principle  holds  good  that  those  muscles 
are  most  subject  to  variation  which  can  be  dispensed  with 
without  disturbance  or  disadvantage  to  the  organism  as  a  whole, 
either  because  they  can  be  easily  replaced  by  other  muscles, 
or  because  they  have  only  a  subordinate  part  to  play.  In 
illustration  of  this  I  would  merely  refer  to  the  pyramidalis, 
the  abortive  caudal  muscles,  the  muscles  of  the  pinna,  the 
palmaris  and  the  plantaris,  the  vestigial  character  of  which 
clearly  points  to  their  ultimate  complete  suppression. 

Eesearch  has  shown,  however,  that  it  is  not  only  to  the 
retrogressive  tendency  of  the  muscles  that  variation  is  due,  but 
that  variation  may  in  some  cases  indicate  a  tendency  to 
progressive  development.  The  best  example  of  this  is  afforded 
by  certain  flexor  muscles,  and  by  the  flexor  longus  pollicis,  and 
the  gluteus  magnus. 

A  third  kind  of  variation  occurs,  in  those  cases  in  which  a 
tendon  may  return  to  former  points  of  insertion  on  neighbouring 
bones,  e.g.  the  rectus  abdominis  is  occasionally  inserted  on  to  the 
more    anterior    ribs.     And    to    the    same    category    belong    the  \ 
splitting  off  of  the  abductor  hallucis  from  the  tibialis  anticus,  » 
which  occurs  in  very  varying  degrees. 

All  these  cases,  which  must  be  denominated  reversionary, 
indicate  the  extraordinary  tenacity  with  which  certain 
peculiarities  persist  and  are  repeatedly  passed  on  from  one 
generation  to  another.  This  power  of  reproduction  must,  however, 
necessarily  grow  weaker,  as  an  organ  in  course  of  time  loses  its 
original  functions  in  adaptation  to  new  ones.  As  a  consequence 
of  this,  attempts  at  reconstruction  necessarily  become  more  and 
more  imperfect. 

The  same  is  the  case  with  many  other  muscles  (e.g.  the 
sternalis,  levator  claviculse,  latissimo-condyloideus,  and  epitrochleo- 
anconseus)  which  now  only  rarely  occur  in  Man,  and  which,  when 
they  are  present,  furnish  important  indications  of  a  long-past 
period  in  the  development  of  the  human  race. 

There  is  no  good  ground  for  doubting  the  possibility  of  the 
hereditary  transmission  of  muscular  anomalies,  although,  as  Testut 
rightly  remarks,  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  material  for  a  direct 
proof  is  evident.  The  difficulty  in  this  case  is  greater  than  in 
that  of  mere  external  variation,  such  as  pigmentation,  different 
coloration  of  the  opposite  eyes,  abnormal  hairiness,  birth-marking, 
polydactyly,  and  others  akin  to  these. 

It  is  reserved  for  future  investigators  to  add  to  our  as  yet 


122  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

scanty  knowledge  on  this  subject,  by  using  more  fully  the  material 
which  the  different  human  families  and  races  could  afford  us. 
It  is  not  impossible  that  some  of  the  views  till  now  held,  e.g. 
that  Negroes  and  other  low  races  do  not  differ  specifically  in  their 
myology  from  the  Caucasians,  and  do  not  show  more  frequent 
variations,  may  have  to  be  modified. 

Anthropotomy  has  here  a  great  field.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  mass  of  recorded  observations  upon  muscular  anomalies  in 
general  is  so  great,  and  the  agreement  of  many  of  these  with 
the  condition  normal  in  Apes  is  so  marked,  that  the  gap  which 
usually  separates  the  muscular  system  of  Man  from  that  of  the 
Anthropoids  appears  to  be  completely  bridged  over  (Testut). 


THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM 

THROUGHOUT  the  animal  kingdom  the  nervous  system  is  more 

conservative  in  character   than  any  other,  and  it  thus  offers  a 

more  limited   field  for  the  study  of  vestigial  structures.      The 

latter,  however,  as  we   shall   see,  are   not   altogether   wanting ; 

indeed,  they  may  be  here  of  special  interest,  as  they  afford  the 

[•  best  proof  of  the  extreme  tenacity  with  which  an  organ,  or  some 

I  part  of  an  organ,  may  persist  and  be  transmitted  through   an 

<  immense  period   of  time,  when   its  functional  activity  is   to  a 

1  marked  degree  reduced,  or  even  no  longer  evident. 

The  central  nervous  system  of  the  Vertebrata,  as  is  well 
known,  arises  from  the  so-called  medullary  folds  of  the  outer 
germinal  layer,  and  is  thus  essentially  a  modified  derivative  of 
the  epiblast — the  so-called  "  sensory  layer."  The  latter,  in  the 
lower  animals,  e.g.  certain  Coelenterates,  in  which  there  is  no 
sharp  differentiation  into  a  central  and  a  peripheral  nervous 
system,  remains  superficial  in  position  and  is  directly  the  medium 
of  communication  with  the  external  world.  This,  combined  with 
the  fact  that,  in  Vertebrates,  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  are  among 
the  first  differentiated  organs,  is  a  distinct  proof  of  the  great  age 
and  physiological  importance  of  the  nervous  system. 

THE  SPINAL  CORD 

When  first  differentiated,  the  nervous  axis,  as  already  men- 
tioned, corresponds  in  extent  with   the  axial  skeleton ;  but   it 
•  soon  appears  to  shorten,  partly  from  inequality  of  growth,  and 
|  partly  in  consequence  of  modification  taking  place  in  the  posterior 
I  portion  of  the   vertebral   column.       The  spinal  cord  no  longer 
extends  throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  vertebral  canal,  its 
posterior  tapering  extremity  [i.e.  the  portion  caudad  of  the  spinal 
nerve -roots,    where    the    filum     terminale    begins]    reaches    no 
farther  down  [in  Man]  than  to  about  the  boundary  between  the 


124 


Ib.v 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

thoracic  and  lumbar  portions  of  the  column. 

h.  This  shortening,  as  above  said,  is  more 
apparent  than  real,  for  the  vertebral  column 
[growing  the  more  rapidly]  extends  farther 

i>  and  farther  back  beyond  the  posterior 
limit-  of  the  spinal  cord.  [It  is  worthy  of 
remark  that  this  inequality  of  growth,  so 
marked  in  Man,  is  still  more  conspicuous 
among  certain  lower  Mammals — e.g.  the 
Hedgehog,  in  which  the  filum  terminale 
commences  in  the  anterior  thoracic  region.] 
The  filum  terminale  (f.t.,  Fig.  76) 
runs  through  the  lumbar  and  sacral 
regions  of  the  vertebral  column  into  the 
caudal ;  and  this  terminal  filament,  which 
grows  with  the  growing  vertebral  column, 
is  the  vestigial  homologue  of  the  posterior 
portion  of  a  spinal  cord  which,  in  the 
ancestors  of  Man,  may  have  run  evenly 
throughout  the  whole  length  of  the 
vertebral  column,  as  it  now  does  in  many 
lower  Vertebrates.  This  process  of  reduc- 
tion, which  sets  in  at  the  posterior  end  of 
the  spinal  cord,  is  profoundly  significant, 
as  we  have  already  had  to  describe  a 
similar  process  of  reduction  going  on  at 
the  posterior  end  of  the  axial  skeleton  itself 
(ante,  pp.  28  et  seq.}. 

I  should  like  to  suggest  the  consideration 
whether  certain  pathological  conditions  may  not 
be  traced  to  this  source,  if  only  indirectly  ?  I 
refer  to  those  frequent  diseases  of  the  spinal  cord 
known  as  tabetic,  which  in  by  far  the  greater 
number  of  cases  arise  at  its  posterior  end.  May 
not  the  above  described  condition  of  the  lumbar 

FIG  76.— LOWER  PORTION  OF  THE  SPINAL  CORD,  WITH  THE  CAUDA  EQUINA  AND  THE 
ENVELOPING  DURA  MATER.  (Dorsal  aspect.)  One -half  natural  size.  (After 
Schwalbe.) 

The  dura  matral  sheath  has  been  opened  up  from  behind  and  laid  back  ;  on  the  left  side 
the  roots  of  the  nerves  are  represented  entire  ;  on  the  right,  the  lower  of  these  are 
shown  removed  above  their  passage  through  the  sheath,  and  the  bones  of  the  coccyx 
are  delineated  in  their  natural  relative  positions,  in  order  to  show  the  relations  of  the 
filum  terminale  and  the  coccygeal  nerves. 

cc.,  coccygeal  nerves  ;  /.«.,  dorsal  longitudinal  fissure  ;  f.t.,  filum  terminale,  slightly  dis- 
placed to  the  right  side  ;  Ib.  i  and  v,  first  and  fifth  lumbar  nerves  ;  l.d.,  ligamentum 
denticulatum  ;  sc.  i  and  v,  first  and  fifth  sacral  nerves  ;  sh.,  the  dura  matral  sheath  ; 
th.  x  and  xii,  tenth  and  twelfth  thoracic  nerves. 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  125 

portion  of  the  rayelon  be  considered  as  a  predisposing  factor  in  the 
degenerative  processes  apparent  in  such  cases  ?  A  parallel  to  this  occurs, 
it  seems  to  me,  in  the  processes  of  reduction  at  the  iippejr  part  of  the 
thorax  already  mentioned  (ante,  p.  43),  and  in  the  pathological  processes 
which  set  in  at  the  tips  of  the  lungs,  perhaps  connected  therewith. 

That  there  are  also  progressive .  processes  going  on  in  the 
human  spinal  cord  is  probable,  from  the  following  observations 
made  by  Lenhossek  on  Mice,  Guinea-pigs,  Eabbits,  and  Cats.  In 
these  animals  the  pyramidal  tracts  are  much  more  feebly  developed 
than  in  Man  (in  whom  they  attain  their  highest  differentiation), 
and  their  position  in  the  spinal  cord  varies  greatly.  In  the 
Guinea-pig,  Mouse,  and  Eat,  they  run  in  the  dorsal  columns,  in 
the  Eabbit,  the  Cat,  and  other  Carnivora,  in  the  lateral,  and  in 
Man,  partly  in  the  lateral  and  partly  in  the  ventral  columns. 
This  may  perhaps  be  indicative  of  a  gradual  shifting  of  these 
tracts  from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  columns,  as  we  pass  from 
the  lower  to  the  higher  Mammalia  ;  and  it  would  be  interesting  to 
investigate  this  point  in  the  Apes.  Even  in  Man  the  definitive 
condition  is  not  reached,  for  the  fact  that  the  pyramidal  tracts 
may  run  either  along  the  ventral  or  the  lateral  columns  is 
evidence  that  they  are  still  subject  to  variation. 

Since  the  pyramidal  tracts  cross  one  another  completely 
in  all  animals  which  have  been  examined,  it  seems  likely  that 
their  alleged  semi-decussation  in  Man  is  only  apparent,  as  the 
elements  of  the  ventral  tracts  do  eventually  cross  one  another. 
And  further,  since  these  ventral  tracts  are  wanting  in  Man  in 
fifteen  cases  per  cent,  it  would  be  necessary,  if  belief  in  semi-decus- 
sation is  to  be  persisted  in,  to  consider  that  a  certain  number 
of  individuals  were  remarkable  exceptions  in  that  important 
character.  Inasmuch  as  this  supposed  variation  is  unaccompanied 
by  exceptional  conditions  of  other  parts  of  the  organism,  it  is 
altogether  improbable  that  it  exists. 

I  must  refer  the  reader  to  the  works  of  Waldeyer  for  an 
account  of  the  differences  to  be  found  between  the  human  spinal 
cord  and  that  of  the  Gorilla. 

Before  turning  to  the  condition  of  the  brain,  attention  may 
be  drawn  to  a  small  body  which  lies  beneath  the  last  coccygeal 
vertebra,  known  as  the  coccygeal  gland.  This,  on  account  of  its 
close  relation  to  the  arteria  sacralis  media,  is  usually,  but,  it 
seems  to  me,  incorrectly,  relegated  in  text -books  of  human 
anatomy  to  a  connection  with  the  vascular  system.  Considering 
the  established  fact  that  the  caudal  end  of  the  spinal  cord,  at  an 


126 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


early  period  of  development,  reached  exactly  to   that  point  at 
which  the  coccygeal  gland  is  found  later,  and  that,  as  already 


FIG.  77. — BRAIN  OF  A  DOG-FISH  (Scyllum  caiiicida). 

A,  dorsal  ;  B,  ventral ;  C,  side  view  ;  6.0.,  bulbus  olfactorius  ;  ep.,  pineal  gland  cut  short  ; 
f.b.,  fore-brain  ;  f.r.,  fossa  rhomboidalis  ;  h.b.,  hind-brain  (cerebellum)  ;  hp.,  hypo- 
physis ;  i.f.,  iufuudibulum  ;  i  to  x,  first  to  the  tenth  cranial  nerves  (the  thalamen- 
cephalon  and  the  fossa  rhomboidalis  are  in  life  covered  by  epithelium  (plexus 
chorioidei),  not  delineated  ;  the  ventral  vagus  roots  are  omitted  from  Fig.  B)  ; 
m»d.,  medulla  oblongata  ;  m.h.,  mid-brain  (optic  lobes)  ;  sc.,  saccus  vasculosus  ; 
t.o.,  tractus  olfactorius. 

mentioned,  all  the  important  variations  at  the  caudal  end  of  the 
trunk  are  primarily  associated  with  degeneration  of  the  spinal 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  127 

cord  at  that  region,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  some  connection 
exists  between  the  latter  and  tne  coccygeal  gland.  This  gland 
is  undeniably  a  vestigial  organ,  but  we  have  as  yet  no  certain 
knowledge  of  either  its  significance  or  its  primitive  history. 

BKAIN 

The  human  brain,  in  the  course  of  its  development,  passes 
in  regular  order  through  conditions  characteristic  of  certain  of 
the  lower  Vertebrata  (ex.  disposition  of  the  cerebral  vesicles, 
smooth  surface  of  the  hemispheres),  and  these  lower  con- 
ditions are  in  rare  cases  retained,  as  in  many  microcephalous 
individuals,  as  the  probable  result  of  arrested  development. 
There  are  not  infrequent  deviations  from  the  normal  arrangement 
of  the  cerebral  furrows  and  convolutions,  which  are  closely  con- 
nected with  the  development  of  the  gray  matter.  These 
deviations  can  be  best  studied  by  the  aid  of  Comparative 
Anatomy  and  Ontogeny,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  the 
posterior  cornu  of  the  lateral  ventricle,  the  calcar  avis,  and 
the  eininentia  collateralis  Meckelii.  Conspicuous  among  variable 
cerebral  furrows  we  note  the  parieto-occipital  fissure  (f.po.,  Fig.  78), 
which  is  occasionally  very  pronounced.  This  fissure  runs  out 
laterally,  and  may  probably  be  a  reversion  to  the  pithecoid  type 
(it  is  called  in  German  the  "  Affenspalte ").  In  its  normal 
condition  it  seems  almost  to  be  vanishing,  as  compared  with  its 
supposed  homologue  in  the  brain  of  the  Ape.1 

In  spite  of  difference  in  detail,  there  is  a  closer  general 
resemblance  between  the  human  and  the  Anthropoid  brains  than 
between  the  brains  of  any  other  two  Vertebrate  groups. 

With  regard  to  the  weight  of  the  brain  in  Anthropoids 
generally,  the  material  as  yet  examined  is  not  sufficient  for  the 
determination  of  averages  and  formulation  of  general  conclusions. 
With  the  Chimpanzee,  however,  this  is  not  the  case,  as  a  rela- 

1  [The  term  parieto-occipital  fissure  insufficiently  defines  this  supposed  homologue 
of  the  "Affenspalte."  Cunningham  in  a  recent  elaborate  treatise  (Cunningham 
Memoirs,  vii.  H.  Irish  Acad.,  1892)  has  devoted  much  attention  to  this  topic.  He 
and  other  leading  authorities  are  agreed  that,  whether  the  "  Affenspalte  "  of  the  Ape 
is  present  in  the  human  adult  or  not,  the  "fissura  perpendicularis  externa"  of  the 
foetus  is  its  homologue.  During  the  passage  of  these  pages  througli  the  press, 
Beuham,  in  a  very  careful  study  of  the  Chimpanzee's  brain,  has  shown  (Qu.  Jour. 
Micr.  Sci.,  vol.  xxxvii.  p.  47)  that  the  transverse  occipital  fissure  which  replaces  this 
external  perpendicular  may  be  genetically  related  to  it,  and  that  therefore  Ecker's 
original  view  that  the  "Affenspalte"  of  the  Ape  is  represented  in  the  adult  human 
brain  by  that  which  he  termed  the  ' '  sulcus  occipitalis  transversus  "  may  be  correct.  ] 


128  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

tively   large   number   of  specimens   have   been   examined ;    and 


FIG.  78. — CEREBRUM  OF  A  FEMALE  CHIMPANZEE  TWO  TEARS  OLD.     (Dorsal 

aspect.)     (Showing  Asymmetrical  Development.) 

c.c'.,  c.c".,  anterior  and  posterior  central  convolutions  ;  f.i.,  interparietal  tissure  ;  f.l., 
the  longitudinal  fissure  ;  f.p.o.,  parieto-occipital  fissure  ;  fr.,  frontal  lobes  ;  oc., 
occipital  lobes  ;  s.c.,  sulcus  centralis. 


fr. 


FIG.  79. — BRAIN  OF  A  FEMALE  CHIMPANZEE  TWO  TEARS  OLD.     (Lateral  aspect.) 
cb.,  cerebellum  ;  c.c'.,  c.c.",  anterior  and  posterior  central  convolutions  ;  fr.,  frontal  lobe  ; 
/.«.,  fissura  Sylvii ;  is.,  island  of  Reil ;  md.,  medulla  oblongata  ;  oc.,  occipital  lobe  ; 
pa.,  parietal  lobe  ;  s.c.,  sulcus  centralis  ;  tp.,  temporal  lobe. 

further,  a  review  of  the  facts    known  concerning    the   Gorilla 
and  Orang  reveals  statistics  which  may   be    of  use   to   future 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 


129 


investigators.      For    details    on    this    subject  I  must,  however, 
refer  the  reader  to  the  works  of  Moller  and  others.1 

cf        S'C-     c.c".      f.i. 


f.S.  tj>. 

FIG.  80. — CEREBRUM  OF  THE  GIBBON  (HYLOBATES).     (Lateral  Aspect.) 
References  as  for  Fig.  79. 


FIG.  81. — CEREBRUM  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  IN  THE  SEVENTH  TO  THE  EIGHTH  MONTH. 

(Dorsal   Aspect) 
References  as  for  Fig.  78. 


.*  Job.  Holler,  Abhandlg.  d.  Zool.  u.  Anthrop.  Ethnol.  Museums  :M  Dresden, 
1890-1891.  [Cf.  also  D.  J.  Cunningham,  Cunningham  Memoirs,  R.  Irish  Acad., 
No.  II.,  1886  ;  No.  VII.,  1892  ;  and  Benham,  op.  tit.  In  these  works  the  literature 
of  the  subject  will  be  found.] 

K 


130  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

If  we  take  the  average  weight  of  the  body  of  a  Chimpanzee 
from  two  to  four  years  old  as  8  J  kilogrs.,  and  the  average  weight 
of  brain  as  343  grs.,  we  shall  have  1  : 24'7  as  the  relative 
weight  of  the  latter.  An  Orang  of  the  same  age  appears  to 
possess  a  rather  heavier  brain  (1  :  22'3  or  340  :  7600).  A 
comparison  of  these  two  Anthropoids  with  Man,  the  ratio  of 
whose  brain  weight  to  his  body  weight  between  the  second  and 
fourth  years  ranges  from  1:18  to  1:16,  shows  that  the 
difference  at  this  age  is  not  great,  as  would  seem  natural  when 
we  recall  the  greater  similarity  to  human  beings  shown  by 
young  Anthropoids.  In  older  Chimpanzees  (90-106,6  cm.  long) 


IP. 


FIG.  82.— CEREBRUM  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  SEVEN  TO  EIGHT  MONTHS  OLD. 

(Lateral  View.) 
References  as  for  Fig.  79. 

the  relative  brain  weight  is  markedly  lower,  viz.  1  :42,5  (391  : 
16650)  or  1:52  (375,6:19500).  It  is  probable,  however, 
that  the  average  brain  weight  in  older  Chimpanzees  is  con- 
siderably lower,  as  in  a  body  weighing  28  kilogrs.  it  scaled 
1  :  75.  If  this  is  the  case,  a  comparison  with  an  adult  human 
being,  in  whom  the  average  brain  weight  is  1:40-35,  shows 
that  the  brain  of  Man  is  relatively  at  least  twice  as  heavy  as 
that  of  the  Chimpanzee,  and  absolutely  three  or  four  times 
as  heavy.  We  learn  from  this  that  the  brain  of  the  Ape,  unlike 
that  of  Man,  develops  little  with  age,  and  attains  its  definitive 
condition  far  sooner. 

The  Chimpanzee  and  the  Orang  appear  to  have  approxi- 
mately the  same  brain  weights,  but  the  Gorilla  stands  markedly 
distinct  from  them,  its  body  being  far  larger,  while  its  brain 
does  not  correspondingly  increase  in  size.  The  weight  of  the 
body  of  an  adult  Gorilla  being  taken  at  94-95  kilogrs.,  and  the 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  131 

brain  weight  at  425,25  grs.,  the  relative  weight  of  the  latter 
would  be  1  :  220  (Moller). 

A  comparison  of  the  cerebral  surface  shows  that  Man 
differs  from  the  Anthropoids  in  the  preponderance  of  the 
frontal  lobe  (/>.,  Figs.  78-82)  and,  to  a  lesser  degree,  of  the 
occipital  lobe  (pc.\  and  in  a  corresponding  backward  extension  of 
the  temporal  lobe  (tp.}.  The  parietal  lobe  (pa.')  is  about  equally 
developed  in  the  brains  of  Man  and  of  Anthropoids  (Moller). 

Since  this  subject  has  so  far  been,  comparatively  speaking, 
little  investigated,  and  since  our  knowledge  of  the  functional 

*/.       c.h.  eP-f;bc-p  '"f  *'  cf.  A.6. 


.       „  cr-  ch- 

op. \ 

id. 
FIG.  83. — HYPOTHETICAL  MEDIAN-LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  SKULL 

AND  BRAIN  OF  A  VERTEBRATE  EMBRYO.     (Partly  after  Huxley.) 

cr'.,  basis  cranii ;  ch.,  chorda  dorsalis  ;  cr".,  roof  of  the  skull  ;  na.,  nasal  cavity ;  c.h., 
cerebral  hemisphere,  with  the  corpus  striatum  (c.s.)  lying  basally,  and  the  olfactory 
lobe  (ol.)  anteriorly  ;  f.b.,  thalamencephalon  (fore-brain),  which  has  been  produced 
dorsally  into  the  pineal  gland  (ep.\  and  basally  into  the  infundibulum  (if.),  lip.,  the 
hypophysis.  Anteriorly,  the  base  of  the  optic  nerve  (op. )  is  seen,  and  in  the  lateral 
wall  the  position  of  the  optic  thalamus  is  indicated  (th. ) ;  c.p.,  posterior  commissure  ; 
m.b.,  mid-brain  ;  h.b. ,  hind-brain  ;  c.c.,  canalis  centralis. 

significance  of  the  different  regions  of  the  brain  is  still  far  from 
complete,  no  general  conclusions  as  to  the  possible  correlation 
of  these  differences  with  mental  peculiarities  can  be  drawn. 

The  slight  projection  of  the  cerebellum  from  below  the 
edges  of  the  occipital  lobes  in  Anthropoids,  is  due  less  to  the 
narrowness  of  the  latter  than  to  the  striking  breadth  of  the 
cerebellum  itself  (Moller).  Even  in  man  the  occipital  lobes  do 
not  always  completely  cover  the  cerebellum,  but  in  this  matter 
considerable  variation  occurs.1 

Special  interest  attaches  to  the  pineal  gland  (epiphysis  cerebri) 
(ep.,  Figs.  84  and  86)  which  arises  in  the  region  of  the  roof  of 
the  fore-brain. 

In  the  lower  Vertebrates  this  organ  either  lies  free  or  is 
embedded  in  a  depression  or  foramen  (parietal  foramen)  of  the 
1  It  must  be  left  to  future  investigators  to  prove  whether  the  topography  of  the 
course  of  the  fibres  in  the  optic  chiasma  given  by  Joh.  Moller  for  Anthropoids,  i.e. 
the  constant  occurrence  at  the  surface  of  certain  groups  of  fibres,  has  a  parallel  in 
Man  (perhaps  in  embryos  or  the  lower  races). 


132 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


skull  roof.  In  Man  and  Mammals  the  pineal  gland  is  pushed 
away  from  the  free  surface  of  the  brain  by  the  growth  of  the 
hemispheres,  and  it  is  thus  shifted  back  till  it  comes  to  lie  in  a 
depression  between  the  corpora-  quadrigemina  (nates).  It  is  in 


Fio.  84.— BRAIN  OF  A  BABBIT. 

A,  dorsal ;  B,  ventral ;  C,  lateral  view ;  b.o.,  bulbus  olfactorius  ;  cb'. ,  median  Jobe  of  the 
cerebellum  (superior  vermis)  ;  cb".,  its  lateral  lobe  ;  cr.,  crura  cerebri ;  ep.,  glandula 
pinealis  ;  /.&.,  fore-brain  ;  f.p.,  fissura  pallii  ;  h.b.,  hind-brain  ;  h.p.,  hypophysis  ; 
i  to  xii,  first  to  the  twelfth  cranial  nerves ;  m.b.,  mid-brain  ;  md.,  medulla  oblongata ; 
p.v.,  region  of  the  pons. 

this  position  recognisable,  in  Man,  as  the  well  known  dorso-ventrally 
compressed  pine-  or  cone-shaped  organ.  Into  it  the  lumen  of  the 
third  ventricle  frequently  extends ;  and  its  base  divides  into  two 
stalks,  which  pass  directly  into  the  taenise  medullares  and  thalami 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 


133 


optici.  The  pineal  gland  of  Anthropoids  is  identical  in  appear- 
ance with  that  of  Man. 

The  pineal  gland  in  Man  is  remarkable  for  its  rich  vascularity 
and  for  its  cellular  follicles,  in  which  concretions  (brain  sand)  may 
develop. 

This  "  gland  "  has  all  along  claimed  the  special  attention  of 
morphologists ;  and  as  great  difficulty  has  been  found  in  under- 


Fio.  85. — LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  PINEAL  ORGAN  OF  A  REPTILE 

(Hatteria  punctata).     (Slightly  magnified.)     (After  Baldwin  Spencer. ) 
cp. ,  connective  tissue  capsule  ;  »•".,  "  lens  " ;  cv.,  cavity  of  the  organ  filled  with  fluid ;  »•'., 
retina-like  portion  of  the  vesicle  ;  vs.,  blood-vessels  ;  c.n.,  cells  in  the  nerve  stalk  (s.n.). 

standing  it,  it  has  received  very  different  explanations.  It  is 
only  in  recent  years  that  light  has  been  thrown  upon  it  by 
numerous  works  devoted  to  its  comparative  anatomy  and 
ontogeny.  It  has  been  proved  that,  in  close  connection  with  the 
actual  stalk  of  the  gland,  there  is  a  second  vesicular  outgrowth, 
which,  in  certain  Vertebrates,  shows  undeniable  traces  of  being 
a  rudimentary  unpaired  organ  of  sight.  [This  organ  is  now 
known  to  arise  during  development  iiTall  classes  of  Vertebrates], 


134  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

and  to  have  undergone  degeneration  in  the  course  of  Phylogeny, 
as  the  roof  of  the  skull  became  more  and  more  solid.  The  nerve 
belonging  to  it  is,  so  far  as  is  known,  most  fully  retained  in 
certain  Eeptiles.  In  some  animals  this  organ  only  occurs  in  the 
embryo,  and  altogether  disappears  at  a  later  stage. 

In  examining  the  finer  histological  structure  of  the  pineal  or 
parietal  organ  in  the  Lizard-like  Eeptiles  and  the  Slow- worms,  we 
find  the  upper  wall  may  in  many  cases  become  thickened  to 
form  a  transparent  epithelial  plate  (?*".,  Fig.  85),  which  is  often 
lens-shaped,  while  the  rest  of  the  epiphysial  vesicle  (?*'.),  which  is 
often  flattened,  is  differentiated  into  a  multilaminar  "retina." 
"  Lens  "  and  "  retina  "  thus  arise  in  complete  continuity  out  of  one 
and  the  same  structure  ;  and  it  is  only  at  a  late  stage  in  develop- 
ment that  a  more  or  less  distinct  demarcation  between  them  is 
effected  (Be"raneck).  The  organ  is  invested  by  a  capsule  of 
connective  tissue  (cjp.). 

In  many  cases  the  skin  which  overlies  the  parietal  organ,  as 
well  as  the  connective  and  dural  tissues  below  it,  remain  free  from 
pigment,  indeed  they  are  sometimes  so  clear  and  transparent  that 
they  might  be  considered  as  a  kind  of  cornea.  This  justifies  the 
assumption  that  the  function  of  the  organ  may  not  be  altogether 
lost  even  now.1  Owsiannikow  claims  to  have  found  traces  of  a 
vitreous  body  within  it. 

According  to  Leydig,  Selenka,  and  others,  there  is  found  in 
the  embryos  of  various  Vertebrates  (Selachians,  Eeptiles,  Mar- 
supials, and  probably  in  others)  another  unpaired  dorsal  appendage 
of  the  fore-brain,  for  which  Selenka  has  suggested  the  name 
"  frontal  organ  "  or  "  paraphysis." 

Whereas  the  epiphysis  grows  forward,  the  paraphysis,  which 
arises  much  later  ontogenetically,  grows  backward  and,  when  the 
epiphysis  is  once  fixed  in  the  epidermis,  pushes  itself  in  under 
that  organ,  so  that  the  parietal  eye  comes  to  rest  on  the  para- 
physis as  on  a  cushion.  Until  the  embryo  is  mature,  the 
epithelial  tube  of  the  paraphysis  remains  hollow  and  in  open 
communication  with  the  cavity  of  the  brain. 

If  it  be  established  that  the  pineal  organ  and  gland  are 
really  sui  generis,  distinct  in  origin,  there  is  evidence  of  three  out- 

1  [In  view  of  the  intimate  relationship  between  birds  and  reptiles,  it  is  an 
interesting  circumstance  that  Klinckowstrom  has  discovered  in  embryos  of  certain 
of  the  former  (Anser.  Larus.)  a  "brow  spot,"  which  in  its  structural  differentiation 
suggests  not  only  the  last  trace  of  a  pineal  organ,  but  a  pineal  scale  like  that  of 
living  lizards.  Spengel's  Zoolog.  Jahrb.,  Anaf.  AUh.  Bd.  v.  p.  177.] 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  135 

growths  from  the  roof  of  the  brain,  of  which  one,  the  pineal 
organ,  can  with  certainty  be  regarded  as  originally  a  sense  organ. 

[Locy,  from  the  study  of  young  shark  embryos,  has  adduced 
reason  for  believing  1  that,  at  an  early  stage  in  development,  two 
pairs  of  accessory  optic  vesicles  appear,  concurrently  with  those 
giving  rise  to  the  retinae  of  the  paired  eyes.  The  ultimate  fate 
of  the  former  has  yet  to  be  fully  worked  out,  and  nothing  is 
as  yet  known  concerning  the  post-embryonic  development  of  the 
paraphysis.  There  is,  however,  reason  for  thinking  that  the 
latter  probably  takes  part  in  the  formation  of  the  choroid  plexus  ; 
but  whether  this  is  the  case  or  not,  Locy's  observation  seems  to 
indicate  that  the  pineal  organ  at  least  may  have  been  originally 
paired.] 

At  the  under  surface  of  the  thalamencephalon,  and  connected 
with  the  infundibulum,  there  lies  an  appendage  of  the  brain  called 
the  hypophysis  or  pituitary  body. 

Two  distinct  structures  enter  into  the  formation  of  this 
organ,  one  glandular  and  the  other  nervous.  The  former  arises 
in  Man  and  the  higher  Vertebrates  bylT  constriction  from  the 
primitive  mouth  sac  (stomodseum)  of  the  embryo,  and  the  latter 
is,  as  a  rule,  assigned  genetically  to  the  floor  of  the  thalamen- 
1  cephalon.  Future  research  must  show  how  far  this  is  the  primary 
origin  of  at  least  the  glandular  portion  of  the  organ,  and  this  is 
the  more  desirable  since  some  very  interesting  results  recently 
obtained  by  von  Kupffer,  from  the  study  of  Lamprey  and  Sturgeon 
embryos,  have  given  new  zest  to  the  inquiry  into  the  primitive 
history  of  this  enigmatical  structure.  The  subject  cannot  be 
dealt  with  in  detail  here,  but  mention,  may  be  made  of  at  least 
a  few  of  the  chief  points  concerning  it. 

According  to  von  Kupffer,  the  hypophysis  arises  in  the 
above-named  Fishes  in  the  manner  described  by  Scott  for  the 
Amphibia  (Amblystoma).  At  a  very  early  embryonic  stage  an 
ectodermal  cell-strand  grows  in  from  the  anterior  region  of  the 
head.  This  cell-strand  in  the  Sturgeon  consists  of  two  closely 
applied  epithelial  plates  which  form  a  fold,  and  at  the  point 
at  which  it  arises  the  antero- dorsal  border  of  the  fore-brain 
is  connected  with  a  thickened  portion  of  the  ectoderm  by  an 
originally  hollow  and  subsequently  solid  tract.  This  ectodermal 
thickening  is  termed  by  von  Kupffer  the  median  olfactory 
plate,  and  the  corresponding  cerebral  outgrowth  the  lobus 
olfactorius  impar :  in  fact,  according  to  this  author,  the  Sturgeon, 
1  [Anat.  Anzeiyer,  vol.  ix.  p.  169.] 


136  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

during  its  earliest  development,  passes  through  a  monorhinal 
stage,  and  probably  more  or  less  distinct  traces  of  this  can  be 
discovered  in  the  embryos  of  all  Vertebrates. 

From  this  median  or  unpaired  olfactory  plate,  therefore, 
which  may  be  homologous  with  the  anterior  neuropore  of 
embryologists,  and  with  the  "  olfactory  organ  "  of  Amphioxus,  the 
hypophysial  tube  arises,  prior  to  the  formation  of  the  mouth,  and, 
growing  down  gradually,  approaches  the  base  of  the  brain  till 
it  reaches  the  neighbourhood  of  the  infundibulum.  The  epithelial 
strand  later  separates  off  from  the  ectoderm,  and  finally  to  a  great 


FIG.  86.— MEDIAN  LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  HEAD  OF  A  NEWLY  - 

HATCHED  LARVA  OK  THE  SMALL  LAMPREY  (Petromyzon  planeri). 

f.b.,  fore-brain  ;  m.b.,  mid-brain  ;  h.b.,  hind-brain  ;  ep.,  glandula  pinealis  ;  ol.,  olfactory 
organ  ;  hp.t  hypophysis  ;  st.t  buccal  sac  (stomodaeum) ;  al.,  endodermal  cavity 
(mid-gut) ;  ch.,  chorda  dorsalis. 

extent  degenerates,  so  that  at  last  nothing  remains  of  it  but  its 
constricted,  swollen  end — the  glandular  hypophysis  of  adult 
anatomy.  A  somewhat  similar  arrangement  is  seen,  as  has 
already  been  said,  in  Ammocoetes  and  certain  tailed  Amphibians. 

The  facts  appear  to  me  strongly  to  confirm  the  view  that  >( 
the  hypophysis  corresponds  with  the  primitive  mouth  (archi-  ' 
stoma)  of  the  ancestors  of  the  Vertebrata. 

The  present  vertebrate  mouth  (neostoma)  is  by  some  considered 
to  have  arisen  by  the  running  together  of  a  pair  of  branchial 
clefts ;  but  this  is  by  no  means  definitely  proved. 

According  to  Scott,  the  close  connection  between  the  hypo- 
physis and  the  oral  invagination  (stomodseum)  of  the  higher 
Vertebrates  was  developed  secondarily  in  consequence  of  cephalic 
flexure,  due  to  the  preponderating  development  of  the  fore-brain. 
If  so,  the  hypophysis  had  originally  no  relation  either  to  the 
mouth  or  the  nose,  but  is  to  be  regarded  as  an  organ  (?  sensory), 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  137 

inherited  from  a  supposed  invertebrate  ancestor,  which  originally 
had  the  form  of  a  blind  sac  on  the  free  surface  of  the  head,  close 
to  the  olfactory  organ.  Scott  and  von  Kupffer  thus  differ  con- 
siderably in  their  views ;  [but  whatever  the  original  significance 
of  the  hypophysis,  all  observers  are  agreed  that  it  is  the  vestige 
of  an  organ  originally  distinct  from  the  present  vertebrate  mouth 
and  from  the  nose  of  at  least  the  gnathostomata.  With  respect 
to  it,  the  Vertebrata  collectively  fall  into  two  distinct  and  diversely 
modified  assemblages,  viz.  (i.)  the  Epicraniata  (Lampreys  and 
IJags),  in  which  it  is  carried  up  with  the  nose  and  perforates  the 
basis  cranii  from  above ;  and  (ii.)  the  Hypocraniata  (Fishes 
proper,  Amphibians,  and  Amniota),  in  which  it  is  carried  down 
and  inwards  with  the  mouth,  and  perforates  the  basis  cranii  from 
beneath.] 

We  still  have  to  consider  those  cases  in  which  degeneration 
of  the  brain  is  either  beginning  or  has  made  some  progress. 
We  find  an  instance  of  commencing  degeneration  in  the  lobus 
olfactorius,  to  which  we  shall  have  to  return  when  considering 
the  olfactory  organs.  A  case  of  advanced  degeneration  is  seen 
in  the  roof  of  the  fourth  ventricle.  This,  in  Man,  as  in  all 
Vertebrates,  becomes  almost  entirely  transformed  in  the  course  of 
Ontogeny  into  a  vascular  membrane,  overlying  a  simple  epithelium, 
and  continuous  laterally  and  anteriorly  with  the  pia-mater.  The 
lining  epithelium  is  continuous  laterally  and  posteriorly  with  the 
delicate  structures  bordering  on  the  calamus  scriptorius  known  as 
the  obex,  ponticulus,  and  ligula  (tsenia).  These  all  consist  of 
nervous  tissue,  and  are  to  be  classed  •  morphologically  with  the 
epithelial  layer  just  mentioned.  The  rudimentary  character  of 
the  series  is  evident,  and  the  same  applies  to  the  velum  medullare 
posterius. 

In  contrast  to  the  degenerate  portions  of  the  brain,  other 
parts  are  found  to  be  in  course  of  progressive  development ;  these 
more  than  compensate  for  the  loss  not  only  of  the  above 
mentioned,  but  of  all  other  degenerating  parts.  We  have  only 
to  mention  the  cerebrum,  with  its  continually  developing  com- 
plexity of  the  nerve  tracts,  especially  the  complex  components  of 
the  gray  cortex,  which,  as  the  organs  of  the  mental  faculties,  are 
kept  in  constant  touch  with  the  surrounding  world  by  means  of 
the  centripetal  and  centrifugal  tracts  of  the  peripheral  nervous 
system. 

To  this  topic  we  shall  have  to  return.  It  will  here  suffice 
to  mention  one  more  portion  of  the  brain  in  which  variation  in 


138  THE  STKUCTURE  OF  MAN 

form  and  size  are  evident  to  the  naked  eye,  and  are,  I  consider, 
to  be  interpreted  as  progressive.  This  is  the  lobus  occipitalis 
of  the  cerebral  hemisphere,  in  which  we  find  great  variation 
in  the  extent  of  the  calcar  avis,  and  the  posterior  cornu  of 
the  lateral  ventricle.  Exact  statistics  on  this  subject  are  a 
desideratum. 

[In  connection  with  the  question  of  structural  degeneration  of  the  brain, 
certain  recent  observations  of  Forsyth-Major  are  of  especial  interest.  It  has 
been  generally  assumed  that  the  smooth  cerebrum  and  exposed  cerebellum  of 
the  Lemurs,  which  are  placed  at  the  root  of  the  order  Primates  of  which  Man 
is  the  highest  member,  are  primitive  characters,  indicative  of  a  relationship 
with  and  origin  from  a  lowly  order  of  Mammals.  Forsyth-Major  has  discovered 
evidence  of  structural  simplification  and  degeneration,  during  Ontogeny,  of 
the  brain  of  certain  Lemurs  (apparently  in  correlation  with  preponderating 
development  of  the  face  and  nose)  which  points  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
supposed  primitive  characters  named  may  be  secondary  and  retrogressive — 
a  welcome  suggestion,  in  view  of  Cope's  discovery  that  the  oldest  known 
Lemurs  (Anaptomorphidae)  had  large  and  highly  -  organised  brains.  The 
brain  of  the  human  foetus,  at  from  three  to  five  months,  develops  certain 
convolutions  which  are  early  lost  and  have  nothing  to  do  with  those  of  the  adult. 
Kolliker,  Beer,  Cunningham,  and  others  have  investigated  them,  and  the 
latter,  suggesting  that  they  may  be  the  expression  of  mechanical  effects  conse- 
quent on  a  "  quadrupedal  growth  pause "  in  development,  has  proposed  to 
term  them  "  transitory  fissures  "  (microgyri  of  Beer).  Considerable  interest 
attaches  to  the  occasional  appearance  of  convolutions  upon  the  surface  of  the 
hemispheres  in  normally  smooth-brained  Mammals  ;  as  also  to  the  question 
whether  these  are  progressive  structures,  or  conversely,  whether  they,  and 
the  convolutions  which  seem  to  disappear  during  Ontogeny  among  the 
Lemuroidea,  may  have  anything  to  do  with  the  "transitory  fissures"  above- 
named.  A  wide  field  of  inquiry  is  here  opened  up,  which  gives  promise 
of  most  important  results.]  l 


PERIPHERAL  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 

But  few  retrogressive  phenomena  are  here  met  with  ;  among 
these  are  the  present  condition  of  the  rami  recurrentes  of  the  three 
branches  of  the  trigeminus  and  of  the  vagus,  which  run  to  the 
dura  mater,  and  further,  of  the  ramus  auricularis  of  the  latter  nerve. 

The  fact  that  in  the  region  of  the  hypoglossus  vestiges  of 
the  posterior  roots  with  their  ganglia  have  been  found  in  human 
embryos,  as  they  were  long  since  in  certain  lower  Mammals, 
indicates  that  assimilation  of  spinal  or  vertebral  elements  may 
be  going  on  in  the  occipital  region  of  the  skull.  Certain  delicate 
nerve  loops  which  lie  in  the  region  of  the  trigeminus,  facialis 

1  [Cf.  Forsyth-Major  in  Rothschild's  Novitates  Zoological,  vol.  i.  p.  35  ;  and  Cun- 
ningham, Cunningham  Memoirs,  E.  Irish  Acad.,  No.  VII.  p.  30.] 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  139 

and  glossopharyngeus  nerves,  or  are  connected  with  their  ganglia, 
may  possibly  be  retrogressive  in  nature ;  but  we  cannot  enter 
further  into  their  study  here,  as  to  do  so  would  lead  us  too  far 
into  Comparative  Anatomy,  and  be  beyond  the  purpose  of  this 
work. 

The  variations  which  are  continually  taking  place  in  the 
brachial  and  lumbo-sacral  nerve  plexuses,  in  connection  with  the 
shifting  of  the  limbs  and  their  girdles  during  development,  have 
been  already  considered  in  detail  (ante,  pp.  95  and  96). 

THE  SYMPATHETIC  SYSTEM 

Here  also  extraordinary  variations  are  to  be  found  in  the 
form,  number,  and  size  of  the  ganglia  of  the  main  trunks,  in  the 
peripheral  plexuses,  and  in  the  connections  between  the  two  chief 
trunks ;  but,  except  in  the  caudal  portion  of  this  system,  we  are 
not  justified  in  assuming  that  we  have  to  do  with  retrogressive 
phenomena. 


THE   SENSE   OKGANS 

THE  sense  organs  have  always  been  classified  into  lower 
and  higher,  and  that  not  without  justification.  Conspicuous 
among  the  lower  sense  organs  are  those  of  the  tactile  sense  lying 
in  the  integument ;  and  by  the  higher  sense  organs  are  under- 
stood the  olfactory,  visual,  auditory,  and  gustatory  apparatus, 
which  are  located  in  special  depressions  or  cavities  of  the 
head. 

It  may  now  be  considered  as  certainly  established  that  all 
the  latter  may  be  traced  back  phylogenetically  to  tegumental 
sense  organs,  and  that  their  sensory  epithelia  are  to  be  regarded 
as  modified  epidermal  derivatives. 


INTEGUMENTAL  SENSE  OKGANS 

It  appears  to  me  not  improbable  that  the  tactile  bodies  which 
are  profusely  scattered  throughout  the  integument  of  man  are 
genetically  closely  connected  with  his  gradual  loss  of  hair.  I  am 
led  to  this  conclusion  by  the  fact  that  tactile  bodies  appear 
in  the  lower  Mammals  principally,  indeed,  perhaps  exclusively, 
in  places  where  there  is  no  hair  (proboscis,  entrance  to  the  mouth, 
plantar  surface  of  the  paw).  They  appear  unnecessary  in  hairy 
parts  of  the  body,  because  the  hairs  themselves,  being  richly 
provided  with  nerves,  are  capable  of  exercising  a  delicate  tactile 
function. 

How  far  certain  epithelial  structures  proved  by  Maurer  to 
exist  in  the  hair  germs  are  to  be  deduced  from  phylogenetically 
older  tegumental  sense  organs  like  those  of  the  Anamnia,  must 
be  established  by  further  investigation  (compare  also  the  already- 
mentioned  temporary  appearance  of  sense  organs  in  the  cephalic 
region  in  embryos,  ante,  p.  133). 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS  141 


THE  OLFACTORY  ORGAN 

The  Number  and  Structure  of  the  Olfactory  Ridges 
and  the  Turbinals 

Following  Broca  and  Turner,  we  may  divide  Mammals,  accord- 
ing to  the  development  of  their  olfactory  apparatus,  with  especial 
reference  to  its  cerebral  portion  ["  rhinencephalon,"  "  lobe  lim- 
bique  "]  into  series,  viz. : 

[i.  Osmatic  series,  turbinals  present  and  usually  five  in 
number.] 

(a)  Macrosmatic  [organs  of  smell  largely  developed],  (most 
Mammals,  e.g.  Edentata,  Ungulata,  Carnivora,  Eodentia,  Mar- 
supialia,  and  Lemuroidea). 

(6)  Microsmatic  [olfactory  apparatus  relatively  feeble]  (Pinni- 
pedia,       Whalebone  -  Whales, 
Apes,     Man,     and     Monotre- 
mata). 

[ii.  Anosmatic  series,  or- 
gans of  smell,  apparently 
absent  in  the  adult] — (Dol- 
phins and  Toothed  -  Whales 
generally,  although  many  of 
these  require  further  investi-  pio>  87._LATERAL  VlEW  OF  THE  NASAL 
gation  with  regard  to  this  CHAMBER  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO. 

point) 1  ^'    **'    *H'    ^e     taree     olfactory    ridges  ; 

f,  supernumerary  ridge  which   occurs  in 
The      first      point      to      be          the  embryo ;    «.,  tip   of  the  nose ;  pi., 

established  is  the  primitive  J-M-ftj  £££-£  """' ''  "" 
number  of  the  olfactory  ridges. 

The  investigations  of  Zuckerkandl  lead  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  original  number  of  these  ridges  was  comparatively  small,  and 
that  where,  among  Mammals,  we  have  a  large  number  or  a 
more  complicated  form  of  turbinal,  they  have  been  secondarily 
acquired  in  the  interest  of  a  greater  physiological  efficiency. 

Most  orders  of  Mammals,  e.g.  the  greater  number  of  Carnivora, 
Eodentia,  Insectivora,  Lemuroidea,  Marsupialia,  with  Ornitho- 
rhynchus  (Echidna  ?),  have  five  olfactory  ridges ;  but  the  Ungulata 

'  1  [Kiikenthal  has  recently  worked  out  the  development  of  the  olfactory  organ  in 
the  Delphinid*,  and  has  proved  (i)  that  the  union  of  the  external  nasal  apertures 
is  a  secondary  process  occurring  during  Ontogeny,  and  (ii)  that  in  the  young  embryo 
well-developed  olfactory  lobes  and  bulbs  are  present  which  disappear  in  the  adult.— 
Denksch.  d.  medic. -natur-wiss.  Gesellsch.,  Jena,  Bd.  iii.  pp.  326  ct  seq.] 


142 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 


have,  as  a  ride,  more  than  five,  and  sometimes  as  many  as  eight. 
The  Edentata  possess  from  six  to  eleven  (Orycteropus  has  eleven, 
Dasypus  nine,  Bradypus  and  Manis  seven,  Myrmecophaga  six), 
and  the  Primates  from  one  to  three. 

At  a  late  embryonic  period  three  olfactory  ridges  are  often 
present  in  Man,  inasmuch  as  between  the  superior  and  inferior 
a  third  projects  into  the  lumen  of  the  nose  (cf.  Fig.  87). 
This  last,  when  present,  is  more  or  less  distinct  at  birth,  but 
it  becomes  reduced  later,  the  superior  ethmo-turbinal,  as  a 
rule,  growing  over  it  like  a  cover.  With  this  superior  ethmo- 
turbinal,  which  must  be  considered  as  primary,  the  rudiment 
of  a  fourth  is  found  (cf.  Fig.) ;  but  this  is  further  differentiated 
only  in  exceptional  cases.  We  thus  have  at  least  four  ethmo- 
turbinals  represented  in  the  developing  human  nose,  with  three 
olfactory  meatuses;  and  this  arrangement  recalls  those  Mammals  in 
which  there  are  four  corresponding  ridges  present  in  the  adult. 

[Concerning  variation  of 
the  olfactory  meatuses  of 
the  human  adult,  on  recent 
examination  of  152  indi- 
viduals,1 the  dominant  con- 
dition— presence  of  three — 
was  observed  in  56  per 
cent;  four  were  noted  in 
41  per  cent,  and  five  in 
n1'-  1'3  per  cent.  In  three 
r  iL  instances  (i.e.  approximately 
in  2  per  cent)  only  two  were 
found,  the  superior  turbi- 
nated  bone  being  absent; 

and  in  one  of  these  "  there 
FIG.    88.— SAGITTAL    SECTION    THROUGH    THE    „  i       •        .    i       i    ,         f 

NASAL    AND    BUCCAL    CAVITIES    OF    THE    was.  a    horizontal    plate     of 
HUMAN  HEAD.  cartilage  projecting  into  the 

/,  II,  III,  the  three  olfactory  ridges ;  sn'.,  frontal    nfle!ol   fr,««n   f™™   f  V,o 

sinus  ;  sn".,  .sphenoidal  sinus  ;  os.,  opening  of    n&Sal  tOSSa  ±r°m  the    sePtlun 
Eustachian  tube  ;  be.,  entrance  to  the  mouth  ;    On  a  level  with    the    inferior 

>ra ;  v.u.,  axis  turbinated  bone."] 


When  it  is  further  re- 
membered that  the  maxillary,  frontal,  and  sphenoidal  sinuses 
(sn'.,  sn".,  Fig.  88)  are  also  lined  by  olfactory  mucous  membrane, 

1  [Made  under  the  auspices  of  the  Collective  Investigation  Committee  of  the 
Anatomical   Society  of  Great  Britain   and  Ireland.     See  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys 
vol.  xxviii.  p.  73.] 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS  143 

and  that  in  the  sinus  fron tails  of  the  embryo  (as  Professor 
Killian,  who  has  paid  especial  attention  to  this  subject,  has 
kindly  informed  me)  even  now  ridge-like  structures  sometimes 
occur,  reminding  one  in  the  manner  of  their  origin  of  the  eth- 
moidal  system,  it  seems  probable  that  there  was  once  a  still  more 
highly  specialised  development  of  the  olfactory  organ. 

The  above  remarks  apply  to  the  olfactory  region  proper,  i.e. 
to  the  ethmoidal  labyrinth  with  its  olfactory  ridges.  I  have 
so  far  purposely  avoided  the  term  turbinal,  and  have  always  used 
instead  the  word  ethmo-turbinal,  or  Schwalbe's  term  "  olfactory 
ridge,"  in  order  to  exclude  any  suggestion  of  parallelism  with  the 
"  turbinal "  of  the  lower  Vertebrata.  But  we  now  come  to  the 
question  of  the  persistence  of  the  latter  among  the  Mammalia. 
To  these  animals  it  has  been  handed  down  as  the  "  inferior 
turbinal,"  but  it  now  possesses  no  olfactory  epithelium,  having 
evidently  undergone  a  change  of  function.  In  animals  in  which 
smell  is  acute,  it  is  folded  or  more  or  less  branched,  i.e.  is  much 
more  complicated  than  in  animals  with  less  keen  scent,  in  which 
it  is  merely  singly  or  doubly  scrolled.  The  latter  must  be  con- 
sidered as  the  more  primitive  condition,  from  which  the  former 
was  secondarily  developed. 

The  conditions  which  have  led  up  to  reduction  of  the  olfactory 
organ  in  the  vertebrate  series  are  very  various.  In  Man  its 
degeneration  is  due  to  the  subordinate  part  played  by  it.  The 
olfactory  apparatus  is  here,  as  Broca  has  rightly  remarked,  but  a 
modest  vassal  of  the  brain,  which  does  not  reach  the  perfection 
of  the  other  higher  sense  organs. 


JACOBSON'S  ORGAN 

The  first  indications  of  this  organ  appear  to  occur  among  the 
tailed  Amphibia,1  in  the  form  of  a  small  ventral  diverticulum 
of  the  nasal  cavity  (jc.,  Fig.  89,  A,  B),  which  either  retains 
its  original  position  throughout  life,  or  in  the  course  of  develop- 
ment becomes  shifted  so  as  to  lie  in  the  maxillary  sinus  (Fig. 
89,  E). 

At  exactly  the  same  point  near  the  nasal  septum,  where,  in 
the  Amphibia,  this  organ  arises,  in  the  Amniota  Jacobson's  organ 
is  found,  in  the  form  of  a  diverticulum  of  the  principal  nasal 

1  Apparent   indications   of  this   apparatus   are   forthcoming   in   certain   fishes 

(Polypterus). 


144 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


g.m. 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS  145 


H 

FIG.  89. — A-D,  VARIOUS  STAGES  OF  DEVELOPMENT  OP  [THE  SO-CALLED]  JACOBSON'S  ORGAN 
OF  THE  UKODELIA,  illustrated  by  a  series  of  transverse  sections.  F,  transverse 
section  through  the  nose  and  Jacobson's  organ  of  Lacerta  agilis  ;  G,  the  same  of 
a  placental  Mammal  ;  H,  the  same  of  Ornithorhynchus,  after  Symington  ;  I,  diagram- 
matic side  view  of  G. 

In  A  the  organ  commences  medially  and  basally  ;  in  D  the  lateral  position  is  attained  ; 
E,  the  Gymnophione,  in  which  separation  from  the  principal  cavity  is  effected  ;  na., 
nasal  cavity  ~f  jc.,  Jacobson's  organ  ;  c.j.,  Jacobson's  cartilage  ;  g.tn.,  inter-maxillary 
gland  ;  g.n.,  nasal  gland  ;  n.o.,  olfactory  nerve  ;  n.t.,  trigeminal  nerve  ;  d.n.,  nasal 
duct ;  mx.,  upper  jaw  ;  sp.,  septum  nasi ;  o.d.,  dumb-bell-shaped  bone,  forming  a 
support  for  Jacobson's  organ. 

cavity  (jc.,  Fig.  88,  G,  H,  I).  In  most  Mammals  this  becomes 
constricted  off  and  secondarily  connected  with  the  buccal  cavity. 
A  lateral  displacement  does  not  take  place,  and  the  organ  remains 
between  the  floor  of  the  nasal  cavity  and  the  roof  of  the  mouth, 
i.e.  in  its  original  position.  It  is  always  lined  with  a  pronounced 
sensory  epithelium,  innervated  by  the  ventral  fasciculus  of  the 
olfactory  nerve  (n.o.,  Fig.  I). 

Eecent  investigation  has  proved,  without  doubt,  that  vestiges 
of  a  Jacobson's  organ  are  to  be  found  in  adult  human  beings. 
Before  considering  these  in  detail,  however,  certain  structures 
which  attracted  the  attention  of  the  earlier  investigators  need 
to  be  dealt  with. 

Huscke's  "plough-share  cartilage"  in  Man  was  formerly 
regarded  as  the  vestige  of  the  two  cartilaginous  tubes  lying  near 
the  base  of  the  nasal  septum,  which  in  many  lower  Mammals 
envelop  the  organ  of  Jacobson.  This  is  incorrect,  since,  as 
Spurgat  has  shown,  the  same  cartilages  are  found  in  the  human 
organs  of  Jacobson  as  in  those  of  the  lower  Mammalia,  but  in  a 
much  reduced  condition.  These  organs,  together  with  the  Sten- 
son's  canals,  open  into  the  buccal  cavity  through  the  ductus 


146  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

incisivi.  The  latter  are  sometimes  wide,  sometimes  constricted, 
and  they  communicate  with  the  mouth  either  independently  or 
by  a  common  orifice.  In  fresh  embryos  the  passage  of  the  canal 
is  to  be  found  open  only  in  exceptional  cases ;  there  are  usually 
two  canals  present  on  both  the  buccal  and  nasal  surfaces  of  the 
palate,  the  former  of  these  are  usually  the  more  prolonged.  Both 
pairs  are  lined  with  mucous  membrane,  and,  ending  blindly,  form 
together  an  obtuse  angle.  Traces  of  the  buccal  ends  of  these  canals 
may  still  be  found  in  some  adults  in  the  form  of  epithelial 
strands ;  as  a  rule,  however,  they  disappear  without  leaving  any 
trace,  while  the  upper  or  nasal  portions  persist. 

Between  the  two  canals,  or  their  vestiges,  which  run  up  from 
the  buccal  cavity  just  behind  the  inner  incisors,  there  is  on  the 
palate  a  papilla,  the  so-called  papilla  palatina  incisiva  (p.p., 
Fig.  95).  This  has  been  investigated  by  Merkel,  and  found  to 
be  a  sensory  organ,  but  its  physiological  significance  is  not  under- 
stood. 

Returning  to  the  actual  organ  of  Jacobson  in  Man,  the 
epithelial  tubes  which  form  its  inner  lining  agree  in  every 
respect  morphologically  with  those  of  certain  lower  Mammals 
(e.g.  the  Rat).  The  epithelium  of  the  outer  wall  somewhat 
resembles  that  of  the  regio  respiratoria  of  the  nasal  cavity,  and 
that  of  the  inner  wall,  which  is  almost  four  times  as  thick,  that 
of  its  regio  olfactoria.  There  are  no  traces,  however,  of  the 
characteristic  filamentous  olfactory  sense -cells — the  cells  being 
much  more  like  the  supporting  cells  of  the  olfactory  epithelium. 
Between  them  occur  short  fusiform  elements  which  do  nob  reach 
the  surface  (and  may  perhaps  be  incompletely  developed  olfactory 
cells).  Numerous  acinose  glands  open  into  the  organ. 

Although  no  nerves  have  been  as  yet  discovered  in  the  organ 
in  the  human  adult,  in  the  embryo,  as  in  the  lower  Mammals, 
a  well-defined  branch  of  the  olfactory  nerve  (n.o.,  Fig.  89, 1)  runs 
to  it. 

All  things  considered,  the  organ  of  Jacobson  in  Man  has 
certainly  all  the  characteristics  of  a  vestigial  structure.  This  is 
seen  not  only  in  its  inconstant  occurrence7  in  its  frequent  one- 
sided development,  and  in  its  degeneration,  which  commences 
even  during  fcetal  life,  but  in  its  histological  structure  (Merkel, 
Schwink,  Chiarugi).  In  Anthropoids  it  is  still  further  reduced. 

[This  organ  attains  its  fullest  morphological  development 
in  the  Monotremes  (Ornithorhynchus)  (Symington).] 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS 


147 


THE  PROJECTILE  NOSE 

Whereas  the  olfactory  ridges  and  Jacobson's  organ  of  Man 
are  to  be  considered  degenerate,  the  projectile  nose  and  its 
skeletogenous  supports  are  in  a  progressive  condition ;  they  may 
indeed  be  considered  as  specifically  human  structures.  It  cannot 
as  yet  be  said  with  certainty  what  gave  the  first  impulse  to  their 


FIG.  90. — HEADS  OF  TWO  HUMAN  EMBRYOS. 

A,  at  the  end  of  the  second  ;  B,  at  the  beginning  of  the  third  month  (after  W.  His), 
aw.,  external  auditory  involution,  with  the  pinna  (p.)  seen  developing  around  it.  vs., 
eye ;  ol.,  nose. 


development. 
inquiry.1 


This  question  awaits  an  extended  morphological 


THE  EYE 

The  human  eye  itself  shows  few  vestigial  structures ;  and 
these,  being  limited  to  the  embryo,  are  but  transitory.  I  refer 
to  the  arteria  hyaloidea  which  passes  through  the  vitreous  body 
within  Cloquet's  canal,  and  which  is  closely  related  to  the  fcetal 
choroidal  fissure!  The  former  plays  an  important  part  in  the 
nutrition  of  the  central  part  of  the  eye  during  embryonic  life. 
This  is  provided  for  in  Fishes  and  Keptiles  by  organs  known  as 


1  This  has  been  undertaken  by  my  pupil  F.  Spurgat,  and  a  preliminary  report  on 
his  first  series  of  observations  will  be  found  in  the  Anal.  Anzeigcr,  Bd.  viii.  p.  228. 


148  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

the  processus  falciformis  and  the  pecten  which  are  permanently 
retained,  but  in  Man  the  corresponding  structure  undergoes  com- 
plete degeneration  before  birth. 

We  meet  with  indications  of  atavism  in  connection  with  the 
accessory  parts  of  the  eye.  In  the  fissura  orbitalis  inferior,  for 
instance,  there  is  an  accumulation  of  smooth  muscle,  which  is 
the  last  vestige  of  the  well-developed  musculus  orbitalis  of  lower 
Mammals.  In  these  animals  the  orbital  fossa  is  usually  in  open 
communication  with  the  temporal,  i.e.  the  two  are  not  separated 
by  a  bony  septum  (cf.  ante,  p.  58).  This  sheet -like  muscle 
forms  the  boundary  between  the  temporal  and  the  orbital  fossae ; 
it  is  innervated  by  nerves  arising  from  the  sphenopalatine 
ganglion,  and  contracting,  under  their  action,  causes  the  eye  to 
protrude.1 

The  occasional  presence  of  laterally  and  medially  diverted 
offshoots  of  the  levator  palpebrse  superioris  muscle  suggests  that 
it  may  once  have  been  more  extensive  than  at  present.  It  may 
be  regarded  as  the  vestige  of  the  much  more  strongly  developed 
palpebralis  muscle  of  certain  lower  Mammals  ;  further  investiga- 
tion of  this  subject,  however,  is  required. 

Great  interest  attaches  to  the  fold  of  the  conjunctiva  which 
lies  at  the  median  angle  of  the 
eye,  and  is  known  as  the  plica 
semilunaris  (pi.,  Fig.  91).  This 
corresponds  with  the  third  eye- 
lid, the  so  -  called  nictitating 
membrane,  of  the  lower  animals. 
In  Birds,  Anurous  Amphibians 
[some  Sharks],  and  in  many 

pi.  Eeptiles    it  is   highly  developed, 

FIG.  91.— HUMAN  EYE.  and,  by  means  of  a  special  mus- 

cular apparatus,  can  be  drawn 
across  the  eyeball.  It  serves  not 
only  to  cover,  but  to  keep  clean  the  surface  of  the  eye,  the 
upper  lid  [which  in  Man  performs  that  function]  being  im- 
movable, and  the  lower  slightly  movable  or  but  little  developed. 
In  Man,  as  in  the  Apes,  in  association  with  the  absence  of  a 
retractor  bulbi  muscle,  this  third  eyelid  has  undergone  great 
degeneration,  but  it  may  still  enclose  (more  frequently  in  Negroes 
than  in  Caucasians)  a  cartilaginous  support.  Among  sixteen 

1  Nussbaum  has  recently  announced  the  discovery  in  a  human  orbit  of  a  muscle 
homologous  with  the  retractor  bulbi  of  lower  vertebrata.     This  awaits  confirmation. 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS 


149 


pure  Negroes  this  cartilage  was  found  by  Giacomini  in  twelve 
individuals. 

The  plica  semilunaris  varies  greatly  in  size  at  different  ages 
and  in  different  races.  In  the  new-born  child,  and  during  the 
early  years  of  life,  it  is  broader  than  later,  when  it  does  not  exceed 
1£  to  2  mm.  in  breadth.  One  known  exception  to  this  rule  is, 
however,  found  in  the  Malay  tribe  of  the  Orang-Sakai,  in  which  it 
reaches  a  breadth  of  5  to  5|  mm.  It  would  be  worth  while  to 
examine  other  tribes  in  this  respect. 

In  the  caruncula  lachrymalis  (c.l.,  Fig.  91),  which  lies  near  the 
plica  semilunaris,  glands  are  to  be  found,  which  in  their  structure 


FIG.  92. — DIAGRAM  TO  ILLUSTRATE  THE  SHIFTING  OF  THE  LACHRYMAL  GLAND, 

WHICH  HAS  TAKEN  PLACE  IN  THE  COURSE  OF  PHLYOGENY. 

The  gland  shifts  in  the  direction  of  the  arrows  ;  a,  its  position  in  the  Amphibian  ;  b,  in 
Reptiles  and  Birds,  and  in  certain  human  beings,  in  which  case  it  may  be  regarded 
as  atavistic  ;  c,  normal  position  in  Man. 

greatly  resemble  the  lachrymal  glands.  These  "  nictitating  glands  " 
constitute  a  distinct  series  and  are  in  no  way  connected  with  the 
sweat  and  Mollerian  glands  (Peters).  Further,  sebaceous  glands 
and  fine  hairs  are,  in  the  Primates,  found  near  the  caruncula. 

Finally,  a  mention  may  be  made  of  accessory  lachrymal  glands 
which,  with  their  ducts,  occasionally  lie  near  the  conjunctival  sac 
at  the  lateral  angle  of  the  eye  (cf.  Fig.  92) — i.e.  in  a  position 
approximate  to  that  of  the  lachrymal  glands  of  Amphibia  and 
Reptiles,  and  indicative  of  a  gradual  shifting  of  the  lachrymal 
apparatus  in  the  course  of  Phylogeny. 

Long  stiff  hairs  which   occasionally  appear  in   the  median 


150  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

region  of  the  human   eyebrow   recall   from   their   position   the 

feelers  [or  supra-orbital  vibrissae]  of  the  lower  Mammals.      They 

have  been  already  dealt  with  (ante,  p.  4). 

A  well-marked  variation  of  the  upper  eyelid,  apparently  due 
to  arrested  development  during  fcetal 
life,  is  that  resulting  in  the  formation 
of  the  so-called  epicanthus  (ep.,  Fig. 
93).  This,  as  its  name  suggests,  is  a 
prolongation  of  the  lid,  which  extends 
more  especially  over  the  inner  angle 
of  the  eye.  In  certain  races,  such  as 
the  Mongolian,  this  variation  is  con- 
spicuous, giving  rise  to  the  slit -like 
appearance  and  oblique  position  of  the 
aperture  of  the  eye.  The  obliquity, 
however,  is  only  apparent,  for  it 

FIG.  93.— EYE  OF  A  MONGOLIAN,  vanishes  if  the   skin  above  the  nose 
WITH  THE  EPICANTHUS  (ep.).   be  tightly  stretched.     The  epicanthus, 

(After  Merkel.)  ° 

as  it  appears  in  the  Japanese,  has  been 

very  exactly  described  by  Balz,  who  points  out  that  it  results 
from  the  flatness  of  the  bridge  of  the  nose — the  superfluous  skin 
forming  the  fold  in  question.  It  is  a  matter  of  interest  that  a 
similar  condition  has  been  observed  among  Caucasian  children. 
According  to  Kanke,  about  6  per  cent  of  these  exhibit  a  markedly 
Mongolian  type  of  eye  during  the  first  six  months  of  their  lives. 


THE  AUDITORY  ORGAN 

In  describing  the  skeleton  of  the  head,  mention  has  been  made 
(ante,  p.  49)  of  the  post-oral  branchial  sacs  which  characterise 
a  certain  embryonic  stage,  and  of  the  auditory  ossicles  (p.  64). 

The  latter  arise  partly  from  the  original  suspensory  apparatus 
of  the  lower  jaw,  i.e.  from  the  visceral  skeleton?  As  to  the 
former,  only  the  anterior  sac  persists  in  Mammals ;  and  from 
this  (the  spiraculum l  of  the  lower  Fishes)  the  cavity  of  the  middle 
ear  (Eustachian  tube  and  tympanic  cavity)  develops. 

1  [Considerable  interest  attaches  to  the  fact  that  the  only  living  Vertebrates  in 
which  this,  the  "  hyo-branchial  cleft  "  of  comparative  embryologists,  is  absent,  are  the 
Marsipobranchii  (Lampreys  and  Hags)  and  the  Teleostean  or  Bony  Fishes.  Its  occur- 
rence in  the  embryos  of  the  former  group  is  now  well  known  (Shipley,  Qu.  Jour.  Micr. 
Sci.,  vol.  xxvii.  p.  349),  and  Sagemehl  has  described  its  apparent  vestige  in  certain 
adult  members  of  the  latter  (Morpholog.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  ix.  p.  213).  It  is,  however,  in- 
sufficiently recognised  that  the  painstaking  researches  of  Ramsay  Wright  have 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS 


151 


We  have  thus,  in  each  case,  a  typical  example  of  change  of 
function. 


FIG.  94. — DIAGRAM  TO  ILLUSTRATE  THE  METAMORPHOSIS  DURING  DEVELOPMENT  OF 

(I-V)    THE    FIRST   TO   THE   FlFTH    VISCERAL   SKELETAL   ARCHES. 

From  the  first  arch  (the  so-called  Meckel's  cartilage)  two  of  the  auditory  ossicles,  the 
malleus  and  the  incus  (mb.  and  in.},  are  represented  as  arising  proximally,  but  about 
this  there  is  still  considerable  doubt  (cf.  ante,  p.  64).  p.,  pinna  ;  st.,  stapes ;  pr., 
processus  mastoideus  of  skull. 

From  the  second  (hyoid)  arch  arise,  proximally,  the  processus  styloideus  (p.s.), 
distally  the  anterior  or  lesser  cornua  of  the  hyoid  (CM.),  and  a  portion  of  the  basi- 
liyoid  or  copula  (bs.}.  By  far  the  greater  portion  of  this  arch  becomes  the  stylo- 
hyoid  ligament  (lg.).  It  is  very  doubtful  whether  the  arch  of  the  stapes  also  arises 
from  the  proximal  portion  of  the  second  arch  ;  the  basal  plate  of  the  stapes,  at  any 
rate,  appears  to  arise  independently  of  it. 

The  third  arch  gives  rise  to  the  greater  part  of  the  body  (bs.),  and  the  posterior 
or  greater  horn,  of  the  hyoid  (c.p.). 

The  fourth  arch  gives  rise  to  the  upper  segment  (th'.)  of  the  thyroid  cartilage 
and  the  fifth  to  the  lower  one  (th".).  The  arytenoid  cartilage  (a.r.)  is  probably  a  deri- 
vative of  the  fifth  arch,  tc.,  the  cartilago  triticea  ;  cr.,  cricoid  cartilage ;  tr.t  trachea. 


proved  its  regular  occurrence,  in  a  modified  form,  throughout  the  living  Ganoids  ; 
and  further,  that  in  these  fishes  and  certain  Selachians  it  gives  off  a  diverticulum 
(the  canalis  tubo-tympanicus),  which  there  is  reason  to  regard  as  the  possible  homo- 
logue  of  the  middle  auditory  chamber  of  the  terrestrial  Vertebrata  (cf.  Ramsay 
Wright,  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xix.  p.  476).] 


152  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

The  pinna  of  the  ear  deserves  special  attention.  In  recent 
years  it  has  been  thoroughly  investigated  by  Schwalbe,  the  results 
of  whose  researches  are  here  incorporated.  This  pinna  (p.,  Fig.  90) 
is  so  elaborately  modelled  a  structure  that  we  can  hardly  imagine 
it  to  be  degenerate.  It  undergoes  marked  variation  and  adapta- 
tion in  different  races,  tribes,  and  individuals,  as  well  as  at 
different  ages.  On  close  examination,  variation  is  found,  for  the 
most  part,  to  affect  those  portions  of  it  which  stand  out  freely 
from  the  head  in  a  postero-dorsal  direction.  Schwalbe  calls  these 
parts  the  "  ear-folds,"  distinguishing  the  basal  region  as  the  zone 
of  the  auditory  prominence  (cf.  Fig.  71). 

The  pinna  of  Man  arises  from  six  prominences  which  develop 
near  the  anterior  visceral  cleft  (au.,  Fig.  90),  and  are  called  the 
branchial  auricular  prominences.  In  the  adult  pinna  they  are 
still  evident  as  the  helix,  crus  antihelicis  inferius,  crus  helicis, 
tragus,  and  antitragus  (cf.  Fig.  71).  The  human  pinna,  as 
compared  with  that  of  Apes,  would  appear  to  be  a  degenerate 
structure ;  and  in  reality  it  is  much  reduced,  being  rolled  over 
in  such  a  way  as  greatly  to  modify  the  upper  edge  of  the  helix 
and  part  of  the  antihelix. 

The  variations  of  the  ear -folds  are  of  great  interest,  and 
deserve  close  attention,  in  connection  with  the  primitive  history 
of  Man. 

When  we  examine  the  highly  movable  ear  of  the  Ungulata, 
we  find  that  the  ear-fold  gives  rise  to  a  very  efficient  sensitive 
auditory  funnel,  which  lies  parallel  to  the  axis  l  of  the  ear,  and 
ends  in  a  free  tip  (spina). 

In  the  Primates  the  pinna  is  much  shortened,  and  is  thrown 
into  folds  (helix  and  antihelix)  running  at  right  angles  to  the 
axis  of  the  ear.  Schwalbe  finds  two  forms  of  free  tip  in  the 
Apes.  (1)  The  Macacus  or  Inuus  type  (Fig.  71,  C) ;  and  (2)  the 
Cercopithecus  type  (Fig.  71,  D).  In  the  former  (C),  which  some- 
what resembles  in  shape  the  ear-fold  in  human  embryos  at  from 
the  fourth  to  the  sixth  month,  there  is  a  freely  developed  edge  of 
the  helix  which  is  not  rolled  over,  and  a  distinct  tip,  always  in 
the  same  place. 

From  the  eighth  month,  the  human  ear-fold  enters  upon  a 
degenerative  process,  which  essentially  consists  in  the  rolling 

1  By  the  axis  of  the  pinna  (regarded  as  a  standard  of  measurement)  is  meant 
a  line  which  connects  the  true  tip  of  the  ear  (Woolner's  and  Darwin's  tip  [spina]) 
with  the  incisura  auris  anterior  (cf.  s.',s.",s."',  Fig.  71,  B).  By  the  breadth  of  the 
organ,  in  both  Man  and  the  lower  mammals,  is  understood  the  measurement  of  the 
attached  portion  (base  of  the  ear). 


THE  SENSE  ORGANS  153 

over  of  the  edgfe  of  the  ear,  and  in  the  greater  development  of 
the  antihelix.  The  tip,  at  the  same  time,  shifts  down  along  the 
posterior  edge  of  the  helix,  without,  however,  becoming  rolled  in  ; 
and  there  thus  arises  the  so-called  Cercopithecus  form  (cf.  Fig.  71, 
D)  of  the  human  embryo. 

If  the  rolling  in  of  the  tip  takes  place,  we  have  a  third  type 
of  ear,  in  which  the  tip  is  turned  forwards  (Darwin's  tipped 
ear).  This  (Fig.  71,  E)  is  the  usual  condition  of  the  human 
adult,  but  many  modifications  of  it  are  realised,  the  tip  some- 
times entirely  disappearing  as  a  free  projection.1 

Besides  the  degeneration  which  finds  its  expression  in  the 
reduction  of  the  human  ear-fold  or  pinna,2  its  cartilage  is  also 
degenerating.  The  external  auditory  passage  is  among  the  lower 
Mammalia  (Marsupials)  beset  by  three  separate  cartilages,  movable 
upon  each  other.  The  auditory  canal  of  the  child  still  distinctly 
reveals  this  structure,  although  the  alleged  complete  independence 
of  the  basal  piece  affirmed  by  Burkner  has  not  been  fully  estab- 
lished (Schwalbe).  The  original  clefts  between  the  cartilages  are 
incompletely  retained  as  the  incisurse  Santorini. 

Secondly,  the  cartilaginous  spina  helicis  (processus  spinosus 
helicis)  is  completely  fused  with  the  other  cartilages  of  the  pinna. 
It  corresponds  in  position  with  the  free  tip  of  the  organ,  and  is 
the  homologue  of  a  cartilage  which,  in  many  Mammals  (Ungulata, 
Carnivora,  Eodentia),  is  independent,  and  is  known  as  the  scutulum 
(clypeus  or  rotula).  This  scutulum  fuses  with  the  principal  cartilage 
of  the  ear  in  the  Lemuroidea  and  the  Apes,  as  well  as  in  Man.3 

1  One  curious  variation  is  the  occurrence  on  only  one  side  of  Darwin's  process. 
In  a  batch  of  military  recruits  it  was  found  to  be  of  medium  size  on  the  right  side  in 
330  men,  and  on  the  left  only  in  seventy-nine,  and  was  thus  four  times  as  frequent  on 
the  former  as  on  the  latter.     It  was  found  to  be  remarkably  large  on  the  right  side 
in  ten  individuals,  and  on  the  left  only  in  one  (Ammon). 

2  The  ear-fold  may  undergo  reduction  in  Mammals  which  live  underground  or 
in  water.     The  rudiment  of  a  pinna  has  been  found  in  the  embryos  of  some  Whales 
[and  a  structure  which  has  been  similarly  interpreted  may  occasionally  appear  in  the 
adult  Cetacean].     According  to  this,  the  ancestors  of  existing  Whales  must  have 
possessed  an  external  ear,  and  since  such  an  organ  would  occur  in  land  animals, 
we  find  in  this  fact  a  proof  of  the  descent  of  the  Whales  from  terrestrial  Placentalia 
(Kiikenthal). 

3  In  rare  cases  the  scutulum  may  remain  separate,  even  in  Man.     The  familiar 
lobulus  auriculie,  a  non- cartilaginous  fatty  tegumental  fold,   first  occurs  in  the 
Anthropoids.     In  Man  it  undergoes  many  variations  of  form  and  size,  and  is  not 
infrequently  entirely  absent.     It  is  never  found  in  people  of  genuine  Kyban  descent, 
nor  in  the  Cagots  of  the  Pyrenees  (lilanchard). 

I  have  to  thank  Herr  Otto  Ammon  of  Carlsruhe  for  the  following  statistics 
obtained  by  him  in  connection  witli  the  military  recruiting  in  Baden  for  1889  :— 
In  4171  ears  (of  2086  men)  in  the  military  district  of  Mosbach,  the  free  lobe  was 


154  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

We  have  every  reason  for  believing  that  the  ancestor  of  Man 
could  move  his  pinna  to  a  far  greater  extent  than  can  his  descend- 
ant of  to-day.  The  pinna,  no  doubt,  formerly  took  a  great 
part  in  the  play  of  the  features,  and  served,  as  it  now  undoubtedly 
does  in  the  lower  Mammals,  as  an  excellent  instrument  for 
appreciating  the  direction  of  sound. 

We  are  justified  in  this  assumption,  or  rather  affirmation, 
by  two  facts:  (1)  the  position  in  which  the  pinna  is  still  often 
found  with  relation  to  the  head  ;  and  (2)  the  presence  of  an  exten- 
sive musculature,  the  primitive  history  of  which  has  already  been 
given,  in  describing  the  platysma  myoides  (cf.  ante,  p.  105). 

With  regard  to  the  first  point,  it  is  well  known  that  in  by 
far  the  greater  number  of  individuals  the  pinna  of  the  ear  lies 
more  or  less  closely  applied  to  the  temporal  surface  of  the  head. 
When  attention  has  to  be  concentrated  in  a  special  direction,  a 
person  may  be  seen  to  correct  this  physiologically  bad  arrange- 
ment by  applying  the  hollow  of  the  hand  to  the  back  of  the 
ear,  and  so  forming  an  artificial  funnel  like  an  ear  trumpet. 

This  proceeding  is  less  necessary  in  individuals  whose 
ears  stand  out,  wing-like,  from  the  head,  i.e.  are  physiologically 
more  correctly  disposed.  From  the  modern  aesthetic  stand- 
point this  is  a  questionable  advantage ;  but  it  is  a  peculiarity 
which  has  a  great  tendency  to  be  handed  on  by  inheritance. 
In  any  case,  this  position  is  the  original  one,  and  the  flattened 
condition  must  be  considered  as  secondarily  acquired. 

It  is  difficult  to  decide  what  influences  brought  about  the 
loss  of  physiological  efficiency  of  the  pinna.  It  may  have  been 
due  to  a  gradual  alteration  of  the  resting  attitude  of  Man ;  and 
it  should  be  generally  known  that  deformation  of  the  pinna, 
which  often  lasts  for  years,  may  be  produced  in  children  by  the 
same  cause. 

wanting  1511  times,  i.e.  in  36  per  cent.  It  was  pi-esent  in  2461  ears,  i.e.  in  64  per 
cent ;  of  the  median  size  in  2318,  and  specially  large  in  143,  i.e.  in  3  to  4  per  cent. 
Darwin's  point  was  not  to  be  found  in  3106  cases,  i.e.  in  74  per  cent ;  it  was  present 
in  1066  cases,  i.e.  in  26  per  cent ;  in  1027  it  was  of  median  size,  and  in  only  thirty- 
nine  (i.e.  in  9  per  cent)  unusually  large. 


THE    ALIMENTAKY    CANAL   AND    ITS    APPENDAGES 


HUMAN 


PALATAL  KIDGES 

THE  mucous  membrane  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth  is  thrown  into 
a  more  or  less  marked  median  ridge — the  raphe,  and  into  a 
varying  number  of  paired  transverse  ridges  (r.p.,  Fig.  95),  which 
are  especially  well  developed  an- 
teriorly near  the  incisors,  but  pos- 
teriorly become  flattened  out.  There 
are  five  to  seven  of  these  transverse 
palatal  ridges  on  each  side,  and  they 
are  more  developed  in  the  embryo 
and  the  new-born  child  than  in  later 
life,  when  their  primarily  regular 
arrangement  disappears.  Those 
farthest  back  degenerate,  but  the  FIG.  95.— PALATE  OF 
anterior  ones  increase  in  size  and 
shift  nearer  to  one  another  as  age 
advances.  In  very  aged  persons 
the  whole  system  of  ridges  may  almost, 
disappear. 

In  these  ridges  which,  as  has  been  seen,  vary  to  a  great  extent, 
we  have  the  representatives  of  a  larger  and  more  numerous  series 
met  with  in  many  lower  Mammals  (cf.  Fig.  96)  (in  Apes  there 
are  as  many  as  ten).  They  are,  as  a  rule,  covered  with  a  tough 
stratified  epithelium,  and  are  functional  in  helping  to  triturate 
and  crush  the  food  taken  into  the  mouth  (Gegenbaur). 

Some  years  ago  I  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  in  the 
embryo  Cat  these  ridges  develop  as  rows  of  papillae,  which  later 
unite,  and  I  put  forward  the  suggestion  that  we  may  be  here 
dealing  with  the  remains  of  palatal  teeth  handed  down  even  to 
Man.  Closer  investigation  must  show  whether  these  papillae  are 
actual  vestiges  of  tooth  structures  or  only  horny  growths,  such 


tina  ;  al.,  the  later  formed  alveolar 


even    altogether, 


156 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


as  are  still  found  among  the  lower  Mammals  in  the  form  of 
horny  teeth  or  ridges  (Ornithorhynchus,  certain  Marsupials,  and 
Edentates). 

The  extreme  anterior  border  of  the  palate  bears  a  median 
eminence,  the  papilla  palatina  (p.p., 
Figs.  95,  96).  On  either  side  of 
this  and  of  the  raphe  the  naso- 
palatine  canal,  already  described 
(ante,  p.  146),  opens. 

TEETH  l 

The  teeth  are  among  the  most 
important  and  the  most  variable 
organs  of  the  vertebrate  body.  Long 
before  the  appearance  of  the  osseous 
skeleton — i.e.  among  the  lowest  Ver- 
tebrates— teeth  and  tooth-like  tegu- 
mental  scutes  are  found.  We  cannot 
be  far  wrong  in  asserting  that  the 

FIG.  96.— PALATAL  FOLDS  OF  THE  acquisition  of  teeth  by  the  Vertebra ta 
RACOON  (Procyon  lotor}.          was  a  most  important  factor  in  the 

and  form  of  the  teeth  are  greatly 
determined  by  adaptation  to  the  various  conditions  of  life. 
It  is  therefore  often  difficult  to  decide  whether  similar  tooth 
forms  in  fossil  animals  are  cases  of  analogy  or  of  homology.  It 
is  quite  possible  for  different  races  of  animals,  in  adaptation  to 
similar  modes  of  life,  independently  to  acquire  a  similar  dentition 
[as  for  example  in  the  case  of  the  Crocodilian  (Gamalis)  and  the 
Dolphin  (Platanista)  living  side  by  side  in  the  Ganges].  If, 
among  the  lower  Vertebrata,  we  set  aside  dental  ridges  resulting 
from  the  fusion  of  several  distinct  teeth,  and  the  compound  teeth 
of  many  Fish,  the  teeth,  as  far  up  as  the  lower  Eeptiles,  are,  for 
the  most  part,  simple  pointed  cones.  In  these  animals  they  serve 
only  for  seizing  the  prey,  the  further  disintegration  of  which 
takes  place  in  the  stomach  and  intestine.  In  the  Mammalia 
the  food  is  more  or  less  triturated  in  the  mouth,  and  that  chiefly 
by  the  cheek  teeth. 

The  dentition  of  the  Primates  is,  as  compared  with  that  of 

1  In   this   account    of   the    teeth   the    researches    of  Rose   have   been   largely 
followed. 


,  papilla 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       157 

Mammals  generally,  but  little  specialised.  The  molars  in  parti- 
cular are  comparatively  simple  cuspidate  teeth,  such  as  are  found 
among  the  oldest  Mammals.  Judged  from  the  form  of  their 
teeth,  the  Primates  would  appear  to  have  branched  off  very 
early  from  the  common  Mammalian  stem.  If  we  can  draw 
conclusions  from  the  fossils  as  yet  found,  the  Apes  were  not  very 
widely  distributed  in  earlier  periods.  They  probably  lived,  as 
they  now  do,  as  climbing  animals  in  tropical  climates.  In  con- 
sequence partly  of  their  frugivorous  manner  of  life,  and  partly  of 
the  higher  development  of  their  intelligence,  their  teeth,  of  no 
great  service  for  warfare  in  the  struggle  for  existence,  appear  to 
have  remained  comparatively  simple. 

The  dentition  of  Man  agrees  with  that  of  the  Old  Worjd 
Apes  in  number  and  shape  of  the  teeth.      The  dental  formula  is : 

2.    1.         2.      3 
*-9~c.r- p.m.—  m.—  —  32.     The  New  World  Apes,  on  the  other 

hand,  have  one  more  premolar  in  each  set,  their  formula  being 

2.  1.  3.  3 

0  i   o  o  =  36.      If  the  teeth  of  Man  are  compared  with  those  of 

a.  1.  O.  O 

the  nearly  related  Anthropoids,  it  is  found  that  their  respective 
milk  teeth  agree  in  form  and  size  more  nearly  than  do  their 
permanent  or  successional  dentitions.  In  the  Anthropoids  [with 
the  exception  of  the  Gibbon  (Hylobates)]  the  teeth  of  the  second 
series  are  larger  and  stronger  than  in  Man,  the  contrast  being 
most  marked  in  the  size  of  the  canines.  The  latter  serve,  in  the 
Ape,  as  powerful  weapons  in  the  struggle  for  existence,1  and  the 
prernolars  of  the  Apes  are  also,  in  consequence  of  the  greater 
development  of  their  outer  cusps,  more  caniniform  than  in  Man. 
The  molars,  on  the  contrary,  are  remarkably  similar  throughout, 
although  they  are  larger  in  Anthropoids  than  in  Man ;  and  in 
Hylobates,  both  in  form  and  size,  they  can  hardly  be  distinguished 
from  those  of  the  human  subject. 

[Since,  among  Mammals  generally],  the  milk  teeth,  i.e.  those 

1  We  have  abundant  evidence  that  teeth  were  once  used  by  Man  or  by  his 
ancestors  as  weapons  of  defence  ;  traces  of  such  a  use  have  not  altogether  disappeared 
in  human  beings  of  the  present  day,  and  I  cannot  refrain  from  quoting  in  this  connec- 
tion a  comment  of  Darwin  which  occurs  in  Ids  book  on  the  Origin  of  Man. 

"He  who  rejects  with  scorn  the  belief  that  the  shape  of  his  own  canines,  and 
their  occasional  great  development  in  other  men,  are  due  to  our  early  forefathers 
having  been  provided  with  these  formidable  weapons,  will  probably  reveal  by  sneer- 
ing the  line  of  his  descent.  For  though  he  no  longer  intends,  nor  has  the  power,  to 
use  these  teeth  as  weapons,  he  will  unconsciously  retract  his  '  snarling  muscles '  (thus 
named  by  Sir  C.  Bell)  so  as  to  expose  them  ready  for  action,  like  a  dog  prepared 
to  fight." 


158 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


of  the  first  series,  are  as  a  rule  far  less  modified  than  the 
permanent  teeth ;  and  since,  in  view  of  this,  it  is  found  that 
the  former  agree  in  Anthropoids  and  Man  far  more  than  the 
latter,  we  are  justified  in  concluding  that  the  teeth  of  both 
Man  and  the  Apes  point  back  to  a  common  origin  from  some 
more  or  less  intermediate  type.  The  dental  formula  of  the 
Anthropoid  Apes  appears  to  be  comparatively  fixed ;  but  the 


FIG.  97. — HUMAN  MOUTH,  IN  WHICH  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  UPPER  OUTER 

INCISORS  HAS  BEEN  SUPPRESSED. 

i'.,  inner  incisors ;  i".,  outer  incisors  ;  p.m.,  first  premolar  of  the  upper  jaw  ;  c.,  upper 
canines  which,  under  the  special  conditions,  come  next  in  order  to  the  upper  inner 
incisors. 

teeth  of  Man  show  indications  of  gradual  reduction,  especially 
in  the  variations  in  the  size  of  the  molars  and  of  the  upper  outer 
incisors. 

The  upper  outer  incisor  shows  every  transition  form  between 
a  well-developed  typical  tooth  and  a  short  conical  stump.  In 
many  individuals,  however,  this  tooth  is  altogether  wanting  (cf. 
Fig.  97),  and  this  dental  variation  may  be  hereditarily  trans- 
mitted through  several  generations. 

The  recent  researches  of  Eose  have  revealed  reason  for 
believing  that  the  upper  molars  of  Man  have  been  derived  from 
a  four-cusped  tooth  type,  and  the  lower  from  a  five-cusped  type, 
and  that  the  numerical  reduction  of  these  cusps  has  been  due  to 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       159 

Man's  adoption  of  a  more  delicate  diet,  those  degenerating  first 
which  were  the  last  to  be  added  to  form  the  compound  tooth, 
In  the  upper  jaw  this  is  the  posterior  lingual  and  in  the 
lower  the  posterior  unpaired  cusp.  In  the  third  molar,  the 
so-called  wisdom  tooth,  the  process  of  reduction  may  go  so  far 
that  finally,  instead  of  a  tooth  with  four  or  five  cusps,  a  vestigial 
stump  alone  appears.  In  a  relatively  large  number  of  cases, 
indeed,  no  wisdom  tooth  at  all  appears,  it  being  either  not 
formed,  or,  if  formed,  retained  within  the  gum. 

Repeated  investigations  on  this  subject  have  all  tended  to 
show  that  these  signs  of  degeneration,  so  marked  in  Europeans, 
are  found  in  non-Europeans  also,  but  not  at  all  to  the  same 
extent  as  among  the  Aryan  race.  Quite  apart  from  patho- 
logical cases,  upper  molars  with  three  cusps,  lower  molars  with 
four,  and  reduced  wisdom  'teeth,  occur  more  frequently  in 
Europeans  than  in  Negroes,  Mongolians,  or  native  Australians. 
The  low  race  last  named,  in  its  dental  formula,  appears  least 
removed  from  the  hypothetical  original  type ;  for  in  it  are  still 
found  complete  rows  of  splendid  teeth  with  powerfully  developed 
canines  and  molars,  the  latter  being  either  uniform,  or  even 
increasing,  in  size,  as  we  proceed  backwards,  in  such  a  way 
that  the  wisdom  tooth  is  the  largest  of  the  series.  This  is 
decidedly  a  pithecoid  character,  which  is  always  found  in  Apes. 
The  upper  incisors  of  the  Malay,  apart  from  their  prognathous 
disposition,  have  occasionally  a  distinctly  pithecoid  form,  their 
anterior  surface  being  convex,  and  their  lingual  surface  slightly 
concave.  The  ancestors  of  the  Europeans  seem  to  have  had  the 
same  form  of  teeth,  for  the  oldest  existing  fragments  of  skulls 
from  the  Mammoth  age  (e.g.  the  jaws  from  la  Naulette  and 
Schipka)  reveal  tooth  forms  which  must  be  classed  with  those 
of  the  lowest  races  of  to-day. 

Apart  from  those  variations  in  the  human  dentition,  which 
tend  to  approximate  it  to  that  of  Anthropoids,  still  more 
startling  ones  are  occasionally  found.  For  example,  the 
appearance  of  a  third  premolar  is  not  very  rare.  In  the  Freiburg 
anatomical  museum  there  is  an  upper  jaw  with  three  well- 
developed  premolars  on  each  side,  thus  showing  the  dental 
formula  of  the  New  "World  Apes.  An  increase  in  the  number  of 
molars  is  also  not  very  rare  in  both  Man  and  the  Anthropoids. 
A  fourth  molar,  in  a  more  or  less  perfect  form,  is  to  be  met  with 
in  every  large  collection  of  skulls.  Zuckerkandl  has  shown  that 
the  epithelial  germ  of  a  fourth  molar  is  not  infrequently  present 


160  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

in  Man,  and  Eose  has  since  proved  that  this  vestige  is  on  each 
side  coincident  with  the  end  of  the  epithelial  dental  ridge. 

By  milk  teeth  are  usually  understood  the  first  formed 
generation  of  teeth.  Eose,  however,  has  recently  attempted  to 
show  that  the  milk  teeth  do  not  correspond  with  the  first  series 
of  teeth  of  the  lower  Vertebrates,  and  that  they  cannot  be 
homologised  with  any  one  special  series  in  Eeptiles  and  allied 
forms.  Milk  teeth,  according  to  him,  must  rather  be  considered 
to  have  arisen  by  the  concrescence  of  several  consecutive 
generations  of  teeth  of  our  ancestors,  into  one  single,  more  solidly 
constructed,  series,  the  sum  of  all  the  remaining  rows  which  were 
once  present  having  been  in  Man,  as  in  all  diphyodont  Mam- 
mals, compressed  into  the  second  or  permanent  series.  [This 
is,  however,  but  one  of  several  views  put  forward  during  recent 
years  on  the  subject  of  the  Mammalian  tooth  genesis.  Much 
more  important  is  the  fact  that,  in  Man,  while  the  premolars 
are  comparatively  simple  teeth,  the  milk  molars  which  precede 
them  are  more  complex,  and  more  conformable,  in  the  characters 
of  their  fangs  and  crowns,  to  the  type  of  the  true  molars. 
These  facts  suggest  that  the  deciduous  (milk)  molars  are  of  a 
more  primitive  (i.e.  a  less  reduced)  type  than  the  successional.1] 

Until  quite  recently,  the  possibility  of  Man's  developing  a 
third  dentition  was  generally  denied,  but  it  is  now  proved  that 
that  may  sometimes  occur.  Baume,  Zuckerkandl,  and  Eose,  have 
discovered  a  third  set  of  enamelless  tooth  rudiments  on  the  outer 
or  labial  surface  of  the  jaw,  [and  Schwalbe  has  lately  suggested  2 
that  they  may  be  the  vestiges  of  a  distinct  pre-milk  dentition, 
of  which  traces  have  been  found  by  Kiikenthal  in  the  Seal,  by 
Nawroth  in  the  Pig,  and,  in  a  more  extensive  and  calcified  form, 
by  Leche  in  the  Banded  Ant-Eater  (Myrmecobius}.  Great 
interest  attaches  to  further  inquiry  into  these  structures.] 

In  Fishes,  Amphibians,  and  some  Eeptiles,  the  first  formed 

1  [A  very  interesting  allied  case  is  furnished  by  the  common  Dog.     In  the  upper 
jaw  of  that  animal,  the  characters  of  the  fourth  milk  (deciduous)  molar  are  almost 
exactly  those  of  the  first  true  molar,  and  the  characters  of  the  third  milk  molar  those 
of  the  fourth  premolar.     Similarly,  the  second  and  first  milk  molars  closely  resemble 
the  third  and  second  premolars,  allowance  being  in  all  cases  made  for  mere  differ- 
ence in  size.     Indeed,  comparison  of  the  premolars  with  the  milk  molars  and,  through 
these,  with   the   first  molar,  reveals   a   marvellous   series  of  progressive  stages  in 
simplification  and  reduction  of  the  type  of  tooth  represented  in  the  adult  dentition 
by  the  first  upper  molar.     I  am  hoping  shortly  to  have  this  most  important  matter 
fully  worked  out  in  detail.— G.  B.  H.] 

2  [Cf.  Schwalbe,  Morph.  Arbeiten,  Bd.  iii.  p.  531,  and  Nawroth,  "Zur  Ontogenese 
d.  Scheweinemolaren,"  Inaug.  Dissert.  Basel,  Berlin,  1893.] 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES      161 

teeth  arise  in  relation  to  epithelial  papillae,  which  project  above 
the  surface  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth.  A  tract  of  the 
epithelium  of  the  jaw  subsequently  sinks  down  into  the  meso- 
dermal  tissues  to  form  the  so-called  dental  ridge,  from  which  the 
actual  teeth  then  develop.  The  dental  ridge  of  the  higher  Verte- 
brates commences  to  form  very  early,  long  before  the  first  appear- 
ance of  the  bones.  In  this  early  formation  of  the  dental  ridge 
the  phylogenetic  early  appearance  of  teeth  is  ontogenetically  re- 
capitulated. The  occurrence  of  freely  projecting  papillae  prior  to 
the  formation  of  the  dental  ridges  seems  to  have  been  lost  in 
most  Mammals,  through  abbreviation  of  the  embryonic  stages. 
Eose  has,  however,  lately  proved  the  existence,  in  Man,  of 
temporary  traces  of  papillae  at  a  period  antecedent  to  the  sinking 
down  of  the  dental  ridge. 


THE  SUBLINGUA 

Gegenbaur  has  devoted  special  attention  to  a  system  of  folds 
on  the  under  surface  of  the  tongue  (plica  fimbriata),  which  are 
very  distinctly  developed  in  children  at  and  soon  after  birth,  but 
in  adults  are  found  only  in  various  stages  of  reduction. 

In  its  general  form  this  organ  resembles  the  sublingua  of 
the  Prosimii,  in  which  animals  it  attains  its  most  independent 
development  in  the  Slender  Loris  (Stenops)  of  Ceylon.  It  is  in 
this  creature  supported  by  cartilaginous,  fatty, and  connective  tissue, 
its  investing  epithelium  being  raised  into  papillae  and  showing 
a  tendency  to  become  horny.  In  the  allied  Tarsius  and  in  Lemur 
degeneration  has  obviously  taken  place ;  since,  in  the  latter,  the 
cartilaginous  supporting  tissue  has  altogether  disappeared  and  the 
organ  is  no  longer  independent,  so  far  as  its  relations  with 
the  tongue  are  concerned.  The  sublingua  would  thus  appear  to 
have  formerly  possessed  a  well-developed  supporting  skeleton, 
inherited  from  the  lower  classes  of  animals,  and  we  are,  in  fact, 
reminded  of  the  rod-like  process  of  the  basihyal  which,  in  Lizards 
and  some  Chelonians,  passes  so  conspicuously  into  the  base  of  the 
tongue.  Thus  considered,  the  sublingua  may  be  regarded  as  the 
morphological  equivalent  of  the  tongue  of  the  lower  Vertebrata, 
and  the  actual  Mammalian  tongue  would  appear  to  have  been 
to  a  certain  degree  acquired  [within  the  limits  of  the  Mammalian 
phylum].  The  tongue  and  sublingua  thus  appear  to  be  organs 
of  very  different  phylogenetic  significance,  and  there  is  some 
reason  for  thinking  that  the  muscular  tongue  has  probably 


162  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

been  developed  out  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  degenerating 
sublingua. 

The  study  of  Ontogeny  has  up  to  the  present  thrown  no 
light  on  the  sublingua. 

Before  quitting  the  tongue  the  papillee  foliatse  should  be 
mentioned.  These,  in  Mammals,  take  the  form  of  localised 
systems  of  lamellae,  situated  on  the  postero-lateral  tongue  border, 
and  having  their  epithelium  thrown  into  a  series  of  flask-shaped 
depressions.  In  Man  these  papillae  vary  much  in  form  and  size, 
and  since  they  are  occasionally  represented  by  but  mere  traces 
they  are  evidently  undergoing  reduction. 


THYROID  AND  THYMUS 

These  two  organs  are  developmentally  related  to  the  pharyn- 
geal  region. 

The  thyroid  gland,  in  all  Mammals  in  which  it  has  been 
examined,  arises  from  two  ventral  outgrowths,  one  of  which  is 
paired  and  the  other  unpaired. 

The  unpaired  constituent  is  closely  connected  ontogenetically 
with   the  tongue  which,  during  development,  bridges  over  the 
floor  of  the  buccal  cavity,  enclosing  a  space,  the  wall  of  which 
becomes  changed  into  an  epithelial  vesicle.      This  is  the  unpaired 
or  median  thyroid    gland,  and   it  for  a  time  remains  in  com- 
munication by  means  of  its  duct  (the  ductus  thyroglossus)  with 
the  posterior  surface   of  the  tongue,  at  its  base  of  attachment. 
When  this  duct  closes,  its  orifice  may  become  converted  into  the 
so-called  foramen  ccecum  of  the  adult,  and  therefore  belongs  to 
the  class  of  vestigial  structures.      The   duct  itself,  as   His  has 
shown,  may  often  be  retained  in  the  adult  for  a  length  of  2^  or 
more  centimetres.     Its  existence  explains  the  fact  that  the  so-i 
called  middle  lobe  of  the  thyroid  gland  is  occasionally  prolonged! 
upwards  into  a  process,  which  often  becomes  constricted  so  asl 
to  form  a  series  of  from  two   to  four   longitudinally  recurrentj 
vesicles  (bursse  supra  hyoidea  and  prsehyoidea). 

The  paired  portions,  or  the  lateral  lobes,  of  the  thyroid  gland 
arise  at  the  region  of  extreme  posterior  differentiation  of  the 
visceral  skeleton,  by  constriction  of  the  primary  floor  of  the 
pharynx,  near  the  laryngeal  orifice.  We  have  thus,  here  again,  a 
structure  of  epithelial  origin.  At  a  later  stage  the  lateral  and 
median  portions  of  the  thyroid  gland  become  approximated. 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       163 

The  whole  organ  at  first  has  an  undoubtedly  glandular 
character,  but  after  the  constriction  is  completed  it  undergoes  a 
marked  structural  change. 

The  manner  in  which  the  thyroid  originates  justifies  us  in 
classing  it  as  a  vestigial  organ.  In  the  further  course  of  its 
development,  however,  it  does  not  degenerate  as  might  be 
imagined  CL  priori ;  on  the  contrary,  it  develops  into  a  large, 
highly  vascular  organ,  which,  according  to  recent  clinical  experi- 
ence, iifoTgreat  service  in  the  maintenance  of  both  the  bodily 
and  mental  health  of  its  possessor. 

It  would  appear  to  play  some  important  function  in  relation 
to  the  central^  nervous  system,  since  its  removal  in  animals  is 
attended  with  the  manifestation  of  an  extraordinary  number  of 
pathological  symptoms, — idiocy,  muscular  twitchings,  tetanic, 
ataxic,  apathic,  clonic,  and  epileptic  symptoms  being  conspicuous, 
with  marked  disturbances  of  the  organs  of  deglutition,  circulation, 
and  respiration  (cachexia  strumipriva).  It  may  further  be  noted 
that  different  classes  of  animals  are  differently  affected  by  the 
destruction  of  this  organ.1 

This  gland  may  be  concerned  either  in  the  production  of  a 
secretion,  or  in  the  removal  from  the  blood  of  substances  which 
would  be  injurious  to  the  nervous  system ;  but  nothing  very 
definite  is  known  concerning  its  functions.  It  is  richly  supplied 
with  blood,  indeed  much  more  so  than  the  brain  itself. 

In  the  thyroid  gland,  then,  we  have  evidence  of  change  of 
function,  and  this  is  also  the  case,  at  least  to  a  certain  extent, 
with  the  thymus.  In  Mammals,  and  especially  in  Man,  this 
gland  is  chiefly  formed  from  a  hollow  epithelial  outgrowth  of  the 
third_J)ranchial  pouch,  although  the  fourth,  and  to  a  certain 
extent  the  second  also,  take  part  in  its  formation. 

The  thymus  thus  far  resembles  in  its  origin  a  gland ;  but  it 
loses  this  character,  and  a  thorough  histological  change  takes 
place  in  consequence  of  the  wandering  into  it  of  lymphoid  cells. 
This  change  renders  its  physiological  significance  still  more 
difficult  to  explain.  Towards  the  end  of  the  second  year  the 
thymus  (the  greater  part  of  which  now  lies  behind  the  sternum, 
i.e.  ventrad  of  the  heart  and  of  the  roots  of  the  larger  blood- 
vessels) reaches  its  highest  development,  and  after  that  period  it, 
as  a  rule,  undergoes  retrogressive  metamorphosis ;  in  very  old 

1  It  is  difficult  to  decide  whether  and  to  what  extent  the  frequent  pathological 
affections  of  the  thyroid  gland  (the  formation  of  a  "crop"  with  secondary  disorgan- 
isation of  the  tissues)  may  or  may  not  be  referred  to  change  of  function  within  it. 


164  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

people,  however,  epithelial,  lymphoidal,  and  fatty  vestiges  of 
it  always  occur. 

We  cannot  at  present  determine  what  was  the  original  signi- 
ficance of  the  thyroid  and  thymus  glands,  and  the  like  is  true  of 
an  allied  body,  the  so-called  carotid-gland  (glandula  intercarotica), 
which  is  found  at  the  bifurcation  of  the  common  carotid  artery. 

[Concerning  the  thymus,  however,  Beard,  working  chiefly  at 
the  lower  Fishes,  in  which  it  attains  its  greatest  development,  has 
recently  been  led  to  the  brilliant  suggestion1  that  it  may  be 
in  them  primarily  protective  of  the  branchial  organs  of  respira- 
tion, by  a  process  of  phagocytosis,  in  a  manner  akin  to  that  in 
which  the  tonsils  and  associated  cytogenous  tissues  are  protective 
of  the  main  respiratory  passages  of  the  pulmonary  organs  of  the 
terrestrial  Vertebrata.] 

BURSA  PHARYNGEA 

The  primitive  history  of  this  organ  cannot  at  present  be 
certainly  determined.  In  Man  it  appears  at  about  the  third 
month  of  foetal  life,  on  the  posterior  pharyngeal  wall,  as  an 
epithelial  evagination,  directed  upwards  and  backwards  towards 
the  occipital  bone.  During  embryonic  life  this  structure  becomes 
shifted  in  the  course  of  its  growth ;  its  canal  lengthens,  and 
finally  approaches  the  tonsils ;  after  this  it  participates  in  all  the 
changes  which  affect  these  organs.  Chief  among  these  is  degenera- 
tion, which  normally  takes  place  before  the  time  of  puberty.  The 
degenerative  processes  bring  about  shrinkings,  fusions,  the  formation 
of  crypts  and  cysts,  and  other  modifications  so  diverse  that  hardly 
any  two  cases  are  alike,  and  the  most  different  accounts  are  con- 
sequently given  of  them  in  the  literature  of  the  subject. 

The  following  lower  Mammals  are  known  to  possess  a  bursa 
pharyngea ;  the  Alpine  Marmot  (Arctomys  marmota),  the  Pig 
(Sus  scrofa),  the  Eoebuck  (Capreolus),  and  the  Bear  (Ursus).  In 
no  other  Mammals  examined  has  anything  of  the  kind  been 
found,  and  since  no  traces  of  the  organ  are  to  be  observed  in  the 
lower  Vertebrata,  its  primitive  history  and  physiological  signifi- 
cance remains  problematical  (Killian). 

(ESOPHAGUS  AND  STOMACH 

In    their    fully    developed    condition    the    cesophagus    and 
stomach  show  no  anatomical  peculiarities  which  need  be  specially 
1  [Anat.  Anzeiger,  Bd.  ix.  p.  482.] 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       165 

mentioned  here.  Attention  may,  however,  be  drawn  to  the  saccus 
csecus,  which  is,  as  it  were,  indicative  of  the  commencement  of  a 
process  of  chambering  in  the  stomach,  the  antrum  pyloricum,  and 
a  constriction  (c'.,  Fig.  98)  which  but  very  rarely  occurs l  near  the 
middle  of  the  pyloric  region. 

The  O3sophageal  mucous  membrane,  which  after  birth  is 
covered  with  a  dense  stratified  epithelium,  is  in  the  embryo 
beset  by  a  columnar  ciliated  epithelium,  and  thus  recalls  very 
primitive  conditions.  In  Amphioxus  and  the  young  Lamprey 
(Ammocoetes),  for  example,  nearly  the  whole  intestine  is  still 
lined  with  a  similar  ciliated  epithelium.  In  the  adult  Lamprey 
it  is  somewhat  more  limited,  and  it  is  still  to  be  found  at  various 
parts  at  least  of  the  intestine,  in  a  large  number  of  the  Anamnia. 
Ciliated  epithelium  is  also  frequent  in  the  resophagus  of  Eeptiles, 
and  it  has  even  been  proved  to  exist  in  the  intestinal  canal  of 
some  Mammals,  at  least  over  small  areas. 

[A  similar  replacement  of  ciliated  by  stratified  non-ciliated  epithelium 
may  take  place  over  localised  areas  of  the  mammalian  trachea.  In  the  Dog 
and  Cat,  for  example,  this  change  is  effected  over  areas  of  attrition,  resulting 
from  a  folding  over  of  the  tracheal  wall  ;  and  this  and  other  allied  considera- 
tions have  led  to  the  application  of  the  term  "frictional"  to  stratified 
squamous  epithelium  (cf.  Haycraft  and  Carlier,  Qu.  Jour.  Misc.  Sci.,  vol.  xxx. 
p.  519).] 

Muscle  bundles  often  occur  between  the  posterior  wall  of  the  t 
windpipe  and  the  oasophagus,  at  the  point  where  the  left  bron-  ] 
chial  tube  crosses  the  latter,  and  at  other  parts  of  the  intestinal   ! 
canal,  e.g.  the  duodenum.     Their  significance  is  undetermined;  ' 
but  their  inconstancy,  variability,  and  feeble  development  suggest 
that  they  may  be  among  those  organs  which  are  being  gradually 
lost  by  Man. 

The  comparative  anatomy  of  the  stomach,  and  of  the  course 
and  ultimate  distribution  of  the  vagus  nerve,  prove  that  the 
former,  like  some  other  organs  of  the  viscera  (e.g.  the  heart,  the 
thyroid,  and  the  thymus  glands),  originally  lay  farther  forward, 
i.e.  nearer  the  head,  and  that  it  has  secondarily  shiftecf  back 
(cf.  ante,  p.  38  and  Fig.  31). 

It  not  infrequently  happens  that  a  blind  diverticulum 
(diverticulum  ilei  or  diverticulum  ofMeckel)  arises  from  the 

1  I  noticed  this  constriction  twice  during  the  ordinary  dissecting  course  in  this 
University  in  the  winter  of  1892  and  1893  ;  and  careful  dissection  showed  that  there 
was  at  the  constricted  part  a  ring-like  specialisation  of  the  circular  musculature. 


FIG.  98. — HUMAN  STOMACH. 

ce.,  oesophagus  ;  py.,  pylorus  ;  c'.c".,  constrictions 

of  the  pyloric  chamber. 


166  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

lower  part  of  the  small  intestine.1  This  diverticulum  is  connected 
during  the  embryonic  period,  and  sometimes  still  longer,  with  the 
navel,  by  a  cord,  containing  the  last  vestiges  of  the  ductus 
omphalo-mesentericus,  which  connected  the  yolk-sac  with  the 

intestine.    We  have  in  this 
a  mere  vestige  of  a  foetal    , 
organ. 

[On  examination  of 
769  bodies,  at  the  insti- 
gation of  the  Collective 
Investigation  Committee  of 
the  Anatomical  Society  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland,2 
the  diverticulum  ilei  has 
been  encountered  in  but 
sixteen  cases,  or  in  little 
more  than  2  per  cent. 
Special  interest  attaches  to 
Eolleston's  report  upon 

the  examination  of  337  individuals  (nearly  44  per  cent  of 
the  whole  number)  which  were  equally  representative  of  the 
two  sexes,  as  nine  of  the  ten  possessed  of  the  diverticulum 
were  ma^s.] 

[A  remarkable  case  has  more  recently  been  put  on  record  by 
Buchanan,3  of  an  adult  male  subject  in  whom  this  appendage  had 
a  total  length  of  9  cm.  and  a  basal  circumference  of  11  cm., 
and  contained  a  spacious  central  cavity  having  a  wide  aperture  of 
communication  with  the  ileum.  The  remaining  alimentary 
viscera  were  strikingly  aberrant,  the  colic  head  and  the  coecum 
being  directed  towards  the  left  hypogastric  region  (instead  of  the 
right),  the  ccecum  terminating  in  an  appendix  vermiformis  which 
measured  13  J  cm.  in  length.] 

1  According  to  Sappey,  the  length  of  the  intestine  in  white  men  of  middle  height 
is  9600  mm.,— 8000  of  which  are  to  be  reckoned  to  the  small  intestine,  and  1600  to 
the  large  one.      According  to  the  researches  of  Chudzinski,   who  examined  nine 
Negroes,  the  total  average  length  was  8667  mm.,  i.e.  almost  1000  less.     There  were, 
however,  great  variations  in  length  in  different  individuals.     If  the  length  of  the 
intestine  is  affected  by  the  height  of  the  individual,  it  can  hardly  be  so  to  any  great 
extent.  9 

The  fact  that  the  total  length  of  the  intestine  is  less  in  Negroes  is  due  to  the 
comparative  shortness  of  the  small  intestine,  for  the  large  intestine  is  longer  in  the 
black  than  in  the  white  races. 

2  [Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxvi.  p.  91.] 
:i  [Ibid.  vol.  xxvii.  p.  559.] 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       167 


THE  VERMIFORM  PROCESS 

The  processus  vermiformis  (ap.,  Fig.  99)  isr  a  feebly  de- 
veloped organ  which  lies  at  the  end  of  the  short  ccecum  (c«?.), 
and  possesses  a  considerable  morphological  interest.  In  Man  its 
average  length  is  8|-  cm.,  but  it  may  be  but  2  cm.,  or  on  the 
other  hand,  some  20  to  23  cm.  long. 

Considerable  variation  also  occurs  in  its  width  and  disposition 


FIG.  99. — THE  C<ECUM  AND  PROCESSUS  VERMIFORMIS  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO. 
i.L,  large  intestine  ;  i.s.,  small  intestine  ;  cce.,  ccecum  ;  ap.,  vermiform  process. 

(cf.  p.  166),  and  in  the  folds  of  mucous  membrane  which  bound 
its  ostium.  Indeed,  everything  '  points  to  the  retrogressive 
character  of  this  appendage,  and  justifies  us  in  concluding  that 
the  total  length  of  the  alimentary  tract  was  formerly  greater 
than  it  now  is.  The  great  variations  in  the  form  and  size  of 
the  coacum  (cos.}  also  support  this  view. 

According  to  Kibbert  the  processus  vermiformis  at  different 
ages  measures  as  follows  :-^- 


168 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


At  birth 

Up  to  the  5th  year  .... 
From  5—10  ..... 
From  10 — 20  .  . 

From  20 — 30 

From  30—40 

From  40 — 60 

In  old  people  over  60 

In  embryos  and  new-born  children  on  the  one  hand,  and  in 
adults  on  the  other,  the  vermiform  process  varies  in  length  in    ' 


FIG.  100.— THE  CascuM  AND  VERMIFORM  PROCESS  OP  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO. 
References  as  in  Fig.  99. 

proportion  to  that  of  the  rest  of  the  intestinal  canal ;  and  since 
it  is  a  degenerating  organ,  it  is  not  surprising  to  find  that  it  is 
most  strongly  developed  in  foetal  times,  and  does  not  grow  at 
a  rate  proportionate  to  advancing  age.  In  the  embryo  its 
length,  in  proportion  to  that  of  the  large  intestine,  is  approximately 
one  to  ten,  and  in  the  adult  one  to  twenty.  Further  light  is 
thrown  on  these  facts  by  Eibbert's  interesting  discovery  of  the 
frequent  occlusion  of  the  vermiform  process.  He  found  it  either 
partially  or  totally  closed  in  25  per  cent  of  the  cases  examined, 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       169 

with  accompanying  very  decidedly  retrogressive  changes  (patho- 
logical cases  excluded)  in  the  related  tissues.1 

Taking  only  adults  into  consideration  (i.e.  omitting  individuals  under 
twenty  years  of  age  in  whom  variations  are  comparatively  rare),  out  of  100 
vermiform  processes  32  were  found  partially  or  wholly  closed.  Complete 
occlusion  throughout  the  whole  organ  was  found  in  a  very  small  number, 
about  3 1  per  cent.  Partial  occlusion  is  much  more  frequent,  all  degrees 
being  found,  from  the  first  narrowing  to  the  complete  closing  of  the  lumen. 


FIG.  101. — THE  CCECCM  AND  VERMIFORM  PROCESS  IN  A  KANGAROO. 

i.l.,  large  intestine  ;  i.s.,  small  intestine,  v.i.c.,  position  of  the  ileo-colic  valve  ;  cce., 

ccecum. 

In  rather  more  than  half  of  the  cases  the  occlusion  affected  a  quarter  of  the 
length  ;  in  nearly  half  of  the  remainder  its  extent  varied  between  one 
quarter  and  three  quarters,  and  in  only  a  very  small  number  did  it  affect 
more  than  three  quarters,  or  close  up  the  tube. 

This  process  of  occlusion  is  equally  marked  in  both  sexes, 
and  the  statistics  concerning  its  occurrence  at  different  ages  are 
very  striking.  They  make  it  clear  that  there  is  marked  increase 

1  Actual  pathological  obliteration,  nevertheless,  occasionally  occurs  at  the  end  of 
the  vermiform  process. 

The  occlusions  which  result,  and  which  are  probably  always  due  to  inflammation, 
are  less  frequent  than  the  typical  obliteration  (Ribbert). 

I  cannot  again  in  this  connection  refrain  from  referring  to  the  coincidence  of  the 
existence  of  vestigial  organs  and  the  tendency  to  disease  caused  by  them. 


170  THE  STRUCTUKE  OF  MAN 

in  the  frequency  of  its  occurrence   in  advanced  age,  as  will  be 
seen  from  the  following  table  : — 

From  the  1st — 10th  year  occlusion  observed  in  4  per  cent. 

10th— 20th  „  ,,H 

„        20th — 30th  „  ,,17 

30th — 40th  25 


40th — 50th 
50th— 60th 
60th— 70th 
70th— 80th 


27 

30 
53 

58 


It  follows  from  the  foregoing  table  that  in  more  than  50  per 
cent  of  people  over  sixty  years  of  age  there  is  degeneration  of  the 
vermiform  process.  In  new-born  children,  on  the  other  hand, 
this  phenomenon  has  never  been  observed,  and  the  youngest 
child  in  whom  it  has  been  found  commencing  was  five  years  old. 
Total  occlusion  is  also  similarly  connected  with  age,  though  not 
in  nearly  so  marked  a  manner  as  partial  closure.  It  has  never 
been  observed  before  the  thirtieth  year ;  and  while  it  was  not 
found  once  in  individuals  between  fifty  and  sixty,  it  was  most 
frequent  in  those  whose  ages  ranged  from  sixty  to  seventy.  Among 
these,  nine  out  of  the  twenty-one  cases  recorded  showed  complete 
occlusion ;  and  since  besides  them  there  were  seven  just  on  the 
point  of  closure,  we  may  conclude  that  more  than  50  per  cent 
were  thus  affected. 

A  relation  has  further  been  proved  to  exist  between  the 
length  of  the  appendix  and  its  degeneration.  The  longest 
appendices  (21  to  15  cm.  long)  kept  their  lumen  throughout; 
in  those  14  and  13  cm.  long,  commencing  obliteration  of  the 
lumen  was  observed  in  four  cases,  and  in  those  12  and  11  cm. 
long  it  was  not  found.  From  this  point,  however,  occlusion 
again  increased  as  the  length  decreased.  If  we  leave  out  of 
account  individuals  under  five  years  of  age,  in  whom  occlusion' 
has  not  been  observed,  we  find  that  it  occurs  as  under,  viz. — 

Where  the  length  of  the  appendix  is  20  cm.  in  34  per  cent. 

9      „       18       „ 
32 


7 


40 
30 
70 
66 


3        .     100 


Although  this  connection  between  length  and  frequency  of 
occlusion  is,  as  the  table  shows,  somewhat  irregular,  we  may  at 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       171 

least    conclude    that,  as    a    rule,  the    shorter    appendices    show 
occlusion  more  frequently  than  the  longer  (Eibbert). 


THE  LIVER  AND  THE  PANCREAS 

These    two   organs,   which    are    genetically    closely    related, ^ 
occasionally  show  variations  in  the  manner  of  their  lobation  which 
may  amount  to  constriction,  and  in  the  relations  of  their  ducts. 

[Recent  investigation  at  the  hands  of  a  number  of  independent 
workers  has  revealed  the  fact  that  the  pancreas,  in  all  classes  of 
Vertebrates,  is  a  compound  organ,  derivative  of  from  one  to  four 
diverticula  of  the  gut,  and  in  most  cases  from  three,  as  is  said 
by  Felix1  to  be  the  case  in  Man  himself.  One  (or  more)  of 
these  primitive  outgrowths  gives  rise  to  the  chief  duct  (or  ducts)  of 
the  adult  organ,  the  rest  usually  becoming  obliterated  with  advanc- 
ing development.  Pending  the  working  out  of  further  details, 
considerable  interest  attaches  to  the  recent  discovery  by  Rolle- 
ston,2  that  the  duodenum  of  the  human  adult  may  sometimes 
bear  a  diverticulum  (proved  to  lie  distinct  from  the  "  ampulla 
Vateri ")  which  enters  the  substance  of  the  pancreas,  and  which 
there  is  reason  to  suspect  may  be  a  persistent  vestige  of  one  of 
the  pancreatic  outgrowths  of  the  embryo.] 

The  average  weight  of  the  liver  is  said  to  be  1451  grs.  in 
the  white  races,  1266  grs.  in  the  black. 


THE  RESPIRATORY  SYSTEM 

The  visceral  skeletal  arches,  which  lie  ventrad  of  the  cranium 
proper  and  are  intimately  related  to  the  cephalic  portion  of  the 
gut,  have  been  already  mentioned  in  dealing  with  the  head 
skeleton,  and  their  great  phylogenetic  importance  has  been 
pointed  out  (cf.  ante,  pp.  49  and  64,  and  accompanying  Figs.). 
A  few  additional  remarks,  however,  are  here  necessary. 

Whereas  certain  Fishes  (primitive  Selachians)  have  from  six 
to  seven  pairs  of  branchial  pouches,3  Vertebrata  somewhat  higher 
in  the  scale  (Turtles,  Lizards,  and  Snakes)  develop  but  five  pairs, 

1  [Cf.  Stbhr,  Anat.  Anziegcr,  Bd.  viii.  p.  205.] 

2  [Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxviii.  p.  xii.] 

3  [It  is  insufficiently  recognised  that  the  "  Hag  Fishes  "  may  bear  many  more  than 
this,  and  that  in  one  species  of  these  (Bdellostoma  polytrema)  from  thirteen  to  four- 
teen pairs  are  present  (cf.  Giinther,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  of  Fishes,  vol.  viii.  p.  512, 
and  Schneider,  Archivf.  Naturgesch.,  Bd.  xlvi.  p.  115.] 


172  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

which  are  destitute  of  branchial  organs,  and  of  these  (e.g.  in  the 
Lizard)  only  the  three  anterior,  as  a  rule,  break  through  the  outer 
integument.  The  fourth,  in  exceptional  cases,  may  also  break 
through,  but  this  never  occurs  with  the  fifth.  The  same  is  the 
case  in  Birds,  except  that  in  them  the  third  pair  of  sacs  open 
externally  only  in  exceptional  cases,  and  that  the  fourth  and 
fifth  pairs,  which  are  inconstant  in  their  appearance,  never  break 
through.  In  Mammals  and  Man  only  four  pairs  of  branchial 
sacs  arise,  and  here  also  those  which  lie  most  posteriorly  are 
decidedly  vestigial  in  character.  For  this  reduction  a  parallel 
is  forthcoming  in  the  branchial  apparatus  of  the  Anamnia ; 
and  there  is  thus  evidence  both  in  Phylogeny  and  in  Ontogeny 
of  a  progressive  suppression  of  the  branchial  pouches  and  arches 
in  postero-anterior  succession. 

The  branchial  pouches  and  the  skeletal  arches  which  support 
them  thus  belong,  in  the  higher  Vertebrata  and  Man,1  in  which 
they  never  bear  functional  respiratory  organs,  to  the  category  of 
typical  vestigial  structures  [inherited  and  for  the  most  part  lost 
— unintelligible,  as  Gegenbaur  long  ago  insisted,  except  in  the 
knowledge,  furnished  by  comparative  morphology,  that  in  certain 
lower  animals  their  full  development  is  indispensable  to  exist- 
ence]. 

There  occasionally  occur  in  the  anterior  cervical  region  in 
Man  "  fistulae,"  which  may  penetrate  a  greater  or  lesser  distance 
in  from  the  integument,  or  may  bound  canals  which  even  open 
into  the  pharynx.  These  are  abnormal  structures,  due  to  arrested 
development,  under  which  branchial  clefts  have  not  become  com- 
pletely obliterated.  In  dealing  with  the  auditory  organ  details 
have  already  been  given  (ante,  p.  150)  of  the  relationship  of 
the  cavity  of  the  middle  ear  (Eustachian  tube)  to  the  modified 
remnant  of  thejirst  visceral  cleft,  which  in  the  higher  Vertebrata 
has  undergone  a  new  development,  in  adaptation  to  a  change  of 
function. 


THE  LARYNX 

The  study  both  of  the  innervation  of  the  musculature  of  the 
larynx,  and  of  the  genesis  and  Comparative  Anatomy  of  its 
cartilaginous  framework,  strongly  suggest  its  origin,  for  the 

1  The  branchial  sacs,  and  the  external  branchial  furrows  in  the  outer  integument 
which  correspond  with  them,  are  most  distinctly  visible  in  human  embryos  of  3-4 
mm.  in  length. 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       173 

greater  part,  from  branchial  or  visceral  structures.1  It  may  be 
considered  as  certainly  proved  that  the  upper  part  of  the  thyroid 
cartilage  arises  out  of  the  fourth  and  the  lower  out  of  the  fifth 
primitive  (i.e.  the  second  and  third  branchial)  visceral  arch,  and 
it  is  probable  that  the  fifth  branchial  arch  gives  rise  to  the 
arytenoids. 

With  regard  to  the  Mammalian  epiglottis,  it  seems  now 
tolerably  certain  that  it  does  not  owe  its  origin  merely  to  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  floor  of  the  mouth,  but  that  it  repre- 
sents an  originally  paired  skeletal  element  which,  in  the  course 
of  phylogeny,  has  passed  from  the  condition  of  hyaline-  to  that 
of  fibro-cartilage.  [This  view  receives  support  from  the  investi- 
gations of  Goppert,  who  has  recently  given  reasons2  for  believing 
that  the  cartilages  of  Wrisberg  and  the  epiglottis,  which  are 
frequently  in  organic  continuity  among  the  lower  Mammals,  are 
specialised  portions  of  one  original  structure.]  Any  attempt, 
however,  to  derive  the  epiglottis  from  the  branchial  skeleton 
seems,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  beset  with  diffi- 
culties.3 

[It  is  now  demonstrated  that  the  upward  prolongation  of  the 
Mammalian  epiglottis  involves  that  organ  in  a  relationship  with 
the  velum  palatinum  (furnishing  a  raison  d'etre  for  the  existence 
of  the  latter),  for  the  purpose  of  restricting  the  respiratory  passage 
(narial  pharynx).  Special  inquiry  has  also  shown  that  in  both 
the  young  and  adults  of  representatives  of  all  orders  of  Mammals, 
the  epiglottis,  when  at  rest,  lies  above  the  velum  in  an  intra- 
narial  position.  Man  is,  however,  an  exception  to  this  rule,  at 
least  in  the  adult  state,  and  there  is  reason  for  believing  that 
the  velum  and  epiglottis  have,  in  him,  suffered  a  loss  of  connection 
by  the  specialisation  of  the  latter  more  particularly  for  vocalisa- 
tion. It  is  yet  uncertain  whether  the  epiglottis  of  the  human 
embryo  does  or  does  not  occupy  the  intra-narial  position  4].  It 

1  The  hyoid  and  the  thyroid  skeletal  apparatus  are  still  closely  connected  in  Ortiith  - 
orhynchus,  and  bear  distinct  traces  of  their  branchial  origin,  as  not  only  lateral 
arches,  but  portions  of  their  median  elements  or  copula  can  clearly  be  recognised. 
In  the  higher   Mammalia   the   hyoid  separates  from  the  thyroid,    although   the 
two  continue  to  be  related  (cf.  the  cartilago  triticea,  ante,  Fig.  94).     In  Mammals 
above  the  Monotremata  the  thyroid  cartilage  appears  to  consist  of  a  single  plate  ; 
but  it  gives  some  indications  of  its  primary  origin  from  two  consecutive  branchial 
arches  which  still  remain  distinct  in  the  Monotremata  (Gegenbaur). 

2  [Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  xxi.  p.  68.] 

3  [Gegenbaur  has  recently   come   to   the  conclusion   that   the   epiglottis  is  a 
derivative  of  the  fourth  pair  of  branchial  arches,  Die  Epiglottis,  Leipzig,  1892.] 

4  [Cf.  Howes,  Jmir.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxiii.  p.  594.] 


174 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


.  .th. 


would,  therefore,  be  very  interesting  to  follow  closely,  in  Man's 
development,  the  changes  of  position  and  inter -relationship 
between  the  larynx  and  the  upper  part  of  the  pharynx  (choanse). 
I  am  indebted  to  my  colleague,  Professor  Killian,  for  knowledge 
of  the  fact  that  the  larynx  of  the  human  embryo  may  occupy 
a  high  position,  the  upper  edge  of  the  epiglottis  reaching  even  to 
the  uvula. 

The  musculature  of  the  human  larynx  appears  to  a  great 
extent  to  have  been  derived  from  the 
simple  sphincter  and  dilator  appa- 
ratus of  lower  Vertebrata,  of  Lizard- 
like  type.  Under  the  more  subtle 
differentiation  of  the  laryngeal 
skeleton  in  Man,  the  musculature 
has  also  undergone  corresponding 
changes — for  example,  there  is  no 
longer  one  single  muscle  for  con- 
stricting the  glottis,  but  a  whole 
system  of  such  muscles.  In  other 
words,  the  reptile  -  like  sphincter 
laryngis  has  gained  new  points  of 
origin  and  insertion  in  the  cartilage; 
and  Fiirbinger  has  proved  that 
while  this  is  especially  the  case 
with  the  deeper  layers  of  the 
sphincter,  the  superficial  do  not 
undergo  any  such  marked  differ- 
a  greater  extent  the  original  condition, 
tracts  that  the  greater  number  of 


FIG.  102.— HUMAN  LARYNX  IN 

FRONTAL  SECTION. 
th.,  thyroid  cartilage  ;  «-.,  cricoid  car- 
tilage ;  tc.,  first  tracheal  cartilage  ; 
sn.}  sinus  of  Morgagni. 


entiation,  but  retain  to 
It  is  in  these   superficial 
variations  are  to  be  found. 

The  close  connection  between  the  laryngeal  and  the  pharyn- 
geal  musculature  is  evidenced  not  only  by  their  common  relation- 
ships to  the  vagus  nerve,  but  by  the  frequent  occurrence  of  fibres 
connecting  the  crico-thyroideus  muscle  with  the  constrictor 
pharyngis  inferior,  i  c^-^- 

Between  the  true  and  false  vocal  cords  there  arises  on  each 
side  of  the  larynx  a  diverticulum  known  as  the  ventriculus  or 
sinus  of  Morgagni  (sn.,  Fig.  102).  This  evagination  is  directed 
outwards  and  somewhat  forwards ;  it  also  projects  upwards  more 
or  less,  and  may  even  in  rare  instances  reach  the  upper  edge  of 
the  thyroid  cartilage. 

These  Morgagni's  pouches  are  susceptible  of  marked  varia- 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       175 

tion,  and  we  have  little  difficulty  in  recognising  in  them  the 
homologues  of  the  "  yocal___sacs  "  of  the  Monkeys.  The  latter 
can  be  filled  with  air  from  the  larynx,  and  in  certain  Anthropoids 
they  may  extend  far  down  in  the  neck,  or  even  to  the  shoulder 
or  thorax.  These  sacs,  which,  when  distended,  are  really 
immense,  may  be  partly  enclosed  in  an  osseus  capsule  produced 
by  the  transformation  of  the  hyoid  (Mycetes).  It  seems  to  me 
that  they  may  not  only  act  as  resonators  when  the  animal  howls, 
but  that,  when  inflated,  they  may  serve  to  intimidate  enemies. 

Gruber  [and  Rudinger]  have  described  cases,  in  Man,  in  which  the  sacs 
broke  through  the  thyroid  membrane  and  came  to  lie,  like  those  of  the  Apes, 
outside  the  larynx.  [In  one  case  of  Rudinger's  the  sac  of  the  right  side 
was  alone  present  The  same  variation  has  been  observed  by  Bischoff  in 
the  Gorilla  ;  and  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  inequality  in  growth  of  the 
two  sacs  has  been  recorded  in  the  Chimpanzee,  the  Orang,  and  in  Man.1] 

On  examination  of  the  larynxes  of  a  number  of  Negroes, 
Giacomini  asserts  that  the  ventriculus  in  no  way  differs  from 
that  of  Europeans.  [This  is,  however,  in  strange  contradiction 
to  the  conclusions  of  Gibb,2  that  the  larynx  of  the  Negro  differs 
from  that  of  the  white  races  in  the  invariable  presence  of  the 
cartilages  of  Wrisberg,  the  obliquity  of  the  true  vocal  cords,  and 
the  pendent  condition  of  the  ventricles,  which  latter,  according 
to  him,  are  situated  below  the  plane  of  the  true  vocal  cords, 
instead  of  above  it  as  in  the  whites.] 

Myologically,  Giacomini's  inquiry  is  very  interesting.  The  Italian 
investigator  also  examined  the  Anthropoids,  and  found  that  while  the 
Chimpanzee's  larynx  most  nearly  resembles  that  of  Man,  the  Orang's  is  the 
least  akin  to  it,  and  that  of  Macacus  and  Cercopithecus  occupies  an  inter- 
mediate position. 

LUNGS 

Aeby,  from  a  careful  study  of  the  structure  of  the  lungs  and 

of  the  arrangement  of  the  pulmonary  vessels,  has  concluded  that 

M  in  Man  the  upper  lobe  of  the  left  lung  is  homologous  with  the 

I  middle  lobe  of  the  right,  and  that  the  upper  lobe  of  the  right 

has  no^punterpart  on  the  left  side.     The  question  therefore  arises 

whether  this  asymmetry  is  a  primitive  condition,  or  whether  the 

left  lung  may  not  once  have  possessed  a  counterpart  to  the  extra 

lobe  now  borne  by  the  right,  i.e.  whether  the  original  plan  of 

the   tractus  respiratorius,  as  judged  by  the  subdivision  of  the 

trachea,  may  not  have  been  strictly  symmetrical  ?     This  would 

1  [Cf.  Ehlers,  Abhandlg.  K.  Gesellsch.  d.  Wins.  Gdttingen,  Bd.  xxviii.  p.  48.] 
2  [Mem.  Anthropolg.  Soc.t  Lond.,  vol.  ii.  p.  1.] 


176  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

appear  at  first  sight  the  more  likely,  from  the  fact  that  whereas 
in  man  an  eparterial  bronchus  is  present  only  on  the  right  side, 
in  some  Mammals  it  occurs  (either  bronchial  or  tracheal  in 
origin)  on  both  right  and  left.1 

But  all  these  animals,  as  Gegenbaur  has  remarked,  in  the 
rest  of  their  organisation  do  not  by  any  means  show  primitive 
conditions  which  can  be  considered  to  bear  on  the  genealogy  of 
Man ;  and  great  care  is  therefore  necessary  in  dealing  with  the 
question  in  hand.  Cases,  in  Man,  like  those  described  by  Dalla 
Kosa  and  Bohls,  in  which  an  eparterial  bronchus  is  present  on 
both  sides  2  must  not  therefore  be  hastily  classed  as  atavistic. 

It  is,  further,  a  very  remarkable  fact  that  the  Marsupials, 
Eodents,  Insectivora,  Lemuroidea,  and  Apes,  show  no  sign  of 
original  bilateral  symmetry  of  the  lungs.  Further,  the  ontogeny 
of  Man  throws  no  light  on  the  subject.  We  therefore  at  present 
can  neither  decide  along  what  line  of  descent  the  Mammals 
above  referred  to  may  have  inherited  their  symmetrical  eparterial 
bronchi,  nor  in  what  manner  the  existence  of  these  is  to  be  ex- 
plained. It  is,  however,  certain  that  if  the  human  lungs  originally 
bore  homologous  superior  lobes,  this  symmetry  must  have  been 
early  lost.  In  face  of  these  facts  it  is  idle  to  speculate  as  to 
probable  causes  which  may  perchance  have  effected  a  gradual  loss 
of  symmetry  of  the  bronchi. 

1  E.g.  Bradypus,  Equus,  Ulephas,  Phoca,  Phocceiia  communis,  Delphinus  delphis, 
and  Auchenia. 

2  The  presence  on  both  sides  of  an   eparterial  bronchus  has  only  twice  been 
observed  in  Man — once  where  the  viscera  were  in  the  normal  position,  and  once  in  a 
case  of  situs  inversus.     In  both  instances  there  were  also  marked  anomalies  of  the 
trunks  of  the  larger  arteries  in  the  thorax.     On  each  side  three  well-defined  pulmonary 
lobes  were  found,  and  bilateral  symmetry  was  complete  (Dalla  Rosa). 

Complete  absence  of  the  eparterial  bronchus,  and  the  existence  of  a  tracheal  near 
a  bronchial  eparterial  bronchus,  have  been  observed  in  Man.  In  the  latter  case, 
according  to  Chiari,  it  would  appear  that  one  of  the  collateral  (dorsal)  branches  of 
the  normal  bronchial  eparterial  bronchus  had  become  independent,  and  wandered 
up  to  the  trachea.  This  view  receives  support  from  the  well-known  tendency 
of  the  lateral  bronchus  to  give  up  branches  to  the  principal,  and  from  the 
study  of  cases  in  which  two  eparterial  bronchi,  one  above  the  other,  are  found. 
The  upper  of  these  is  evidently  a  branch  of  the  ordinary  eparterial  bronchus 
shifted  on  to  the  main  bronchus,  and  in  this  phenomenon  we  have  an  intermediate 
stage  between  the  normal  condition  and  that  of  the  tracheal  bronchus.  The 
latter  may  therefore  be  regarded  as  a  branch  of  the  ordinary  eparterial  bronchus 
which  has  wandered  farther  up.  I  put  forward  these  views  with  all  reserve. 

[His  has  shown  that  in  Man  the  first  hyparterial  bronchus  of  the  left  lung  divides 
immediately  after  its  origin,  giving  off  an  ascending  branch  (unrepresented  on  the 
right  side)  which  runs  forwards  to  the  apex  of  the  lung.  Robinson  has  shown  (Jour. 
Anat.  and  Phys. ,  vol.  xxiii.  p.  240)  that  the  same  is  true  of  the  Rat,  and  he  suggests 
that  this  ascending  branch  may,  as  it  were,  compensate  for  the  absence  of  a  distinct 
eparterial  bronchus.  ] 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       177 

In  dealing  with  the  lung  of  the  Primates,  considerable 
importance  attaches  to  the  growing  together  of  the  pericardium 
and  the  diaphragm,  for  this  brings  about  a  constancy,  or,  if  I 
may  be  allowed  the  expression,  a  certain  rigidity  in  the  form  of 
the  pleural  cavities.  As  a  consequence  of  this,  a  stricter  limit  is 
placed  upon  the  extension  of  the  lobes  of  the  lungs  than  in  the 
lower  Mammals,  in  which  the  lung  is  able,  either  constantly  or 
during  inspiration,  to  penetrate  between  the  heart  and  the 
diaphragm,  into  the  sinus  subpericardiacus.  This  applies  especially 
to  the  right  lung,  at  the  base  of  which  a  special  lobe  may  be 
more  or  less  distinctly  developed.  This,  the  lobus  subperi- 
cardiacus (or  azygos  impar),  is  occasionally  present  in  Man, 
most  frequently,  it  appears,  in  the  lower  races  and  in  micro- 
cephalous  individuals.  The  probability  that  its  presence  may 
be  indicative  of  atavism  is  not  lessened  by  the  fact  that  indica- 
tions of  it  often  occur,  in  the  form  of  a  blunt  process  lying  in 
front  of  the  ligamentum  pulmonale,  which  sinks  into  a  depression 
in  the  mediastinum,  just  as  in  the  Orang. 

Hasse  has  not  only  confirmed  Aeby's  observations  in  all 
essential  points,  but,  by  the  aid  of  very  ample  material,  has 
extended  and  revised  them.  According  to  him,  the  principal 
bronchi  of  the  human  lung  run  downwards,  backwards,  and 
slightly  outwards,  the  direct  current  of  inspired  air  following  the 
same  course.  He  raises  the  question  whether  this  has  always 
been  the  disposition  of  these  bronchi,  and  inquires  into  its  cause. 
The  first  question  he  answers  in  the  negative,  and  seeks  to  prove 
that  a  very  gradual  change  took  place  in  the  position  of  the 
bronchi ;  indeed,  that  the  position  which  has  been  acquired  in 
the  course  of  Phylogeny  is  exactly  the  reverse  of  the  primitive  one. 
The  facts  discovered  by  His  in  the  study  of  the  human  embryo 
lend  support  to  this  view.  In  other  words,  comparison  of  the 
embryonic  with  the  adult  condition  shows  most  clearly  that  a 
depression  of  the  right  and  an  elevation  of  the  left  chief  bronchus 
takes  place.  The  condition  of  the  adult,  so  far  as  the  branching 
of  the  bronchi  is  concerned,  is  effected  as  early  as  the  end  of  the 
second  month  of  intra-uterine  life,  the  change  being  in  the  main 
due  to  the  twisting  of  the  heart  upwards,  backwards,  and  to 
the  left. 

Hasse  is,  however,  unable  to  prove  any  more  satisfactorily 
than  his  predecessors  why  the  right  lung-sac  is  from  the  first 
more  spacious  than  the  left,  and  what  caused  the  right  eparterial 
bronchus  to  appear.  He  has,  however,  made  an  attempt  at 

N 


178  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

explanation  which,  since  it  appears  to  rne  to  possess  a  certain 
degree  of  probability,  may  be  here  recapitulated.  He  writes : 
"  Since  the  heart  and  its  immediate  connections  push  the  right 
primary  pulmonary  sac,  which  from  the  first  is  larger  than  the 
left,  backwards  and  upwards,  the  branches  of  the  fifth  aortic  arch 
— the  arteriae  pulmonales — (which,  as  fig.  1 5  in  His's  work  shows, 
descend  quite  symmetrically)  come  to  lie  somewhat  differently 
on  the  two  sides.  The  right  artery  must  cut  across  and  overlie 
the  primary  lung-sac  earlier  than  the  left,  and  become  therefore 
the  sooner  connected  with  it.  Herein,  perhaps,  also  lies  the 
explanation  of  the  greater  growth  of  the  right  sac,  and  of  the 
fact  that  this  gives  rise  to  a  special  outgrowth,  the  foundation  of 
the  eparterial  bronchial  system.  I  am  the  more  inclined  to  this 
belief,  and  to  that  in  the  above-named  determining  causes,  by  the 
fact  that  in  cases  of  situs  inversus  and  reversal  of  the  heart  and 
great  blood-vessels,  the  relationships  of  the  right  and  the  left 
main  bronchi,  and  indeed  of  the  two  lungs  as  wholes,  are  also 
reversed  (Weber,  Leboucq,  Aeby)." 

This  is  not  the  place  to  consider  further  either  the  relationships  of  the 
bronchial  system,  the  differences  in  its  distribution  in  relation  to  the  planes 
of  the  body,  or  the  changes  which  it  undergoes  after  birth.  For  these 
details  I  must  refer  the  reader  to  the  original  monograph.  In  the  same 
work  is  to  be  found  a  discussion  of  the  arrangement  of  the  bronchial  system 
in  adult  human  beings,  the  explanation  of  which  may  be  summarised  as 
depending  upon  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  single  points  of  the 
thoracic  walls  lying  round  the  lung.  Hasse  concludes  his  interesting  account 
as  follows  : — "  If  it  be  admitted  that  the  tendency  towards  modification 
conditioned  by  the  mechanism  of  the  walls  of  the  thorax  is  inherited,  then 
we  must  allow  that  the  facts  point  back  to  the  form  of  lung  of  the  earliest 
ancestors  of  Man  among  the  Amniota,  and  to  the  changes  which  the  respirat- 
ing  organs  have  gradually  undergone  in  the  course  of  time  in  the  ancestral 
series.  The  principal  direction  of  the  bronchi  is  at  first  downwards  and 
backwards.  From  this  it  follows,  it  seems  to  me,  that  in  the  ancestors  of 
Man  the  diaphragm  first  played  the  principal  part  in  respiration.  Then 
the  system  of  branches  running  outwards  and  downwards  is  developed  in  an 
ascending  degree.  From  this  I  conclude  that  thoracic  respiration  next  super- 
vened in  increasing  degree,  this  being  most  marked  in  the  lower,  or  better, 
the  posterior  part  of  the  thorax,  and  least  marked  near  its  upper  and  anterior 
region.  By  degrees  the  upper  and  anterior  part  of  the  thorax  took  an 
increasing  part  in  respiration,  and  this  led  to  the  mechanism  of  respiration 
which  is  illustrated  in  Man.  This  course  of  the  development  of  respiration 
and  of  the  respiratory  movements,  it  appears  to  me,  is  in  exact  correspond- 
ence with  the  development  of  the  respiratory  organs  as  I  have  explained 
them,  and  with  the  facts  brought  to  light  by  Aeby's  investigation  of  the 
bronchial  tree  of  the  lower  animals."  l 

1  I  put  forward  these  views  of  Hasse  with  all  reserve,  and  I  would  draw  attention 
once  more  to  a  point  already  touched  upon  in  dealing  with  the  thoracic  skeleton 


THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES       179 

(ante,  p.  43),  i.e.  the  structural  variation  of  the  first  rib,  and  the  feeble  respiratory 
activity  and  consequent  slight  movement  of  the  tips  of  the  lungs.  I  consider  that 
these  phenomena  should  be  regarded  as  degenerative,  on  the  assumption  that  the 
remote  ancestors  of  Man  were  still  provided  with  cervical  ribs,  and  that  their  lungs 
extended  farther  towards  the  head  than  they  now  do.  There  must  thus,  as  I  think, 
have  been  effected  in  the  Phylogeny  of  Man  first  a  shifting  of  the  respiratory  organs 
in  a  caudal  direction,  and  next  in  order  the  formation  of  the  diaphragm,  and,  in 
connection  with  the  latter,  a  modification  of  the  respiratory  mechanism  originally 
restricted  to  the  lungs  and  the  walls  of  the  thorax.  The  contrast  between  this 
theory  and  that  of  Hasse  is  obvious,  and  although  I  am  as  little  able  as  he  is  to 
furnish  proofs,  I  believe  that  my  explanation  receives  support  from  the  facts  of 
development  and  Comparative  Anatomy. 


THE    CIRCULATORY    SYSTEM 

IN  no  other  system  of  organs  does  the  fundamental  law  of 
biogenesis  find  such  wide  application  as  in  the  circulatory,  and 
to  go  into  details  concerning  it  would  be  merely  to  repeat 
what  has  been  often  said  before.  Attention  may  therefore  be 
confined  to  the  following  facts. 


THE  HEAKT 

The  heart  arises  (cd.,  Fig.  31,  A),  at  an  early  embryonic 
stage,  far  forwards  in  the  cervical  and  indeed  in  the  cephalic 
region.  This  recalls  its  position  in  adult  Fishes  and  Amphibians. 
The  comparison  with  these  animals  is  the  more  fully  justified, 
in  that  the  heart  of  the  early  human  embryo,  like  that  of  the 
lowest  Ariamnia,  has  throughout  a  single  lumen,  and  its  further 
differentiation  is  gradually  undergone  in  correspondence  with  the 
phylogenetic  development  of  the  organ. 

The  structure  of  the  heart,  originally  "very  simple,  soon 
becomes  complicated,  but  even  then  certain  peculiarities  of  the 
right  auricle  point  back  to  the  condition  found  in  the  Amphibia. 
These  are,  for  example,  the  inconstant  vestiges  of  valves  at  the 
opening  of  the  left  vena  cava  superior  (Thebesian  valve),  and 
the  almost  constant  remains  of  the  valves  of  the  sinus  at  that  of 
the  vena  cava  inferior  (Eustachian  valve).  The  same  applies  to 
the  traces  of  the  incorporation  of  the  sinus  venosus  and  of  the 
pulmonary  veins  into  the  opposite  divisions  of  the  atrium 
(auricles).  In  short,  Comparative  Anatomy  furnishes  not  only 
interesting  parallels  with,  but  an  explanation  of  the  various  stages 
in  the  Ontogeny  of  the  heart  of  the  higher  Vertebrata.  There 
are,  however,  some  conditions  which  occur  in  the  Mammalian 
heart,  especially  during  the  early  periods  of  its  development, 
which  cannot  be  explained  by  inheritance,  but  which  have  arisen 
secondarily  through  adaptation ;  among  the  chief  of  these  are  the 


THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM  181 

secondary  perforation  of  the  septum  atriorum  and  the  formation 
of  the  annulus  ovalis  or  isthmus  of  Vieussens. 


THE  ARTERIAL  SYSTEM 

The  arterial  system  of  Man  bears  traces  of  primitive  con- 
ditions. It  is  indeed  an  astonishing  fact,  for  example,  that  the 
aortic  arch  system  of  the  embryos  of  the  higher  Vertebrata,  up 
to  Man  himself,  appears  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  Anamnia. 
Six  pairs  of  aortic  arches  in  all  are  formed  in  the  young 
Mammalian  embryo,  but  the  representatives  of  the  first  and 
second  of  these  and  the  vestige  of  the  fifth  degenerate  early,1  and 
consequently  only  three  pairs  remain  to  undergo  final  transfor- 
mation. 

[Conspicuous  among  the  variations  occurring  in  Man  is  the 
occasional  presence  in  the  adult  of  paired  aortic  arches,  the  arch 
of  the  right  side,  which  usually  disappears  during  development, 
being  retained.  Twelve  cases  of  double  aortic  arch  have  been 
recorded  in  Man,2  and  this  variation  may  be  accompanied  by  the 
obliteration  and  reduction  to  a  fibrous  band  of  the  ordinarily 
functional  (left)  arch,3  the  resulting  condition  of  the  parts  being 
essentially  that  characteristic  of  Birds.]  In  a  similar  manner, 
many  of  the  variations  to  which  the  vessels  derivative  of  the 
primitive  arterial  system  of  the  human  embyro  are  liable,  can 
only  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  embryonic  trunks,  which 
under  normal  conditions  become  occluded  and  vestigial,  may 
remain  functional  throughout  life.  In  this  respect  the  Anthro- 
poids altogether  agree  with  Man. 

On  the  inner  surface  of  the  abdominal  wall  in  Man  three 
cord-like  structures  pass  from  near  the  bladder  to  the  navel. 
These  are  known  as  the  ligamentum  vesicale  medium  and  the 
ligamenta  vesicalia  lateralia.  The  first  urachus  corresponds  with 
the  stalk  of  the  allantois  of  the  embryo ;  the  latter,  however, 
are  the  last  vestiges  of  the  umbilical  or  hypogastric  arteries, 
which  during  intra-uterine  life,  i.e.  from  about  the  time  when  the 
posterior  limbs  are  just  beginning  to  appear  as  buds,  convey  the 

1  [The  recent  researches  of  Boas  and  others  have  proved  that  in  all  classes  of 
terrestrial  Vertebrates  the  pulmonary  artery  is  a  derivative  of  the  sixth  aortic  arch 
(the  fourth  branchial),  and  that  the  arch  in  front  of  it  is  suppressed  ;  and  Zim- 
raermann  has  shown  that   Man   himself  is  no  exception  to  this  rule  (Vcrhandlg. 
Internal.  Medic.  Congresses  X.,  Berlin,  1891,  Bd.  ii.,  Abth.  i.  p.  145).] 

2  [Cf.  Leboucq,  Ann.  Sci.  Med.  Gand.,  ]894,  p.  7.] 

3  [Of.  Morrison  Watson,  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xi.  p.  229.] 


182  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

blood  from  the  aorta  to  the  placenta.  The  basal  portions  of  these 
vessels  often  remain  patent  throughout  life,  and  function  as 
superior  vesical  arteries ;  the  remainder  of  each,  however,  i.e.  by 
far  its  greater  portion,  loses  its  lumen  altogether  and  becomes 
a  solid  strand  of  connective  tissue. 

[Considerable  interest  attaches  to  those  veins  of  the  very 
variable  "  vesico-prostatic  plexus  "  which,  in  the  adult,  in  proxi- 
mity to  the  above-named  arteries,  carry  back  the  blood  from  the 
urinary  bladder  to  the  internal  iliac  veins.  The  detailed  re- 
lationships of  certain  varieties  of  these  would  seem  to  suggest, 
by  analogy  to  the  lower  vertebrata,  that  they  may  be  associ- 
ated with  the  "  anterior  abdominal "  venous  system  regularly 
present  in  Birds,  Reptiles,  and  Amphibians,  and  represented  by 
at  least  its  main  trunk,  in  the  Monotreme  Echidna1  among 
Mammals.] 

The  continuation  proper  of  the  axis  of  the  human  aorta 
is  represented  by  a  weak  vestigial  vessel,  of  very  variable 
relationships 2 — the  arteria  sacralis  media.  In  long-tailed 
animals,  in  which  the  posterior  end  of  the  body  has  not 
undergone  reduction,  this  vessel  is  represented  by  the  caudal 
artery,  which  is  a  direct,  gradually  diminishing,  continuation  of 
the  aorta,  originally  giving  off,  like  it,  segmentally  recurrent 
branches. 

When  we  consider  the  polymeric  origin  of  the  limbs  (cf.  ante, 
p.  67)  dating  back  to  an  originally  segmented  condition  of  the 
trunk,  it  is  evident  that  their  principal  arteries  must  have  arisen 
in  relation  to  segmental  arteries  of  the  body  wall,  and  that 
originally  they  in  no  way  differed  from  these.  This  assumption 
finds  actual  proof  in  the  mode  of  origin  of  the  arteria  subclavia ; 
but  while  it  is  comparatively  easy  to  prove  this  for  the  fore- 
limb,  in  the  hind-limb  a  difficulty  presents  itself,  since  its  corre- 
sponding vessel  at  a  very  early  period  undergoes  a  great  increase 
in  size  and  marked  specialisation  in  relation  to  the  development 
of  the  umbilical  artery.3  In  any  case  it  is  certain  that  the 

1  [Cf.  Fenwick,  Jour.  Anal.  andPhys.,  vol.  xix.  p.  320  ;  and  Beddard,  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc.,  Lond.,  1884,  p.  553.] 

2  [These  have  been  recently  tabulated  for  400  autopsies  worked  out  by  collective 
investigation  in  medical  schools,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Anatomical  Society  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     In  one  instance  the  vessel  appears  to  have  been  entirely 
absent,  cf.  Jour.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  vol.  xxvii.  pp.  184-187.] 

3  I  cannot  here  enter  further  either  into  the  question  of  primary  origin,  direct 
from  the  aorta,  of  the  arteria  umbilicalis,  or  into  that  of  the  secondary  connection 
between  this  vessel  and  the  arteries  of  the  limbs.     It  must  suffice  to  refer  the  reader 


THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM  183 

artery  known  as  the  common  iliac  is  the  first  formed  of  the 
posterior  limb,  and  that  it  arises  as  a  segmental  vessel  of  the 
aorta. 

The  artery  which,  in  the  embryo  Mammal,  including  Man, 
runs  into  the  developing  posterior  limb  bud,  does  not  directly 
become  the  arteria  femoralis  of  the  adult.  It  accompanies  the 
ischiadic  [or  crural]  nerve  in  its  distribution ;  on  the  posterior 
side  of  the  limb  it  runs  down  to  the  bend  of  the  knee,  and  from 
this  point  is  continued  into  the  upper  part  of  the  thigh.  This 
artery  should  be  called  the  ischiadic  [or  crural]  as  it  corresponds 
with  the  vessel  of  the  same  name  in  most  Birds,  and  with  the 
principal  vessel  of  the  hind-limb  in  Eeptiles  and  Amphibians. 

"  The  femoral  artery  develops  l^Jgr  as  a  branch  of  the  iliac. 
At  first  it  spreads  only  over  the  inner  or  ventral  portion  of  the 
thigh  ;  it,  however,  soon  grows  rapidly  in  a  distal  direction,  along 
the  inner  surface  of  the  cartilaginous  femur,  to  the  bend  of  the  knee, 
where  it  unites  with  the  ischiadic  artery.  The  femoral  artery 
thus  formed  rapidly  increases  in  size,  while  that  section  of  the 
ischiadic  related  to  the  upper  leg  degenerates.  It  is  thus 
that  the  definitive  condition  is  attained ;  and  but  a  short  vestige 
of  the  arteria  ischiadica  persists  in  the  adult,  as  the  "  ischiadic  " 
or  "  inferior  gluteal  "  (Hochstetter).  Mechanical  causes  may  have 
perhaps  brought  about  this  change  in  the  principal  artery  of  the 
hind-limb  in  the  ancestors  of  Mammals,  but  we  have  no  clear 
knowledge  on  the  subject. 

In  no  other  part  of  the  body  are  the  variations  in  the  arteries 
so  frequent  as  in  the  fore-limb,  especially  in  the  hand.  The 
arteries  of  the  foot  present  numerous  variations,  and,  in  correla- 
tion with  the  variations  of  the  skeleton  and  musculature, 
some  of  these  may  be  classed  as  progressive  and  others  as 
retrogressive. 

Where  a  supracondyloid  process  of  the  humerus  exists  (cf. 
ante,  p.  78)  the  brachial  artery  lies  behind  it.  The  latter  is 
thus  covered  by  the  head  of  the  pronator  teres  muscle  which 
extends  upwards,  and  the  condition  resembles  that  of  those 
Mammals  in  which  the  brachial  artery  and  median  nerve  pass 
through  an  invariably  developed  foramen  supracondyloideum.1 

A  comparison  of  the  arteries  of  the  hand  with  those  of  the 
foot  shows  that  there  are  in  the  hand  two  palmar  arches,  a 

to  the  recent  series  of  very  careful  studies  by  Hochstetter,  published  in  the  Morpho- 
logisches  Jahrbuch. 

1  For  further  details  on  this  point,  cf.  Huge,  Morpholg.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  ix.  p.  329. 


184  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

deeper  and  a  superficial,  but  in  the  foot  ojaly  a  deep  plantar 
one.  It  is  evident  on  reflection  that  a  superficial  arch  cannot 
exist  in  the  foot  on  account  of  its  functions  as  an  organ  of 
support,  and  that  the  larger  pedal  arteries,  to  be  free  from 
interference  with  the  circulation,  may  have  had  to  withdraw 
into  the  recesses  of  the  foot.  Indications,  however,  are  not  infre- 
quently encountered  that  the  foot  formerly  possessed  a  super- 
ficial arterial  arch,  and  that  the  arteries  for  the  toes  arose  from 
it,  in  a  manner  identical  with  that  in  which  the  arteries  for 
the  fingers  arise  from  the  superficial  palmar  arch  of  the  hand. 

Finally,  as  to  the  intestinal  arteries,  although  our  knowledge 
of  the  development  of  these  is  still  very  limited,  all  things  point 
to  the  fact  that  originally  they  were  numerous  and  segmental, 
and  that  their  final  reduction  in  Man  and  Mammals  to  three 
trunks,  the  cceliac,  omphalo-mesaraic  (which  later  becomes  the 
superior  mesenteric),  and  the  inferior  mesenteric,  is  to  be  con- 
sidered as  secondary. 

THE  VEXOTTS  SYSTEM 

The  developing  venous  system  of  Man,  like  the  arterial, 
shows  unmistakable  traces  of  a  very  primitive  condition  inherited 
from  the  lower  Vertebrates.  In  this  connection  the  anterior 
and  posterior  cardinal  veins,  the  ductus  Cuvieri,  and  the  sinus 
venosus  cordis,  are  especially  conspicuous. 

The  system  of  the  vena  cava  inferior  is  a  late  acquisition, 
dating  [in  its  fully  differentiated  form]  from  the  higher  Fishes 
(Dipnoi)   and   Amphibians.      Its   phylogenetically  recent   origin 
is,  even  in  Man,  denoted  by  the  variation  and  arrested  develop- 
ment which  it  occasionally  exhibits.      Several  cases  of  [that  which 
Hochstetter's  researches  prove  to  be]  the  persistence  of  an  early 
stage  in  its  development  have  been  recorded.      I  refer  to  those  ] 
in  which  the  caval  vein,  from  about  the  level  of  the  superior  \l 
mesenteric,  is  continued   downwards   towards  the  pelvis,  owing  ' 
to  the  retention  of  the  posterior  cardinals. 

In  these  cases  we  may  speak  of  persistence  of  the  posterior 
cardinals  in  the  form  of  a  double  vena  cava  inferior. 

In  other  cases  of  what  we  may  now  regard  as  arrested  develop- 
ment, the  distal  portion  of  the  inferior  vena  cava  is  formed  out 
of  the  left  instead  of  the  right  cardinal  vein,  there  is  then  a 
vena  cava  inferior  passing  to  the  left  [of  the  aorta]. 

In  very  rare  cases,  where  development  is  arrested  at  a  very 


THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM  185 

early  stage  (eighteen  to  twenty-one  days  after  fertilisation),  the 
post-caval  vein  never  develops,  and  the  posterior  cardinals  take 
its  place. 

In  one  such  case,  described  by  Kollmann,  the  two  posterior  cardinal 
veins  persisted  to  the  level  of  the  third  lumbar  vertebra.  At  the  crura  of 
the  diaphragm,  within  the  aortic  foramen,  the  right  cardinal  vein  was  con- 
nected with  the  left  by  three  branches.  The  trunk  thus  related  lay  to  the 
left  of  the  aorta,  and  ran  on  as  a  persistent  portion  of  the  left  cardinal.  At 
the  level  of  the  tenth  thoracic  vertebra  the  vessel  turned  to  the  right,  and 
after  this  it  was  the  right  cardinal  vein  which  was  continued  to  its  point  of 
entrance  into  the  vena  cava  superior.  The  ductus  venosus  Arantii  was  absent ; 
and  the  circulation  in  the  liver  remained  entirely  embryonic,  the  hepatic 
veins  still  entering  the  heart  separately.  This  remarkable  case  was  that  of 
a  man  of  twenty-eight,  who  had  committed  suicide. 

In  Man,  and  certain  Mammals  (Apes,  Lemurs,  Carnivora, 
Whales,  and  Edentates),  the  left  vena  cava  superior  early  degener- 
ates and  disappears,  with  the  exception  of  its  basal  portion,  which 
remains  as  "  the  coronary  sinus,"  so-called  on  account  of  its 
receiving  the  intrinsic  cardiac  veins.  [The  great  veins  of  the  head, 
neck,  and  fore-limb  on  the  left  side  become  connected  with  those 
of  the  right  by  a  transverse  trunk,  derived  from  the  left  innomin- 
ate vein — the  two  innominate  or  brachio-cephalic  veins  uniting 
to  form  the  single  "  superior  cava."]  In  this  we  have  to  deal 
with  the  modification  of  a  condition  which  in  other  Mammals 
(Eodents,  Insectivora,  Bats,  and  Ungulates)  is  retained  throughout 
life ;  [and  it  is  an  interesting  circumstance  that  among  these  a 
transverse  connection  between  the  great  veins  of  the  neck  strongly 
suggestive  of  that  above  described  may  not  infrequently  be  estab- 
lished (ex.  Lepus),  without  any  accompanying  reduction  of  the 
left  pre-caval.] 

The  venous  system,  so  rich  in  variations,  is  well  known  to 
possess  valves  which  prevent  regurgitation,  [and  thus  ensure  the 
maintenance  of  the  single  circle  of  the  circulation.]  In  keeping 
with  this  we  should  expect  to  find  such  valves  chiefly  in  the 
limbs,  i.e.  where  the  venous  stream — I  refer  especially  to  the  lower 
limbs — already  has  great  difficulties  to  overcome.  This  expecta- 
tion is  fulfilled ;  but  when  we  reflect  that  the  ancestor  of  Man 
himself  had  a  quadrupedal  ancestry,  it  follows  that  there  must 
have  been  a  time  in  which  his  thoracic,  and  abdominal,  and  dorsal 
surfaces,  now  disposed  antero-posteriorly,  were  turned  downwards 
and  upwards  and  were  disposed  ventro-dorsally.  Circulation  within 
the  intercostal  and  lumbar  veins  must  then  have  been  placed  under 
much  less  favourable  conditions  than  at  present ;  it  had  to  be 


186  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

maintained,  as  the  venous  circulation  in  the  lower  limbs  now  has, 
against  the  action  of  gravity.  This  justifiable  assumption  has  led 
me  to  investigate  the  intercostal  veins  in  Man  closely,  by  way  of 
ascertaining  if  they  possess  valves,  and  my  observations  in  all 
essentials  confirm  those  of  Henle  recorded  in  his  Handbuch  der 
Anatomic.  That  is,  I  found  great  variation  both  in  the  number 
and  the  development  of  the  valves,  so  that  the  impression  of  a 
retrogressive  condition  became  irresistible. 

It  is  well  known  that  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  valves  of 
the  veins  appear  in  a  reduced  and  evidently  degenerating  or 
vestigial  form,  and  also  that  in  the  embryo  there  arise  many 
more  valves  than  attain  complete  development.  [The  valves  of 
the  portal  system  are  among  the  number  thus  suppressed,  but 
they  may  be  occasionally  retained.1] 

THE  SPLEEN 

Throughout  the  Mammalian  series  three  lobes  of  the  spleen 
may  be  detected,  viz.  an  anterior,  a  posterior,  and  a  middle,  all 
of  which  vary  greatly  in  size  and  form,  in  the  various  types.  In 
Marsupials  the  posterior  lobe  stretches  far  down  towards  the 
rectum.  In  the  Placental  mammals  the  lobes  are  increasingly 
reduced,  and  finally,  in  the  Primates,  the  posterior  lobe  has 
almost  disappeared ;  but  the  anterior  and  the  median  are  repre- 
sented even  in  Man,  while  the  posterior  lobe  is  in  him  reduced  to 
a  projection  of  its  margo  obtusus  (Klaatsch). 

The  average  weight  of  the  spleen  in  the  white  races  is  said 
to  be  195,  and  in  the  black  but  171  grs. 

1  [These  valves  are  typically  bicuspid.  They  are  most  numerous  at  birth,  in 
the  vessels  of  the  large  intestine.  After  birth  they  disappear  rapidly,  and  when 
present  in  the  adult  they  appear  to  be  most  abundant  on  the  small  intestine.  Cf. 
Hochstetter,  Archiv  f.  Anat.  und  Phys.,  1887  ;  Anat.  Abth.,  p.  137  ;  and  Bryant, 
Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  vol.  cxix.  p.  400.  Hyrtl  long  ago  drew 
attention  (Sitzungsb,  Wien.  Akad.,  Bd.  Ixi.  p.  27)  to  the  existence  in  the  Rodentia 
of  a  spiral  valve-like  fold  within  the  portal  vein.] 


THE   UKINOGENITAL  SYSTEM 
THE  PRONEPHROS  AND  THE  PRIMITIVE  KIDNEY 

IN  all  classes  of  Vertebrates  the  Urinogenital  System  first  appears 
[in  the  form  of  a  duct  (Wolffian  or  Segmental  duct)  which  is 
primarily  related  to  a  urinary  apparatus  confined  to  the  head 
region.  In  the  Amniota  and  Selachii  the  latter  is  wholly  de- 
generate in  character ;  among  the  remaining  Anamnia,  however, 
it  may  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period  persist  as  a  distinct  first- 
formed  functional  excretory  organ.  It  is  accordingly  regarded 
as  a  possible  larval  kidney,  and  termed  the  pronephros,  as  it 
appears  to  be  of  very  ancient  origin].  While  the  secreting 
glandular  portion  of  this  system  never  lasts  for  more  than  a 
short  period,  its  duct  persists  and  appears  in  some  cases  (cf. 
infra,  p.  190)  to  give  rise  to  the  leading  duct  of  a  much  more 
extensive  urinary  system  that  develops  later  and  is  known  as  the 
middle  kidney  or  mesonephros. 

This  second  nephridial  system,  which  becomes  the  definitive 
urinary  system  of  Fishes  and  Amphibia,  consists  like  the  pro- 
nephros of  metamerically  recurrent  tubes.  The  two  systems 
are  so  constituted  as  to  suggest  for  the  Vertebrata  of  to-day  an 
origin  from  a  lowly  segmented  ancestor.1 

The  higher  Vertebrates  pass  through  an  embryonic  stage,  in 
which  they  possess  first  a  pronephros  and  then  a  mesonephros, 
which  is  an  irrefragable  proof  that  in  their  ancestors,  and  con- 

3  [This  view  receives  support  from  the  general  tendency  towards  corresponding 
metamerism  of  the  muscular,  skeletal,  nervous,  and  vascular  systems  of  the  vertebrate 
body.  There  are,  however,  reasons  for  thinking  that  the  recurrent  symmetry  of  at  least 
the  skeletal  and  muscular  apparatus  may  be  of  secondary  significance  ;  and  there  are 
not  wanting  competent  investigators  who  deny  in  toto  the  origin  of  Vertebrates  from 
multi-segmented  animals  (cf.  especially  W.  K.  Brooks  "The  Genus  Salpa, "  Mem. 
Biol.  Lab.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  II.  pp.  182-203).  The  whole  question  must  remain 
in  abeyance,  pending  further  inquiry  into  the  origin  of  metamerism  in  general,  with 
a  view  to  the  formation  of  a  sounder  conception  concerning  that.] 


188  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

sequently  in  the  ancestors  of  Man,  each  of  these  organs  once 
constituted  in  turn  a  permanent  urinary  system.1 

[The  definitive  kidney  and  ureter  of  Mammals  arises  at  a  com- 
paratively later  period  (eleventh  to  twelfth  day  of  intra-uterine 
life)  in  relation  to  an  outgrowth  of  the  base  of  the  mesonephric 
duct.2  This  kidney,  by  extension,  reaches  to  the  mesonephridial 
region.  On  account  of  its  distinct  origin  from  the  rest  of  the 
excretory  system  it  is  generally  termed  the  metanephros,  and  its 
duct  the  metanephric  duct.] 

The  definitive  adult  kidney  of  Man  is,  as  a  rule,  a  compact 
organ,  with  smooth  walls;  but  its  surface  is  not  infrequently 
more  or  less  distinctly  furrowed,  and  thus  apparently  lobed. 
Lobation  of  the  kidney  is  characteristic  of  certain  lower  Mammals 
[e.g.  Cetacea  and  Ungulata].  The  regular  appearance  of  furrows 
in  the  kidney  of  the  human  embryo,  giving  rise  to  the  so-called 
"  renculi,"  and  the  not  infrequent  occurrence  of  an  increased 
number  of  renal  arteries,  justify  the  conclusion  that  the  lobate 
structure  may  have  been  typical  of  the  ancestors  of  Man. 

It  is  not  yet  evident  what  first  led  to  the  degeneration  of 
the  pronephros  and  to  the  loss  of  a  renal  function  by  the 
mesonephros  in  the  amniota.  So  far  as  the  mesonephros  was 
concerned,  the  degeneration  did  not  originally  affect  the  whole 
organ,  but  only  a  part  of  it.  The  remainder,  undergoing  a  change 
of  function,  became  secondarily  related  to  the  male  reproductive3 
apparatus.  It  gave  rise  with  its  duct  to  the  epididymis  and 
vas  deferens,  and  became  otherwise  transformed  into  a  series  of 
vestigial  appendages  to  the  urinogenital  organs  of  both  sexes. 

1  This  view,  so  far  as  it  involves  the  conclusion  that  the  mesonephros  of  the 
Amniota  is  the  representative  of  the  excretory  organ  of  their  ancestors,  receives 
its  chief  support  from  the  condition  of  the  excretory  apparatus  in  Reptiles.     These 
animals  pass  through  a  period  in  which  the  greater  part  of  the  mesonephros  con- 
tinues functional,  side  by  side  with  the  later  definitive  kidney.     In  the  Lizards,  for 
example,  it  shrivels  up  after  the  first  hibernation,  i.e.  in  the  second  year. 

2  [The  metanephric  tubules  of  Mammals  are  stated  to  arise  as  outgrowths  of  this 
diverticulum  itself,  but  in  other  animals  there  is  good  reason  for  regarding  them  as, 
at  any  rate  in  part,  distinct  in  origin — i.e.  as  arising  independently  of  the  duct 
with  which  they  subsequently  become  connected,  in  the  manner  typical  of  the  meso- 
nephric series.     The  recent  researches  of  Semon  (Jenaische  Zeitschrift,   Bd.  xxvi. 
p.  89)  and  Field  (Bullet.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard,  vol.  xxi.  p.   201)  have  revealed 
striking  details  of  similarity  in  development  between  the  pro-  and  meso-nephridia, 
rendering  it  more  difficult  than  hitherto  sharply  to  discriminate  between  them. 
Indeed,  recent  discovery  tends  to  suggest  that  the  pro-,  meso-,  and  meta-nephridia 
are  portions  of  one  continuous  system,  and  that  their  apparent  independence  is  due  to 
the  assumption  of  secondary  relationships  with  independently  formed  ducts.] 

(3  The  initial  stages  in  this  process  have  been  permanently  retained  as  the  adult 
condition  by  the  Elasmobranchs  and  Amphibia. 


THE  URINOGENITAL   SYSTEM  189 

In  the  wholly  vestigial  condition  the  mesonephros  is  not  infrequently 
the  seat  of  origin  of  pathological  affections  (formation  of  cysts). 

The  vestigial  portions  of  the  mesonephros  in  men  are 
the  paradidymis,  Giralde"'s  organ,  and  the  stalked  hydatids  of 
x-Morgagni;  in  women  it  gives  rise  to  the  greater  part  of  the 
parovarium  and  the  whole  of  the  paroophoron.  Further,  in 
women,  the  last  vestiges  of  its  duct  are  found,  either  confined  to 
the  region  of  the  parovarium,  or,  where  suppression  is  least 
marked,  in  the  form  of  "Gartner's  canal"  which  reaches  the  vagina. 

MiJLLERIAN    DUCT 

Van  Wijhe,  believing  that  the  ancestors  of  the  vertebrate  were 

hermaphrodite, has  argued  that  the  first  appearance  of  the  Mullerian 

duct  probably  dates  back  to  a  period  in  the  evolution  of  the  phylum 

when,  as   a   means   of   preventing   self  -  fertilisation,   there   were 

distinct  ducts  for  the  transmission  of  the  sperm  and  the  ova.     Be 

this  as  it  may,  the  secondary  nature  of  the  Miillerian  duct  is 

shown  by  its  comparatively  late  development  in  the  individual. 

'  It   originates   in   the   Amniota   by   evagination   of  the  ccelomic 

I  epithelium,  to  form  a  structure  which,  becoming  constricted  off 

\  into  a  tube,  gradually  elongates  in  a  caudal  direction  to  reach 

the  cloaca. 

In  the  male,  the  duct  of  the  mesonephros,  and  in  the  female, 
as  is  well  known,  the  whole  of  the  Mullerian  duct,  forms  the 
adult  genital  duct  (cf.  Fig.  103).  In  the  male  the  greater  part 
of  the  Mullerian  duct  degenerates  or  entirely  disappears,  thus  losing 
nearly  all  physiological  significance.  Its  proximal  vestige  becomes 
in  Man  the  unstalked  hydatid  of  Morgagni,  a  small  appendage  of 
the  testis ;  its  distal  end,  however,  is  believed  to  unite  with  that 
of  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side  to  form  a  vesicle,  the  "  uterus 
masculinus,"  which  becomes  embedded  in  the  prostate,  and  later 
opensTconjointly  with  the  vasa  deferentia,  into  the  urinogenital 
sinus  (urethra).1 

1  [The  term  "uterus  masculinus"  is  applied,  by  analogy,  to  a  somewhat 
similarly  placed  median  vesicle,  opening  into  the  prostatic  portion  of  the  urethra 
in  other  Mammals.  One  well-known  case  is  that  of  the  common  Rabbit.  The 
so-called  "  uterus  masculinus  "  of  that  animal  certainly  does  superficially  resemble 
that  of  Man,  but  the  two  differ  fundamentally  in  their  relationships  to  the  vasa 
differentia,  i.e.  in  Man  the  bases  of  these  pass  behind  the  vesicle  and  open  at  its 
sides,  while  in  the  Kabbit  they  pass  in  front  of  it  and  open  within  its  anterior  lip. 
Kiilliker  from  the  study  of  its  development,  has  claimed  for  the  so-called  "  uterus 
masculinus"  of  the  Rabbit)  (fJiituncklungsf/csch.  d.  Menschen  n.  d.  Mhern  Thicre, 


..d.pn. 


-  -  -d.pn. 


--d.pn. 


•A  o      ^. 

o  + 


taJ. 


THE  URIXOGENITAL  SYSTEM 


191 


FIG.  103. — A  SERIES  OF  WHOLLY  DIAGRAMMATIC  FIGURES  TO  ILLUSTRATE  THE 
COMPARATIVE  MORPHOLOGY  OP  THE  URINOGENITAL  ORGANS  OF  THK  VERTEBRATA. 
A,  The  pronephros  stage  of  the  Auamnia ;  B,  a  later  stage  of  the  same  ;  C,  the  urinogenital 
apparatus  of  the  male  Amphibian  ;  D,  the  same  of  the  female  ;  E,  pronephros 
stage  of  the  Amniota,  the  mesonephros  as  yet  rudimentary ;  F,  urinogenital  apparatus 
of  the  Amniota,  at  a  stage  at  which  the  sexes  are  not  differentiated  ;  G,  urinogenital 
apparatus  of  the  male  Amniota;  H,  the  same  of  the  female;  p.n.,  pronephros; 
d.pn.,  duct  of  the  pronephros  ;  ms.,  the  developing  mesonephros  ;  ms.s.,  part  of 
the  mesonephros,  becoming  converted  into  the  epididymis  and  parovarium  ;  ms.v., 
vestiges  of  the  mesonephros,  the  paradidymis  and  the  paroophorou  ;  t,  rete  and 
vasa  efferentia  testis  ;  t"t",  a  network  homologous  with  these  structures  at  the  hilus 
ovarii  ;  hy.s.,  stalked  hydatid  ;  nis.r.,  portion  of  the  mesonephros  which  in  Amphi- 
bians and  Selachians  becomes  the  so-called  pelvic  kidney;  d.ms.,  duct  of  the 
mesonephros,  which  in  male  Amphibians  and  Selachians  becomes  (Fig.  C)  the  urino- 
genital, and  in  females  (Fig.  D)  the  urinary  duct.  In  the  male  Amniota  it  gives 
rise  to  the  seminal  duct  (Fig.  G),  and  in  the  female  to  the  Gartner's  duct  (Fig.  H). 
v.a.,  the  seminal  vesicle,  an  outgrowth  of  the  duct  of  the  mesonephros  ;  d.-m., 
Mullerian  duct,  which  in  Mammals  becomes  differentiated  (Fig.  H)  into  the  Fallopian 
tube  (/.),  the  uterus  (ut.\  and  the  vagina  (vg.) ;  os.,  its  ostium  abdominale  tubae  ; 
hy.  and  u.m.  (Fig.  G),  unstalked  hydatids  and  uterus  masculinus  (vestiges,  in  the 
male,  of  the  Mullerian  duct,  d.m.) ;  mt.,  the  definitive  kidney  or  metanephros  of  the 
Amniota,  asserted  to  arise  from  the  ureter  (itr.),  itself  an  outgrowth  of  the  mesonephric 
duct ;  of'.,  allantois  (urinary  bladder)  ;  sn.t  sinus  urogenitalis  ;  p.g.,  genital  pro- 
minence ;  g.g.,  genital  glands,  undifferentiated  stage;  en:,  ovary;  ts.,  testis;  cl.t 
cloaca  ;  al.,  hind-gut ;  p.a.,  porus  abdominalis  ;  g.c.,  Cowper's  glands. 


Tabulated  Resume  of  the  Facts  pictorially  illustrated  on  the 
opposite  Page. 


Anamnia. 

Amniota. 

Pronephros. 

Male  and  Female. 

Develops  in  all  Auamnia,   but  in 
all  probability  never  persists  as 
a  permanent  excretory  organ. 

Still  develops  in  the  Amniota,  but 
as  an  excretory  organ  undergoes 
entire  degeneration  in  the  embryo. 

•U    O,  x.V-~*  ' 

Duct  of  Pronephros. 

Male  and  Female. 

In  Elasmobranchii,  appears  to  give 
origin    by    subdivision    to    both 
Mesonephric  (Wolffian)  and  Mul- 
lerian ducts.     In  Amphibia,  be- 
comes converted  into  the  Meso- 
phric   duct.      Its   fate   in   other 
Anamnia  is  not  yet  fully  investi- 
gated. 

Probably  persists  as  the  Mesonephric 
(Wolffian)  duct,  and  contributes 
in  some  to  the  formation  of  the 
Mullerian  duct.  Great  differences 
of  interpretation  still  exist  con- 
cerning it. 

f 

Male  and  Female" 

Functions   in    all    Anamuia   as   a 
urinary  gland.  Jn  Elasmobranchs, 

Loses  its  renal  function  in  all 
Amniota  (as  a  rule  in  the  embryo), 
and  becomes  vestigial,  except  so 
far  as  it  becomes  an  accessory 
portion  of  the  reproductive  appar- 
atus in  the  male,  [and  enters  into 
the  formation  of  the  suprarenal 
body.] 

Amphibians,    and    one    or    two 
higher  Fishes,   its  anterior  por- 
tion    becomes     related    to    the 
male  genital  apparatus,  the  pos- 
terior portion  persisting  as  a  per- 
manent kidney. 

192 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 


Anamnia. 

Amniota. 

1 

PH 
0  < 

I 

The  proximal  portion  becomes  in 
most  related  to  the  testis,  and 
functional  in  the  transmission  of 
the  semen,  the  distal  functioning 
as  a  kidney.1 

The  proximal  end  becomes  the  rete 
and  vasa  etferentia  testis,  and  the 
caput  epididymis,  and  perhaps 
also  the  stalked  hydatid  of  Mor- 
gagni  :  the  distal  end  becomes 
the  paradidymis  (Giralde's  organ).2 

1 

Female. 

Persists  as  the  kidney. 

The  greater  part  of  the  proximal 
portion  becomes  the  parovarium, 
the  distal  the  paroophoron.2 

i 

| 

Functions   in   most  higher  Fishes 
merely  as  the  urinary  duct. 
In    Selachians,    Amphibians,    and 
some    Ganoids,     serves    as    the 
urinogenital  duct. 

The  proximal  portion  becomes  the 
corpus  and  cauda  epididymis,  and 
the  distal  the  seminal  duct  (vas 
deferens). 

Duct  of  Meso 

h 

Functions  exclusively  as  the  duct  of 
the  mesonephros,  i.e.  the  urinary 
duct. 

The  greater  part,  as  a  rule,  degener- 
ates ;  the  proximal  portion  may 
be  retained  in  a  vestigial  form  in 
the  region  of  the  parovarium.  In 
certain  cases  it  may  persist  as  a 
whole,  as  Gartner's  canal.  The 
distal  end  becomes  the  organ  of 
Weber. 

| 

1 
J. 
3 

j=r 

CB 

£ 

In  Elasmobranchs,  for  certain,  it  de- 
generates in  post-embryonic  life, 
vestiges  of  its  proximal  portion 
being  retained.  (Its  fate  in  most 
other  Fishes  is  doubtful.  )  In  Am- 
phibia it  is  retained  for  its  whole 
length,  in  a  functionless  and  often 
but  little  degenerate  condition. 

The  proximal  portion  becomes  the 
unstalked  hydatid  of  Morgagni, 
the  distal,  in  some  Mammals,  the 
so-called  "uterus  masculinus." 
In  exceptional  cases  the  whole  is 
retained  as  Rathke's  duct.  In 
Sauropsida  the  distal  part  usually 
disappears. 

& 

6 

j 

Becomes  the  whole  genital  duct. 

Becomes  the  whole  genital  duct. 

Metanephros  &  Ureter. 

|  Male  and  Female. 

Probably  unrepresented. 

Development  not  yet  fully  worked 
out.  It  appears  to  arise  in  part 
(ureter)  from  the  distal  end  of 
the  mesonephric  duct,  and  in 
part  (secreting  elements)  as  a 
caudad  extension  of  the  meso- 
nephros. 

1  [The  males  of  the  Bony  Fishes  and  of  the  Marsipobranchii  are  exceptions  to 
this  rule,  the  mesonephros  being  in  them  functional  only  as  a  kidney]. 

2  [Allowance  being  made  for  its  entering  into  the  constitution  of  the  suprarenal 
body  (cf.  previous  page).] 


THE  URINOGENITAL  SYSTEM 


193 


In  Amphibia,  Eeptiles,  and  Birds,  the  Miillerian  ducts  in  the 
female  remain  separate  throughout  life,  and  this  is  also  the  case 
in  the  lowest  living  Mammals  (Monotremata),  which  are  partly 
on  this  account  called  the  Ornithodelphia.  In  all  Mammals  above 
the  Monotremes,  however,  they  early  become  to  a  lesser  or  greater 

od. 


FIG.  104. — A  to  C,  DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  THE  CHIEF  TYPES  OF  UTERDS 

OCCURRING    IN    THE     PLACENTAL    MAMMALS.         A,     UTERUS    DUPLEX  ;     B,     UTERUS 

BIPARTITUS  ;  C,  UTERUS  SIMPLEX  ;  D,  URINOGENITAL  APPARATUS  OF  A  FEMALE 
MUSTELINE  ;  E,  THE  SAME  OF  THE  HEDGEHOG,  THE  FORMER  WITH  EMBRYOS  (*  *) 
IN  THE  UTERUS. 

od.,  oviduct  (Fallopian  tube)  ;  ut.,   uterus  ;  ut'.,  cornua  uteri ;  ut".,  corpus  uteri ;  vg., 
vagina;  ot. ,  ostium  tubse  ;  gl. ,  accessory  gland;  r.,  rectum;  s.ug.,  sinus  urino- 
genitalis  ;  re1.,  kidney  ;  re".,  suprarenal  body  ;  vr.,  ureter;  bl.,  bladder. 
Aufl.  II.  p.  981)  a  paired  origin  from  the  bases  of  the  mesonephrio  ducts,  and  in 
respect  to  this  it  exactly  harmonises  with,  and  would  appear  to  represent  in  a 
confluent  form,  the  human  vesiculse  seminales.     The  fact  that  among  other  Rodents  I 
it  is  represented  (e.g.  Guinea-Pig)  by  a  pair  of  elongated  cceca,  or  (e.g.  Muridae) 
by  two  folded  and  more  glandular  diverticula,  having  the  detailed  relationships  of  the 
seminal  vesicles  of  the  other  mammalia,  fully  bears  out  this  view.— G.  B."H.] 

0 


194  THE  STRUCTUKE  OF  MAN 

extent  united,  the  union  being  first  effected  at  a  middle  point, 
before  the  ducts  themselves  open  into  the  urinogenital  sinus. 
[Those  portions  of  the  oviducts  situated  above  this  point  of  union 
become  converted  into  the  uteri  and  Fallopian  tubes,  and  those 
below  into  the  vaginae.] 

Among  the  Marsupials  there  arises  at  this  point  a  median 
vaginal  sac,  and  neither  the  upper  (uterine)  nor  the  lower  (vaginal) 
portions  unite  further.  For  this  reason  these  animals  are  fre- 
quently classified  as  the  Didelphia.  In  all  the  higher  and  truly 
placental  Mammals  the  union  extends  backwards  to  form  a 
single  median  vagina  [as  is  expressed  in  the  application  to  them 
of  the  term  Monodelphia].  It  also  extends  forwards,  giving  rise 
to  a  single  median  uterus  as  we  ascend  in  the  series  (cf.  Fig. 
104).  Man  and  the  Primates  are  among  those  monodelphous 
Mammals  in  which  the  two  uteri  as  a  rule  completely  unite : 
but  abnormal  forms  of  uterus,  known  as  uterus  duplex,  bilocularis, 
subseptus,  bipartitus,  incudiformis,  arcuatus,  and  bicornis,  not 
infrequently  occur,  at  any  rate  in  Man.  These  are  but  the 
expression  of  arrested  development, — arrested,  that  is,  at  stages 
corresponding  with  those  of  the  gradual  fusion  of  the  originally 
separate  Miillerian  ducts  effected  during  the  course  of  long 
geological  periods.  The  uterus  simplex  is  the  normal  condition 
in  the  Primates  of  the  present  time. 

In  the  uterus  simplex,  traces  of  the  primitive  paired  condition 
of  the  Miillerian  duct  are  still  found  in  the  paired  Fallopian 
tubes  (pd.,  Fig.  104,  C),  and  in  the  longitudinal  ridges  of  the 
cervix  uteri  and  of  the  vagina  (columnee  rugarum). 

HYMEN 

The  primitive  significance  of  the  fold  of  mucous  membrane 
termed  the  hymen,  which  lies  within  the  entrance  of  the  vagina 
in  the  female  and  more  or  less  completely  closes  it,  is  by  no  means 
clear.  The  only  thing  that  can  be  stated  with  certainty  is  that 
it  is  coincident  in  disposition  with  the  elevation  of  the  urethral 
mucous  membrane  of  the  male  known  as  the  colliculus  seminalis. 

[It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  a  similar  and  complete  fold  is  present  within 
the  base  of  the  oviduct  in  the  virgin  state  of  the  lower  Fishes  (Sharks  and 
Rays).] 

THE  CLOACA 

At  a  certain  stage  in  the  development  of  Man  the  urinogenital 
ducts  and  intestine  open  posteriorly  into  a  common  chamber,  the 


THE  URINOGENITAL  SYSTEM  195 

cloaca.  This  points  back  to  a  condition  which  must  have 
existed  in  the  remote  ancestors  of  Man,  for  a  cloaca  persists 
throughout  life  in  Amphibians,  Reptiles,  and  Birds,  as  well  as  in 
the  lowest  Mammals,  which  last  are  on  this  account  called  the 
Monotremata. 

In  the  further  course  of  development  the  cavity  of  the  cloaca 
becomes  divided  into  two,  the  posterior  chamber  serving  as  a 
prolongation  of  the  rectum,  the  anterior  forming  a  sinus 
urinogenitalis,  from  the  anterior  wall  of  which  the  genital 
eminence  is  developed  (cf.  Fig.  103,  G  and  H). 


EXTERNAL  GENITAL  ORGANS  OF  THE  FEMALE 

Concerning  the  external  genital  apparatus  of  the  female,  the 
labia  majora  are  probably  to  be  regarded  as  partially  developed 
homologues  of  the  scrotum  of  the  male.  Indications  of  them  are 
found  even  in  the  Lernuroidea  and  the  Apes  ;  but  in  most  Apes  it 
appears  that  only  the  lesser  system  of  folds  found  in  women,  the 
labia  minora,  form  the  boundary  of  the  genital  aperture.  The 
labia  minora,  which  form  a  strong  praeputium  and  frenulum 
clitoridis,  belong  ontogenetically  to  the  genital  eminence,  and  are 
developed  upon  its  lower  surface.  They  thus  fall  under  a 
different  morphological  category  from  the  labia  majora. 

The  clitoris  in  Apes  is  both  relatively  and  absolutely  larger 
than  in  human  beings,  and  its  under  surface  is  furrowed  as  far  as 
the  urinary  aperture.  This  primitive  condition  is  recalled  by  the 
occasional  condition,  due  to  arrested  development  of  the  genital 
eminence,  known  as  hypospadias. 

In  certain  branches  of  the  Ethiopian  race  the  females  are 
distinguished  by  a  very  slight  development  of  the  labia  majora 
and  of  the  mons  veneris,  and  of  hair  about  these  parts.  On  the 
other  hand,  among  the  female  Hottentots,  a  marked  hypertrophy 
of  the  labia  minora  and  of  the  prseputium  clitoridis  is  well 
known,  giving  rise  to  what  is  known  among  Bushwomen  as  the 
"Hottentot  apron."  [This,  however,  is  most  probably  due  to 
manipulation,  and  to  the  wearing  of  a  split  stick  with  a  weight 
attached.]  The  vagina  appears  (as  in  Apes)  smoother,  it  being 
less  strongly  folded  than  in  unmarried  Europeans.  In  Japanese 
women  the  labia  majora  and  the  mons  veneris  are  feebly  developed 
and  but  little  hairy,  and  the  labia  minora  seem  also  to  be  but 
slightly  developed  (Bischoff). 


196  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

MALE  GENITAL  GLANDS  (DBSCENSUS  TESTICULOKUM) 

Among  Mammals  the  genital  glands  of  the  male  (testes) 
agree  in  their  place  of  origin  with  those  of  the  female  (ovaries). 
Both  are  developed  out  of  the  germinal  epithelium,  differentiated 
near  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  coelom  to  the  right  and  left  of  the 
vertebral  column.  But  while,  during  further  development,  the 
ovaries,  as  a  rule,  shift  down  towards  the  pelvis,  the  testes  may 
wander  still  farther  (descensus  testiculorum}.  This  descensus  is 
closely  connected  not  only  with  the  history  of  the  testis,  as  the 
result  of  interaction  between  the  organ  and  the  parts  immedi- 
ately surrounding  it,  but  also  with  the  relations  of  the  testis  to 
other  organs  more  or  less  remote  from  it. 

Many  variations  occur  among  Mammals  in  the  manner  of 
descent  of  the  testis,  and  in  the  changes  in  the  ventral  body  wall 
which  accompany  it.  It  seems  possible,  however,  as  Klaatsch 
has  shown,  to  reduce  these  variations  to  a  simple  ground  plan. 
The  descent  of  the  testes,  which  is  a  new_  development  peculiar 
to  Mammals,  is  effected  in  its  most  primitive  manner  in 
Insectivores  and  Eodents ;  and  everything  points  to  the  fact 
that  it  was  originally  a  periodic^  phenomenon  occurring  in  the 
adult.  For  instance,  in  the  Hedgehog  the  testes  retain  their  ori- 
ginal intra-abdominal  position  up  to  the  rutting  period ;  but  as 
that  period  approaches  they  come  to  lie  in  evaginable  portions  of 
the  inguinal  body  wall.  After  the  rutting  season  they  always 
return  into  the  abdominal  cavity,  but  the  mechanism  by  which 
this  is  accomplished  is  not  yet  clearly  understood. 

In  connection  with  the  shifting  of  the  testis,  a  structure 
termed  by  Klaatsch  the  "  conus  inguinalis "  is  of  the  greatest 
significance.  This  organ  is  best  developed  in  the  Muridse,  and 
consists  of  a  conical  invagination  of  the  muscular  abdominal  wall, 
at  first  connected  not  with  the  three  lateral  abdominal  muscles, 
but  only  with  the  obliquus  internus  and  transversus.  Its 
internally  projecting  point,  or  at  least  its  surrounding  tissue,  fuses 
with  a  cord-like  structure  called  by  Klaatsch  the  ligamentum 
inguinale  (cf.  Fig.  105).  This  ligamentum  inguinale  (which 
must  not  be  confused  with  the  gubernaculum  or  round  ligament 
of  earlier  writers)  is  a  subperitoneal  strand  containing  smooth 
muscle,  which  arises,  in  both  sexes,  on  each  side  of  the  genital 
ducts,  and  runs  to  the  inguinal  region  of  the  abdominal  wall,  i.e. 
to  that  point  which  corresponds  with  the  aperture  of  the  canalis 
inguinalis  interna.  This  "  ligament,"  for  which  a  parallel  exists 


THE  URINOGEXITAL  SYSTEM 


197 


in  other  differentiations  of  the  ccelomic  musculature  (e.g.  the 
musculus  suspensorius  duodeni,  musculature  of  the  genital  ducts), 
leaves  the  genital  duct  at  the  point  where  the  ligamentum  testis 
or  ovarii  reaches  it.  This  coincidence  of  position  by  no 
means  always  obtains ;  but  the  fact  that  it  may  do  so  has  led  to 
the  erroneous  idea  that  the  ligaments  of  the  genital  ducts  hitherto 
known  as  the  ligamentum  rotundum  and  the  gubernaculuni  always 
and  alone  connect  the  ovary  and  testis  with  the  inguinal 
region.  The  study  of  Ontogeny  proves  that  in  origin  they  are 
distinct  from  the  ligamentum  inguinale.  The  latter,  in  the 
female,  becomes  the  ligamentum  rotundum  uteri.  Besides  this, 


FIG.  105. — A,  A  PARTLY  DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATION  OF  THE  EMBRYONIC  URINO- 
GENITAL  APPARATUS  OF  A  MALE  MAMMAL,  SHOWING  ITS  RELATIONS  TO  THE  VENTRAL 
ABDOMINAL  WALL. 

B,  THE  PENIS  AND  SCROTUM  OF  A  HUMAN  EMBRYO  15  CM.  LONG,  WITH  THE  AREJE 

SCROTI    (a.S.)    MEETING    IN    THE    MIDDLE    LINE. 

(BOTH   FIGURES    FOUNDED   ON    THE   WORK   OF    KLAATSCH.) 

al.,  intestine;  re'.,  suprarenal  body;  re".,  kidney ;  l.s.,  suspensory  ligament  of  testis; 
ff.g.,  testis  ;  d.g.,  genital  duct  ;  l.L,  ligamentum  inguinale  ;  pr.,  processus  vagiualis  ; 
c.L,  conus  inguinalis  ;  U.,  urinary  bladder. 

the  ligamentum  inguinale,  as  well  as  the  conus  inguinalis  of 
Klaatsch,  were  called  gubernaculum  testis  by  former  authors ; 
in  fact,  the  term  gubernaculum  was  originally  applied  to  the  most 
heterogeneous  structures. 

In  the  Insectivora  and  Eodents,  the  descent  of  the  testis  is 
accompanied  by  an  evagination  of  the  conus  due  to  muscular 
contraction,  so  that  the  ligament  may  in  this  case  rightly  be 
termed  a  "gubernaculum."  This  evagination  gives  rise  to  a 
more  or  less  marked  bulging  of  the  integument,  to  form  the 
"  bursa  inguinalis  "  of  Klaatsch.  This  pouch,  which  represents 
the  point  of  least  resistance  in  the  abdominal  wall,  is  composed 
of  (1)  the  evaginated  abdominal  integument  (scrotum,  sac  of  the 


198  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

testis),  (2)  evaginated  derivatives  of  the  internal  oblique  and 
trans  versus  muscles  (cremaster),  and  its  cavity  is  connected  with 
the  coeloni  by  a  special  canal  (canalis  vaginalis  in  the  male, 
canalis  Nuckii  in  the  female). 

The  differentiation  of  these  parts,  which  was  in  all  probability 
originally  effected  only  in  the  adult,  in  some  cases  takes  place  at 
an  earlier  (Mouse)  or  even  embryonic  period  (Squirrel). 

It  is  conceivable  that  next  in  order  to  the  type  represented 
by  Eodents  and  Insectivores,  there  may  have  existed  forms 
in  which  the  descensus  occurred  periodically  in  youth,  but  in 
which,  in  more  advanced  age,  in  consequence  of  the  loss  of  the 
reditus  testium  at  the  rutting  season,  it  became  fixed.  Such 
forms  are  not  actually  known ;  but  the  hypothetical  stage  is  very 
nearly  realised  in  Man,  as  in  him,  by  the  partial  reinvagination 
of  the  bursa,  and  by  the  consequent  formation  of  a  conus 
inguinalis,  we  are  still  reminded,  ontogenetically,  of  the  periodical 
descensus  and  reditus  testium,  although  it  is  but  a  very  feeble 
process.  There  is  thus  reason  for  thinking  that,  among  the 
Prosimii  and  Primates,  forms  corresponding  with  this  hypotheti- 
cal stage  might  be  found. 

The  definitive  descensus  is  due  to  a  further  evagination 
of  the  conus.  The  bursa  inguinalis,  however,  which  was  once 
(as  in  the  Eodents  and  Insectivora)  the  direct  product  of  this 
very  shifting  of  the  testis,  in  Man  first  arises  independently  at 
some  distance  from  it,  forming  what  is  known  as  the  genital 
ridge  or  the  outer  genital  fold. 

Among  the  lower  Mammals  the  development  of  a  permanent 
scrotum  has  become  established  in  the  Marsupialia,  Ungulata,  and 
Carnivora.  Among  the  Edentata  only  the  Orycteropodidse 
possess  a  testis  sac  into  which  the  testes  periodically  enter.  In 
Dasypus,  Bradypus,  and  Myrmecopliaga,  the  testes  are  abdominal : 
in  Manis  they  are  subintegumental,  and  lie  in  the  inguinal  region. 
In  the  Monotremes  a  descensus  testiculi  is  not  known  to  occur. 

In  considering  the  phylogenetic  origin  of  the  descensus  testiculorum, 
Klaatsch  has  formulated  the  following  ingenious  argument : — The  mammary 
organ,  which  in  the  form  of  a  somewhat  circular  patch  of  the  integument, 
characterised  by  glands  and  smooth  musculature,  first  became  differenti- 
ated in  the  inguinal  region,  exercised  a  great  influence  on  the  abdominal 
wall.  He  has  suggested  that  among  the  ancestors  of  the  Mammals  there 
occurred,  as  he  believes  is  shown  by  the  Monotremata,  a  transference  of  the 
mammary  organ  from  the  female  to  the  male  ;x  and  that  this  may  have 

1  In  other  words,  Klaatsch  interprets  as  the  homologue  of  this  Mammary  area  a 
circumscribed  wrinkled  portion  of  the  integument,  only  scantily  covered  with  hair, 


THE  URINOGEXITAL  SYSTEM  199 

exercised  a  great  influence  on  the  lower  portion  of  the  abdominal  wall.  This 
would  appear  to  have  involved  the  invagination  of  a  more  or  less  circum- 
scribed portion  of  the  lateral  abdominal  muscles  by  the  glandular  apparatus 
(which  in  the  Monotremata  has  already  attained  large  proportions),  leading 
up  to  the  differentiation  of  a  compressor  of  the  mammary  organ  out  of  the 
transversus  muscle.  He  further  surmises  that  this,  which  represented  a 
primitive  conus  inguinalis,  was  retained  in  the  Marsupials  to  assist  in  the 
extra-uterine  nourishment  of  the  young,  and  that  it  disappeared  in  the 
Placentalia  owing  to  the  substitution  of  other  methods  of  providing  for  the 
offspring.  The  invagination  of  the  conus  into  the  ccclom  must,  like  the 
maturation  of  the  glandular  complex,  have  occurred  periodically.  The  male 
conus  became  related  to  the  male  genital  gland,  and  the  periodic  displacement 
of  the  latter  (towards  the  point  of  the  least  resistance)  must  thus  be  associ- 
ated with  its  great  increase  in  size  at  the  times  of  sexual  activity.  For 
the  ovaries  this  last  factor  has  not  to  be  taken  into  account,  as  they  do  not 
undergo  such  great  variations  of  size  ;  and  further,  their  power  of  descent 
is  greatly  diminished  in  consequence  of  their  position  in  relation  to  the 
Miillerian  ducts. 

The  essential,  that  is  the  first,  cause  of  the  descensus  remains  unexplained, 
and  the  origin  of  the  ligamentuin  inguinale  is  still  a  complete  enigma.  On 
the  other  hand,  its  connection  with  the  uterus,  its  periodical  increase  in  size 
during  pregnancy,  and  especially  its  near  relation  to  the  conus  inguinalis,  and 
thus  to  the  mammary  organ,  make  it  very  probable  that  it  originally  arose 
in  the  female,  and  was  transferred  to  the  male  with  the  other  parts  belonging 
to  the  mammary  organ. 


SUPRARENAL  BODIES 

These  organs  are  probably  to  be  traced  to  a  double  origin, 
partly  from  the  mesonephros  and  partly  from  the  syj^athetic 
nervous_sy_stem.  Their  physiological  significance  is  as  little 
known  as  their  primitive  history,  and  it  is  not  certain  whether, 
so  far  as  Man  is  concerned,  they  are  phylogenetically  in  a  pro- 
gressive or  in  a  retrogressive  condition. 

The  latter  assumption  is  the  more  probable  when  we  consider 
their  great  development  during  embryonic  life.  On  the  other 
hand,  their  rich  blood-supply  indicates  some  important  physio- 
logical function  performed  throughout  life. 

which  is  to  be  found  on  the  level  of  the  scrotum  in  the  young  stage  of  all 
Mammals,  including  Man,  and  which  at  a  later  stage  meets  the  corresponding  area 
of  the  other  side  in  the  middle  line.  The  numerous  smooth  muscles  which 
constitute  the  tunica  dartos  appear  to  correspond  with  the  smooth  muscle  layer 
of  the  glandular  area  in  the  Monotremata.  In  all  Mammals  the  area  scroti  is 
distinguished  by  the  fact  that  the  hair  grows  on  wart -like  elevations  which 
are  closely  crowded  together— a  peculiarity  which  gives  the  area  a  characteristic 
appearance.  The  hairs  are  provided  with  very  small  sebaceous  glands  ;  the  coiled 
tubular  glands  are  much  larger,  and  open  near  hairs  disposed  singly.  In  Man 
the  tubular  glands  are  less  conspicuous. 


CONSPECTUS  OF  THE  OEGANS  MENTIONED  IN 
THE  TEXT,  AEEANGED  ON  THE  BASIS  OF 
THEIE  PHYSIOLOGICAL  CONDITION 

I.  ORGANS  SHOWING  EETROGRESSIVE  CHARACTERS 

A.  Retrogressively  modified,  the  Organs  still  performing 
clearly  recognisable  Functions 

Certain  muscles  of  the  lower  leg  and  foot. 

Adductor  transversus  of  the  foot. 

Opponens  of  the  ball  of  the  little  toe. 

Serratus  posticus  superior  and  inferior. 

The  flexors  proper  of  the  fingers. 

M.  pyramidalis  (when  comparatively  well  developed  as 
accessory  to  the  rectus  abdominis). 

M.  levator  palpebrse  superioris. 

Intestinal  coecum. 

Eighth  sternal  rib. 

The  eleventh  and  twelfth  ribs. 

Sternum. 

The  fifth  toes. 

The  fibula. 

Olfactory  lobe  of  the  brain  and  (in  part)  the  olfactory  organ. 

The  canines  and  upper  lateral  incisors ;  the  molars,  in  so  far 
as  there  is  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  their  cusps. 

The  pre-maxillary  bone. 

B.  Retrogressively  modified,  the  Organs  having  become  wholly  or 
in  part  functionless,  some  appearing  in  the  Embryo  alone, 
others  present  during  Life  constantly  or  inconstantly.  For 
the  greater  part  Organs  which  may  be  rightly  termed 
Vestigial. 

Os  coccygis.      Cauda  humana. 

Superfluous  embryonic  notochord  and  associated  somites. 


CONSPECTUS  OF  ORGANS  MENTIONED  IN  THE  TEXT    201 

Embryonic  cervical,  lumbar,  and  sacral  ribs. 

The  thirteenth  rib  of  the  adult. 

The  seventh  cervical  rib  in  the  adult. 

The  interarticular  cartilage  of  the  sterno-clavicular  joint 
(probable  vestige  of  the  episternal  apparatus). 

Ossa  supra-sternalia. 

Certain  centres  of  ossification  in  the  manubrium  sterni. 

The  branchial  clefts  (for  the  most  part)  and  branchial  ridges. 

Processus  styloideus  ossis  temporis,  and  the  ligamentum 
stylo-hyoideum. 

Anterior  cornua  of  the  hyoid,  for  the  greater  part. 

Foramen  ccecum  of  the  tongue. 

Processus  gracilis  of  the  malleus. 

Post-frontal  bone  (?) 

Ossa  interparietalia  (and  ?  prseinterparietalia). 

Processus  paramastoideus  of  exoccipital. 

Torus  occipitalis. 

Processus  frontalis  of  the  temporal. 

Processus  coracoideus  [meta-  and  epi-coracoid  bones]. 

Os  centrale  carpi. 

Processus  supracondyloideus  humeri. 

Trochanter  tertius  femoris. 

The  phalanges  of  the  fifth  toe,  and  less  conspicuously  of  the 
third  and  fourth  toes. 

Muscles  of  the  pinna  and  the  Musculus  occipitalis.  L 

M.  transversus  nuchse.  L. -- 

Facial  muscles  transformed  into  tendinous  expansions. 

Mm.  plantaris  and  palmaris  longus,  when  completely 
tendinous. 

M.  ischio  femoralis. 

The  caudal  muscles. 

M.  epitrochleo-anconseus.    - 

M.  latissimo-condyloideus. 

M.  transversus  thoracis  (triangularis  sterni). 

M.  palmaris  brevis. 

The  transition  bundles  between  the  trapezius  and  the  sterno- 
cleido-mastoideus. 

M.  levator  claviculse. 

M.  rectus  thoracis. 

M.  ere  master. 

The  primitive  hairy  covering  or  lanugo. 

Vestiges  of  vibrissse. 


202  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

The  vertex  coccygeus,  the  foveola  and  glabella  coccygea. 

Certain  vortices  of  hair  on  the  breast. 

Nipples  in  men. 

Supernumerary  mammary  glands  in  women. 

Alleged  vestiges  of  mammary  pouches  [?] 

Supernumerary  olfactory  ridges. 

Jacobson's  organ,  and  ductus  naso-palatinus. 

Papilla  palatina  and  folia  ta. 

Plica  semilunaris  of  the  eye. 

Vasa  hyaloidse  (Cloquet's  canal)  of  the  embryo — the  choroidal 
fissure. 

Lachrymal  glands,  in  part. 

The  epicanthus. 

M.  orbitalis. 

Certain  varieties  of  the  pinna  of  the  ear. 

The  filum  terminale  of  the  spinal  cord. 

Grlandula  pinealis  and  parietal  organ. 

The  parieto-occipital  fissure  of  the  brain  [doubtful]. 

The  obex,  ponticulus,  ligula,  tseni^e  medullares,  and  velum 
medullare  anterius  and  posterius,  of  the  brain. 

The  hypophysis  cerebri  (pituitary  body). 

The  dorsal  roots  and  ganglia  of  the  hypoglossus  nerve. 

The  rami  recurrentes  of  certain  cranial  nerves. 

Certain  elements  of  the  brachial  and  lumbo-sacral  plexuses. 

The  coccygeal  nerve. 

The  glandula  coccygea.    • 

Palatal  ridges. 

The  sublingua. 

The  formation  of  rudimentary  dental  papillae  before  the 
sinking  of  the  dental  ridge. 

The  wisdom  teeth. 

The  occurrence  of  a  third  prsemolar  (reversionary). 

The  occurrence  of  a  fourth  molar  (reversionary). 

The  vestiges  of  a  third  dentition. 

The  ciliated  epithelium  of  the  embryonic  oesophagus. 

Bursa  sub-  and  prsehyoidea  (ductus  thyroglossus). 

Musculi  broncho-cesophagei. 

The  appendix  vermiformis. 

Ventricle  of  the  larynx  (Morgagni's  pouch). 

Lobus  subpericardiacus  of  the  lung  (reversionary). 

Certain  valves  of  the  veins. 

Certain  structures  of  a  vestigial  nature  in  the  heart. 


CONSPECTUS  OF  ORGANS  MENTIONED  IN  THE  TEXT    203 

Arteria  sacralis  media. 
Arteria  ischiadica. 

Superficial  plantar  arterial  arch  of  the  foot. 
The  vena  cava  superior  sinistra. 
Venae  cardinales  posteriores,  and  ductus  Cuvieri. 
Vestiges  (in  the  female)  of  the  mesonephric  system,  and  (in 
the  male)  of  the  Mullerian  ducts. 

Conus  inguinalis,  and  ligamentum  inguinale. 
The  area  scroti. 

C.  Modified  under  Change  of  Function,  though  this  cannot  in 
all  cases  be  proved 

Suprarenal  bodies. 

Glandula  thyroidea. 

Glandula  thymus. 

Bursa  pharyngea. 

Anterior  lobe  of  the  hypophysis  cerebri  (pituitary  body). 

Carotid  and  coccygeal  glands. 

D.   Characters  Indicative  of  Change  of  Position  or  Shifting 

Proximal  shifting  of  the  pelvic  girdle,  and,  correlatively, 
the  shortening  of  the  lumbar  region  of  the  vertebral  column 
(assimilation  of  the  fifth  lumbar  vertebra  by  the  sacrum). 

Distal  shifting  of  the  shoulder  girdle. 

Abbreviation  of  the  ccelom. 

Proximal  and  distal  abbreviation  of  the  osseous  thorax. 

Power  of  abduction  in  the  embryo  and  at  birth  of  the  first 
metatarsal  and  great  toe. 

Shifting  of  the  eye  from  the  lateral  surface  of  the  head  to 
the  anterior. 

Wandering  of  the  lachrymal  glands.  ^ 

[Variations  in  arrangement]  of  the  platysma  myoides  muscle. 

[Variations  in  arrangement]  of  the  sphincter  colli. 

Shifting  of  the  navel. 

Shifting  of  the  heart,  the  stomach,  and  the  thyroid  and 
thymus  glands. 

Descent  of  the  genital  glands  (testes  and  ovaries). 

Shifting  of  certain  muscles  of  the  lower  leg  on  to  the 
dorsum  and  plantar  surface  of  the  foot. 

Torsion  of  the  humerus,  radius,  and  ulna. 


204  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN  . 

Disposition  of  the  foot  at  a  sharp  angle  to  the  leg. 

Secondary  separation  of  the  orbit  from  the  fossa  temporalis. 

Shifting  of  the  lachrymal  bone  on  to  the  surface  of  the  face. 

The  disposition  of  the  palatine  bones  in  relation  to  the 
palatal  processus  of  the  maxilla. 

The  fusion  of  the  nasal  bones. 

The  position  of  the  pinna  on  the  adult  head. 

The  ultimate  positions  of  the  ribs  upon  the  vertebral  column. 

(Widening  of  the  thorax,  as  an  accompaniment  of  an  altera- 
tion in  the  positions  of  the  organs  within  the  thoracic  cavity.) 


II.  ORGANS    SHOWING  PROGRESSIVE    CHARACTERS,   i.e.    TENDING 

TOWARDS    MORE    PERFECT    ADAPTATION 

Higher  differentiation  and  more  subtle  development  of  the 
muscles  of  the  thumb — both  of  those  which  pass  from  the  fore- 
arm along  the  volar  and  dorsal  surfaces  to  the  thumb,  and  of 
those  of  the  ball  of  the  thumb. 

Increase  in  physiological  efficiency  of  the  hand  in  general, 
especially  of  the  flexors  of  the  hand  and  of  the  fingers,  the  palmaris 
longus  excepted. 

Increased  development  and  strengthening  of  the  arch  of  the 
foot,  of  the  tarsus,  heel,  and  great  toe. 

Secondary  lateral  extension  of  the  malleolus  fibularis. 

The  perfecting  of  the  whole  lower  limbs  for  support  and 
ambulation  (in  adaptation  to  the  upright  gait). 

Development  of  the  ilifiLC  expansions  in  the  female,  with 
widening  of  the  sacrum  and  of  the  aperture  of  the  pelvis. 

Curvature  of  the  lumbar  vertebral  column. 

Gluteal  muscles  and  muscles  of  the  calf  (gastrocnemius  and 
soleus). 

More  subtle  differentiation  of  the  facial_inuscles  proper  (as 
opposed  to  the  muscles  of  the  pinna  and  of  the  scalp). 

The  projectile  nose. 

Certain  nerve  tracts  in  the  brain  and  spinal  cord. 

The  occipital  lobes  of  the  brain  (posterior  cornua  of  lateral 
ventricle  and  calcar  avis  ?) 

Higher  degree  of  development  of  the  brain  cortex  (histological 
differentiation  concomitant  with  increasing  intelligence). 

The  more  subtle  differentiation  of  the  muscles  of  the  larynx. 
Articulate  speech. 


CONSPECTUS  OF  ORGANS  MENTIONED  IN  THE  TEXT    205 

On  glancing  through  this  summary,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
arrangement  of  the  subject  matter  is  not  altogether  a  natural 
one;  indeed,  in  introducing  it,  I  have  only  sought  to  give  a 
classified  survey  of  the  contents  of  this  book. 

Physiological  considerations  must  determine  the  ultimate 
method  of  grouping  the  facts,  especially  because,  as  was  pointed 
out  in  the  introduction,  the  term  vestigial  is,  as  a  rule, 
only  applied  to  such  organs  as  have  lost  their  original  physio- 
logical significance.  Eetrogressive  organs,  on  the  contrary,  are 
such  as  may  still  remain  functional,  though,  as  a  rule,  only  to 
a  limited  extent.  It  has  further  been  seen  that  both  these 
conditions  in  the  process  of  degeneration  may  be,  in  different 
individuals,  realised  in  one  and  the  same  organ.  The  palmaris 
longus  and  plantaris  muscles  furnish  a  case  in  point ;  for  while 
these,  and  especially  the  former,  are  not  infrequently  so  well 
developed  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  their  being  functional, 
cases  occur  in  which  one  or  the  other  of  them  has  become  quite 
transformed  into  tendinous  tissue  and  really  vestigial.  And  in 
yet  other  cases  these  muscles  may  altogether  have  disappeared. 
On  this  subject  Osborn  makes  the  following  appropriate  remark  : — 
"  Both  in  the  muscular  and  skeletal  systems  we  find  organs  so 
far  on  the  down  grade  that  they  are  mere  pensioners  of  the  body, 
drawing  pay  (i.e.  nutrition)  for  past  honourable  services  without 
performing  any  corresponding  work — the  plantaris  and  palmaris 
muscles  for  example."  l 

Many  similar  examples  might  be  given.  Confining  our 
attention  to  muscles  alone,  it  may  suffice  to  recall  the  pyramidalis 
and  certain  muscles  of  the  head. 

1  Cf.  this  author's  Cartwright  Lectures,  Lect.  I.  "The  Contemporary  Evolution 
of  Man,"  Medical  Record,  Feb.  20,  1892. 


LIST  OF  THE  ORGANS  AND  TOPICS  CONSIDERED 
IN  THE  TEXT,  CLASSED  ACCORDING  TO  THE 
SYSTEMS  TO  WHICH  THEY  RELATE 


I.  INTEGUMENT  AND  INTEGUMENTAL  ORGANS 


(a)  Horny  Structures. 

Vibrisste  (tactile  hairs). 
Primitive  hairy  covering  (lanugo). 
Converging  hair  vortices,  ex.  vertex 

coccygeus. 

Glabella  and  foveola  coccygea. 
Pseudohypertrichosis. 
Hypertrichosis  vera. 
Nails  (the  fifth  claw -like). 


(6)  Glands. 

Montgomery's  glands. 

Mammary  pouches. 

Mammary  line. 

Supernumerary  mammary  glands 
and  nipples  (polymasty,  polythely). 

Pectoral  hair  vortices  (probably  indi- 
cating the  former  position  of  super- 
numerary nipples). 


II.  SKELETAL  SYSTEM 


(a)   Vertebral  Column. 

Cauda  humana. 

Os  coccygis. 

Curvature  of  the  lumbar  portion  of 

the  spinal  column. 
Forward  shifting  of  the  sacral  portion 

of  the  spinal  column  (assimilation 

of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra). 
Numerical    increase    of   the  lumbar 

vertebrae. 
Outgrowth  of  the  transverse  process 

of  the  sixth  cervical  vertebra. 

(6)  Thorax. 

Quadrupedal  form  of  the  thorax  in 
the  child,  with  greater  dorso-sternal 
diameter. 

Disappearance  of  the  lumbar  ribs. 

Disappearance  of  the  cervical  ribs. 


Reappearance  of  cervical,  lumbar,  and 
sacral  ribs  formerly  present. 

Variations  in  development  of  the 
upper  and  lower  ribs. 

Former  greater  extension  of  the 
pleuroperitoneal  cavity,  both  an- 
teriorly and  posteriorly. 

The  eighth  sternal  rib.  ^ 

Reduction  of  the  sternal  ribs  to  six. 

Reduction  of  the  sternum. 

Vestiges  of  the  episternal  apparatus. 

(c)  Skull. 

Post-frontal  bone. 
Os  interparietale.  . 
Os  prseinterparietale. 
Processus  paramastoideus. 
Torus  occipitalis. 

Suppression  of  the  parietal  process  of 
the  alisphenoid. 


LIST  OF  ORGANS  ACCORDING  TO  SYSTEMS 


207 


Fusion  of  nasal  bones. 
Participation  of  the  os  lachrymale  in 

the  superficial  facial  skeleton. 
Variation  of  the  os  lachrymale. 
Downward  prolongation  of  the  nasal 

process  of  the  frontal  bone. 
Lower  bridge  to  the  nose. 
Ductus  naso-palatinus. 
The    pre- maxillary    and    maxillary 

bones. 
Ossa   palatina,   in    relation   to    the 

palatine  processes  of  the  maxillae. 
Distinctness  of  the  ossa  palatina,  and 

the  spina  nasalis  posterior. 
Vestiges  of   the   branchial    skeleton 

(thyro  -  hyoid    apparatus,    ossicula 

auditus). 

(rf)  Skeleton  of  the  Limbs. 

Processus  coracoideus  [epi-  and  meta- 
coracoid  bones]. 

Extension  of  the  basis  scapulae. 

Great  development  (divergence)  of  the 
iliac  expansions. 

Length  of  the  forearm  in  the  embryo 
and  in  the  lower  races  of  Man- 
kind. 

Perforation  of  the  olecranon  fossa. 


Processus  supracondyloideus  (entepi- 
condyloideus). 

Os  centrale  carpi. 

Trochanter  tertius  femoris. 

Variations  in  the  length  of  the  lower 
leg- 

Platyknemia. 

Exclusion  of  the  fibula  from  articula- 
tion with  the  femur. 

Marked  convexity  of  the  condylus 
externus  tibiae. 

Great  development  of  the  malleolus 
tibialis  in  the  embryo,  the  lower 
races  of  Mankind,  and  Anthro- 
poids. 

Predominance  of  the  great  toe. 

Great  development  of  the  tarsal 
elements. 

Parallel  disposition  of  the  great  toe 
with  the  others,  in  the  adult. 

The  great  toe  in  the  embryo  and  the 
lower  races. 

Reduction  of  the  fifth  (or  fourth  and 
fifth)  toes  (fusion  of  their  terminal 
and  penultimate  phalanges). 

Comparison  of  the  position  of  the 
limbs  in  the  human  embryo  and 
the  lower  Vertebrates. 


III.  MUSCULAR  SYSTEM 


M.  serratus  posticus  superior  et 
inferior. 

Mm.  caudse  hximanse. 

Traces  of  metamerism  in  the  ab- 
dominal muscles. 

M.  rectus  abdominis. 

M.  pyramidalis. 

Mm.  scaleni. 

M.  triangularis  sterni. 

M.  cleido-occipitalis. 

M.  subcutaneus  colli  (platysma 
myoides). 

Mimetic  muscles. 

M.  sphincter  colli. 

M.  transversus  nuchae. 

M.  epicranius. 

Muscles  of  the  pinna. 

M.  palmaris  longus. 


M.  plantaris. 

M.  flexor  sublimis  digitorum. 

M.  flexor  profundus  digitorum. 

M.  flexor  brevis  digitorum  pedis. 

M.  extensor  brevis  digitorum  pedis. 

Mm.  interossei  pedis. 

M.  adductor  hallucis. 

M.  opponens  minimi  digiti. 

M.  latissimo-condyloideus. 

M.  sternalis. 

M.  epitrochleo-anconaeus. 

M.  levator  claviculae. 

M.  ischio-femoralis. 

Muscles  of  the  thumb  (especially  the 

flexor  longus  pollicis). 
Mm.  glutei  (esp.  gluteus  maximus). 
M.  gemellus  superior. 
Mm.  soleus  and  gastrocnemius. 


208 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 


IV.  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 

(a)  Central  Nervous  System 


Filum  terminale. 

Glandula  coccygea. 

Pyramidal  tracts. 

Parieto  -  occipital     fissure     ("Affens- 

palte"). 

Pineal  gland  (epiphysis  cerebri). 
Pituitary  body  (hypophysis  cerebri). 


Lobus  olfactorius. 

Roof  of  the  fourth  ventricle. 

Obex,  ligula,  vela  medullaria,  tseniae 

medullares. 

Occipital  lobe  of  cerebrum. 
Posterior  cornu  of  lateral  ventricle. 
Calcar  avis. 


(6)  Peripheral  Nervous  System 

Roots  and  ganglia  of  hypoglossus.  Traces  of  teguinental  sense  organs  in 

Rami  recurrentes  of  certain  cerebral  foetal  life. 

nerves.  Variations  in  the  brachial  and  lumbo- 

sacral  plexuses. 


V.  SENSE  ORGANS 


Disappearance  of  an  olfactory  ridge 

in  the  embryo. 
Papilla  palatina  and  foliata. 
Jacobson's  organ. 
Vasa  hyaloidea  (Cloquet's  canal). 
The  projectile  nose. 
Orbitalis  muscle. 


Levator  palpebrae  superioris  muscle. 

Plica  semilunaris. 

Supernumerary  lachrymal  glands. 

Epicanthus. 

Auditory   ossicles    (relations    to    the 

visceral  skeletal  arches). 
The  middle  ear  (hyoid  visceral  cleft). 


VI.  ALIMENTARY  SYSTEM 


Palatal  ridges. 

Milk  dentition. 

Indications  of  a  third  dentition. 

Wisdom  teeth. 

Possible    indications   of   free    dental 

papillae  before  the  down-growth  of 

the  dental  ridge. 
Canine  teeth. 
Outer  upper  incisors. 
Cheek  teeth  (reduction  of  cusps  and 

fangs). 
Appearance  of  a  third  premolar  and 

a  fourth  molar. 
Sublingua. 


Glandula  thyroidea. 

Glandula  thymus. 

Foramen    ccecum    and    base   of   the 

tongue. 

Ductus  thyroglossus. 
Bursse  supra-  and  prsehyoidea. 
Carotid  gland. 
Bursa  pharyngea. 
Constriction  of  the  stomach. 
Ciliated  epithelium  in  the  oesophagus. 
Diverticulum  ilei. 
Ccecum. 
Vermiform  appendix. 


•VII.  KESPIRATORY  SYSTEM 

Metamorphosis    of    the    aortic    arch      Sinus  Morgagni  (laryngeal    resonant 

system.  chamber). 

Branchial  pouches  and  cervical  fistulae.      Sinus  and  Lobus  subpericardiacus. 


LIST  OF  ORGANS  ACCORDING  TO  SYSTEMS 


209 


VIII.  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM 


Vestiges  of  valves  in  the  embryonic 

heart. 
Vestiges  of  the  sinus  venosus,  in  the 

heart. 

Intestinal  arteries. 
Arteria  sacralis  media. 
Arteria  ischiadica  (genesis  of  femoral 

artery). 

Superficial  vascular  arch  of  the  foot. 
Cardinal  veins. 


Ductus  Cuvieri. 

Sinus  venosus  cordis. 

Persistence  of  the  post,  cardinal  veins 
in  the  form  of  a  double  vena  cava, 
inferior. 

Metamorphosis  of  superior  caval 
veins. 

Valves  of  the  intercostal  and  intes- 
tinal veins. 


IX.  URINOGENITAL  SYSTEM 


Pronephros  and  mesonephros. 
Vestiges  of  the  mesonephros. 
Uterus   duplex,  bipartitus,  bicornis, 

and  simplex. 
Hypospadias. 


Descensus  or  reditus  testiculi. 
Conns  inguinalis.   • 
Ligamentum  inguinale. 
Area  scroti. 
Suprarenal  bodies. 


SOME  ORGANS  AND  VESTIGES  OF  ORGANS,  WHICH 
SHOW  [STRUCTURAL  COMMUNITY  WITH]  VERY 
PRIMITIVE  VERTEBRATE  TYPES 

CONDITIONS  DEFINITIVE  IN  FISHES  (ELASMOBRANCHS)  AEE 
INDICATED  BY 

(1)  The  free  dental  papillae  projecting  above  the  surface  of 
the  mucous  membrane  before  the  sinking  of  the  dental  ridge. 

(The  appearance  ontogenetically  of  the  dental  ridges,  long- 
before  the  first  osseous  rudiments,  points  back  to  the 
extremely  early  phylogenetic  appearance  of  teeth,  in 
Vertebrates,  before  any  of  the  other  hard  structures  of 
the  body.) 

(2)  The  pineal  gland  and  pineal  organ  (a  parietal  foramen 
in  the  roof  of   the  skull   is  found   in  Fishes   as   early   as  the 
Devonian  period,  and  the  organ  occurs  in  the  Marsipobranchii). 

(3)  The  pituitary  body  (hypophysis  cerebri). 

(4)  The  branchial  pouches. 

(5)  The  vessels  of  the  visceral  arch  system. 

vj  (6)  The    vasa    hyaloidea    of    the    vitreous    body    (Cloquet's 
canal). 

(7)  The  cardinal  veins. 

(8)  Certain  structures,  appearing  in  the  development  of  the 
heart,  vestiges  of  which  are  found  in  the  fully  developed  organ. 

(9)  The  arteria  caudalis  (A  sacralis  media). 

(10)  The  pro-  and  naeso-nephric  excretory  apparatus. 

(11)  The  possible  vestiges  of  a  third  set  of  teeth  (pointing 
back    to    a    probable     successive    renewal    of    teeth,    such     as 
characterises  Fishes,  Amphibians,  and  Reptiles). 


INDICATIONS  OF  DEFINITIVE  CONDITIONS  211 

CONDITIONS  DEFINITIVE  IN  AMPHIBIA  AND  EEPTILES  ARE 
INDICATED  BY 

(1)  The  arteria  ischiadica  [cruralis]. 

(2)  The  double  rectus  abdominis  muscle. 

(3)  The    foramen    supracondyloideum    (entepicondyloideum) 
humeri    (found   in   Amphibians   and   Reptiles    as   early   as   the 
Permian  period). 

(4)  The  presence  of  (supernumerary)  lachrymal  glands  below 
the  eye. 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS 

IN  the  course  of  Phytogeny  the  body  of  Man  has  undergone  a 
series  of  modifications  which  still  in  part  find  expression  in  his 
Ontogeny.  There  are  indications  that  changes  in  his  organisa- 
tion are  still  continuing,  and  that  the  Man  of  the  future  will  be 
different  from  the  Man  of  to-day.  It  is  the  more  necessary  to 
emphasise  this,  because  it  has  only  recently  been  asserted  by  one 
in  authority  in  the  anthropological  world,  that  "since  the  Neolithic 
Age  Man  has  been  a  fixed  type." 

I  willingly  admit  that  nothing  is  gained  by  the  mere 
demonstration  of  "  animal  likenesses,"  and  that  the  final  and 
only  satisfactory  solution  of  the  great  riddle  of  Man  must  lie  in 
the  demonstration  of  his  genealogy  and  the  line  of  his  inheritance. 

Although  small  and  insignificant  in  their  first  appearance, 
structural  changes  become  more  and  more  distinctly  marked 
from  generation  to  generation,  and  more  and  more  definitely 
fixed  according  to  the  laws  of  heredity  and  selection.  There 
exist  different  degrees  of  the  degenerative  process :  first  an 
organ  begins  to  degenerate  in  the  adult  body,  then  this 
degeneration  finds  expression  in  the  embryo,  then  the  organ 
in  question  only  occurs  in  a  certain  percentage  of  the  in- 
dividuals as  a  reversion,  and  finally  even  such  occasional 
occurrence  ceases,  and  all  trace  of  the  organ  is  lost.  Osborn 
calls  this  process  of  gradual  extinction  the  "  long  struggle 
of  the  destructive  power  of  degeneration." 

Although  these  changes  are  so  manifold  and  follow  such 
different  directions  (take,  for  example,  those  of  the  musculature), 
one  principle  lies  at  the  bottom  of  them  all,  viz,  the  endeavour 
to  shake  off,  as  far  as  possible,  all  that  is  unnecessary  and 
superfluous,  in  order  to  make  room  for  further  development. 
Weismann  very  justly  remarks :  "  If  Nature  were  not  able  to 
effect  the  disappearance  of  superfluous  organs  the  transformation 
of  species  would  have  been  well-nigh  impossible,  for  the  existing 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS  213 

parts  which  had  become  superfluous  would  have  been  in  the  way 
of  other  active  parts,  and  would  have  hindered  their  development. 
Indeed,  had  all  parts  which  the  ancestors  possessed  been  necessarily 
retained,  an  abnormal  animal  would  at  last  have  been  produced — 
a  monster  no  longer  capable  of  living.  The  degeneration  of 
parts  which  have  become  superfluous  is  thus  a  condition  of 
progress." 

But  what  is  it  that  actually  initiates  these  various  changes  ? 
What  is  their  first  cause  ?  This  question  cannot  be  answered  off- 
hand on  account  of  the  great  number  of  circumstances  which 
have  to  be  taken  into  account.  First,  we  have  to  consider 
external  influences  of  the  most  varied  kinds  which  affect  the 
different  organs,  or  systems  of  organs,  in  a  progressive  or 
retrogressive  manner,  leading  to  new  acquisitions  or  to  gradual 
losses.  These  changes,  however,  have,  as  it  were,  to  be  intro- 
duced by  the  occurrence  of  slight  variations,  and  then  (if  I  may 
use  a  military  term)  when  once  a  breach  has  been  made  in  any 
part,  a  point  of  least  resistance  is  formed  for  pathological  affec- 
tions, as  I  have  tried  to  prove  in  the  foregoing  pages,  and  a 
substitute  for  the  gradually  degenerating  organs  has  to  be  found. 
In  other  words,  as  soon  as  a  transformation  takes  place  in  any 
part  of  the  body,  correlative  alterations  in  some  other  part 
commence,  so  that,  as  it  were,  a  wave  of  modification  passes  from 
one  system  of  organs  to  another.  For  example,  when  the 
dentition  of  our  ancestors  degenerated,  and  the  canines  became 
reduced,  the  important  weapons  of  attack  and  defence  thus  lost 
had  to  be  replaced,  if  the  struggle  for  existence  was  to  be 
advantageously  maintained.  Concurrently  with  the  reduction  of 
powerful  jaws  the  brain  was  developing,  and  the  intelligence 
attained  a  sufficiently  high  degree  of  perfection  to  invent 
weapons,  at  first  no  doubt  of  a  very  simple  character.  Or 
again,  as  the  foot  gradually  changed  from  a  seizing  organ  into 
one  for  support  of  the  body,  and  its  musculature  consequently 
changed,  then,  in  adaptation  to  the  new  function,  great 
alterations  had  to  be  effected  not  only  in  the  skeleton  of  the 
limb,  but  also  in  its  muscular  and  nervous  system,  e.g.  the 
muscles  of  the  calf  and  buttocks  attained  a  massive  development. 
Such  examples  might  be  multiplied,  but  the  above  will  suffice 
to  show  that  these  modifications  are  not  mere  freaks  of  chance, 
mere  lusus  natures,  but  are  the  expression  of  law  -  abiding 
processes,  even  if  we  cannot  always  succeed  in  determining  their 
first  cause.  At  all  events,  these  processes  need  immense  periods 


214  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

of  time  for  their  accomplishment,  so  that,  as  a  rule,  they  are 
removed  from  direct  perception  by  means  of  the  senses,  and  can 
only  be  inferred  from  the  evidence  of  Phylogeny,  Comparative 
Anatomy,  and  Ontogeny. 

This  applies  not  only  to  Man,  but  to  the  whole  animal 
kingdom,  which  yields  us  a  long  series  of  examples  of  degenera- 
tion. Here  also  we  find  evidence  of  the  great  importance  of  the 
external  conditions  of  life  to  which  the  organism  responds.  One 
of  the  most  striking  proofs  of  this  is  afforded  by  the  degenerate 
condition,  or  even  entire  absence,  of  eyes  in  animals  living  in 
the  depth  of  the  ocean  or  in  caves.  Such  animals  also  illustrate 
how  the  loss  of  one  organ  is  compensated  for  by  the  increased 
development  of  other  organs.  From  the  same  point  of  view  are 
to  be  considered  the  limbless  Amphibia,  and  the  Slow-worms, 
and  another  group  of  Eeptiles  of  essentially  similar  adaptive 
organisation,  the  Amphisbsenidee,  and  finally  the  more  familial- 
Earthworm  itself. 

Whereas,  among  the  above-mentioned  cases,  it  is  the  organ 
of  sight  which  atrophies ;  in  other  animals,  the  olfactory  organ 
disappears,  and  I  may  especially  refer  to  those  Fishes  known, 
from  the  characters  of  their  jaws  and  teeth,  as  the  Plectognathi 
Gymnodontes.  Here,1  in  adaptation  to  a  diet  of  Crustacea  and 
Molluscs  which  are  very  difficult  to  crush,  the  musculature  of  the 
jaws  develops  to  an  extraordinary  degree,  displacing  the  olfactory 
apparatus  to  such  an  extent  that  the  olfactory  nerve  is  reduced 
to  a  minute  thread,  which  branches  either  within  a  mere  tegu- 
mental  olfactory  process  or  simply  under  the  surface  integument 
of  the  olfactory  region. 

Until  quite  recently,  the  question  wherein  lay  the  cause  of 
the  degeneration  of  an  organ  was  thought  to  be  satisfactorily 
answered  as  follows :  the  organ  is  not  used,  and  the  degenerating 
effect  of  disuse,  passed  on  from  one  generation  to  another,  gains 
in  intensity,  until  it  leads  to  the  total  removal  of  the  organ  in 
question.  This  answer  presupposes  what  is  often  stated,  but  has 
never  been  proved,  viz.  the  inheritance  of  acquired  characteristics.2 

1  Cf.  "Wiedersheim,   "Das  Geruchsorgan  der   Tetrodonten."     Kolliker  Gratula- 
tionsschrift,  1887. 

2  [This  statement  requires  qualification.     It  is  true  that  we  have  no  very  satisfac- 
tory concrete  instance  of  a  chance  structural  modification  of  an  individual  having  been 
transmitted  by  inheritance  to  its  own  immediate  offspring.     But,  on  the  other  hand, 
as  Herbert  Spencer  has  argued  with  great  force,  there  seems  no  way  of  explaining 
the  phenomena  of  highly  organised  life,  except  on  the  supposition  of  some  transmis- 
sion of  characters  acquired  in  adaptation  to  the  environment.  ] 


CONCLUDING  EEMARKS  215 

Weismann  has  recently  conclusively  proved  that  this  answer  is 
not  sufficient,  and  that  it  must  first  of  all  be  shown  how  it  can 
come  to  pass  that  a  portion  of  the  body  which  up  to  a  certain 
time  is  indispensable  to  existence,  should  disappear  as  soon  as  it 
is  not  needed.  The  real  cause,  according  to  Weismann,  lies  in 
a  converse  process,  that  is,  the  cessation  of  Natural  Selection — 
in  Panmixia  (general  cross-breeding).  In  other  words,  as  soon 
as,  by  change  in  its  external  surroundings,  an  organ  is  excluded, 
its  condition  becomes  retrogressive.  Then  the  general  inter- 
breeding between  individuals  in  which  the  organ  in  question  is 
well  developed  and  others  in  which  it  is  but  feebly  developed, 
which  latter  have  survived  in  spite  of  this,  leads  to  its  slow  but 
steady  degeneration.1 

The  numerous  above-mentioned  cases  of  degeneration  in  the 
organs  of  the  human  body  should  also,  without  doubt,  be  regarded 
from  this  point  of  view.  The  fact  that  the  degree  of  development 
of  this  or  that  organ  (e.g.  the  sense  organs,  which  are  incompar- 
ably more  highly  developed  in  savages  than  in  civilised  men)  is 
no  longer  of  supreme  importance  to  the  individual,  i.e.  no  longer 
necessary  for  his  prosperity,  leads  to  a  degeneration,  which,  in  the 
struggle  for  existence,  could  only  be  compensated  for  by  a  high 
degree  of  civilisation.  Weismann  gives  the  following  striking  pv. 
example  of  this :  "  We  can  at  the  present  day  earn  our  bread 
quite  independently  of  the  acuteness  of  our  hearing  and  the 
delicacy  of  our  scent,  indeed,  even  the  sharpness  of  our  sight  is  no 
longer  a  decisive  factor  in  our  success  in  the  struggle  for  existence. 
Since  the  invention  of  spectacles,  short-sighted  men  suffer  hardly 
any  disadvantage  as  compared  with  the  long-sighted  in  their 
capacity  for  earning  a  living,  at  any  rate  in  the  higher  circles  of 
society.  This  is  why  so  many  short-sighted  people  are  to  be 
found  among  us.  In  ancient  times  a  short-sighted  soldier,  or 
still  more  a  short-sighted  general,  would  have  been  simply  an 
impossibility,  as  would  also  a  short-sighted  huntsman;  indeed, 
in  nearly  all  branches  of  human  society  short  sight  would  have 
been  a  considerable  obstacle,  and  would  have  rendered  it  difficult 
or  impossible  for  a  man  to  thrive  and  prosper.  This  is  now  no 
longer  the  case ;  the  short-sighted  man  can  make  his  way  like 

1  [This  argument  is  unsatisfactory.  Panmixia  alone  could  not  lead  to  the  dis- 
appearance of  any  organ.  Natural  selection  may  effect  an  increase  in  an  organ,  by 
eliminating  those  below  a  certain  average  ;  or  the  diminution  of  a  structure,  by 
eliminating  all  above  a  certain  average.  But  it  is  not  easy  to  see  how  Panmixia,  or 
the  cessation  of  Natural  Selection,  could  alter  the  average  in  any  way.] 


216  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

every  other,  and  his  short  sight,  so  far  as  it  involves  hereditary 
tendency,  will  be  handed  on  by  him  and  will  help  to  make 
hereditary  shortness  of  sight  a  widely-spread  characteristic  in 
certain  classes  of  society." 

The  above  sufficiently  illustrates  the  fact  that  progressive 
variations  are  closely  connected  with  retrogressive  variations, 
indeed  that  to  a  great  extent  the  former  are  rendered  possible 
by  the  latter.  If  it  be  true  that  the  adaptation  of  a  creature 
to  its  surroundings  depends  on  the  process  of  Natural  Selection, 
we  must  also  consider  that  Natural  Selection  is  the  determining 
factor  in  both  retrogressive  and  progressive  processes.  We  have, 
then,  to  fall  back  on  the  general  law  of  Selection  propounded 
by  Charles  Darwin,  which  may  be  summed  up  as  follows  :  survival 
only  of  the  fittest,  transmissibility  by  inheritance,  and  the  gradual 
improvement  of  what  is  advantageous  from  generation  to  genera- 
tion, till  the  highest  possible  degree  of  perfection  is  reached. 

But  wherein  lies  Man's  special  "  perfection  "  ?  Does  such 
perfection  exist,  and  if  so,  is  it,  in  comparison  with  other  living 
beings,  as  universal  as  is  generally  assumed  ?  Let  us  look  at 
this  matter  a  little  closer. 

There  would  appear  to  have  been  a  time  when  our  ancestors 
were  protected  against  the  inclemencies  of  the  weather  by  a 
natural  covering  of  hair,  and  against  insects  and  other  injurious 
influences  by  an  extensive  tegumental  musculature,  when  the 
pinna  of  the  ear,  more  advantageously  disposed  than  at  present, 
and  moved  by  numerous  and  powerful  muscles,  collected  the  sounds 
of  approaching  danger  incomparably  better  than  at  the  present 
day,  and  when  the  sense  of  smell,  probably  intensified  by  Jacobson's 
organ,  was  more  highly  developed  than  now.  Indeed,  at  a 
very  low  stage  of  phylogenetic  development,  when  the  visual  organs 
were  placed  laterally  on  the  head,  and  were  furnished  with  a 
third  eyelid,  and  regulated  by  more  numerous  muscles,  there  may 
even  have  been  a  "  third  eye  "  which  could  perceive  what  took 
place  above  the  head  (cf.  the  pineal  organ,  p.  133).  The  intestinal 
tube  may  have  been  longer,  and  thus  better  suited  than  at  the 
present  day  for  vegetable  diet,  the  ancestor  of  Man  enjoying  at 
any  rate  more  favourable  conditions  of  existence  as  a  vegetarian 
than  his  successor  now  does  (compare  also  the  former  greater 
number  of  cheek  teeth).  He  may  also  have  had  the  further  advan- 
tage of  not  possessing  a  vermiform  process  of  the  ccecum  which 
predisposes  to  disease,  and  causes  the  destruction  of  a  consider- 
able percentage  of  his  fellows. 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS  217 

The  herbivorous  stage  was  followed  by  an  omnivorous  one, 
characterised  by  the  development  of  powerful  canines.  In  this 
way,  as  skill  in  hunting  and  slaying  animals  developed,  and 
carnivorous  diet  became  of  continually  greater  importance,  the 
intestinal  tube  would  appear  to  have  begun  to  shorten  and  the 
processus  vermiformis  to  become  constricted. 

Laryngeal  sinuses  may  have  been  developed,  which,  acting  as 
resonators,  lent  the  voice  greater  strength  and  carried  it  farther, 
and  thus  made  it  a  means  of  frightening  or  enticing.  The 
lower  jaw,  the  neck  and  its  musculature,  were  far  more  powerfully 
developed  than  now. 

In  the  male  the  genital  glands  may  have  remained,  as  they 
now  normally  do  in  the  female,  within  the  abdominal  cavity, 
and  been  thus  better  protected  from  injury  than  at  present.  At 
a  later  stage  even,  when  they  had  changed  their  position,  and  had 
reached  the  pouch-like  appendages  of  the  abdominal  integument, 
they  could  still  be  withdrawn  into  the  cavum  abdominis,  at  least 
temporarily,  by  means  of  a  well-developed  muscle  (cremaster). 
This  is  still  indicated  by  ontogenetic  processes. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  ancestors  of  Man  were  pro- 
vided with  a  more  extensive  mammary  system  and  more  numerous 
mammae  than  he  to-day  possesses,  and  the  significance  of  this  fact 
is  equally  clear.  It  can  only  be  explained  by  the  assumption  that 
a  greater  number  of  young  were  originally  produced  at  a  birth. 
This,  of  course,  was  of  advantage  in  the  preservation  of  the  species. 

It  follows  from  the  above  that  in  the  course  -of  a  long 
geological  period,  Man  has  gradually  lost  a  great  number  of 
advantages  once  possessed  by  his  ancestors,  and  the  question 
arises  whether  he  has  acquired  any  others  in  exchange  for  those 
lost.  This  certainly  is  the  case,  and  this  indeed  must  have 
been  so,  otherwise  the  species  Homo  would  have  failed  in  the 
struggle  for  existence.  We  thus  have  a  series  of  exchanges,  based 
(if  we  take  only  the  most  important  organ  into  consideration) 
upon  the  unlimited  capacity  of  development  of  the  human  brain. 
This  one  acquisition,  supported  by  an  increased  functional 
efficiency  of  the  hand  and  by  the  development  of  articulate  speech, 
has  entirely  compensated  for  the  loss  of  the  great  series  of  ad- 
vantageous arrangements  mentioned  above.  They  had  to  be 
sacrificed  in  order  that  the  brain  might  successfully  develop,  and 
that  the  Homo  sapiens  of  to-day,  with  his  surprising  adaptability 
to  the  most  varied  conditions  of  life,  might  be  produced. 

This  momentous  exchange  took  place  slowly  and  only  after 


218  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

great  opposition.  It  was  not  accomplished  without  a  struggle,  in 
which  every  inch  of  the  already  occupied  territory  had  to  be 
painfully  fought  for ;  and  the  extraordinary  tenacity  with  which 
certain  favourable  positions  once  attained  are  clung  to,  is  seen  in 
the  fact  that  some  of  them  are  still  taken  up  by  the  organism 
as  dim  reminiscences  of  the  past,  perhaps  only  during  fcetal  life. 
These  ancient  ancestral  pictures, — for  such  indeed  they  are — are 
eloquent  witnesses  of  a  time  long  since  past.  They  keep  our 
vision  clear,  when  we  have,  as  in  this  present  case,  to  be  impartial 
judges  of  ourselves. 

As  Testut  appropriately  says :  Let  us  not  unjustly  reproach 
anatomists  with  lowering  Man,  with  drawing  him  down  from  his 
high  position :  it  is  true  that  Anatomy  does  rank  Man  in  the 
class  of  the  Mammalia,  but  it  places  him  in  the  highest  order 
of  that  class,  that  of  the  Primates ;  and  although  it  cannot 
entirely  separate  him  from  these,  it  gives  him  the  highest  possible 
position  among  them.  Anatomy  not  only  makes  Man  the  most 
perfect  of  Primates,  but  also  proclaims  him  first  of  the  foremost 
of  all  living  beings.1  As  Broca  has  said  :  "  That  may  well  suffice 
for  his  ambition  and  his  glory."  I  cannot  do  better  than 
conclude  with  the  following  words  of  the  last-named  author,  which 
are  no  less  worthy  of  consideration  : — "  Pride,  which  is  one  of  the 
most  characteristic  traits  of  our  nature,  has  in  many  minds 
prevailed  over  the  calm  testimony  of  reason.  Like  those  Eoman 
Emperors  who,  intoxicated  with  their  universal  power,  ended  by 
denying  their  manhood,  and  by  believing  themselves  to  be 
demigods,  so  the  king  of  our  planet  pleases  himself  with  the 
thought  that  the  nature  of  the  vile  animal  which  is  subject  to 
his  caprices  cannot  have  anything  in  common  with  his  own. 
The  proximity  of  the  monkey  is  to  him  inconvenient ;  he  is  no 
longer  satisfied  to  be  the  king  of  animals,  he  desires  that  an 
immense  unfathomable  abyss  should  separate  him  from  his 
subjects ;  and,  sometimes,  turning  his  back  on  the  earth,  he  takes 
refuge,  with  his  endangered  majesty,  in  the  nebulous  sphere  of  the 
Eeign  of  Man.  But  Anatomy,  like  that  slave  who  followed  the 
triumphal  car,  repeating  the  words  '  Memento  te  homineru  esse,' 
comes  to  agitate  him  in  this  self-admiration,  and  reminds  him 
that  reality,  visible  and  tangible,  links  him  with  the  animals." 

1  [Cf.,  however,  Minot,  "Is  Man  the  Highest  Animal"? — Proc.  Arncric.  Assoc. 
for  flit  Advancement  of  Science,  1881,  p.  240.]  • 


GLOSSARY  OF  TECHNICAL  ZOOLOGICAL  TERMS 
OCCURRING  IN  THE  TEXT. 

AMBLYSTOMA.— A  Tailed  Amphibian  of  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 

AMMOCCETES. — The  sexually  immature  larva  of  the  Lamprey. 

AMXIOTA. — The  three  higher  classes  of  Vertebrates,  i.e.  Reptiles,  Birds,  and 
Mammals,  the  embryos  of  which  are  enveloped  in  an  amnion. 

AMPHIOXUS.  THE  LAXCELET. — [The  lowest  animal  possessing,  in  the  adult 
state,  a  vertebral  skeleton  (notochord).] 

AMPHISB.ENID^E. — Lizards  with  Snake-like  bodies,  which  live  underground. 

AXAMNIA. — The  two  lowest  classes  of  Vertebrates,  i.e.  Fishes  and  Amphi- 
bians, the  embryos  of  which  are  not  enveloped  in  an  amnion  (cf.  Amniota). 

[AXATOMY. — The  study  of  gross  structure.] 

ANTHROPOIDS,  also  ANTHROPOMORPHA. — The  highest  "man-like"  Apes 
(Gibbons,  Orangs,  Gorillas,  and  Chimpanzees). 

ANURA. — Tailless  Amphibians  (Frogs  and  Toads). 

APLACEXTALIA  (Mammalia  aplacentalia). — The  lowest  Mammals,  i.e.  the 
Ornithodelphia  (Monotremata)  and  the  Marsupialia.  The  Monotremata 
are  oviparous.  The  Marsupials  produce  immature  young,  which  are  in 
most  of  them  carried  about  after  birth  in  a  pouch  (marsupiurn)  formed 
by  the  abdominal  integument.  [In  neither  Monotremata  nor  Marsupials 
is  an  allantoic  placenta  developed  like  that  of  all  the  higher  Mammals 
(Placentalia).] 

ARCTOMYS  MARMOTTA. — Marmots  ;  [terrestrial  Rodents  inhabiting  Europe, 
North  Asia,  and  North  America.] 

[ATAVISM. — The  reversion  to  the  condition  of  a  lower  type.] 

ATELES. — The  Spider  Monkey  of  South  America. 

AUCHEXIA. — The  Llama. 

[BIOLOGY. — In  English,  the  study  of  all  phenomena  manifested  by  living 

organisms.1] 
BOVINA. — Oxen. 

BRADYPTJS. — A  South  American  Sloth. 
BRANCHIOSAURUS. — A  Tailed  Amphibian  of  the  Permian  period. 

CAPROMYS. — Arboreal  Rat-like  animals  found  in  Cuba  and  Jamaica. 
CARNIVORA. — Beasts  of  prey  (flesh -eaters).     Especially  Felidoe  and  Canidae. 
CAVIA. — The  Guinea-Pig. 
CEBUS. — The  "  Capuchin,"  a  leading  genus  of  American  Monkeys. 

1  [The  term  "  Biologic  "  of  continental  observers  is  usually  applied  to  the  study 
of  life  itself,  i.e.  it  is  more  nearly  equivalent  to  our  English  term  Physiology.] 


220  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 

CERCOPITHECDS. — A  family  of  African  Apes — [the  "Green  Monkeys"  of 
menageries]. 

CEEVUS  CAPREOLUS. — The  Roebuck. 

CETACEA. — An  order  of  Aquatic  Mammals  (Whales,  Dolphins,  and  Porpoises). 

CHELONIA. — Turtles  and  Tortoises. 

[CHIMPANZEES. — Anthropoid  Apes,  readily  remarkable  for  the  relative  short- 
ness of  the  fore-limb.  Confined  to  West  and  Central  Equatorial  Africa.] 

CHIROPTERA. — Bats. 

CHOLOZPUS. — The  two-toed  Sloth  of  Northern  South  America. 

COSLOGENYS. — The  "  Paca,"  a  large  Rodent  somewhat  resembling  the  Guinea- 
Pig,  inhabiting  Central  and  South  America. 

DASYPROCTA. — The  "  Agouti,"  a  near  relative  of  the  Ccelogenys. 

DASYPUS. — One  of  the  Armadillos. 

DELPHIXUS. — The  common  Dolphin. 

DICOTYLES. — The  Peccary,  or  New  World  Pig. 

DIDELPHIA. — Marsupials,  Mammalia  having  two  vaginae. 

DIPNOI. — Fishes  having  not  a  few  points  of  resemblance  to  the  Amphibia. 

[Remarkable  among  fishes  for  the  conversion  of  the  air-bladder  into  a 

functional  lung]    (confined    to  certain  rivers  of   Queensland,  Tropical 

Africa,  and  South  America). 
DUCKBILL. — The  "Platypus"  of  Australia,  one  of  the  Monotremata.     (Cf. 

Aplacentalia  and  Ornithodelphia.) 

ECHIDNA. — The  "  Spiny  Ant-Eater "  of  Australia,  one  of  the  Monotremata. 

(Cf.  Aplacentalia  and  Ornithodelphia.) 
EDENTATA. — An  order  of  Mammals,  comprising  the  Ant-Eaters,  Armadillos, 

and  Sloths. 
[ELASMOBRANCHII. — The  lowest  living  order  of  true  Fishes,  includes  the  Sharks, 

Rays,  and  Herring  Kings,  with  their  allies.] 
[EMBRYOLOGY. — The  study  of  the  earlier  growth  stages  of  living  organisms, 

in  the  higher  animals  up  to  the  completion  of  organ  formation.     A 

department  of  the  wider  study  of  Development] 
ERINACEUS. — The  Hedgehog. 

GANOIDEI. — A  group  of  living  Fishes,  [including  the  Sturgeons,  the  Bony 

Pikes  of  North  America,  and  the  Polypterus  or  "  Bichir  "  of  the  Nile, 

and  their  allies.] 
GORILLAS. — [The   largest    of    the   Anthropoid    Apes.      Confined   to   West 

Equatorial  Africa.] 
GYMNOPHIONA. — Limbless  Amphibians  (Coecilians)  with  Snake-like  bodies, 

some  of  which  are  known  to  live  a  subterranean  life. 

HATTERIA. — The  "Tuatara"  of  New  Zealand.  A  "Lizard"  of  very 
primitive  structure. 

[HISTOLOGY. — The  study  of  the  minute  structure  of  tissues  and  organs.] 

HoMffiosAURUs. — A  Fossil  Lizard  [of  the  Jurassic  of  the  European  Continent]. 

HYLOBATES. — The  Gibbons  ["Long -armed  Apes."  Anthropoid  Apes,  con- 
fined to  South-east  Asia.  The  only  Apes  which  habitually  walk  upright]. 

HYPEROODON. — A  toothed  Whale  of  the  North  Atlantic,  sometimes  called  the 
"  Bottlenose." 

HYSTRIX. — The  Porcupine. 


GLOSSARY  OF  TECHNICAL  ZOOLOGICAL  TERMS         221 

INUUS. — [A  genus  of  Old  World  Apes,  allied  to  the  only  European  Ape — the 

Barbary  Ape  (Macacus)  of  Gibraltar.] 
INSECTIVORA. — [A  heterogeneous   order  of   Mammals,   which    includes    the 

Hedgehogs,  Shrews,  and  Moles.] 

LEMUROIDEA. — Arboreal  animals  of  the  Old  World,  chiefly  of  Madagascar, 
with  dentition  approximate  to  that  of  certain  Insectivora,  and  as  a  rule 
with  Monkey-  and  Ape -like  prehensile  (cf.  Tarsius)  limbs.  (The 
"Tarsier"  and  "Aye  Aye"  are  of  this  sub-order.) 

MACACUS. — (Cf.  Inuus.) 

MANATEE. — The  "  Sea  Cow,"  an  aquatic  Mammal,  famous  for  having  given 

rise  to  the  fable  of  the  Mermaid. 
MANIS. — One  of  Scaly  Ant-Eaters  of  the  Old  World. 
MARSIPOBRANCHII. — The  Lampreys  and  Hags. 
MARSUPIALIA. — A  sub-class  of  Mammalia,  the  females  of  most  of  which  are 

provided  with  a  inarsupium,  or  pouch,  enclosing  the  teat-bearing  area  of 

the  body-wall.    (Cf.  also  Didelphia  and  Aplacentalia.) 
MONODELPHIA. — Mammals  possessed  of  a  single  vagina,  i.e.  all  those  above 

the  Marsupials. 
MONOTREMATA. — The  lowest  sub-class  of  Mammals.     (Cf.  Aplacentalia  and 

Ornithodelphia.) 
[MORPHOLOGY. — The  study  of  form  and  arrangement  of  the  parts  of  the 

body.] 

[MURID.E. — A  family  of  Rodents,  embracing  the  Rats  and  Mice.] 
MusTELiDiE. — A  group  of  Carnivores,  including  the  Weasels,  Pole-Cats,  and 

Martens. 

MYCETES. — The  Howling  Monkeys  of  South  America. 
MYOGALE. — [The  "  Desman,"  an  aquatic  Insectivore,  related  to  the  Moles  and 

Shrews,  occurring  in  the  Pyrenees  and  South-East  Russia.] 
MYRMECOPHAGA. — [One  of  the  Hairy  Ant-Eaters  of  South  America.]     (Cf. 

Edentata.) 

[ONTOGENY. — The  developmental  history  of  the  individual.] 

ORANGS. — [Anthropoid  Apes  confined  to  the  Oriental  region.     The  "  Red 

Haired  Apes  "  of  Sumatra  and  Borneo.] 
[ORNITHODELPHIA. — The  lowest   living   Mammals  (Australian).     Oviparous 

Mammals,  having  non-united  oviducts  and  a  cloaca.      (Cf.  Monotremata, 

Duckbill,  and  Echidna.)] 
ORYCTEROPODID^E. — The  "  Aaardvark,"  or  hairy  Ant-Eaters  of  the  Old  World. 

(The  Cape  Ant-Eater.) 

PAL^EOHATTERIA. — A  fossil  "Lizard"  [of  the  Permian  beds  in  Saxony]  related 

to  Hatteria. 

PETROMYZON. — The  Lamprey  (cf.  Ammocoetes  and  Marsipobranchii). 
PHALANGISTA     VULPINA.  —  The     Australian     "Opossum,"     or     "Vulpine 

Phalanger."     A  climbing  Marsupial. 
PHOCA. — The  Seal. 
PHOC^NA. — The  Porpoise. 

PHYLLOMYS. — An  extinct  Rodent,  from  the  Brazilian  caves. 
[PHYLOGENY. — The  developmental  history  of  the  race.] 


222  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAN 

[PHYLUM. — A  term  applied  to  any  great  race  or  assemblage  of  genetically 

related  forms  of  life,  which  conform  to  the  same  fundamental  type.] 
[PHYSIOLOGY. — The  study  of  the  functions  of  living  matter,  i.e.  of  the  living 

in  action.] 
PINNIPEDIA. — Marine  Carnivora,  having  feet  transformed  into  paddles.     The 

Seals,  Sea-lions,  and  Walruses. 
[PLACENTALIA. — The  highest  sub-class  of  Mammals.     Those  Mammals  which 

develop  an  allantoic  placenta.] 
PRIMATES. — The  highest  order  of  Placenta!  Mammals,  including  the  Lemur- 

oidea,  Monkeys,  Apes,  and  Man. 
PROSIMII. — (Cf.  Lemuroidea.) 

REVERSION. — (Cf.  Atavism.) 

RODEXTIA. — An   order  of  gnawing  Mammals  (Rabbits,    Rats,    Porcupines, 
Squirrels,  and  their  allies). 

SADRIANS. — Lizards. 

SELACHIANS. — Sharks  and  Dog-fishes.     (Cf.  Elasmobranchii.) 

SIRENIA. — An  order  of  Aquatic  Mammals.     (Cf.  Manatee.) 

SLOW  WORMS. — A  group  of  Limbless  Lizards. 

STEGOCEPHALA. — Fossil  Amphibians,  most  abundantly   represented   in   the 

Carboniferous,  Permian,  and  Triassic  strata. 

STENOPS. — The  "  Slender  Lori  "  of  Ceylon,  one  of  the  Lemuroidea. 
Sus  SCKOFA. — The  Domestic  Pig. 

TARSIUS. — [The  "Tarsier"  of  Borneo,  Sumatra,  and  the  Celebes.]     One  of 

the  Lemuroidea. 
TELEOSTEI. — The  Bony  Fishes. 

TETRODONTA. — Aberrant  Bony  Fishes,  belonging  to  the  family  Gymnodontes. 
TOOTHED  WHALES. — A  group  of  the  Cetacea,  including   the  Cachelots  or 

Sperm  Whales,  Dolphins,  and  Porpoises.     (Cf.  Cetacea.) 

UNGULATA. — The  Hoofed  Mammals. 

URODELA. — The  Tailed  Amphibians.     Newts,  Salamanders,  and  their  allies. 

URSUS. — The  Bear. 

ZIPHIUS. — [A  long-snouted  Toothed  Whale  met  with  in  most  of  the  great 
seas.] 


INDEX 


ACETABULUM,   74 

Affenspalte,  127 

Ainos,  10 

Alimentary  canal,  155 

Amasty,  22 

Ankle-joint,  84 

Aorta,  181' 

Area?  scroti,  197,  199 

Arterial  system,  181 

Arteries,  intestinal,  184 
of  fore-limb,  182 
of  hind-limb,  183 

Artery,  hyaloid,  147 
hypogastric,  181 
median  sacral,  182 

Astragalus,  84 

Atrium,  180 

Auditory  organ,  150 

BONE,  alisphenoid,  58 

coracoid,  71,  72 

cotyloid,  74 

epicoracoid,  72 

epipteric,  59 

frontal,  55,  61 

hyoid,  65 

interparietal,  55 

lachrymal,  60 

malar,  58 

metacoracoid,  72 

nasal,  60 

palatine,  63 

post-frontal,  55 

premaxillary,  61 

sphenoid,  58 
Bones,  metatarsal,  88 

turbinal,  60,  141 

"Wormian,  60 


Brain,  127 

fissures  of,  127 

growth  of,  53 

olfactory  lobe  of,  137 

transitory  fissures  of,  138 

weight  of,  51,  128 
Branchial  arches,  66,  151 

pouches,  171 

skeleton,  172 

Breasts,  supernumerary,  18 
Bronchus,  eparterial,  176 
Bursa  inguinalis,  197,  198 

pharyngea,  164 
Bursse  prse-  and  supra-hyoid,  162 


|  CJECDM,  167 
j  Calcaneum,  84 
•  Canalis  inguinalis,  196 
j  Canals,  naso-palatine,  145,  156 
Xuckii,  198 
tubo-tympanicus,  151 
vaginalis,  198 

Carpus,  79 
;  Canine  ula  lachrymalis,  149 

Cauda  humana  (see  Tail) 

Cerebellum,  131 

Cerebrum,  lobes  of,  131 

Cervical  groove,  66 

Choana?,  61 

Chorda  dorsalis,  49 

Circulatory  system,  180 

Clavicle,  71,  73 

Clitoris,  195 

Cloaca,  194 

Coccyx,  28,  32 

Colliculus  seminalis,  194 

Conus  inguinalis,  196 

Cranium,  capacity  of,  51 


224 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 


DENTAL  RIDGE,  161 
Descensus  testiculoruin,  196 
Diaphragm,  38,  177 
•  Diverticulum  ilei,  1 65 
Duct,  Miillerian,  189,  193 

Wolffian,  187 
Ductus  Cuvieri,  184 

thyroglossus,  162 

ENSIFORM  PROCESS,  44 

Epicanthus,  150 
Epididymis,  188 
Epiglottis,  173 
Epiphysis  cerebri,  131 
Episternum  (see  Interclavicle) 
Eustachian  tube,  150 
Eye,  147 
Eyebrows,  4,  150 
Eyelids,  148,  150 

FALLOPIAN  TUBE,  194 
Femur,  81 
Fibula,  83,  93 
Filum  terminale,  124 
Finger  nails,  1 1 
Fissura  orbitalis,  148 
Fistulae,  cervical,  172 
Foot,  skeleton  of,  85,  87 
Foramina,  condylar,  78 
Fore-limb,  skeleton  of,  77 
Fossa,  olecranon,  77 

orbital,  58,  148 

temporal,  58,  148 
Foveola  coccygea,  5,  23,  28 
Frog,  11 
Frontal  organ  (see  Paraphysis) 

GARTNER,  canals  of,  189 

Genital  duct,  189 

Gill    clefts,    49    (see    also    Branchial 

pouches) 

Giralde.  organ  of,  189 
Glabella  coccygea,  5,  23,  28 
Gland,  coccygeal,  126 

pineal  (see  Epiphysis  cerebri) 

pituitary  (see  Hypophysis  cerebri) 

thymus,  163 

thyroid,  162 
Glands,  genital,  196 

lachrymal,  149 

mammary,  12 

Montgomery's,  12 


Glands,  nictitating,  149 
Glaser,  fissure  of,  65 
Great  toe,  85 
Gubernaculum,  196,  197 
Gynsekomasty,  17 

HAIR,  3 

tracts,  5 

vortices,  5,  23 
Hairs,  tactile  (see  Vibrissse) 
Hairy  men,  9 
Hallux  (see  Great  toe) 
Hand,  skeleton  of,  79,  86 
Heart,  39,  180 
Hind-limb,  skeleton  of,  80 
Hip-girdle  (see  Pelvic  girdle) 
Hottentot  apron,  195 
Hunierus,  77 

torsion  of,  91 
Hymen,  194 
Hyoid  arch,  65,  151 
Hypertrichosis,  7,  10 
Hypophysis  cerebri,  135 

ILIUM,  74,  76 
Incus,  64,  151 
Integument,  3 

sense  organs  of,  140 
Interclavicle,  46 
Intestine,  166 
Ischium,  71,  74 

JACOBSON,  organ  of,  143 
KIDNEY,  definitive,  188 

LABIA  majora,  195 

minora,  195 

Lamina  papyracea  (see  Os  planum) 
Lanugo,  9 
Larynx,  172 

musculature  of,  174 

skeleton  of,  66,  151 
Ligament,  interclavicular,  48 
Ligamentuin  inguinale,  196,  199 
Ligula,  137 

Limbs,  comparison  of  fore-  and  hind-, 
91 

displacement    of,    during    develop- 
ment, 92 

disposition  of,  in  adult,  9 1 

disposition  of,  in  foetus,  85 
Limb  girdles,  68 


INDEX 


225 


Limb  skeleton,  67 
genesis  of,  68 
Little  toe,  89 
Liver,  38,  171 
Lobus  olfactorius,  141 
Lumbar  curvature,  32 
Lungs,  175 

MALLEOLUS,  fibular,  83 
tibial,  83 

Malleus,  64,  151 

Mammary  glands,  development  of,  13 
supernumerary,  16 

Mammary  line,  14 
pouch,  14 

Meckel,  cartilage  of,  64,  151 

Mesonephros,  187 

Metanephros,  188 

Monotremata,    mammary    organ    of, 
12,  14,  17,  198 

Mouth,  development  of,  136 

Muscle,  adductor  hallucis,  112 
agitator  caudse,  99 
bi venter  maxillae,  102 
cleido-occipitalis,  102,  112 
coccygeus,  98 
cremaster,  198 
curvator  caudae,  27 
curvator  coccygis,  99 
depressor  caudse,  99 
epicranius,  107 
epitrochleo-ancona?us,  113 
extensor  brevis  digitorum,  111 
extensor  carpi  radialis,  119 
flexor  brevis  minimi  digiti,  112 
flexor  digit,  communis,  110,  117 
flexor  digit,  profundus,  110, 11 7, 119 
flexor  digit,  superficialis,  110,  119 
flexor  longus  hallucis,  117 
flexor  longus  pollicis,  117 
frontalis,  107 
gastrocnemius,  120 
gemellus  superior,  119 
gluteus  maximus,  82,  99,  119 
ischio-femoralis,  114 
latissimo  condyloideus,  112 
latissimo  dorsi,  38 
levator  claviculse,  114 
levator  palpebrae,  148 
mylohyoid,  102 

opponens  hallucis  (and  o.  pollicis), 
88 


Muscle,  opponens  minimi  digiti,  112 

orbitalis,  148 

palmaris,  109,  110 

panniculosis  carnosus,  103,  113 

pectoralis,  45,  113 

plantaris,  109,  110 

platysma,  103,  105 

pyramidalis,  101 

pyriformis,  119 

rectus  abdominis,  99 

semimembranosus,  120 

semitendinosus,  120 

serratus  magnus,  45 

serratus  posticus,  38 

soleus,  120 

sphincter  colli,  106 

sternaliSj  113 

subcutaneus  colli  (see  M.  platysma) 

transversus  abdominis,  198 

transversus  nuchte,  105 

triangularis  sterni,  102 
Muscles,  caudal,  27,  98 

cervical,  103,  113 

cutaneous,  103 

gluteal,  119 

intercostal,  43,  99 

interossei  pedis,  111 

laryngeal,  174 

mimetic,  103,  109,  114 

of  head,  103,  107,  115 

of  limbs,  109,  116,  120 

of  pinna,  107,  154 

progressive,  114,  121 

retrogressive,  98,  121 

scaleni,  102 

serrati,  98 
Muscular  system,  97 
Myelon  (see  Spinal  cord) 

NAILS,  11 

Nerve,  hypoglossus,  138 

trigeminal,  139 

vagus,  138 
Nerves,  caudal,  32 

sympathetic,  139 
Nervous  system,  123 
Nictitating  membrane,  148 
Nose,  bridge  of,  61 

the  projectile,  147 

OBEX,  137 
(Esophagus,  164 


226 


THE  STRUCTURE  OF  MAX 


Olfactory  organ,  141 

Os  acetabuli  (see  Bone,  cotyloid) 

antiepilepticum,  57 

centrale  carpi,  80 

fronto-parietale,  57 

planum,  60 

prseinterparietale,  57,  60 
Ossa  suprasternalia,  48 

suturaria  (see  Bones,  Wormian) 
Ossicula  auditus,  64,  151 
Ovary,  196 

PALATE,  hard,  63 
Palate,  ridges  of  soft,  155 
Pancreas,  171 
Papilla  foliate,  162 

palatina,  146,  156 
Paradidymis,  189 
Paraphysis,  134 

Parietal  organ  (see  Pineal  organ) 
Pectoral  girdle,  68 
Pelvic  girdle,  68 

development  of,  74 

shifting  of,  31,  95 
Pericardium,  38,  177 
Pineal  gland  (see  Epiphysis  cerebri) 
Pineal  organ,  133 
Pinna,  108 

development  of,  152 

muscles  of,  107,  154 
Pituitary  body  (see  Hypophysis  cerebri) 
Platyknemia,  82 
Pleural  cavities,  39 
Plexus,  brachial,  95 

ischiadic,  95 

lumbo-sacral,  95 

pudendal,  95 

vesico-prostatic,  182 
Plica  fimbriata,  161 

semilunaris,  148 
Polymasty,  17,  19 
Polythely,  17 
Ponticulus,  137 
Post-anal  gut,  32 
Prseputiuin,  195 
Process,  coracoid,  72 

paramastoid,  57 

styloid,  63 
Processus  supra-con  dyloideus,  78 

vermiformis,  167 
Promontory,  of  sacrum,  32,  34 
Pronephros,  187 


Pseudohypertrichosis,  9 

Pubis,  71,  74 

Pyramidal  nerve  tracts,  125 

REDITUS  TESTIUM,  198 
Respiratory  system,  171 
Ribs,  cervical,  41,  102 

lumbar,  39 

sacral,  40 

sternal,  45,  46 

supernumerary,  39,  44 

thoracic,  39 
Round  ligament,  196 

SACRAL  DIMPLE  (see  Glabella  coccygea) 
Sacrum,  33,  40 
Scapula,  71,  72 
Scrotum,  198 
Sense  organs,  140 

integurnental,  140 
Shoulder  girdle  (see  Pectoral  girdle) 
Sinus,  Morgagni's,  174 

venosus,  180 
Skeleton,  26 
Skull,  48 
Spinal  cord,  123 
Spleen,  186 
Stenson,  canals  of  (see  Canals,  naso- 

palatine) 
Sternum,  44,  46 
Stomach,  164 
Sublingua,  161 
Suprarenal  bodies,  199 
Sutures,  cranial,  55 

maxillo-palatine,  63 

premaxillo-maxillary,  62 
Sympathetic  system,  139 

TAIL,  human,  5,  26,  31 
Tarsus,  79 

Teats,  development  of,  13 
supernumerary,  18,  20 
Teeth,  genesis  of,  156 
milk,  160 
pre-milk,  160 
wisdom,  159 
Tegumental  organs,  3 
^Testis,  196 

descent  of,  196,  198 
•  Third    eyelid   (see    Nictitating    mem- 
brane) 
I  Thorax,  types  of,  36 


INDEX 


227 


Thyroid  cartilage,  66,  151 

gland,  162 
Tibia,  82,  93 
Tongue,  161 
Torus  occipitalis,  57 
Trochanter,  third,  82 
Tympanic  cavity,  150 

URACHUS,'  181 
Urinogenital  system,  187 
Uterus,  194 
Uterus  masculinus,  189 

VAOIXA,  194,  195 
Vas  deferens,  188 
Veins,  intercostal,  186 

posterior  cardinal,  184 

valves  of,  185 
Velum  medullare,  137 
Vena  cava  inferior,  1 84 


Vena  cava  superior,  185 
Venous  system,  184 

anterior  abdominal,  182 
Vertebra,  caudal,  31 

coccygeal,  27 

thoracic,  43 

sacral,  33 

Vertebral  column,  26 
Vertex  coccygeus,  5,  26 
Vibrissaj,  4 

supra-orbital,  150 
Visceral  skeletal  arches,  49,  64, 

151 
Visual  organ  (see  Eye) 

WHISKERS  (see  Vibrissse) 

XlPHISTERNUM,  45 

YOLK  SAC,  166 


THE  END 


Printed  by  R.  &  R.  CLARK    LIMITED,  Edinburgh. 


BOOKS  ON  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY. 

ELEMENTS  OF  THE  COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY  OF  VERTE- 
BRATES. Adapted  from  the  German  of  Prof.  ROBERT  WIEDERSHEIM.  By 
W.  NEWTON  PARKER,  Professor  of  Biology  in  the  University  College  of  South 
Wales  and  Monmouthshire.  With  additions  by  the  Author  and  Translator.  270 
Woodcuts.  Medium  8vo.  125.  6d. 

A  TEXT-BOOK  OF  COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY.  By  Prof.  ARNOLD 
LANG.  With  Preface  to  the  English  Translation  by  Prof.  Dr.  ERNST  HAECKEL. 
Translated  into  English  by  HENRY  M.  BERNARD,  M.A.  Cantab.,  and  MATILDA 
BERNARD.  Vol.1.  8vo.  I7s.net.  [Vol.  II.  in  the  Press. 

LESSONS  IN  ELEMENTARY  ANATOMY.  By  ST.  GEORGE 
MIVART,  F.R.S.,  Author  of  "  The  Genesis  of  Species."  Fcap.  8vo.  6s.  6d. 

TEXT-BOOK  OF  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY  FOR  NURSES. 
Compiled  by  DIANA  CLIFFORD  KIMBER,  Graduate  of  Bellevue  Training  School. 
8vo.  i os.  net. 

A  COURSE  OF  INSTRUCTION  IN  ZOOTOMY.  Vertebrata.  By 
T.  JEFFERY  PARKER,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Otago. 
New  Zealand.  With  Illustrations.  Crown  8vo.  8s.  6d. 

AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  OSTEOLOGY  OF  THE  MAM- 
MALIA :  being  the  Substance  of  the  Course  of  Lectures  delivered  at  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons  of  England  in  1870.  By  Sir  WILLIAM  HENRY  FLOWER, 
F.R.S.  Illustrated.  Third  Edition.  Revised  with  the  assistance  of  HANS 
GADOW,  Ph.D.  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d. 

THE  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  RAVEN  (Corvus  corax  Sinuatus}.  A 
Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Muscular  System  in  Birds.  By  R.  W.  SHUFELDT,  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institute,  Washington,  U.S.A.  With  Illustrations.  8vo. 
135.  net. 

A  TEXT-BOOK  OF  PHYSIOLOGY.  By  MICHAEL  FOSTER,  M.D., 
F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Physiology  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  and  Fellow  of 
Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  Illustrated.  8vo. 

Part  I.  Comprising  Book  I.  Blood — The  Tissues  of  Movement,  the  Vascular 
Mechanism.  Sixth  Edition.  IDS.  6d. 

Part  II.  Comprising  Book  II.  The  Tissues  of  Chemical  Action,  with  their 
Respective  Mechanisms — Nutrition.  Sixth  Edition.  los.  6d. 

Part  III.  The  Central  Nervous  System.     Sixth  Edition.     75.  6d. 

Part  IV.  Comprising  the  remainder  of  Book  III.  The  Senses  and  some  Special 
Muscular  Mechanisms ;  and  Book  IV.  The  Tissues  and  Mechanism  of  Reproduc- 
tion. Fifth  Edition.  IDS.  6d. 

THE  CHEMICAL  BASIS  OF  THE  ANIMAL  BODY.  An  Appendix 
to  Foster's  "Text-Book  of  Physiology."  By  A.  SHERIDAN  LEA,  M.A.,  D.Sc., 
F.R.S.,  University  Lecturer  in  Physiology  in  the  University  of  Cambridge. 
Fifth  Edition.  8vo.  75.  6d. 

PHYSIOLOGY.  By  MICHAEL  FOSTER,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  With  Illustra- 
tions. Pott  8vo.  is.  [Science  Primers. 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LONDON. 


BOOKS  ON  PHYSIOLOGY  AND  EMBRYOLOGY. 

A  COURSE  OF  ELEMENTARY  PRACTICAL  PHYSIOLOGY 
AND  HISTOLOGY.  By  Prof.  MICHAEL  FOSTER,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  and 
J.  N.  LANGLEY,  F.R.S.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  Sixth 
Edition.  Crown  8vo.  75.  6d. 

LESSONS  IN  ELEMENTARY  PHYSIOLOGY.  By  T.  H.  HUXLEY, 
F.R.S.  With  numerous  Illustrations.  Fourth  Edition.  Pott  8vo. 
45.  6d. 

QUESTIONS  ON  HUXLEY'S  LESSONS  IN  ELEMENTARY 
PHYSIOLOGY.  For  the  Use  of  Schools.  By  THOMAS  ALCOCK, 
M.D.  Fifth  Edition.  Pott  Svo.  is.  6d. 

A  TEXT- BOOK  OF  THE  PHYSIOLOGICAL  CHEMISTRY 
OF  THE  ANIMAL  BODY.  Including  an  Account  of  the  Chemical 
Changes  occurring  in  Disease.  By  ARTHUR  GAMGEE,  M.D.,  F.R.S. , 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Physiology  in  the  Owens  College,  Victoria 
University,  Manchester,  etc.  Svo.  Vol.  I.  i8s.  Vol.  II.  i8s. 

A  TREATISE  ON  COMPARATIVE  EMBRYOLOGY.  By  F.  M. 
BALFOUR,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Fellow  and  Lecturer  of  Trinity  College,  Cam- 
bridge. In  two  Vols.  Second  Edition.  Medium  Svo.  Vol.  I.  i8s. 
Vol  II.  2is. 

THE  ELEMENTS  OF  EMBRYOLOGY.  By  Prof.  MICHAEL 
FOSTER,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  the  late  F.  M.  BALFOUR,  F.R.S.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Animal  Morphology  in  the  University  of  Cambridge.  Second 
Edition,  revised.  Edited  by  A.  SEDGWICK,  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Assistant 
Lecturer  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  and  W.  HEAPE,  M.A.,  late 
Demonstrator  in  the  Morphological  Laboratory  of  the  University  of 
Cambridge.  Illustrated.  Crown  Svo.  IDS.  6d. 

LESSONS  IN  ELEMENTARY  BIOLOGY.  By  T.  JEFFERY 
PARKER,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Otago,  New 
Zealand.  Illustrated.  Second  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  los.  6d. 

A  COURSE  OF  PRACTICAL  INSTRUCTION  IN  ELEMENT- 
ARY BIOLOGY.  By  T.  H.  HUXLEY,  F.R.S.,  assisted  by  H.  N. 
MARTIN,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Biology  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
U.S.A.  Third  Edition,  revised  and  extended  by  G.  B.  HOWES,  Assistant 
Professor,  Royal  College  of  Science,  and  D.  H.  SCOTT,  Ph.D.  With  a 
Preface  by  T.  H.  HUXLEY,  F.R.S.  Crown  Svo.  IDS.  6d. 

AN  ATLAS  OF  PRACTICAL  ELEMENTARY  BIOLOGY.      By 
G.  B.  HOWES,  Assistant  Professor,  Royal  College  of  Science,  Lecturer 
on  Comparative  Anatomy,  St.  George's  Medical  School,  London.     Wi 
a  Preface  by  T.  H.  HUXLEY,  F.R.S.     Medium  410.     145. 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,   LONDON. 


BOOKS  ON  MEDICINE  AND  PUBLIC  HEALTH. 

THE  PRACTITIONER'S  HANDBOOK  OF  TREATMENT;  or, 
the  Principles  of  Therapeutics.  By  J.  MILNER  FOTHERGILL, 
M.D.,  late  Physician  to  the  Victoria  Park  Hospital.  Third 
Edition.  8vo.  i6s. 

THE  ANTAGONISM  OF  THERAPEUTIC  AGENTS,  and  What 
it  Teaches.  By  the  same  Author.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

FOOD  FOR  THE  INVALID,  CONVALESCENT,  THE  DYS- 
PEPTIC, AND  THE  GOUTY.  By  the  same  Author.  3s.  6d. 

PHARMACOGRAPHIA :  A  History  of  the  Principal  Drugs  of 
Vegetable  Origin  met  with  in  Great  Britain  and  India.  By  F.  A. 
FLUCKIGER,  M.D.,  and  D.  HANBURY,  F.R.S.  Second  Edition. 
Medium  8vo.  2 is. 

LESSONS  ON  PRESCRIPTIONS  AND  THE  ART  OF  PRE- 
SCRIBING. By  W.  H.  GRIFFITHS,  Ph.D.,  L.R.C.P.E.  New 
Edition,  adapted  to  the  Pharmacopoeia,  1885.  Post  8vo.  33.  6d. 

HANDBOOK  OF  PUBLIC  HEALTH  AND  DEMOGRAPHY. 
By  EDWARD  F.  WILLOUGHBY,  M.B.,  Diploma  in  State  Medicine 
of  the  London  University,  and  in  Public  Health  of  Cambridge 
University.  Fcap.  8vo.  45.  6d. 

A  MANUAL  OF  PUBLIC  HEALTH.  By  A.  WYNTER  BLYTH, 
M.R.C.S.  8vo.  173.  net. 

LECTURES  ON  SANITARY  LAW.  By  the  same  Author.  8vo. 
8s.  6d.  net. 

THE  TREATMENT  AND  UTILISATION  OF  SEWAGE.  By 
W.  H.  CORFIELD,  M.A.,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.  Third  Edition.  Revised 
and  enlarged  by  the  Author  and  Louis  C.  PARKES,  M.D.  8vo. 
1 6s. 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LONDON. 


BOOKS  ON  PATHOLOGY  AND  MEDICINE. 
By  T.  LAUDER  BRUNTCM,  M,D.,  "F.R.8. 

A  TEXT- BOOK  OF  PHARMACOLOGY,  THERAPEUTICS,  AND 
MATERIA  MEDICA.  Adapted  to  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  by  F.  H. 
WILLIAMS,  M.D.,  Boston,  Mass.  Third  Edition,  containing  the  additions,  1891, 
to  the  British  Pharmacopoeia.  8vo.  2is.  In  2  vols.,  225.  6d.  Supplement 
separately,  is. 

TABLES  OF  MATERIA  MEDICA,  a  Companion  to  the  Materia  Medica 
Museum.  New  Edition.  8vo.  55. 

PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS  ;  OR,  MEDICINE  PAST 
AND  PRESENT.  The  Goulstonian  Lectures  delivered  before  the  Royal  College  of 
Physicians  in  1877.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  MODERN  THERAPEUTICS.  Being  the 
Croonian  Lectures  on  the  Relationship  between  Chemical  Structure  and  Physio- 
logical Action  in  relation  to  the  Prevention,  Control,  and  Cure  of  Disease. 
Delivered  before  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  in  London,  June  1889.  8vo. 
35.  6d.  net. 

ON  DISORDERS  OF  DIGESTION,  THEIR  CONSEQUENCES 
AND  TREATMENT.  8vo.  IDS.  6d. 

THE  CORRELATION  OF  STRUCTURE,  ACTION,  AND  THOUGHT. 

Inaugural  Address  delivered  at  the  Royal  Medical  Society  of  Edinburgh,  on 
October  21,  1892.  With  Coloured  Plate  after  Raphael.  Reprinted  from  The 
Lancet.  Svo,  sewed,  is. 

A  TEXT-BOOK  OF  PATHOLOGY,  SYSTEMATIC  AND  PRACTI- 
CAL. By  Professor  D.  J.  HAMILTON,  M.B.,  F.R.C.S.E.,  F.R.S.E.  With 
numerous  Illustrations.  Medium  Svo.  Vol.  I.  2is.  net.  Vol.  II.,  Parts  I. 
and  II.  155.  net  each  part. 

ON  THE  PATHOLOGY  OF  BRONCHITIS,  CATARRHAL  PNEU- 
MONIA, TUBERCLE,  AND  ALLIED  LESIONS  OF  THE  HUMAN 
LUNG.  By  the  same  Author.  Svo.  8s.  6d. 

A  TEXT-BOOK  OF  PATHOLOGICAL  ANATOMY  AND  PATHO- 
GENESIS.  By  ERNST  ZIEGLER,  Professor  of  Pathological  Anatomy  in  the 
University  of  Tubingen.  Translated  and  edited  for  English  students  by  DONALD 
MACALISTER,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  Part  I.  General  Pathological  Anatomy.  Second 
Edition.  Med.  8vo.  I2S.  6d.  Part  II.  Special  Pathological  Anatomy.  Sections 
I. -VIII.  Med.  Svo.  I2s.  6d.  Part  II.  Special  Pathological  Anatomy.  Sections 
IX. -XII.  Med.  Svo.  I2s.  6d. 

METHODS  OF  PATHOLOGICAL  HISTOLOGY.  By  C.  VON  KAHLDEN, 
Assistant  Professor  in  the  University  of  Freiburg.  Translated  and  edited  by  H. 
MORLEY  FLETCHER,  M.  A.,  M.D.  With  an  Introduction  by  G.  SIMS  WOODHEAD, 
M.D.  Svo.  6s. 

*,*  A  Companion  Volume  to  Ziegler  s  "  Pathological  Anatomy." 

A  COURSE  OF  ELEMENTARY  PRACTICAL  HISTOLOGY.  By 
WILLIAM  FEARNLEY.  Crown  Svo.  75.  6d. 

ON  DISEASES  OF  THE  VERMIFORM  APPENDIX.  With  a  con- 
sideration of  the  Symptoms  and  Treatment  of  the  Resulting  Forms  of  Peritonitis. 
By  HERBERT  P.  HAWKINS,  M.A.,  M.D.  Oxon.,  F.R.C.P.  Svo.  75.  net. 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,   LONDON. 


H.c- 

L    C 


III!  Hill  Hill  III!!! 

AA    000377027    8 


I 

•••-:.-•„•"•  I